JP2007182433A - Medicine - Google Patents

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a medicine showing a further high antitumor activity and excellent in safety. <P>SOLUTION: This medicine contains a compound expressed by general formula (1) [wherein, X<SB>1</SB>is N or -CH=; R<SP>1</SP>is -Z-R<SP>6</SP>; Z is -CO-, -CH(OH)- or the like; R<SP>6</SP>is a 5 to 15-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring group such as a single ring, bicyclic ring or tricyclic ring having 1-4 N, O or S, or the like; R<SP>2</SP>is H or a halogen atom; Y is -O-, -CO-, -CH(OH)-, a lower alkylene or the like; A is a group of chemical formula 6 or the like; R<SP>3</SP>is H, a lower alkoxy or the like; (p) is 1 or 2; and R<SP>4</SP>is an imidazolyl lower alkyl or the like] or its salt as an active ingredient. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2007,JPO&INPIT

Description

  The present invention relates to a medicine.

  Since the first use of nitrogen mustard as an antineoplastic agent in the world in the 1940s, many cancer drugs have been developed. For example, antimetabolite agents such as 5-fluorouracil, antitumor antibiotics such as adriamycin, platinum complexes such as cisplatin, and plant-derived anticancer agents such as vindesine are actually in clinical use.

  However, since these anticancer agents are cytotoxic to normal cells, they often have serious side effects such as digestive disorders, bone marrow suppression, and hair loss. In most cases, the range that can be used for this side effect is limited, and the therapeutic effect itself is partial and short-term.

  In addition, many new anticancer agents have been developed in place of these anticancer agents, but satisfactory results have not been obtained at present.

Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 disclose that certain compounds have a fibrosis-inhibiting action. However, it is not known that these compounds have an antitumor action.
JP 2006-298893 A JP 2004-35475 A

  Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an excellent medicament, for example, a tumor therapeutic agent, particularly a malignant tumor therapeutic agent.

  As a result of intensive studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have obtained the knowledge that the compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a salt thereof have an excellent antitumor effect. . The present invention has been completed based on such findings.

That is, this invention provides the pharmaceutical shown to the following items 1-6.
Item 1. A pharmaceutical comprising a compound represented by the following general formula (1) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient:

［式中、Ｘ_１は、窒素原子又は基−ＣＨ＝を示す。
Ｒ^１は、基−Ｚ−Ｒ^６を示す。
Ｚは、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）−Ｂ−、基−Ｂ−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）−、基−Ｂ_０−Ｏ−、基

[Wherein X ₁ represents a nitrogen atom or a group —CH═.
R ¹ represents the group —Z—R ⁶ .
Z is a group —N (R ⁸ ) —B—, a group —BN (R ⁸ ) —, a group —B ₀ —O—, a group

、基−ＣＯ−、基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^９ａ）−ＣＯ−Ｎ（Ｒ^９ｂ）−、基−Ｎ＝ＣＨ−、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１０ａ）−ＳＯ_２−（Ｂ_２２ａ）ｅ−、低級アルケニレン基、基−ＮＨＣＯ−Ｂ_１−、基−ＮＨＣＯ−Ｂ_２−（Ｗ）ｕ−、基−Ｂｏ−Ｏ−Ｂ_１９ａ−、基

, Group —CO—, group —CH (OH) —, group —N (R ^9a ) —CO—N (R ^9b ) —, group —N═CH—, group —N (R ^10a ) —SO ₂ — ( B _22a) e-, a lower alkenylene group, group _{-NHCO-B 1} -, a group _{-NHCO-B 2 - (W)} u-, group _{-Bo-O-B 19a} -, group

、基

, Group

、基−ＳＯ_２−Ｎ（Ｒ^１０ｂ）−、基−Ｓ−、低級アルキニレン基、低級アルキレン基、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^８ｄ）−又は基−ＣＯ−ＮＨ−Ｂ_１８ａ−を示す。
Ｒ^８は、水素原子、置換基として低級アルコキシ基を有することのある低級アルキル基、低級アルカノイル基、低級アルキルスルホニル基又はフェニル低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂは、基−ＣＯ−又は低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_０は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_１は、置換基としてフェニル基を有することのある低級アルケニレン基を示す。
Ｂ_２は、低級アルコキシ基及びフェニル基なる群から選ばれた基が置換していてもよい低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^９ａは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^９ｂは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^１０ａは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂ_２２aは、低級アルキレン基又は低級アルケニレン基を示す。
ｅは、０又は１を示す
Ｂ_１８aは、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_１９aは、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_２０aは、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_２１aは、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｋは、２又は３を示す。
ｃは０又は１を示す。
ｄ’は０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^１０ｂは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^８ｄは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｗは、酸素原子、基−ＮＨ−又は硫黄原子を示す。
ｕは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^６は、窒素原子、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を１〜４個有する５〜１５員の単環、二項環又は三項環の飽和又は不飽和複素環基（該複素環上には、オキソ基；置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基；置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基；ハロゲン原子；低級アルキルスルホニル基；フェニル環上にハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基が置換していてもよいフェニル基；低級アルキルチオ基；ピロリル基；ベンゾイル基；低級アルカノイル基；低級アルコキシカルボニル基；並びに置換基として低級アルキル基及び低級アルカノイル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよい）、アダマンチル基、ナフチル基（ナフタレン環上に低級アルキル基、ハロゲン原子並びに置換基として低級アルキル基及び低級アルカノイル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよい）、置換基として低級アルコキシ基を有することのあるアルキル基、シクロアルキル環上に低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルキル基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が置換していてもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルケニル基、低級アルカノイル基、ベンゾイル基（フェニル環上には、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基及びハロゲン原子なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個有していてもよい）、ハロゲン原子置換低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル低級アルキル基又は基

, Group —SO ₂ —N (R ^10b ) —, group —S—, lower alkynylene group, lower alkylene group, group —N (R ^8d ) — or group —CO—NH—B _18a —.
R ⁸ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent, a lower alkanoyl group, a lower alkylsulfonyl group or a phenyl lower alkyl group.
B represents a group —CO— or a lower alkylene group.
B ₀ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁ represents a lower alkenylene group which may have a phenyl group as a substituent.
B ₂ represents a lower alkylene group which may be substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a phenyl group.
R ^9a represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^9b represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^10a represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B _22a represents a lower alkylene group or a lower alkenylene group.
e represents 0 or 1; B _18a represents a lower alkylene group;
B _19a represents a lower alkylene group.
B _20a represents a lower alkylene group.
B _21a represents a lower alkylene group.
k represents 2 or 3.
c represents 0 or 1;
d ′ represents 0 or 1.
R ^10b represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^8d represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
W represents an oxygen atom, a group —NH— or a sulfur atom.
u represents 0 or 1.
R ⁶ is a 5- to 15-membered monocyclic, binary or ternary saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group having 1 to 4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms (on the heterocyclic ring, oxo A lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent; a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent; a halogen atom; a lower alkylsulfonyl group; a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom on the phenyl ring; A phenyl group optionally substituted by an alkyl group; a lower alkylthio group; a pyrrolyl group; a benzoyl group; a lower alkanoyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; and a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent. 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of amino groups which may have), an adamantyl group, a naphthyl group (naphth 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of amino groups, which may have a group selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups as substituents, are substituted on the talen ring. An alkyl group that may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent, an amino-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group on the cycloalkyl ring, and a lower alkyl that may have a halogen atom as a substituent. A group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted cycloalkyl group, lower alkenyl group, lower alkanoyl group, benzoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent (on the phenyl ring, halogen as a substituent; 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group which may have an atom and a halogen atom May also), a halogen atom-substituted lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl-lower alkyl group or a group

を示す。
Ｒ^７は、水素原子、フェニル基、カルボキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、フェノキシ基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、低級アルキレンジオキシ基、置換基として低級アルキル基、低級アルカノイル基、ベンゾイル基及びシクロアルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ基、シアノ基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基、低級アルキルスルホニル基、アミノスルホニル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、低級アルカノイルオキシ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基或いは窒素原子、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を１〜４個有する５〜６員の飽和又は不飽和複素環基（該複素環上にはオキソ基が置換していてもよい）を示す。
ｍは、１〜５の整数を示す。ｍが２〜５を示す場合、２〜５個のＲ^７は、同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
Ｒ^２は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｙは、基−Ｏ−、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^５）−、基−ＣＯ−、基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−、低級アルキレン基、基−Ｓ（Ｏ）ｎ−又は基−Ｃ（＝Ｎ−ＯＨ）−を示す。
Ｒ^５は、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルカノイル基、ベンゾイル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を示す。
ｎは、０、１又は２を示す。
Ａは、基

Indicates.
R ⁷ represents a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenoxy group, a lower alkoxy group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, An alkylenedioxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkanoyl group, a benzoyl group and a cycloalkyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom as a substituent Lower alkanoyl group, lower alkylsulfonyl group, aminosulfonyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, lower alkanoyloxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group or 5-6 membered saturated having 1 to 4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms Or an unsaturated heterocyclic group (on the heterocyclic ring, So group may be substituted).
m shows the integer of 1-5. When m shows 2-5, 2-5 R < ⁷ > may be the same and may differ.
R ² represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
Y is a group —O—, a group —N (R ⁵ ) —, a group —CO—, a group —CH (OH) —, a lower alkylene group, a group —S (O) n— or a group —C (═N— OH)-.
R ⁵ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkanoyl group, a benzoyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
n represents 0, 1 or 2.
A is a group

又は基

Or group

を示す。
ｐは、１又は２を示す。
Ｒ^３は、水素原子、低級アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、基−ＣＯＮＲ^１１Ｒ^１２又はシアノ基を示す。
Ｒ^１１及びＲ^１２は、同一又は異なって、水素原子、低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はフェニル基を示す。また、Ｒ^１１とＲ^１２とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、硫黄原子もしくは酸素原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して５〜７員の飽和複素環を形成してもよい。
Ｒ^４は、イミダゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，３−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，５−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、ピラゾリル低級アルキル基、ピリミジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるピリミジニル低級アルキル基、３，５−ジオキソイソキサゾリジン−４−イリデン低級アルキル基、１，２，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのある１，２，４−オキサジアゾリル低級アルキル基、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル低級アルキル基、基

Indicates.
p represents 1 or 2.
R ³ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy group, a group —CONR ¹¹ R ¹² or a cyano group.
R ¹¹ and R ¹² are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a phenyl group. R ¹¹ and R ¹² together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded may be bonded to each other via or not via a nitrogen atom, sulfur atom or oxygen atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. .
R ⁴ represents an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, a 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, a 1,2,3-triazolyl lower alkyl group, a 1,2,5-triazolyl lower alkyl group, a pyrazolyl lower alkyl group, or a pyrimidine ring. A pyrimidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent, a 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidene lower alkyl group, a lower group as a substituent on the 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group which may have an alkyl group, thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring, group

、基

, Group

又は基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５を示す。
Ｒ^１３は、水素原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基、イミダゾリル低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、カルボキシ低級アルキル基、ベンゾイル基、モルホリノ置換低級アルカノイル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニルカルボニル低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニル低級アルカノイル基、モルホリノカルボニル置換低級アルキル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基を示す。
Ｒ^１３ａは、水素原子又は水酸基を示す。
Ｔは、低級アルキレン基、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）−Ｂ_３−ＣＯ−，基−Ｂ_１９−Ｎ（Ｒ^１８）−ＣＯ−，基−Ｂ_４−ＣＯ−，基−Ｑ−Ｂ_５−ＣＯ−、基−Ｂ_６−Ｎ（Ｒ^１９）−Ｂ_７−ＣＯ−、基−ＣＯ−Ｂ_８−、基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_９−、基−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１０−ＣＯ−、基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_１１−ＣＯ−、基−ＣＯ−、基−ＳＯ_２−又は基−Ｂ_２３ａ−ＣＯ−ＣＯ−を示す。
Ｒ^１７は、水素原子、低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルカルボニル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することある低級アルカノイル基、低級アルケニル基、置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルカノイル基又は低級アルキルスルホニル基を示す。
Ｂ_３は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_１９は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^１８は、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂ_４は、低級アルケニレン基又は置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｑは、酸素原子又は基−Ｓ（Ｏ）ｎ−（ｎは前記に同じ）を示す。
Ｂ_５は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_６は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^１９は、水素原子又は低級アルカノイル基を示す。
Ｂ_７は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_８は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_９は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_１０は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_１１は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_２３ａは、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｌは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^１４は、水素原子又は置換基として水酸基を有することのあるアルキル基を示す。Ｒ^１５は、(2)水酸基置換アルキル基、(3)置換基として水酸基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるシクロアルキル基、(4)フェノキシ低級アルキル基、(5)フェニル環上に低級アルキル基；置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基；ハロゲン原子；置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミノ低級アルコキシ基；水酸基置換低級アルキル基；フェニル低級アルキル基；低級アルキニル基；置換基として低級アルキルスルホニル基を有することのあるアミノ基；低級アルキルチオ基；シクロアルキル基；フェニルチオ基；アダマンチル基；フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのあるアニリノ基；低級アルコキシカルボニル基；ピペラジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるピペラジニル基；ピロリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるピロリジニル基；低級アルカノイルアミノ基；シアノ基；及びフェノキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、(6)フェノキシ基、(7)フェニル環上にハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル低級アルキル基、(8)フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有するフェニル低級アルキル基、(10)低級アルコキシカルボニル置換低級アルキル基、(11)カルボキシ置換低級アルキル基、(12)置換基として低級アルカノイル基を有することのあるアミノ基、(13)テトラヒドロキノリン環上に置換基としてオキソ基、低級アルコキシ基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロキノリル基、(14)シクロアルキル低級アルキル基、(15)フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニル低級アルカノイル基、(16)ピリジル低級アルキル基、(17)置換基として低級アルキル基及び低級アルカノイル基なる群より選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ基置換低級アルキル基、(18)低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基、(19)イミダゾリル基、(20)イミダゾリル低級アルキル基、(21)１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロイソキノリルカルボニル置換低級アルキル基、(22)ピペリジン環上に置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基、フェニル低級アルキル基及びフリル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるピペリジニルカルボニル基、(23)チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル低級アルカノイル基、(24)ピペリジン環上に低級アルコキシカルボニル基、フェニル低級アルキル基、低級アルキル基、ベンゾイル基及びフリル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が置換していてもよいピペリジニル基、(25)基

Or the group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ .
R ¹³ is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkanoyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, or a lower alkylene dialkyl as a substituent on the phenyl ring. Phenyl lower alkyl group, imidazolyl lower alkyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, carboxy lower alkyl group, benzoyl group, morpholino-substituted lower alkanoyl group, lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, which may have an oxy group A phenyl lower alkyl group optionally having a piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkyl group which may be substituted on the piperazine ring, and a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally having a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring Piperazi A piperazinyl lower alkanoyl group, a morpholinocarbonyl-substituted lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group which may be substituted on the ring.
R ^13a represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group.
T represents a lower alkylene group, a group —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO—, a group —B ₁₉ —N (R ¹⁸ ) —CO—, a group —B ₄ —CO—, a group —QB ₅ —. CO—, group —B ₆ —N (R ¹⁹ ) —B ₇ —CO—, group —CO—B ₈ —, group —CH (OH) —B ₉ —, group —CO—B ₁₀ —CO—, group —CH (OH) —B ₁₁ —CO—, group —CO—, group —SO ₂ — or group —B _23a —CO—CO— is shown.
R ¹⁷ is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylcarbonyl group, a lower alkanoyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkenyl group, or an amino substituent that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent A lower alkanoyl group or a lower alkylsulfonyl group is shown.
B ₃ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁₉ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ¹⁸ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₄ represents a lower alkenylene group or a lower alkylene group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent.
Q represents an oxygen atom or a group -S (O) n- (n is as defined above).
B ₅ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₆ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ¹⁹ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkanoyl group.
B ₇ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₈ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₉ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁₀ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁₁ represents a lower alkylene group.
B _23a represents a lower alkylene group.
l represents 0 or 1;
R ¹⁴ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent. R ¹⁵ represents (2) a hydroxyl group-substituted alkyl group, (3) a cycloalkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent, (4) a phenoxy lower alkyl group, (5) A lower alkyl group on the phenyl ring; a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent; a halogen atom; an amino lower alkoxy group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent; a hydroxyl group-substituted lower alkyl group; a phenyl lower alkyl A lower alkynyl group; an amino group that may have a lower alkylsulfonyl group as a substituent; a lower alkylthio group; a cycloalkyl group; a phenylthio group; an adamantyl group; an anilino that may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring A lower alkoxycarbonyl group; a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring; 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a piperazinyl group that may have an alkyl group; a pyrrolidinyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring; a lower alkanoylamino group; a cyano group; and a phenoxy group A group selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group, (6) a phenoxy group, (7) a halogen atom on the phenyl ring, a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkyl group. 1 to 3 optionally substituted phenyl lower alkyl groups, (8) a phenyl lower alkyl group having a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, (10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl substituted lower alkyl group, (11 ) A carboxy-substituted lower alkyl group, (12) an amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, and (13) on the tetrahydroquinoline ring. 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of oxo group, lower alkoxy group and lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent, (14) cycloalkyl lower group An alkyl group, (15) a piperazinyl lower alkanoyl group optionally substituted on the piperazine ring by a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, (16) a pyridyl lower alkyl group (17) an amino group-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, (18) a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, (19) an imidazolyl group, (20 ) Imidazolyl lower alkyl group, (21) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl substituted lower alkyl group, (22) substituted on piperidine ring A piperidinylcarbonyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group and a furyl lower alkyl group, and (23) an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring A thiazolidinyl lower alkanoyl group, (24) a piperidinyl group optionally substituted on the piperidine ring by a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group, a lower alkyl group, a benzoyl group and a furyl lower alkyl group, (25) group

が置換したカルボニル低級アルキル基、(26)基

Substituted carbonyl lower alkyl group, (26) group

が置換したカルボニル低級アルキル基、(27)基−ＣＯ−Ｂ_２０−Ｎ（Ｒ^３６）Ｒ^３７、（26a）ピロリジニル低級アルキル基、(27a)モルホリノ低級アルキル基、(28a)フェニル低級アルケニル基、(29a)フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアニリノカルボニル低級アルキル基、(30a)インドリル基、(31a)ピペラジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるピペラジニル低級アルキル基、(32a)置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミジノ低級アルキル基、(33a)フルオレニル基、(34a)カルバゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるカルバゾリル基、(35a)置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミジノ基、（36a）ピペラジン環上に置換基としてフェニル低級アルキル基（フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基及び低級アルコキシ基なる群から選ばれた基１〜３個有していてもよい）及びピリジル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるピペラジニル置換オキサリル基又は（37a）シアノ置換低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^３４は、オキソ基又はフェニル基を示す。
ｄは、０〜３の整数を示す。
Ｂ_２０は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^３６及びＲ^３７は、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して形成される５〜７員の飽和複素環基を示す。該複素環基上には、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基が１〜３個置換していてもよい。
Ｒ^１４とＲ^１５とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して５〜１０員の飽和又は不飽和複素環；或いは基

(27) group —CO—B ₂₀ —N (R ³⁶ ) R ³⁷ , (26a) pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group, (27a) morpholino lower alkyl group, (28a) phenyl lower alkenyl group, (29a) Anilinocarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, (30a) Indolyl group, (31a) Substituted on the lower alkyl group and phenyl ring as a substituent on the piperazine ring A piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a group, (32a) an amidino lower alkyl which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent Group (33a) fluorenyl group, (34a) a carbazolyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the carbazole ring, (35a) An amidino group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent, (36a) a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring (a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkylenedioxy group and a lower alkoxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring) And a piperazinyl-substituted oxalyl group or (37a) a cyano-substituted lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of 1 to 3 groups) and a pyridyl lower alkyl group.
R ³⁴ represents an oxo group or a phenyl group.
d shows the integer of 0-3.
B ₂₀ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ³⁶ and R ³⁷ represent a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. On the heterocyclic group, 1 to 3 phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted.
R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, are bonded to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom, and are a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring;

を形成してもよい。該複素環上には、(28)フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルカノイル基、置換基として低級アルカノイル基を有することのあるアミノ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、フェニル低級アルコキシ基、水酸基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基を１〜２個有し、低級アルキル基上にピリジル基を有することのあるフェニル置換低級アルキル基、(29)カルバモイル基、(30)ピリジン環上に置換基として水酸基及び置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるピリジル低級アルキル基、(31)ピロール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリル低級アルキル基、(32)ベンゾオキサゾリル低級アルキル基、(33)ベンゾチアゾリル低級アルキル基、(34)フリル低級アルキル基、(35)フェニル環上にシアノ基、置換基として低級アルキルスルホニル基を有することのあるアミノ基、ハロゲン原子、低級アルコキシ基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル低級アルキル基、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニリデン低級アルキル基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいベンゾイル基、(36)ピリミジニル基、(37)ピラジニル基、(38)ピリジル基、(39)低級アルコキシカルボニル基、(40)チアゾリジン環上にオキソ基及び基

May be formed. On the heterocyclic ring, (28) amino group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, phenyl group, halogen, which may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on a phenyl ring. A group selected from the group consisting of an atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group; 1 to 2 phenyl groups which may be substituted, 1 to 2 phenyl substituted lower alkyl groups which may have pyridyl groups on the lower alkyl group, (29) carbamoyl group, (30) on the pyridine ring Have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group as a substituent and a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent. (31) pyrrolyl lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the pyrrole ring, (32) benzoxazolyl lower alkyl group, (33) benzothiazolyl Lower alkyl group, (34) furyl lower alkyl group, (35) cyano group on phenyl ring, amino group which may have lower alkylsulfonyl group as substituent, halogen atom, lower alkoxy group, halogen atom as substituent Lower alkyl group which may have, thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have oxo group as a substituent on thiazolidine ring, thiazolidinylidene lower alkyl group which may have oxo group as substituent on thiazolidine ring and lower A benzoyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of alkylenedioxy groups, (36) pyrimidinyl group, (37) pyrazinyl group, (38) pyridyl group, (39) lower alkoxycarbonyl group, (40) oxo group and group on thiazolidine ring

（Ｒ^ａ及びＲ^ｂは、それぞれ低級アルキル基を示す。）なる群より選ばれた基が置換していてもよいチアゾリジニル低級アルカノイル基、(41)置換基として水酸基及びハロゲン原子なる群より選ばれた基を有することのある低級アルキル基、(42)置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基、(43)フェニル環上に低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるカルバモイル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのあるベンゾイル基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基及び水酸基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、(44)フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有するフェニル基、(45)ナフチル低級アルキル基、(46)フェニル環上にシアノ基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェノキシ基、(47)フェノキシ低級アルキル基、(48)フェニル環上にハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル低級アルコキシ基、(49)基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２０）Ｒ^２１、(50)基−（ＣＯ）ｏ−Ｂ_１３−Ｎ（Ｒ^２２）Ｒ^２３、(51)１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル置換低級アルキル基、(52)置換基として水酸基を有することのあるシクロアルキル基、(53)ピペリジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜３個有していてもよいピペリジニル基、(54)キノリル低級アルキル基、(55)テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル低級アルキル基、(56)チアゾール環上に置換基としてフェニル基を有することのあるチアゾリル低級アルキル基、(57)フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基及びハロゲン原子なる群から選ばれる基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル低級アルキル基、(58)ピペリジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるピペリジニル低級アルキル基、(59)イミダゾール環上に置換基としてフェニル基を１〜３個有することのあるイミダゾリル基、(60)ベンズイミダゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるベンズイミダゾリル基、(61)ピリジル低級アルコキシ基、(62)テトラヒドロキノリン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロキノリル低級アルキル基、(63)１，３，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，３，４−オキサジアゾリル低級アルキル基、(64)シクロアルキル低級アルキル基、(65)テトラヒドロピラニル基、(66)チエニル低級アルキル基、(67)ピリミジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるピリミジニルカルボニル基、(68)水酸基、(69)カルボキシ基、(70)低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基、(71)低級アルコキシ低級アルコキシ基、(72)ベンゾイルオキシ基、(73)低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルコキシ基、(74)カルボキシ低級アルコキシ基、(75)フェノキシ低級アルカノイル基、(76)テトラヒドロキノリン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロキノリルカルボニル基、(77)フェニルスルホニル基、(78)イミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基、(79)イミダゾリル低級アルキル基、(80)ピリジルカルボニル基、(81)イミダゾリルカルボニル基、(82)低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、(83)カルボキシ低級アルキル基、(84)基−（Ｏ−Ｂ_１５）ｓ−ＣＯ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２６）Ｒ^２７、(85)基−Ｎ（Ｒ^２８）−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１６−Ｎ（Ｒ^２９）Ｒ^３０、(86)基−Ｎ（Ｒ^３１）−Ｂ_１７−ＣＯ−Ｎ（Ｒ^３２）Ｒ^３３、(87)ベンゾオキサゾリル基、(88a)ベンゾチエニル基、(89a)オキソ基及び(90a)テトラヒドロキノリン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロキノリル基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよい。
Ｂ_１２は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｔは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^２０及びＲ^２１は、同一又は異なって、水素原子；置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基を有することのあるアミノ基；フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基；低級アルキル基；フェニル環上に低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び低級アルキルチオ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基を１〜２個有する低級アルキル基；フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基；低級アルコキシカルボニル基；シクロアルキル低級アルキル基；ピロリジン環上に置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリジニル低級アルキル基；置換基としてフェニル基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルキル基；１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル置換低級アルキル基；ナフチル低級アルキル基；ピリジル低級アルキル基；キノリル低級アルキル基；テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル低級アルキル基；１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基；低級アルキル基上に置換基として水酸基を有することのあるテトラヒドロフリル低級アルキル基；フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びニトロ基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基；フェニル低級アルカノイル基；置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基；イミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基；低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基；ピリジル基；カルボキシ低級アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を示す。また、Ｒ^２０とＲ^２１とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して５〜７員の飽和複素環を形成してもよい。該複素環上には、低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子及びハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるフェニル基並びにフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよい。
ｏは、０又は１を示す。
Ｂ_１３は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^２２及びＲ^２３は、同一又は異なって、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はフェニル基を示す。また、Ｒ^２２とＲ^２３とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して５〜７員の飽和複素環を形成してもよい。該複素環上には、低級アルキル基及びフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよい。
Ｂ_１５は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｓは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^２６及びＲ^２７は、同一又は異なって、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルキル基を示す。また、Ｒ^２６とＲ^２７とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して５〜７員の飽和複素環を形成してもよい。該複素環上には、置換基としてフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基を１〜３個有していてもよい。
Ｒ^２８は、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂ_１６は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^２９及びＲ^３０は、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して形成される５〜７員の飽和複素環基を示す。該複素環上には、低級アルキル基、フェニル基及びフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよい。
Ｒ^３１は、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂ_１７は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^３２及びＲ^３３は、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して形成される５〜７員の飽和複素環基を示す。該複素環上には、低級アルキル基、フェニル基及びフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよい。

(R ^a and R ^b each represent a lower alkyl group.) A group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted thiazolidinyl lower alkanoyl groups, (41) a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. (42) a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and (43) a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a lower alkyl group on the phenyl ring. A carbamoyl group which may have a group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom which may have a substituent A lower alkoxy group, a benzoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, A phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the nyl ring and a hydroxyl group, (44) a substituent on the phenyl ring As a phenyl group having a lower alkylenedioxy group, (45) a naphthyl lower alkyl group, (46) a cyano group on the phenyl ring, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom as a substituent A phenoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkoxy groups, (47) a phenoxy lower alkyl group, (48) a halogen atom on the phenyl ring, and a halogen atom as a substituent 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, Be a phenyl lower alkoxy group, (49) group ^{_{- (B 12 CO) t-}} N (R 20) R 21, (50) group ^{_{- (CO) o-B 13}} -N (R 22) R 23, ( 51) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring, (52) A cycloalkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent, (53) a piperidinyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as a substituent on the piperidine ring, (54) a quinolyl lower alkyl group, (55 ) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the tetrazole ring, (56) a substituent on the thiazole ring Having a phenyl group as A thiazolyl lower alkyl group, (57) a benzoyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a halogen atom on the phenyl ring, and (58) a piperidine ring. Piperidinyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent, (59) Imidazolyl group which may have 1 to 3 phenyl groups as a substituent on an imidazole ring, (60) A substituent on a benzimidazole ring Benzimidazolyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups, (61) pyridyl lower alkoxy group, and (62) 1,2,3,4 which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring A tetrahydroquinolyl lower alkyl group, which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the (63) 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring, 3,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group, (64) cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, (65) tetrahydropyranyl group, (66) thienyl lower alkyl group, (67) having an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrimidine ring. A certain pyrimidinylcarbonyl group, (68) hydroxyl group, (69) carboxy group, (70) lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, (71) lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group, (72) benzoyloxy group, (73) lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group (74) a carboxy lower alkoxy group, (75) a phenoxy lower alkanoyl group, (76) a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolylcarbonyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring, 77) phenylsulfonyl group, (78) imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group, (79) imidazolyl lower alkyl group, (80) pyridylcarbonyl group, (8) 1) imidazolylcarbonyl group, (82) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, (83) carboxy lower alkyl group, (84) group _{- (O-B 15) s} -CO-N (R 26) R 27, (85) group _{^{-N (R 28) -CO-B}} 16 -N (R 29) R 30, (86) group _{^{-N (R 31) -B 17 -CO}} -N (R 32) R 33, (87) Benzookisa From the group consisting of zolyl group, (88a) benzothienyl group, (89a) oxo group and (90a) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring 1 to 3 selected groups may be substituted.
B ₁₂ represents a lower alkylene group.
t represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁰ and R ²¹ are the same or different and are each a hydrogen atom; an amino group which may have a lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent; a benzoyl which may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring; A lower alkyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom as a substituent; A lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a certain lower alkoxy group and lower alkylthio group; having a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring A lower alkoxy group and a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent. A phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 selected groups; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group; a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring. A pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an amino group; an amino substituted lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent; on a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as a substituent; naphthyl lower alkyl group; pyridyl lower alkyl group; quinolyl lower alkyl group; on tetrazole ring Have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and phenyl lower alkyl groups as substituents 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group; 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group; tetrahydrofuryl lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group; on the phenyl ring A phenoxy lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a nitro group as a substituent; a phenyl lower alkanoyl group; a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent; An imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group; a pyridyl group; a carboxy lower alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. R ²⁰ and R ²¹ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded may be bonded to each other via a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. . A lower alkyl group on the heterocyclic ring, a phenyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, and One to three groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted.
o represents 0 or 1.
B ₁₃ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ²² and R ²³ are the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a benzoyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring, and a lower alkyl group as substituents on the phenyl ring. A phenoxy lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a phenyl group which may have a group. R ²² and R ²³ may be bonded together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded through a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. . 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted on the heterocyclic ring. .
B ₁₅ represents a lower alkylene group.
s represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkyl group. R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ may be bonded together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded via a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. . On this heterocyclic ring, you may have 1-3 phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on a phenyl ring as a substituent.
R ²⁸ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₁₆ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ²⁹ and R ³⁰ represent a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. On the heterocyclic ring, 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a phenyl group, and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring are substituted. May be.
R ³¹ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₁₇ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ³² and R ³³ represent a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. On the heterocyclic ring, 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a phenyl group, and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring are substituted. May be.

  However, the following requirements (i) to (v) are satisfied.

(I) When X ¹ represents a group —CH═, R ³ represents a hydrogen atom.

(Ii) when X ¹ represents a group —CH═, 1 represents 1, T represents —CO—, and R ¹⁴ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent, ¹⁵ shows group (24).

(Iii) when X ¹ represents the group —CH═, l represents 1, and T represents —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO—, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the nitrogen to which they are attached. Together with the atom, through a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom, or bonded to each other to form a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, and the group (28) is 1 on the heterocycle ~ 3 are substituted.

(Iv) when X ¹ represents a nitrogen atom and l is 0, or when X ¹ represents a nitrogen atom, l is 1 and T represents —CO— or —SO ₂ , R ¹⁵ is And not the groups (5), (7), (19) and (20).

(V) R ⁶ is substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of an amino-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group on the cycloalkyl ring and a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent. When referring to a good cycloalkyl group, R ⁴ shall denote the group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ . (T and l are the same as described above. R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are bonded to each other together with or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded to form a 5- to 10-membered saturated complex. Ring; or group

を形成する。）］。

Form. ]].

  Item 2. Item 2. The drug according to Item 1, wherein the drug is an antitumor agent.

  Item 3. Item 3. The medicine according to Item 2, wherein the tumor targeted by the antitumor agent is a malignant tumor.

  Item 4. Item 4. The medicine according to Item 3, wherein the malignant tumor is a solid tumor.

  Item 5. Item 4. The medicine according to Item 3, wherein the malignant tumor is blood cancer.

  Item 6. Item 4. The medicine according to Item 3, wherein the malignant tumor is lymphoma, leukemia or myeloma.

The compound of the above general formula (1) or a salt thereof (this compound may be hereinafter referred to as “compound (1-i)”) contained as an active ingredient in the medicament of the present invention includes the following (1-ii) ) To (1-xlvii) are preferred, or the following (1-xlviii) to (1-l) aromatic compounds or salts are more preferred, and the following (1-li) An aromatic compound or a salt thereof as defined in 1 is particularly preferred.
(1-ii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-1) to general formula (1-7) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−１）〜一般式（１−７）において、Ｒ^６、Ｂ、Ｒ^８、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１及びＡは、上記に同じ。Ｙ_３は、低級アルキレン基を示す。］
(1-iii) 下記一般式（１−８）〜一般式（１−１４）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-1) to General Formula (1-7), R ⁶ , B, R ⁸ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ and A are the same as above. Y ₃ represents a lower alkylene group. ]
(1-iii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-8) to general formula (1-14) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−８）〜一般式（１−１４）において、Ｒ^６、Ｂ、Ｒ^８、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-iv) 下記一般式（１−１５）〜一般式（１−２１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-8) to General Formula (1-14), R ⁶ , B, R ⁸ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-iv) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-15) to general formula (1-21) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−１５）〜一般式（１−２１）において、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_０、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-v) 下記一般式（１−２２）〜一般式（１−２８）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-15) to General Formula (1-21), R ⁶ , B ₀ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-v) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-22) to general formula (1-28) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−２２）〜一般式（１−２８）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-vi) 下記一般式（１−２９）〜一般式（１−３５）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

［一般式（１−２９）〜一般式（１−３５）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-vii) 下記一般式（１−３６）〜一般式（１−４２）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-22) to General Formula (1-28), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-vi) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-29) to general formula (1-35) or a salt thereof.

[In General Formula (1-29) to General Formula (1-35), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-vii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-36) to general formula (1-42) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−３６）〜一般式（１−４２）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-viii) 下記一般式（１−４３）〜一般式（１−４９）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-36) to General Formula (1-42), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-viii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-43) to general formula (1-49) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−４３）〜一般式（１−４９）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^９ａ、Ｒ^９ｂ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-ix) 下記一般式（１−５０）〜一般式（１−５６）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-43) to General Formula (1-49), R ⁶ , R ^9a , R ^9b , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-ix) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-50) to general formula (1-56) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−５０）〜一般式（１−５６）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-x) 下記一般式（１−５７）〜一般式（１−６３）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-50) to General Formula (1-56), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-x) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-57) to general formula (1-63) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−５７）〜一般式（１−６３）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^１０ａ、Ｂ_２２ａ、ｅ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xi) 下記一般式（１−６４）〜一般式（１−７０）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-57) to General Formula (1-63), R ⁶ , R ^10a , B _22a , e, R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xi) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-64) to general formula (1-70) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−６４）〜一般式（１−７０）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。Ｚ_１は、低級アルケニレン基を示す。］
(1-xii) 下記一般式（１−７１）〜一般式（１−７７）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-64) to General Formula (1-70), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. Z ₁ represents a lower alkenylene group. ]
(1-xii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-71) to general formula (1-77) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−７１）〜一般式（１−７７）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｂ_１、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xiii) 下記一般式（１−７８）〜一般式（１−８４）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-71) to General Formula (1-77), R ⁶ , R ² , B ₁ , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xiii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-78) to general formula (1-84) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−７８）〜一般式（１−８４）において、Ｒ^６、Ｗ、ｕ、Ｂ_２、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xiv) 下記一般式（１−８５）〜一般式（１−９１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-78) to General Formula (1-84), R ⁶ , W, u, B ₂ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xiv) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-85) to general formula (1-91) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−８５）〜一般式（１−９１）において、Ｒ^６、Ｗ、ｕ、Ｂ_２、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xv) 下記一般式（１−９２）〜一般式（１−９８）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-85) to General Formula (1-91), R ⁶ , W, u, B ₂ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xv) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-92) to general formula (1-98) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−９２）〜一般式（１−９８）において、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_２０ａ、ｋ、ｄ’，Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xvi) 下記一般式（１−９９）〜一般式（１−１０５）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-92) to General Formula (1-98), R ⁶ , B _20a , k, d ′, R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xvi) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-99) to general formula (1-105) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−９９）〜一般式（１−１０５）において、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_２１ａ、ｃ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xvii) 下記一般式（１−１０６）〜一般式（１−１１２）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-99) to General Formula (1-105), R ⁶ , B _21a , c, R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xvii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-106) to general formula (1-112) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−１０６）〜一般式（１−１１２）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^１０ｂ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xviii) 下記一般式（１−１１３）〜一般式（１−１１９）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-106) to General Formula (1-112), R ⁶ , R ^10b , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xviii) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-113) to general formula (1-119) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−１１３）〜一般式（１−１１９）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xix) 下記一般式（１−１２０）〜一般式（１−１２６）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-113) to General Formula (1-119), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xix) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-120) to general formula (1-126) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−１２０）〜一般式（１−１２６）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。Ｚ_２は、低級アルキニレン基を示す。］
(1-xx) 下記一般式（１−１２７）〜一般式（１−１３３）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-120) to General Formula (1-126), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. Z ₂ represents a lower alkynylene group. ]
(1-xx) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-127) to general formula (1-133) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−１２７）〜一般式（１−１３３）において、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_１８ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。］
(1-xxi) 下記一般式（１−１３４）〜一般式（１−１４０）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩。

[In General Formula (1-127) to General Formula (1-133), R ⁶ , B _18a , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ]
(1-xxi) An aromatic compound represented by the following general formula (1-134) to general formula (1-140) or a salt thereof.

［一般式（１−１３４）〜一般式（１−１４０）において、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^５、ｎ、Ｘ_１、Ａ、Ｒ^８ｄ及びＹ_３は、上記に同じ。Ｚ_３は、低級アルキレン基又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^８ｄ）−を示す。］
(1-xxii) Ｙが基−Ｏ−を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxiii) Ｙが基−Ｎ（Ｒ^５）−（Ｒ^５は、上記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxiv) Ｙが基−ＣＯ−、基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−，低級アルキレン基、基−Ｓ（Ｏ）ｎ−（ｎは、上記に同じ）又は基−Ｃ（＝Ｎ−ＯＨ）−を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxv) Ａが基

[In General Formula (1-134) to General Formula (1-140), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A, R ^8d and Y ₃ are the same as above. Z ₃ represents a lower alkylene group or a group —N (R ^8d ) —. ]
(1-xxii) The aromatic according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) wherein Y represents a group —O— or a salt thereof Compound or salt thereof.
(1-xxiii) The above-mentioned (1-i) to (1-i) to the aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein Y represents a group —N (R ⁵ ) — (R ⁵ is the same as above) The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of (1-xxi).
(1-xxiv) Y is a group -CO-, a group -CH (OH)-, a lower alkylene group, a group -S (O) n- (n is as defined above) or a group -C (= N-OH) The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof represented by-.
(1-xxv) based on A

（Ｒ^３，Ｒ^４及びｐは上記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxvi) Ａが基

(R ³ , R ^4, and p are the same as above) according to any one of (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof Aromatic compounds or salts thereof.
(1-xxvi) A based

（Ｒ^４は、上記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxvii) Ｒ^４がイミダゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，３−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，５−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、ピラゾリル低級アルキル基、ピリミジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるピリミジニル低級アルキル基、３，５−ジオキソイソキサゾリジン−４−イリデン低級アルキル基、１，２，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのある１，２，４−オキサジアゾリル低級アルキル基、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル低級アルキル基、基

The aromatic compound according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein R ⁴ is the same as above, Its salt.
(1-xxvii) R ⁴ is an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,3-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,5-triazolyl lower alkyl group, pyrazolyl lower alkyl group A pyrimidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrimidine ring, a 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidene lower alkyl group, or a 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent, thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on a thiazolidine ring, a group

又は基

Or group

（Ｒ^１３及びＲ^１３ａは上記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxviii) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが０を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxix) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxx) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）−Ｂ_３−ＣＯ−（Ｒ^１７及びＢ_３は上記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxi) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｂ_１９−Ｎ（Ｒ^１８）−ＣＯ−（Ｂ_１９及びＲ^１８は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxii) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｂ_４−ＣＯ−（Ｂ_４は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxiii) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｑ−Ｂ_５−ＣＯ−（Ｑ及びＢ_５は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxiv) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｂ_６−Ｎ（Ｒ^１９）−Ｂ_７−（Ｂ_６、Ｒ^１９及びＢ_７は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxv) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＯ−Ｂ_８−（Ｂ_８は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxvi) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_９−（Ｂ_９は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxvii) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１０−ＣＯ−（Ｂ_１０は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxviii) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_１１−ＣＯ−（Ｂ_１１は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xxxix) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＯ−を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xl) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＳＯ_２−を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xli) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｂ_２３ａ−ＣＯ−ＣＯ−（Ｂ_２３ａは前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xlii) Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが低級アルキレン基を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-i)〜(1-xxi)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xliii) 一般式（１）の化合物が一般式（１−１）、（１−２）、（１−８）、（１−９）、（１−１５）、（１−１６）、（１−２９）、（１−３０）、（１−４３）、（１−４４）、（１−５７）、（１−５８）、（１−６４）及び（１−６５）なる群から選ばれた化合物であり、Ｙが基−Ｏ−又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^５）−（Ｒ^５は前記に同じ）、Ａが基

The aromatic according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein R ¹³ and R ^13a are the same as above Compound or salt thereof.
(1-xxviii) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), and 1 represents 0 in general formula (1) The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound or a salt thereof.
(1-xxix) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as described above), and 1 represents 1 in general formula (1). The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound or a salt thereof.
(1-xxx) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —N ( R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO— (R ¹⁷ and B ₃ are the same as above), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof (1-i) to (1-xxi ) Or the salt thereof.
(1-xxxi) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —B ₁₉ The above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which are aromatic compounds represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, representing —N (R ¹⁸ ) —CO— (B ₁₉ and R ¹⁸ are the same as above) ) Or the salt thereof.
(1-xxxii) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —B ₄ The aromatic according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof showing -CO- (B ₄ is the same as above) Compound or salt thereof.
(1-xxxiii) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —Q— Any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof showing B ₅ -CO- (Q and B ₅ are the same as above) The aromatic compound or salt thereof described.
(1-xxxiv) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are as defined above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —B _{6 ^{-N (R 19) -B 7 -}} (B 6, R 19 and _{B 7,} as defined above) is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) representing the (1-i) ~ The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of (1-xxi).
(1-xxxv) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are as defined above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —CO—. B 8 _- aromatics according to any one of (B ₈ are as defined above) above is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) representing the (1-i) ~ (1-xxi) Compound or salt thereof.
(1-xxxvi) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —CH ( OH) -B ₉ - _(B 9 is according to any one of an aromatic compound or a salt thereof represented by the general formula (1) representing the same) to the (1-i) ~ (1-xxi) An aromatic compound or a salt thereof.
(1-xxxvii) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —CO—. Any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof showing B ₁₀ -CO- (B ₁₀ is the same as above). Aromatic compounds or salts thereof.
(1-xxxviii) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —CH ( Any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, which represents OH) -B ₁₁ -CO- (B ₁₁ is the same as above) Or the salt thereof.
(1-xxxix) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —CO—. The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof represented by:
(1-xl) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —SO _2. The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof represented by-.
(1-xli) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —B _23a Any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, which represents —CO—CO— (B _23a is the same as described above). Aromatic compounds or salts thereof.
(1-xlii) R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a lower alkylene group. The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of the above (1-i) to (1-xxi), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof.
(1-xliii) The compound of the general formula (1) is represented by the general formulas (1-1), (1-2), (1-8), (1-9), (1-15), (1-16) , (1-29), (1-30), (1-43), (1-44), (1-57), (1-58), (1-64) and (1-65) Wherein Y is a group —O— or a group —N (R ⁵ ) — (wherein R ⁵ is the same as above), and A is a group

（Ｒ^３，Ｒ^４及びｐは前記に同じ）を示し、Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５（Ｔ，ｌ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は上記に同じ）を示す上記(1-i)記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xliv) ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）−Ｂ_３−ＣＯ−（Ｒ^１７及びＢ_３は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-xliii)記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xlv) ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−Ｂ_４−ＣＯ−（Ｂ_４は前記に同じ）を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-xliii)記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xlvi) ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＯ−を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-xliii)記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xlvii) ｌが０を示す一般式（１）で表される芳香族化合物又はその塩である上記(1-xliii) 記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xlviii) Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５が、それらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して形成される６員の飽和複素環基であり、該飽和複素環上に、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルカノイル基、置換基として低級アルカノイル基を有することのあるアミノ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、フェニル低級アルコキシ基、水酸基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が置換していてもよいフェニル置換低級アルキル基が置換している上記(1-xliv)〜(1-xlvii)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-xlix) 飽和複素環基であるピペラジニル基上に、低級アルキレンジオキシ基が置換しているフェニル置換低級アルキル基が置換している(1-xlviii)に記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-l) Ｘ_１が窒素原子であり、且つＹが酸素原子である上記(1-xliv)〜(1-xlix)のいずれかに記載の芳香族化合物又はその塩。
(1-li) Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］エチルアミノ｝−２−メトキシフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］エチルアミノ｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］エチルアミノ｝−２−フルオロフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−フルオロフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−メトキシフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］エチルアミノ｝−２−メトキシフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］エチルアミノ｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−（６−｛４−［３−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−３−オキソプロピル］フェノキシ｝ピリジン−３−イル）−３，４−ジクロロベンゼンスルホンアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペラジン−１−イル｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−｛６−［（４−｛４−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝フェニル）メチルアミノ］ピリジン−３−イル｝−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−｛６−［４−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−カルボニル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−｛６−［４−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−カルボニル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（｛４−［３−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−３−オキソプロピル］フェニル｝メチルアミノ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］エチルアミノ｝−２−フルオロフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−フルオロフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−メトキシフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、１−（６−｛４− ［３−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−３−オキソプロピル］フェノキシ｝ピリジン−３−イル）−３−（３，４−ジクロロフェニル）−１−エチル尿素、Ｎ−（６−｛４−［３−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−３−オキソプロピル］フェノキシ｝ピリジン−３−イル）−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−（６−｛４−［３−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−カルボニル）ピペリジン−１−イル］フェノキシ｝ピリジン−３−イル）−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−｛６−［（４−｛４−［２−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝フェニル）メチルアミノ］ピリジン−３−イル｝−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−（６−｛４−［（２−｛４−［４−（４−フルオロベンゾイル）フェニル］ピペラジン−１−イル｝−２−オキソエチル）メチルアミノ］−２−メトキシフェノキシ｝ピリジン−３−イル）−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−Ｎ−｛３−メチル−４−［５−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェノキシメチル）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝−２−オキソアセトアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−２−フルオロ−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド、Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］ピペリジン−１−イル｝−２−メトキシフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド及び４−（３−｛３−メチル−４−［５−（４−トリフルオロメチルベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝−２−オキソヘキサヒドロピリミジン−１−イル）安息香酸エチルエステルからなる群から選ばれた芳香族化合物又はその塩。

(R ³ , R ⁴ and p are the same as above), and R ⁴ is a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, 1, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above). The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to (1-i) above.
(1-xliv) An aromatic represented by the general formula (1), wherein l represents 1, and T represents a group —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO— (R ¹⁷ and B ₃ are the same as above) The aromatic compound or a salt thereof according to the above (1-xliii), which is a compound or a salt thereof.
(1-xlv) The above is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein l is 1 and T is a group —B ₄ —CO— (B ₄ is as defined above). -xliii) aromatic compounds or salts thereof.
(1-xlvi) An aromatic compound or a salt thereof according to the above (1-xliii), which is an aromatic compound or a salt thereof represented by the general formula (1) wherein l represents 1 and T represents a group —CO— .
(1-xlvii) The aromatic compound or a salt thereof according to the above (1-xliii), which is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein l is 0.
(1-xlviii) R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by being bonded to each other with or without a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded; In addition, a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, an amino group having a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, and a halogen atom as a substituent. A phenyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group which may have, a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group The aromatic compound or the salt thereof according to any one of the above (1-xliv) to (1-xlvii) substituted with a lower alkyl group.
(1-xlix) The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to (1-xlviii), wherein a phenyl-substituted lower alkyl group substituted with a lower alkylenedioxy group is substituted on a piperazinyl group which is a saturated heterocyclic group .
(1-l) The aromatic compound or salt thereof according to any one of (1-xliv) to (1-xlix) above, wherein X ₁ is a nitrogen atom and Y is an oxygen atom.
(1-li) N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl]- 3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4- Trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl]- 4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl ] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridine-3- Yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridine- 3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) Pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} 2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} Pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperazine-1 -Yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] Piperidin-1-yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- {6-[(4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl)- 2 Oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenyl) methylamino] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) ) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-pi Peronylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichloro Benzamide, N- {6- [4- (4-benzylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- {6- [4- (4-benzylpiperazine- 1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6-({4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] Phenyl} methylamino) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino } -2-Fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl)] 2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl] ) -2-Oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1] -Yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, 1- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -1-ethylurea, N- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1) − L) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ] Methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2] -Oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) piperidine- 1-yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- Xoxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- {6-[(4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenyl) methylamino] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- (6- {4-[(2- {4- [4- (4- Fluorobenzoyl) phenyl] piperazin-1-yl} -2-oxoethyl) methylamino] -2-methoxyphenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, 2- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1 -Yl) -N- {3-methyl-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} -2-oxy Soacetamido, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -2- Fluoro-4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methoxy Phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide and 4- (3- {3-methyl-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} -2 -Oxohexahydropyrimidin-1-yl) aromatic compound selected from the group consisting of benzoic acid ethyl ester or a salt thereof.

  Specifically, each group shown in the general formula (1) is as follows.

  Examples of the lower alkenylene group include vinylene, 1-propenylene, 1-methyl-1-propenylene, 2-methyl-1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, 2-butenylene, 1-butenylene, 3-butenylene, 2-pentenylene, 1-pentenylene, 3-pentenylene, 4-pentenylene, 1,3-butadienylene, 1,3-pentadienylene, 2-penten-4-ynylene, 2-hexenylene, 1-hexenylene, 5-hexenylene, 3-hexenylene, 4 -Double bonds such as -hexenylene, 3,3-dimethyl-1-propenylene, 2-ethyl-1-propenylene, 1,3,5-hexatrienylene, 1,3-hexadienylene, 1,4-hexadienylene group Examples thereof include 1 to 3 linear or branched alkenylene groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the lower alkynylene group include ethynylene, 1-propynylene, 1-methyl-1-propynylene, 2-methyl-1-propynylene, 2-propynylene, 2-butynylene, 1-butynylene, 3-butynylene, 2-pentynylene, 1-pentynylene, 3-pentynylene, 4-pentynylene, 2-pentyne-4-inylene, 2-hexynylene, 1-hexynylene, 5-hexynylene, 3-hexynylene, 4-hexynylene, 3,3-diethyl-1-propynylene, Examples thereof include a C2-C6 linear or branched alkynylene group having 1 to 3 triple bonds such as 2-ethyl-1-propynylene group.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy group include linear or branched alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxyl, pentyloxy, hexyloxy groups and the like. it can.

  Examples of the lower alkyl group include 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, pentyl, and hexyl groups. A linear or branched alkyl group can be mentioned.

  Examples of the lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent include, for example, methoxymethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-propoxyethyl, 3-isopropoxypropyl in addition to the lower alkyl group. Carbon number as a substituent such as 4-butoxybutyl, 5-pentyloxypentyl, 6-hexyloxyhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-methoxyethyl, 2-methyl-3-ethoxypropyl, 3-methoxypropyl Examples thereof include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the lower alkanoyl group include linear or branched alkanoyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanoyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, and hexanoyl groups.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkyl group include benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 4-phenylbutyl, 5-phenylpentyl, 6-phenylhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-phenyl. Examples thereof include a phenylalkyl group in which an alkyl moiety such as ethyl or 2-methyl-3-phenylpropyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the lower alkylene group include methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 2,2-dimethylethylene, 2,2-dimethyltrimethylene, 1-methyltrimethylene, methylmethylene, ethylmethylene, tetramethylene, Examples thereof include linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as pentamethylene and hexamethylene groups.

  Examples of the lower alkenylene group that may have a phenyl group as a substituent include, for example, vinylene, 1-propenylene, 1-methyl-1-propenylene, 2-methyl-1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, 2-butenylene, 1- Butenylene, 3-butenylene, 2-pentenylene, 1-pentenylene, 3-pentenylene, 4-pentenylene, 1,3-butadienylene, 1,3-pentadienylene, 2-pentene-4-ynylene, 2-hexenylene, 1-hexenylene, 5-hexenylene, 3-hexenylene, 4-hexenylene, 3,3-dimethyl-1-propenylene, 2-ethyl-1-propenylene, 1,3,5-hexatrienylene, 1,3-hexadienylene, 1, 4-hexadienylene, 1-phenylvinylene, 3-phenyl-1-prop Len, 3-phenyl-1-methyl-1-propenylene, 3-phenyl-2-methyl-1-propenylene, 1-phenyl-2-propenylene, 1-phenyl-2-butenylene, 3-phenyl-1- Butenylene, 1-phenyl-3-butenylene, 5-phenyl-2-pentenylene, 4-phenyl-1-pentenylene, 2-phenyl-3-pentenylene, 1-phenyl-4-pentenylene, 1-phenyl-1,3- Butadienylene, 1-phenyl-1,3-pentadienylene, 1-phenyl-2-pentene-4-inylene, 1-phenyl-2-hexenylene, 3-phenyl-1-hexenylene, 4-phenyl-5-hexenylene, 6 -Phenyl-3-hexenylene, 5-phenyl-4-hexenylene, 1-phenyl-3,3-dimethyl-1-pro Nylene, 1-phenyl-2-ethyl-1-propenylene, 6-phenyl-1,3,5-hexatrienylene, 1-phenyl-1,3-hexadienylene, 2-phenyl-1,4-hexadienylene group, etc. Examples thereof include a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having a phenyl group as a substituent having 1 to 3 double bonds.

  Examples of the lower alkylene group which may be substituted by a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a phenyl group include, for example, methoxymethylene, 2-phenylethylene, 3-ethoxytrimethylene, 1 -Propoxy-2-methyltrimethylene, 1-phenyl-2,2-dimethylethylene, 3-phenyl-2,2-dimethyltrimethylene, 2-butoxy-1-methyltrimethylene, phenylmethylmethylene, 2-pentyloxy Ethylmethylene, 4-phenyl-2-hexyloxytetramethylene, 3-phenylpentamethylene, 5-phenylhexamethylene, ethoxymethylene, 1-phenylethylene group, 3-phenyltrimethylene, 2-phenyl-1-methoxyethylene group Straight chain or branched chain alcohol having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as Shi and groups selected from a phenyl group the group consisting can be exemplified one or two substituents also have good having 1 to 6 carbon atoms straight or branched chain alkylene group.

  Examples of the 5- to 15-membered monocyclic, binary or ternary saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group having 1 to 4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino, Pyridyl, 1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl, thienyl Quinolyl, 1,4-dihydroquinolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrazyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuryl, furazanyl, carbostyril, 3,4-dihydro Carbostyryl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahi Loisoquinolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, imidazolidinyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolidinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, carbazoyl, acridinyl, chromanyl, isoindolinyl, isochrominyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolyl 3-dihydrobenzo [b] furyl, benzothienyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, 4H-chromenyl, 1H-indazolyl, phenazinyl, xanthenyl, thianthenyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, furyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolyl Dinyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyranyl, 2-thiazolinyl, -Pyrazolinyl, quinuclidinyl, 1,4-benzoxazinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-1,4-benzoxazinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-1,4-bendazinyl, 1,4- Benzothiazinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxalinyl, 1,3-dithia-2,4-dihydronaphthalenyl, phenanthridinyl, 1,4-dithiaphthalenyl, dibenz [b, e) azepine, 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz [b, e] azepine group, and the like.

  Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent include, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, trifluoromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, chloromethoxy, bromo Methoxy, fluoromethoxy, iodomethoxy, difluoromethoxy, dibromomethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxy, 3-chloropropoxy, 2,3-dichloropropoxy, Halogen atoms as substituents such as 4,4,4-trichlorobutoxy, 4-fluorobutoxy, 5-chloropentyloxy, 3-chloro-2-methylpropoxy, 6-bromohexyloxy, 5,6-dichlorohexyloxy groups The exemplified 1-3 which may have a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  As the lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, in addition to the lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, fluoromethyl, iodomethyl, difluoromethyl, dibromomethyl, dichloromethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 3-chloropropyl, 2,3-dichloropropyl, 4,4,4-trichlorobutyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5 A straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents such as -chloropentyl, 3-chloro-2-methylpropyl, 5-bromohexyl, 5,6-dibromohexyl group, etc. A branched alkyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the lower alkylsulfonyl group include straight chain or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, tert-butylsulfonyl, pentylsulfonyl, and hexylsulfonyl groups. Mention may be made of alkylsulfonyl groups.

  Examples of the phenyl group that may be substituted by a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom on the phenyl ring include phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 3-butylphenyl, 4-pentylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2- (bromomethyl) Phenyl, 3- (2-chloroethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,3-dichloro) Ropropyl) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobutyl) phenyl, 3- (5-chloropentyl) phenyl, 4- (5-bromohexyl) phenyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) phenyl, 3,4- Di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutyl) phenyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methylpropyl) phenyl, 2,5-di (3- Chloropropyl) phenyl, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) phenyl, 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethyl) phenyl 1 to 6 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 halogen atoms on the phenyl ring such as 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethyl group, etc. Branched alkyl group may be exemplified 1-3 which may be substituted phenyl group.

  Examples of the lower alkylthio group include linear or branched alkylthio groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, tert-butylthio, pentylthio, and hexylthio groups.

  Examples of the amino group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent include, for example, amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, butylamino, tert-butylamino , Pentylamino, hexylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipropylamino, dibutylamino, dipentylamino, dihexylamino, N-methyl-N-ethylamino, N-ethyl-N-propylamino, N-methyl-N-butyl Amino, N-methyl-N-hexylamino, N-acetylamino, N-formylamino, N-propionylamino, N-butyrylamino, N-isobutyrylamino, N-pentanoylamino, N-tert-butylcarbonylamino N-hexanoyl As a substituent such as mino, diacetylamino, N-acetyl-N-methylamino, N-acetyl-N-ethylamino group, etc., a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 to 6 carbon atoms Examples thereof include amino groups that may have 1 to 2 groups selected from the group consisting of linear or branched alkanoyl groups.

  1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of amino groups which may have a lower alkyl group, a halogen atom and a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on the naphthalene ring. Examples of the naphthyl group that may be used include (1- or 2-) naphthyl, 1-methyl- (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, and 2-ethyl. -(1-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 3-n-propyl- (1-, 2-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 4-n-butyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 4-methyl- (1-, 2-, 3--5 -, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 5-n-pentyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthy. 6-n-hexyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 1,7-dimethyl- (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 8-) naphthyl, 1,2,8-trimethyl- (3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-) naphthyl, 1-dimethylamino- (2-, 3-, 4--5 -, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 2-dimethylamino- (1-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 3-methylamino- (1- 2-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 5-amino- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 5 -Dimethylamino- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 4- (N-methyl-N-ethylamino)-(1-, 2-, 3- , 5-, 6-, 7- or 8- Naphthyl, 1-methyl-2-dimethylamino- (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 1-chloro- (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6 Carbon number as a substituent on a naphthalene ring such as-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl, 1-acetylamino- (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-) naphthyl group 1 to 6 linear or branched alkyl group, halogen atom, and linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and linear or branched alkanoyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as substituents Examples thereof include a naphthyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of amino groups which may have 1 to 2 groups selected from the group consisting of groups.

  As the alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent, in addition to the lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as the substituent, heptyl, 1-ethylpentyl, octyl, 7-methoxyheptyl, 1 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent such as -ethoxyheptyl, 2-propoxy-1-ethylpentyl, 3-isopropoxyoctyl, 7-butoxyheptyl, 8-pentyloxyoctyl, 5-hexyloxy-1-ethylpentyl Examples thereof include straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group.

  Examples of the amino-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group include aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, 4-aminobutyl, 5-aminopentyl, and 6-aminohexyl. 1,1-dimethyl-2-aminoethyl, 2-methyl-3-aminopropyl, methylaminomethyl, 1-ethylaminoethyl, 2-propylaminoethyl, 3-isopropylaminopropyl, 4-butylaminobutyl, 5 -Pentylaminopentyl, 6-hexylaminohexyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-diethylaminoethyl, 2-diisopropylaminoethyl, (N-ethyl-N-propylamino) methyl, 2- (N-methyl-N-hexylamino) A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as an ethyl group; An amino group having to 2 or there may be exemplified straight chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted.

  Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, cyclododecyl, cyclotridecyl, cyclotetradecyl, cyclopentadecyl, and cyclohexadecyl groups. Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 16 carbon atoms.

  As an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group, a group selected from the group consisting of an amino-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group on the cycloalkyl ring and a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent. In addition to the cycloalkyl group, 4-dimethylaminomethylcyclohexyl, 2- (aminomethyl) cyclopropyl, 3- (2-aminomethyl) cyclobutyl, 2- (1-aminoethyl) cyclopentyl, 3- (3 -Aminopropyl) cyclohexyl, 3- (4-aminobutyl) cycloheptyl, 4- (5-aminopentyl) cyclooctyl, 4- (6-aminohexyl) cyclohexyl, 2- (1,1-dimethyl-2-amino) Ethyl) cycloheptyl, 3- (2-methyl-3-aminopropyl) cyclopentyl, 3 (Methylaminomethyl) cyclohexyl, 2- (1-ethylaminoethyl) cyclooctyl, 2- (2-propylaminoethyl) cyclohexyl, 3- (3-isopropylaminopropyl) cyclopentyl, 4- (4-butylaminobutyl) Cycloheptyl, 2- (5-pentylaminopentyl) cyclohexyl, 2- (6-hexylaminohexyl) cyclopentyl, 3- (dimethylaminomethyl) cyclohexyl, 3-[(N-ethyl-N-propylamino) methyl] cyclo Heptyl, 4- [2- (N-methyl-N-hexylamino) ethyl] cyclooctyl, 4-dimethylaminomethylcyclononyl, 2- (aminomethyl) cyclodecyl, 3- (2-aminomethyl) cycloundecyl, 2- (1-aminoethyl) cyclododecyl, 3 (3-aminopropyl) cyclotridecyl, 3- (4-aminobutyl) cyclotetradecyl, 4- (5-aminopentyl) cyclopentadecyl, 4- (6-aminohexyl) cyclohexadecyl, 2- (1 , 1-dimethyl-2-aminoethyl) cyclononyl, 3- (2-methyl-3-aminopropyl) cyclodecyl, 3- (methylaminomethyl) cycloundecyl, 2- (1-ethylaminoethyl) cyclododecyl, 2 -(2-propylaminoethyl) cyclotridecyl, 3- (3-isopropylaminopropyl) cyclotetradecyl, 4- (4-butylaminobutyl) cyclopentadecyl, 2- (5-pentylaminopentyl) cyclohexadecyl 2- (6-hexylaminohexyl) cyclononyl, 3- (dimethylaminomethyl) cycl Rhododecyl, 3-[(N-ethyl-N-propylamino) methyl] cyclodecyl, 4- [2- (N-methyl-N-hexylamino) ethyl] cyclohexadecyl, 2,2-dimethylcyclopropyl, 2- A straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted by an amino group having 1 to 2 straight chain or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms on a cycloalkyl ring such as a trifluoromethylcyclopropyl group Alternatively, 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a branched alkyl group and a straight chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents are substituted. Examples of the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms which may be used.

  Examples of the lower alkenyl group include vinyl, 1-propenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 1-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2- Pentenyl, 1-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 1,3-pentadienyl, 2-penten-4-ynyl, 2-hexenyl, 1-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl , 4-hexenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-propenyl, 2-ethyl-1-propenyl, 1,3,5-hexatrienyl, 1,3-hexadienyl, 1,4-hexadienyl group, etc. Examples thereof include C2-C6 straight or branched alkenyl groups having 1 to 3 bonds.

  As the lower alkenyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, in addition to the lower alkenyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoro-1-propenyl, 2-bromovinyl, 3-chloro-1-propenyl, 3 -Iodo-1-methyl-1-propenyl, 3-fluoro-2-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 4,4,3-trichloro-1-butenyl, 4,4-difluoro-3-butenyl 5-fluoro-2-pentenyl, 5,5,3-tribromo-1-pentenyl, 5-chloro-3-pentenyl, 5,5,5-trifluoro-4-pentenyl, 4-chloro-1,3-butadienyl 5-fluoro-1,3-pentadienyl, 5-bromo-2-penten-4-ynyl, 6-fluoro-2-hexenyl, 6,6,5-trifluoro-1-he Senyl, 6-chloro-5-hexenyl, 5-bromo-3-hexenyl, 6-chloro-4-hexenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-2-chloro-1-propenyl, 3-fluoro-2-ethyl-1 -Having 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents such as propenyl, 6-chloro-1,3,5-hexatrienyl, 6-bromo-1,3-hexadienyl, 6-fluoro-1,4-hexadienyl Examples thereof include straight-chain or branched alkenyl groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having 1 to 3 double bonds.

  Examples of the benzoyl group (on the phenyl ring may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent and a halogen atom) 3,4-difluorobenzoyl, 2-fluorobenzoyl, 3-bromobenzoyl, 4-iodobenzoyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, 2-methylbenzoyl, 3-methylbenzoyl, 2-ethylbenzoyl, 3-ethylbenzoyl, 4- Ethylbenzoyl, 4-isopropylbenzoyl, 3-butylbenzoyl, 4-pentylbenzoyl, 4-hexylbenzoyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzoyl, 3,4-diethylbenzoyl, 2,4-dimethylbenzoyl, 2,5-dimethylbenzoyl 2,6-dimethylbenzoyl, 3,4,5-tri Tylbenzoyl, 2-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 2- (bromomethyl) benzoyl, 3- (2-chloroethyl) benzoyl, 4- (2,3-dichloropropyl) Benzoyl, 4- (4-fluorobutyl) benzoyl, 3- (5-chloropentyl) benzoyl, 4- (5-bromohexyl) benzoyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) benzoyl, 3,4-di ( Trifluoromethyl) benzoyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutyl) benzoyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methylpropyl) benzoyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropyl) ) Benzoyl, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) benzoyl, 3,4,5-tri (tri Fluoromethyl) benzoyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethyl) benzoyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethylbenzoyl, 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 3-ethyl-4-fluorobenzoyl, 3-fluoro-4-trichloromethylbenzoyl, 2-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 3-fluorobenzoyl, 4-fluorobenzoyl, 2-bromobenzoyl 4-bromobenzoyl, 2-iodobenzoyl, 3-iodobenzoyl, 2,3-dibromobenzoyl, 2,4-diiodobenzoyl, 2,5-difluorobenzoyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4,6 -Trichlorobenzoyl, 2,4-difluorobe Nzoyl, 3,5-difluorobenzoyl, 2,6-difluorobenzoyl, 2-chlorobenzoyl, 3-chlorobenzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 2,3-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,5-dichloro Benzoyl groups such as benzoyl, 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4,6-trifluorobenzoyl, 2,4-difluorobenzoyl groups (on the phenyl ring, Even if 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as a substituent and a halogen atom are substituted Good).

  Examples of the halogen-substituted lower alkyl group include trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, fluoromethyl, iodomethyl, difluoromethyl, dibromomethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2 , 2-trichloroethyl, 3-chloropropyl, 2,3-dichloropropyl, 4,4,4-trichlorobutyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5-chloropentyl, 3-chloro-2-methylpropyl, 5-bromohexyl As a substituent such as a 5,6-dibromohexyl group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and having 1 to 3 halogen atoms can be exemplified.

  Examples of the lower alkylenedioxy group include linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, trimethylenedioxy, and tetramethylenedioxy groups.

  Examples of the amino group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkanoyl group, a benzoyl group and a cycloalkyl group as a substituent include, for example, amino, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, Butylamino, tert-butylamino, pentylamino, hexylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipropylamino, dibutylamino, dipentylamino, dihexylamino, N-methyl-N-ethylamino, N-ethyl-N-propylamino, N-methyl-N-butylamino, N-methyl-N-hexylamino, N-methyl-N-acetylamino, N-acetylamino, N-formylamino, N-propionylamino, N-butyrylamino, N-isobuty Rylamino, N-pentanoy Amino, N-tert-butylcarbonylamino, N-hexanoylamino, N-ethyl-N-acetylamino, N-benzoylamino, N-ethyl-N-benzoylamino, N-methyl-N-benzoylamino, N- Acetyl-N-benzoylamino, cyclopropylamino, cyclobutylamino, cyclopentylamino, cyclohexylamino, cycloheptylamino, cyclooctylamino, N-methyl-N-cyclohexylamino, N-methyl-N-cyclopentylamino, N-methyl -N-cycloheptylamino, N-cyclohexyl-N-acetylamino, N-cyclopentyl-N-benzoylamino, cyclononylamino, cyclodecylamino, cyclododecylamino, cyclotridecylamino, cyclotetradecylamino Cyclopentadecylamino, N-methyl-N-cyclohexadecylamino, N-methyl-N-cyclononylamino, N-methyl-N-cyclodecylamino, N-cycloundecyl-N-acetylamino, N-cyclohex C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl group, C1-C6 linear or branched alkanoyl group, benzoyl group, and carbon number as a substituent such as sadecyl-N-benzoylamino group Examples of the amino group may have 1 to 2 groups selected from the group consisting of 3 to 16 cycloalkyl groups.

  Examples of the lower alkanoyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent include, in addition to the lower alkanoyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl, 2,2,2-trichloroacetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2 -Bromoacetyl, 2-fluoroacetyl, 2-iodoacetyl, 2,2-difluoroacetyl, 2,2-dibromoacetyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropionyl, 3,3,3-trichloropropionyl, 3-chloro Propionyl, 2,3-dichloropropionyl, 4,4,4-trichlorobutyryl, 4-fluorobutyryl, 5-chloropentanoyl, 3-chloro-2-methylpropionyl, 6-bromohexanoyl, 5,6- Carbon number which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents such as dibromohexanoyl group It can be exemplified 6 straight or branched chain alkanoyl group.

  Examples of the lower alkoxycarbonyl group include linear or branched groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl group and the like. Mention may be made of branched alkoxycarbonyl groups.

  Examples of the lower alkanoyloxy group include linear or branched alkanoyloxy groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, isobutyryloxy, pentanoyloxy, tert-butylcarbonyloxy, and hexanoyloxy groups. Can be mentioned.

  Examples of the 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group having 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, pyridyl, 1,2,5, 6-tetrahydropyridyl, thienyl, pyrazyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazyl, pyrrolyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolidinyl, furazanyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, furyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolidyl , Thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyranyl, 2-pyrazolidinyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, thiazolidinyl, 2-thiazolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazo Le, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuryl group and the like.

The 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring formed by bonding to each other together with or without a nitrogen atom, sulfur atom or oxygen atom together with the nitrogen atom to which R ¹¹ and R ¹² are bonded includes, for example, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, Examples include piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, and homopiperazinyl groups.

  Examples of the imidazolyl lower alkyl group include (1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolylmethyl, 2-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,2,4 or 5). -) Imidazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] propyl, 4-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] butyl, 5-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl An imidazolylalkyl group in which an alkyl moiety such as a -3-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] propyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be given.

  Examples of the 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group include (1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4-triazolylmethyl, 2-[(1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4. -Triazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4-triazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4-triazolyl] propyl, 4- [ (1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4-triazolyl] butyl, 5-[(1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4-triazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4-triazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,3 or 5-) 1,2,4-triazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,3 or 5 -) 1,2,4-triazolyl] straight chain or branched alkyl group in which the alkyl portion such as propyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms There 1,2,4 triazolyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the 1,2,3-triazolyl lower alkyl group include (1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3-triazolylmethyl, 2-[(1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3. -Triazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3-triazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3-triazolyl] propyl, 4- [ (1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3-triazolyl] butyl, 5-[(1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3-triazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3-triazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,4 or 5-) 1,2,3-triazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,4 or 5 -) 1,2,3-triazolyl] linear or branched alkyl group in which the alkyl moiety such as propyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms There 1,2,3 triazolyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the 1,2,5-triazolyl lower alkyl group include (1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5-triazolylmethyl, 2-[(1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5. -Triazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5-triazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5-triazolyl] propyl, 4- [ (1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5-triazolyl] butyl, 5-[(1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5-triazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5-triazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,3 or 4-) 1,2,5-triazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,3 or 4) -) 1,2,5-triazolyl] straight chain or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as propyl group There 1,2,5 triazolyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the pyrazolyl lower alkyl group include (1,3,4,5-) pyrazolylmethyl, 2-[(1,3,4,5-) pyrazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,3,4,5). -) Pyrazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,3,4,5-) pyrazolyl] propyl, 4-[(1,3,4,5-) pyrazolyl] butyl, 5-[(1,3,4, or 5-) pyrazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,3,4,5-) pyrazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,3,4,5-) pyrazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl A pyrazolylalkyl group in which an alkyl moiety such as a -3-[(1,3,4,5- or 5-) pyrazolyl] propyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be given.

  Examples of the pyrimidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrimidine ring include (2,4,5 or 6) pyrimidinylmethyl, 2-[(2,4,5 or 6) pyrimidinyl. ] Ethyl, 1-[(2,4,5 or 6-) pyrimidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,4,5 or 6-) pyrimidinyl] propyl, 4-[(2,4,5 or 6-) Pyrimidinyl] butyl, 5-[(2,4,5 or 6-) pyrimidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(2,4,5 or 6) pyrimidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2, 4,5 or 6-) pyrimidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2,4,5 or 6) pyrimidinyl] propyl, [(1,3,4,5-) 2,6-dioxopyrimidinyl ] Methyl, [(1,3,4,5 or 6- 2-oxopyrimidinyl] methyl, [(1,2,4 or 5-) 6-oxopyrimidinyl] methyl, [(1,2,5 or 6) 4-oxopyrimidinyl] methyl, [(1,3,5 Or 6) 2,4-dioxopyrimidinyl] methyl, 2-[(4 or 6) 2,5-dioxopyrimidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,3,4,5-) 2,6- Dioxopyrimidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,3 or 5-) 2,4,6-trioxopyrimidinyl] propyl, 4-[(1,3,4,5-)-2,6-dioxopyrimidinyl] Butyl, 5-[(4 or 6-) 2,5-dioxopyrimidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,3,5 or 6-) 2,4-dioxopyrimidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl- 2-[(1,3,4,5-) 2,6-dioxopyrimidi It has 1 to 3 oxo groups as substituents on a pyrimidine ring such as [ru] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,3,4,5-)-, 6-dioxopyrimidinyl] propyl group. Yes, a pyrimidinylalkyl group in which the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be exemplified.

  Examples of the 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidene lower alkyl group include 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidenemethyl, 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4- Irideneethyl, 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidine-4-ylidenepropyl, 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidine-4-ylideneisopropyl, 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidine-4-ylidenebutyl , 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidenepentyl, 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidenehexyl group and the like, wherein the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An example is a 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidenealkyl group which is a branched alkyl group.

  Examples of the 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring include (3 or 5-) 1,2,4- Oxadiazolylmethyl, 2-[(3 or 5-) 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(3 or 5-) 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(3 or 5 -) 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl] propyl, 4-[(3 or 5-) 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl] butyl, 5-[(3 or 5-) 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(3 or 5-) 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(3 or 5-) 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [(3 or 5-) 1,2,4-Oki Diazolyl] propyl, 5-methyl-3- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl) methyl, 3-ethyl-2- [5- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl)] ethyl, 1- [3-propyl-5 -(1,2,4-oxadiazolyl)] ethyl, 3- [5-butyl-3- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl)] propyl, 4- [3-pentyl-5- (1,2,4- Oxadiazolyl)] butyl, 5- [5-hexyl-3- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl)] pentyl, 6- [3-methyl-5- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl)] hexyl, 1,1 -Dimethyl-2- [5-isopropyl-3- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl)] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [3-isobutyl-5- (1,2,4-oxadiazolyl)] propyl group, etc. Of 1,2,4-Oki The diazole ring may have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An example is a 2,4-oxadiazolylalkyl group.

  Examples of the thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring include, for example, (2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinylmethyl, 2-[(2,3,4,5) -) Thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propyl, 4-[(2,3,4, or 5-) thiazolidinyl] butyl, 5-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [ (2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propyl, 2,4-dioxo-5-thiazolidinylmethyl, 2 -[2-oxo- (3 4 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 1- [4-oxo- (2,3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 3- [5-oxo- (2,3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] propyl, 4- [ 2,5-dioxo- (3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] butyl, 5- [2,4,5-trioxo-3-thiazolidinyl] pentyl, 6- [4,5-dioxo- (2 or 3-) thiazolidinyl] Hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propyl, It may have 1 to 3 oxo groups as substituents on a thiazolidine ring such as 3- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propyl group, and the alkyl moiety is a straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Or thiazolidinyl Le alkyl group is a branched alkyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include, in addition to the phenyl lower alkyl group, 3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl, 3,4-trimethylene. Dioxybenzyl, 2- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (2,3-tetramethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- ( Phenyl rings such as 2,3-methylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl and 2-methyl-3- (3,4-ethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl groups May have a linear or branched alkylenedioxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms Can be illustrated.

  Examples of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group include methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 3-methoxycarbonylpropyl, 3-ethoxycarbonylpropyl, 4 -Ethoxycarbonylbutyl, 5-isopropoxycarbonylpentyl, 6-propoxycarbonylhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butoxycarbonylethyl, 2-methyl-3-tert-butoxycarbonylpropyl, 2-pentyloxycarbonylethyl, hexyl The alkoxy moiety such as an oxycarbonylmethyl group is a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It can be exemplified alkoxycarbonyl group.

  Examples of the carboxy lower alkyl group include carboxymethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, 1-carboxyethyl, 3-carboxypropyl, 4-carboxybutyl, 5-carboxypentyl, 6-carboxyhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- Examples thereof include carboxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl moiety such as carboxyethyl, 2-methyl-3-carboxypropyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the morpholino-substituted lower alkanoyl group include 2-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] acetyl, 3-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] propionyl, 2-[(2,3 or 4- ) Morpholino] propionyl, 4-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] butyryl, 5-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] pentanoyl, 6-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] hexanoyl, Alkanoyl moieties such as 2,2-dimethyl-2-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] propionyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] propionyl groups have 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The morpholino substituted alkanoyl group which is a linear or branched alkanoyl group can be illustrated.

  Examples of the piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkyl group optionally substituted on the piperazine ring by a phenyl lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include [(1, 2, or 3-) piperazinyl] carbonylmethyl, 2-[(1,2 or 3-) piperazinyl] carbonylethyl, 1-[(1,2 or 3-) piperazinyl] carbonylethyl, 3-[(1,2 or 3- ) Piperazinyl] carbonylpropyl, 4-[(1,2,3-) piperazinyl] carbonylbutyl, 5-[(1,2,3-) piperazinyl] carbonylpentyl, 6-[(1,2,3-) piperazinyl ] Carbonylhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,2 or 3-) piperazinyl] carbonylethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ 1,2 or 3-) piperazinyl] carbonylpropyl, (4-benzyl-1-piperazinylcarbonyl) methyl, 2- [4- (2-phenylethyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] ethyl, 1- [ 4- (3-phenylpropyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] ethyl, 3- [4- (4-phenylbutyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] propyl, 4- [4- (5-phenylpentyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] butyl, 5- [4- (6-phenylpropyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] pentyl, 6- (4-benzyl-1-piperazinylcarbonyl) hexyl, 1,1 -Dimethyl-2- (4-benzyl-1-piperazinylcarbonyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-benzyl-1-piperazinylcarbonyl) propyl, 4- (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] methyl, 2- {4- [2- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl] -1-piperazinylcarbonyl} Ethyl, 1- {4- [3- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl] -1-piperazinylcarbonyl} ethyl, 3- {4- [4- (2,3-tetramethylenedioxy) Phenyl) butyl] -1-piperazinylcarbonyl} propyl, 4- {4- [5- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) pentyl] -1-piperazinylcarbonyl} butyl, 5- {4- [ 3- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl] -1-piperazinylcarbonyl} pentyl, 6- [4- (3,4-trimethylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl ] Hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [4- (2,3-tetramethylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [4- (3,4-methylene) Dioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] propyl, (3,4-dibenzyl-1-piperazinylcarbonyl) methyl, (3,4,5-tribenzyl-1-piperazinylcarbonyl) methyl, [2 , 4-di (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl]) methyl, [2,4,6-tri (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl Straight chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent on a phenyl ring such as methyl, [3-benzyl-4- (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinylcarbonyl] methyl The alkyl moiety that may have a branched alkylidenedioxy group may be substituted with 1 to 3 phenylalkyl groups on the piperazine ring, which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. And the piperazinyl carbonylalkyl group whose alkyl part is a C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl group can be illustrated.

  Examples of the piperazinyl lower alkanoyl group that may be substituted on the piperazine ring by a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include 2-[(1, 2 or 3 -) Piperazinyl] acetyl, 3-[(1,2,3-) piperazinyl] propionyl, 2-[(1,2,3-) piperazinyl] propionyl, 4-[(1,2,3-) piperazinyl] butyryl , 5-[(1,2 or 3-) piperazinyl] pentanoyl, 6-[(1,2 or 3-) piperazinyl] hexanoyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3-[(1,2, or 3-) piperazinyl] Propionyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2,3-) piperazinyl] propionyl, 2- (4-benzyl-1-piperazinyl) acetyl, 3- [ -(2-phenylethyl) -1-piperazinyl] propionyl, 2- [4- (3-phenylpropyl) -1-piperazinyl] propionyl, 4- [4- (4-phenylbutyl) -1-piperazinyl] butyryl, 5- [4- (5-phenylpentyl) -1-piperazinyl] pentanoyl, 6- [4- (6-phenylpropyl) -1-piperazinyl] hexanoyl, 6- (4-benzyl-1-piperazinyl) hexanoyl, 2 , 2-Dimethyl-3- (4-benzyl-1-piperazinyl) propionyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-benzyl-1-piperazinyl) propionyl, 2- [4- (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinyl]) acetyl, 3- {4- [2- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl] -1-piperazini } Propionyl, 2- {4- [3- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl] -1-piperazinyl} propionyl, 4- {4- [4- (2,3-tetramethylenedioxyphenyl) Butyl] -1-piperazinyl} butyryl, 5- {4- [5- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) pentyl] -1-piperazinyl} pentanoyl, 5- {4- [3- (2,3-ethylene Dioxyphenyl) propyl] -1-piperazinyl} pentanoyl, 6- [4- (3,4-trimethylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinyl]) hexanoyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3- [4- (2 , 3-tetramethylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinyl] propionyl, 2-methyl-3- [4- (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazi Nyl] propionyl, 2- (3,4-dibenzyl-1-piperazinyl) acetyl, 2- (3,4,5-tribenzyl-1-piperazinyl) acetyl, 2- [2,4-di (3,4-methylene) Dioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinyl]) acetyl, 2- [2,4,6-tri (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinyl]) acetyl, 2- [3-benzyl-4- ( 3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -1-piperazinyl]) an alkyl moiety which may have a linear or branched alkylenedioxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent on a phenyl ring such as an acetyl group 1 to 6 phenylalkyl groups which are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be substituted on the piperazine ring, and the alkanoyl moiety is a straight chain having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or Can be exemplified piperazinyl alkanoyl group which is branched-chain alkanoyl group.

  Examples of the morpholinocarbonyl-substituted lower alkyl group include [(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] carbonylmethyl, 2-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] carbonylethyl, 1-[(2,3 or 4). -) Morpholino] carbonylethyl, 3-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] carbonylpropyl, 4-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] carbonylbutyl, 5-[(2,3 or 4-) Morpholino] carbonylpentyl, 6-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] carbonylhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2,3 or 4-) morpholino] carbonylethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ (2, 3 or 4-) morpholino] morpholino carbonyl alkyl in which the alkyl moiety such as carbonyl propyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It can be exemplified groups.

  Examples of the imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group include 2-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] acetyl, 3-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] propionyl, 2-[(1,2 , 4 or 5-) imidazolyl] propionyl, 4-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] butyryl, 5-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] pentanoyl, 6-[(1, 2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] hexanoyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3-[(1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl] propionyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2,4 or 5- Imidazolyl] An imidazolylalkanoyl group in which the alkanoyl moiety such as a propionyl group is a linear or branched alkanoyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms can be exemplified.

  Examples of the cycloalkylcarbonyl group include cyclopropylcarbonyl, cyclobutylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cycloheptylcarbonyl, cyclooctylcarbonyl, cyclononylcarbonyl, cyclodecylcarbonyl, cycloundecylcarbonyl, cyclododecylcarbonyl, cyclotridecyl Examples thereof include cycloalkylcarbonyl groups in which the cycloalkyl moiety such as carbonyl, cyclotetradecylcarbonyl, cyclopentadecylcarbonyl, cyclohexadecylcarbonyl group and the like is a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the amino-substituted lower alkanoyl group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent include aminoacetyl, 2-aminopropionyl, 3-aminopropionyl, 4-aminobutyryl, 5-aminopentanoyl, 6-aminohexanoyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3-aminopropionyl, 2-methyl-3-aminopropionyl, methylaminoacetyl, 2-ethylaminopropionyl, 3-propylaminopropionyl, 3-isopropylaminopropionyl, 4-butylaminobutyryl, 5 -Pentylaminopentanoyl, 6-hexylaminohexanoyl, dimethylaminoacetyl, 3-diisopropylaminopropionyl, (N-ethyl-N-propylamino) acetyl, 2- (N-methyl-N-hexylamino) acetyl group, etc. Examples of the substituent include a linear or branched alkanoyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms substituted with an amino group having 1 to 2 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. .

  Examples of the lower alkylene group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent include, in addition to the lower alkylene group, 1-hydroxymethylene, 2-hydroxyethylene, 1-hydroxyethylene, 2-hydroxytrimethylene, 3-hydroxytrimethyl. Methylene, 1-hydroxytrimethylene, 3-hydroxy-2-methyltrimethylene, 1-hydroxy-2-methyltrimethylene, 3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyltrimethylene, 1-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyltrimethylene Methylene, 3-hydroxy-1-methyltrimethylene, 2-hydroxy-1-methyltrimethylene, 1-hydroxymethylmethylene, hydroxymethylmethylene, 2-hydroxymethyltrimethylene, 2-hydroxymethyl-2-methyltrimethylene, (2-hydroxyethyl Methylene, (1-hydroxyethyl) methylene, 4-hydroxytetramethylene, 2-hydroxytetramethylene, 3-hydroxytetramethylene, 1-hydroxytetramethylene, 5-hydroxypentamethylene, 4-hydroxypentamethylene, 3-hydroxypenta Methylene, 2-hydroxypentamethylene, 1-hydroxypentamethylene, 6-hydroxyhexamethylene, 5-hydroxyhexamethylene, 4-hydroxyhexamethylene, 3-hydroxyhexamethylene, 2-hydroxyhexamethylene, 1-hydroxyhexamethylene, Substituents such as 1,2-dihydroxytrimethylene, 2,2,4-trihydroxytetramethylene, 1,2,6-trihydroxyhexamethylene, 3,4,5-trihydroxypentamethylene group; Some straight-chain or branched alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 hydroxyl groups can be exemplified Te.

  Examples of the alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent include heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, 1-methylhexyl, hexadecyl, hydroxy in addition to the lower alkyl group. Methyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl, 5,5,4-trihydroxypentyl, C1-C16 straight or branched chain having 1 to 3 hydroxyl groups as substituents such as 5-hydroxypentyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 1-hydroxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3-hydroxypropyl A chain alkyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the hydroxyl group-substituted alkyl group include hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl, 1 to 1 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 hydroxyl groups as substituents such as 5,5,4-trihydroxypentyl, 5-hydroxypentyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 1-hydroxyisopropyl and 2-methyl-3-hydroxypropyl groups Sixteen straight chain or branched alkyl groups can be exemplified.

  Examples of the cycloalkyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent include, in addition to the cycloalkyl group, 2-hydroxycyclopropyl, 3-hydroxycyclobutyl, 3- Hydroxycyclopentyl, 2-hydroxycyclohexyl, 4-hydroxycyclohexyl, 3-hydroxycycloheptyl, 4-hydroxycyclooctyl, 5-hydroxycyclononyl, 3-hydroxycyclodecyl, 4-hydroxycycloundecyl, 5-hydroxycyclododecyl, 6-hydroxycyclotridecyl, 7-hydroxycyclotetradecyl, 6-hydroxycyclopentadecyl, 8-hydroxycyclohexadecyl, 2,4-dihydroxycyclohexyl, 2,4,6-trihydroxycyclo Xyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl, 2-ethylcyclopropyl, 3-n-propylcyclobutyl, 2-n-butylcyclohexyl, 4-n-pentylcycloheptyl, 4-n-hexylcyclooctyl, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl , A group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent such as 2,3,4-trimethylcyclohexyl and 2-methyl-4-hydroxycyclohexyl group. The C3-C16 cycloalkyl group which may have 3 is mentioned.

  Examples of the phenoxy lower alkyl group include phenoxymethyl, 2-phenoxyethyl, 1-phenoxyethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, 4-phenoxybutyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-phenoxyethyl, 5-phenoxypentyl, 6- Examples thereof include phenoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl moiety such as phenoxyhexyl, 1-phenoxyisopropyl, 2-methyl-3-phenoxypropyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the amino lower alkoxy group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent include aminomethoxy, 2-aminoethoxy, 1-aminoethoxy, 3-aminopropoxy, 4-aminobutoxy, 5-aminopentyloxy, 6 -Aminohexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-2-aminoethoxy, 2-methyl-3-aminopropoxy, methylaminomethoxy, 1-ethylaminoethoxy, 2-propylaminoethoxy, 3-isopropylaminopropoxy, 4-butyl Aminobutoxy, 5-pentylaminopentyloxy, 6-hexylaminohexyloxy, dimethylaminomethoxy, 2-diethylaminoethoxy, 2-diisopropylaminoethoxy, (N-ethyl-N-propylamino) methoxy, 2- (N-methyl) -N-hex A linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted with an amino group that may have 1 to 2 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as an ethoxy group. Can be illustrated.

  Examples of the hydroxyl group-substituted lower alkyl group include hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl. 1 having 1 to 3 hydroxyl groups as substituents such as 5,5,4-trihydroxypentyl, 5-hydroxypentyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 1-hydroxyisopropyl and 2-methyl-3-hydroxypropyl groups -6 linear or branched alkyl groups can be illustrated.

  Examples of the amino group which may have a lower alkylsulfonyl as a substituent include amino, methylsulfonylamino, ethylsulfonylamino, propylsulfonylamino, isopropylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, tert-butylsulfonylamino, pentylsulfonylamino, hexylsulfonyl Amino, dimethylsulfonylamino, diethylsulfonylamino, dipropylsulfonylamino, dibutylsulfonylamino, dipentylsulfonylamino, dihexylsulfonylamino, N-methylsulfonyl-N-ethylsulfonylamino, N-ethylsulfonyl-N-propylsulfonylamino, N -Substitution of methylsulfonyl-N-butylsulfonylamino, N-methylsulfonyl-N-hexylsulfonylamino group, etc. A straight or branched chain alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 2 amino groups which may have 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be exemplified as.

  Examples of the lower alkynyl group include straight chain or branched groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-methyl-2-propynyl, 2-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl group and the like. A branched alkynyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the anilino group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring include anilino, 2-fluoroanilino, 3-fluoroanilino, 4-fluoroanilino, 2-bromoanilino, 3-bromoanilino, 4 -Bromoanilino, 2-iodoanilino, 3-iodoanilino, 4-iodoanilino, 2,3-dibromoanilino, 2,4-diiodoanilino, 2,5-difluoroanilino, 2,6-dichloroanilino, 2,4,6 -Trichloroanilino, 2,6-difluoroanilino, 3,5-difluoroanilino, 2,6-difluoroanilino, 2-chloroanilino, 3-chloroanilino, 4-chloroanilino, 2,3-dichloroanilino, 2 , 4-dichloroanilino, 2,5-dichloroanilino, 3,4-dichloroanilino, Substituents on phenyl rings such as 1,6-dichloroanilino, 3,5-dichloroanilino, 2,4,6-trifluoroanilino, 2,4-difluoroanilino, 3,4-difluoroanilino group An anilino group having 1 to 3 halogen atoms can be exemplified.

  Examples of the piperazinyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring include (1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl, 4-methyl- (1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl. , 2,3-dimethyl- (1- or 5-) piperazinyl, 2,3,4-trimethyl- (1-, 5- or 6-) piperazinyl group, etc. The piperazinyl group which may have 1-3 linear or branched alkyl groups may be illustrated.

  Examples of the pyrrolidinyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring include (1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo- (1-, 3-, 4- or 5-). Pyrrolidinyl, 3-oxo- (1-, 2-, 4- or 5-) pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-dioxo- (1-, 4- or 5-) pyrrolidinyl, 2,5-dioxo- (1--3 -Or 4-) The pyrrolidinyl group which may have 1-2 oxo groups as a substituent on pyrrolidine rings, such as a pyrrolidinyl group, can be illustrated.

  Examples of the lower alkanoylamino group include 2 to 6 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents such as acetylamino, propionylamino, butyrylamino, pentanoylamino, 2-methylpropionylamino, hexanoylamino group and the like. A linear or branched alkanoylamino group can be exemplified.

  A lower alkyl group on the phenyl ring; a lower alkoxy group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent; a halogen atom; an amino lower alkoxy group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent; a hydroxyl group-substituted lower alkyl group; a phenyl lower alkyl A lower alkynyl group; an amino group that may have a lower alkylsulfonyl group as a substituent; a lower alkylthio group; a cycloalkyl group; a phenylthio group; an adamantyl group; an anilino that may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring A lower alkoxycarbonyl group; a piperazinyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring; a lower alkanoylamino group; a cyano group; a pyrrolidinyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring; And phenoxy Examples of the phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethyl Phenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 3-butylphenyl, 4-pentylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,4- Dimethylphenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-ethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 3-butoxyphenyl 4-pentyloxyphenyl, 4-hexyloxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-diethoxyphenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl, 3, 4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 2- (bromomethoxy) phenyl, 3- (2-chloroethoxy) phenyl, 4- ( 2,3-dichloropropoxy) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobutoxy) phenyl, 3- (5-chloropentyloxy) phenyl, 4- (5-bromohexyloxy) phenyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) Oxy) phenyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl, 3,4- Di (4,4,4-trichlorobutoxy) phenyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methoxypropyl) phenyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropoxy) phenyl, 2,6-di (2 , 2,2-trifluoroethoxy) phenyl, 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethoxy) phenyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxy-4-trichloromethoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-3-trifluoromethoxy-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 2- Phenoxyphenyl, 3-phenoxyphenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, 2,3-diphenoxyphenyl, 3,4- Phenoxyphenyl, 2,6-diphenoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-triphenoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-4-phenoxyphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-phenoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-phenoxyphenyl, 3- Ethoxy-4-phenoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-3-phenoxy-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5- Dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl 2,4-difluorophenyl 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, 2-bromophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 4-bromophenyl, 2-iodophenyl 3-iodophenyl, 4-iodophenyl, 2,3-dibromophenyl, 2,4-diiodophenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-chloro-2-anilinophenyl, 2- (4 -Chloroanilino) -5-ethoxycarbonylphenyl, 4- [2- (N, N-diethylamino) ethoxy] phenyl, 4- (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl) phenyl, 4- (2-oxo-1-pyrrolidinyl) Phenyl, 4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl, 4- (2-hydroxyethyl) phenyl, 4-ben Diphenyl, 4-ethynylphenyl, 4-phenylthiophenyl, 4- (1-adamantyl) phenyl, 5-acetylamino-2-chlorophenyl, 2-propanoylaminophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 2-cyanophenyl, 4- C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 halogen atoms on a phenyl ring such as cyanophenyl, 3,4-dicyanophenyl, 3,4,5-tricyanophenyl group A linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or an alkoxy moiety is a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the substituent is 1 to 1 carbon atoms. An aminoalkoxy group having 1 to 2 straight-chain or branched alkyl groups of 6; a straight-chain or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms having 1 to 3 hydroxyl groups as substituents; -Like alkyl group, phenylalkyl group whose alkyl part is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, linear or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, carbon number 1 as a substituent An amino group having 1 to 2 linear or branched alkylsulfonyl groups of -6, a linear or branched alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms , A phenylthio group, an adamantyl group, an anilino group having 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents on the phenyl ring, a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 6 carbon atoms 1 to 2 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as substituents on the amino group, cyano group, or piperazine ring having 1 to 2 linear or branched alkanoyl groups Piperazines you may have Group, a group selected from pyrrolidinyl group and phenoxy group consisting group which may have one or two oxo groups as substituents on the pyrrolidine ring can be exemplified 1-3 which may be substituted phenyl group.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkyl group which may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent and a lower alkyl group on the phenyl ring include, for example, In addition to the phenyl lower alkyl group, 4-fluorobenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 2- (2-fluorophenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-fluorophenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethyl, 3,4-dibromobenzyl, 3,4-diiodobenzyl, 2,4-difluorobenzyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4,5 -Trifluorobenzyl, 3- (4-chlorophenyl) propyl, 1- (2-bromophenyl) ethyl, 4- (3-fur Rophenyl) butyl, 5- (4-iodophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-chlorophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (3-fluorophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-chlorophenyl) Propyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 2- (3-methylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-methylphenyl) propyl, 1- (2-ethylphenyl) ethyl, 4- (3-ethylphenyl) butyl, 5- ( 4-ethylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-isopropylphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (3-butylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-pentylphenyl) propyl, 4-hexyl Benzyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl, 3,4-diethylbenzyl, 2,4-dimethylbenzyl, 2,5-dimethylbenzyl, 2,6 Dimethylbenzyl, 3,4,5-trimethylbenzyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 2- (2-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (3-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 4-methoxy Benzyl, 1- (2-ethoxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (3-ethoxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (4-ethoxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (4-isopropoxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3-butoxyphenyl) ) Hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (4-pentyloxyphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-hexyloxyphenyl) propyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 3,4-diethoxybenzyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 2,5-dimethoxybenzyl, 2,6-dimethoxybenzyl, 3,4,5-tri Methoxybenzyl, 2-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 2- [2- (bromomethoxy) phenyl] ethyl, 1- [3- (2-chloroethoxy) phenyl] Ethyl, 3- [4- (2,3-dichloropropoxy) phenyl] propyl, 4- [4- (4-fluorobutoxy) phenyl] butyl, 5- [3- (5-chloropentyloxy) phenyl] pentyl, 6- [4- (5-Bromohexyloxy) phenyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [4- (5,6-dibromohexyloxy) phenyl] ethyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethoxy) Benzyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutoxy) benzyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methoxypropyl) Benzyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropoxy) benzyl, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy) benzyl, 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethoxy) benzyl, 4- ( 2,2,2-trichloroethoxy) benzyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethoxybenzyl, 2-methoxy-4-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 3-ethoxy-4-trichloro Methoxybenzyl, 2-methyl-3-trifluoromethoxy-4-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 2-chloro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluoro-2-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 3-chloro-2-methyl-4- It has a halogen atom on a phenyl ring such as a methoxybenzyl group and 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents. 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be substituted. Examples thereof include a phenylalkyl group in which the alkyl portion is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkyl group having a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include 3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl, 3,4-trimethylenedioxybenzyl, and 2- (2,3-ethylene. Dioxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (2,3-tetramethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,3-methylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 2 -Linear or branched chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent on a phenyl ring such as methyl-3- (3,4-ethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl group Has Ruki dioxy group, the alkyl moiety can be exemplified a phenyl group which is straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent include amino, N-acetylamino, N-formylamino, N-propionylamino, N-butyrylamino, N-isobutyrylamino, and N-pentanoyl. Examples of the amino group that may have a linear or branched alkanoyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent such as amino, N-tert-butylcarbonylamino, and N-hexanoylamino group.

  As a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group that may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of an oxo group, a lower alkoxy group, and a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring Is, for example, (1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2-oxo- (1,3,4,5,6,7 Or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2-oxo-6,7-methylenedioxy- (1,3,4,5 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquino Lyl, 4-oxo- (1,2,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2,4-dioxo- (1,3,5,6,7 Or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2,4-dioxo-6,7-methylenedio Ci- (1,3,5 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 5,6-ethylenedioxy- (1,2,3,4,7 or 8-) 1,2, 3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 7,8-trimethylenedioxy- (1,2,3,4,5 or 6-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 6,7-tetramethylenedi Oxy- (1,2,3,4,5 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 5-methoxy-2-oxo- (1,3,4,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2-oxo-6,7-ethylenedioxy- (1,3,4,5 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group, etc. As a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring, an oxo group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a carbon number having 1 to 4 carbon atoms The chain or branched alkylenedioxy group consisting group selected from the group which may have 1 to 3 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group may be exemplified.

  Examples of the cycloalkyl lower alkyl group include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 2-cyclopropylethyl, 1-cyclobutylethyl, 3-cyclopentylpropyl, 4-cyclohexylbutyl, 5-cycloheptylpentyl, and 6-cyclooctylhexyl. 1,1-dimethyl-2-cyclononylethyl, 2-methyl-3-cyclodecylpropyl, cycloundecylmethyl, 2-cyclododecylethyl, 1-cyclotridecylethyl, 3-cyclotetradecylpropyl, 4- Examples thereof include cycloalkylalkyl groups having 3 to 16 carbon atoms in which an alkyl moiety such as cyclopentadecylbutyl and 5-cyclohexadecylpentyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the pyridyl lower alkyl group include (2,3 or 4-) pyridylmethyl, 2-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] ethyl, 1-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] propyl, 4-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] butyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] ethyl , 5-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] pentyl, 6-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] hexyl, 1-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] isopropyl, 2-methyl- Examples include a pyridylalkyl group in which an alkyl moiety such as a 3-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] propyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the amino group-substituted lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent include, for example, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl 4-aminobutyl, 5-aminopentyl, 6-aminohexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-aminoethyl, 2-methyl-3-aminopropyl, methylaminomethyl, 1-ethylaminoethyl, 2-propylamino Ethyl, 3-isopropylaminopropyl, 4-butylaminobutyl, 5-pentylaminopentyl, 6-hexylaminohexyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-diisopropylaminoethyl, (N-ethyl-N-propylamino) methyl, 2- (N, N-dimethylamino) ethyl, 2- (N-methyl-N-he Silamino) ethyl, formylaminomethyl, acetylaminomethyl, 1-propionylaminoethyl, 2-acetylaminoethyl, 3-butyrylaminopropyl, 4-pentanoylaminobutyl, 5-hexanoylaminopentyl, 6-acetylaminohexyl N-methyl-N-acetylaminomethyl, 2- (N-ethyl-N-propanoylamino) ethyl, (N-ethyl-N-butyrylamino) methyl, 2- (N-methyl-N-hexanoylamino) C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl group and C1-C6 linear or branched alkanoyl group as substituents such as ethyl and 3- (N, N-dimethylamino) propyl group A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and having an amino group which may have 1 to 2 groups selected from the group consisting of It can be exemplified.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy lower alkyl group include methoxymethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-propoxyethyl, 3-isopropoxypropyl, 4-butoxybutyl, 5-pentyloxypentyl, and 6-hexyloxyhexyl. , 1,1-dimethyl-2-methoxyethyl, 2-methyl-3-ethoxypropyl, a carbon number having a straight or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent such as 3-methoxypropyl group Examples are 1 to 6 linear or branched alkyl groups.

  Examples of the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl substituted lower alkyl group include (1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroiso Quinolylcarbonylmethyl, 2-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] ethyl, 1-[((1,2, , 3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8- ) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] propyl, 4-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl Carbonyl] butyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1 2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] ethyl, 5-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] pentyl , 6-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] hexyl, 1-[(1,2,3,4, 5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] isopropyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl] propyl group or other alkyl moiety is a straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl A carbonylalkyl group can be illustrated.

  Examples of the piperidinylcarbonyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group and a furyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperidine ring include, for example, (1, 2, 3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-benzyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- (2 or 3-) furylmethyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1 -(2-Phenylethyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- {2-[(1 or 2-) furyl] ethyl}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl , 1- (1-phenylethyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- {3-[(1 or 2-) furyl] propyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarb Nyl, 1- (3-phenylpropyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- {1-[(1 or 2-) furyl] ethyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) Piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- (4-phenylbutyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- {4-[(1 or 2-) furyl] butyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- (5-phenylpentyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- {5-[(1 or 2-) furyl] pentyl]}-(2 , 3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- (6-phenylhexyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- {6-[(1 or 2-) furyl] hexyl]} -(2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1,2-dibenzyl -(3,4,5 or 6) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1,3-di (1 or 2-) furylmethyl- (2,4,5 or 6) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1,3,5 -Tribenzyl- (2,4 or 6) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1,2,6-tri (1 or 2-) furylmethyl- (3,4,5-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-benzyl-3 -(1 or 2-) furylmethyl- (2,4,5 or 6) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- {1-[(1 or 2-) furyl] ethyl]}-(2,3 or 4- ) Piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-methoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-ethoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-propoxycarbonyl- (2, 3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-butoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-tert-butoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-pentyloxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4 -) Piperidinylcarbonyl, 1-hexyloxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1,2-dimethoxycarbonyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1, 2,6-triethoxycarbonyl- (3,4,5-) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- (1 or 2-) furylmethyl-3-tert-butoxycarbonyl- (3,4,5 or 6-) pi Peridinylcarbonyl, 1-benzyl-2-methoxycarbonyl- (2,4,5 or 6) piperidinylcarbonyl, 1- (1 or 2-) furylmethyl It is a linear or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the alkoxy moiety as a substituent on the piperidine ring such as 2,4-dimethoxycarbonyl- (3,5 or 6) piperidinylcarbonyl group. An alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenylalkyl group which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion. An example is a piperidinylcarbonyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of furylalkyl groups.

  Examples of the thiazolidinyl lower alkanoyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring include, for example, 2-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] acetyl, 3-[(2,3,4, 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 4-[(2,3,4, or 5-) thiazolidinyl] butyryl, 5-[(2,3,4) Or 5-) 1,2,4-thiazolidinyl] pentanoyl, 6-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] hexanoyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3-[(2,3,4,5-) Thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinylacetyl, 3- [ -Oxo- (3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2- [4-oxo- (2,3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 4- [5-oxo- (2,3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl ] Butyryl, 5- [2,5-dioxo- (3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] pentanoyl, 6- [2,4,5-trioxo-3-thiazolidinyl] hexanoyl, 2- [4,5-dioxo- (2 Or 3-) thiazolidinyl] acetyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2-methyl-3- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5 -) Thiazolidinyl] may have 1 to 3 oxo groups as substituents on a thiazolidine ring such as propionyl group, and the alkanoyl moiety is a straight chain or branched chain having 2 to 6 carbon atoms Can be exemplified thiazolidinyl Le alkanoyl group is an alkanoyl group.

  Examples of the piperidinyl group that may be substituted on the piperidine ring by a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group, a lower alkyl group, a benzoyl group, and a furyl lower alkyl group include (1,2 , 3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-benzyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- (2 or 3-) furylmethyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- (2-phenylethyl) )-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- {2-[(1 or 2-) furyl] ethyl}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- (1-phenylethyl)-(2 , 3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- {3-[(1 or 2-) furyl] propyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- (3-phenylpropyl)-(2,3 or 4-) Pipette Dinyl, 1- {1-[(1 or 2-) furyl] ethyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- (4-phenylbutyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1 -{4-[(1 or 2-) furyl] butyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- (5-phenylpentyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- {5 -[(1 or 2-) furyl] pentyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- (6-phenylhexyl)-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1- {6-[( 1 or 2-) furyl] hexyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1,2-dibenzyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1,3-di (1 or 2-) Furylmethyl- (2,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1,3,5-tribenzyl- 2,4 or 6-) piperidinyl, 1,2,6-tri (1 or 2-) furylmethyl- (3,4,5-) piperidinyl, 1-benzyl-3- (1 or 2-) furylmethyl- (2,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1- {1-[(1 or 2-) furyl] ethyl]}-(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-benzoyl- (2,3 or 4 -) Piperidinyl, 1,2-dibenzoyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1,3,5-tribenzoyl- (2,4 or 6) piperidinyl, 1-methyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-ethyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-propyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-isopropyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-butyl -(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-i Sobutyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-tert-butyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-pentyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-hexyl- (2,3 Or 4-) piperidinyl, 1,2-dimethyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1,2,6-trimethyl- (3,4,5-) piperidinyl, 1-methyl-3-benzyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1-benzoyl-2-methyl- (2,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1- (1 or 2-) furylmethyl-2,4-dimethyl- ( 3,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1-methoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-ethoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-propoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4 −) Pipette Dinyl, 1-butoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-tert-butoxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-pentyloxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-hexyloxycarbonyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1,2-dimethoxycarbonyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1,2,6-triethoxycarbonyl- (3,4 or 5-) piperidinyl, 1-methyl-3-tert-butoxycarbonyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1-benzoyl-2-methoxycarbonyl- (2,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1 -(1 or 2-) furylmethyl-2,4-dimethoxycarbonyl- (3,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1-benzyl-2,4-di An alkoxycarbonyl group which is a straight or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms on the piperidine ring such as a toxicarbonyl- (3,5 or 6-) piperidinyl group, and the carbon number of the alkyl moiety is A phenylalkyl group which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a straight chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a benzoyl group and a straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety. A piperidinyl group which may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of furylalkyl groups which are chain or branched alkyl groups can be exemplified.

  Base

（以下、この基を「Ａ基」という）が置換したカルボニル低級アルキル基としては、例えば、Ａ基置換カルボニルメチル、２−Ａ基置換カルボニルエチル、１−Ａ基置換カルボニルエチル、３−Ａ基置換カルボニルプロピル、４−Ａ基置換カルボニルブチル、１，１−ジメチル−２−Ａ基置換カルボニルエチル、５−Ａ基置換カルボニルペンチル、６−Ａ基置換カルボニルヘキシル、１−Ａ基置換カルボニルイソプロピル、２−メチル−３−Ａ基置換カルボニルプロピル基等のアルキル部分が炭素数１〜６の直鎖又は分枝鎖状アルキル基であるＡ基置換カルボニルアルキル基を例示できる。

Examples of the carbonyl lower alkyl group substituted with this group (hereinafter referred to as “A group”) include, for example, an A group substituted carbonylmethyl, a 2-A group substituted carbonylethyl, a 1-A group substituted carbonylethyl, and a 3-A group. Substituted carbonylpropyl, 4-A group substituted carbonylbutyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-A group substituted carbonylethyl, 5-A group substituted carbonylpentyl, 6-A group substituted carbonylhexyl, 1-A group substituted carbonylisopropyl, Examples thereof include an A group-substituted carbonylalkyl group in which the alkyl moiety such as a 2-methyl-3-A group-substituted carbonylpropyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Base

（Ｒ^３４はオキソ基又はフェニル基を示す。ｄは０〜３の整数を示す。）（以下、この基を「Ｂ基」という）が置換したカルボニル低級アルキル基としては、例えば、Ｂ基置換カルボニルメチル、２−Ｂ基置換カルボニルエチル、１−Ｂ基置換カルボニルエチル、３−Ｂ基置換カルボニルプロピル、４−Ｂ基置換カルボニルブチル、１，１−ジメチル−２−Ｂ基置換カルボニルエチル、５−Ｂ基置換カルボニルペンチル、６−Ｂ基置換カルボニルヘキシル、１−Ｂ基置換カルボニルイソプロピル、２−メチル−３−Ｂ基置換カルボニルプロピル基等のアルキル部分が炭素数１〜６の直鎖又は分枝鎖状アルキル基であるＢ基置換カルボニルアルキル基を例示できる。

(R ³⁴ represents an oxo group or a phenyl group. D represents an integer of 0 to 3) (Hereinafter, this group is referred to as “B group”). Carbonylmethyl, 2-B group substituted carbonylethyl, 1-B group substituted carbonylethyl, 3-B group substituted carbonylpropyl, 4-B group substituted carbonylbutyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-B group substituted carbonylethyl, 5 A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as -B group-substituted carbonylpentyl, 6-B group-substituted carbonylhexyl, 1-B group-substituted carbonylisopropyl, 2-methyl-3-B group-substituted carbonylpropyl group; Examples thereof include a B group-substituted carbonylalkyl group which is a branched alkyl group.

  Examples of the pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group include (1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinylmethyl, 2-[(1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1-, 2- Or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl, 4-[(1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] butyl, 5-[(1-2, -Or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 2 Mentioning a pyrrolidinylalkyl group in which the alkyl moiety such as -methyl-3-[(1-, 2- or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Can do.

  Examples of the morpholino lower alkyl group include (2-, 3- or 4-) morpholinomethyl, 2-[(2-, 3- or 4-) morpholino] ethyl, 1-[(2-, 3- or 4). -) Morpholino] ethyl, 3-[(2-, 3- or 4-) morpholino] propyl, 4-[(2-, 3- or 4-) morpholino] butyl, 5-[(2-, 3- or 4-) morpholino] pentyl, 6-[(2-, 3- or 4-) morpholino] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2-, 3- or 4-) morpholino] ethyl, 2-methyl A morpholinoalkyl group in which an alkyl moiety such as a -3-[(2-, 3- or 4-) morpholino] propyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be given.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkenyl group include styryl, 3-phenyl-2-propenyl group (common name: cinnamyl group), 4-phenyl-2-butenyl group, 4-phenyl-3-butenyl group, and 5-phenyl-4. -Pentenyl group, 5-phenyl-3-pentenyl group, 6-phenyl-5-hexenyl group, 6-phenyl-4-hexenyl group, 6-phenyl-3-hexenyl group, 4-phenyl-1,3-butadienyl group Phenylalkenyl having an alkenyl moiety such as 6-phenyl-1,3,5-hexatrienyl group is a straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and having 1 to 3 double bonds A group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the anilinocarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include anilinocarbonylmethyl, 2-anilinocarbonylethyl, 1-anilinocarbonylethyl, 3-anilinocarbonylpropyl, 4-anilinocarbonylbutyl, 5-anilinocarbonylpentyl, 6-anilinocarbonylhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-anilinocarbonylethyl, 2-methyl-3-anilinocarbonylpropyl, (4-methylani Linocarbonyl) methyl, 2- (3-methylanilinocarbonyl) ethyl, 3- (4-methylanilinocarbonyl) propyl, 1- (2-ethylanilinocarbonyl) ethyl, 4- (3-ethylanilinocarbonyl) ) Butyl, 5- (4-ethylanilinocarbonyl) pentyl 6- (4-Isopropylanilinocarbonyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (3-butylanilinocarbonyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-pentylanilinocarbonyl) propyl, 4-hexylani Linocarbonylmethyl, 3,4-dimethylanilinocarbonylmethyl, 3,4-diethylanilinocarbonylmethyl, 2,4-dimethylanilinocarbonylmethyl, 2,5-dimethylanilinocarbonylmethyl, 2,6-dimethylani The alkyl moiety such as linocarbonylmethyl, 3,4,5-trimethylanilinocarbonylmethyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and has 1 to 1 carbon atoms as a substituent on the phenyl ring. Illustrative of an anilinocarbonylalkyl group, which may have 1 to 3 linear or branched alkyl groups of 6 That.

  As a piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, For example, [(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] methyl, 2-[(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] Ethyl, 3-[(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] propyl, 4-[(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] butyl, 5-[(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl ] Pentyl, 6-[(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ (1-2 Or 3-) piperazinyl] propyl, [1-methyl- (2-, 3- or 4-) piperazinyl] methyl, 2- [1-ethyl- (2-, 3- or 4-) piperazinyl] ethyl, 1- [4-propyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl] ethyl, 3- [3-isopropyl- (1-, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-) piperazinyl] propyl, 4- [ 2-butyl- (1-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-) piperazinyl] butyl, 5- [1-isobutyl- (2-, 3- or 4-) piperazinyl] pentyl, 3- [4- Methyl- (1-, 2-, or 3-) piperazinyl] propyl, 6- [1-tert-butyl- (2-, 3- or 4-) piperazinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [4 -Pentyl- (1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] ethyl [1,2-dimethyl- (3-, 4-, 5- or 6-) piperazinyl] methyl, [1,2,6-trimethyl- (3-, 4- or 5-) piperazinyl] methyl, 2- [ An alkyl moiety such as 4- (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl)-(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl] ethyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, It has a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent on the piperazine ring and a linear or branched alkylenedioxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent on the phenyl ring. And a piperazinylalkyl group having 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of phenylalkyl groups in which the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. .

  Examples of the amidino lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent include amidinomethyl, 2-amidinoethyl, 1-amidinoethyl, 3-amidinopropyl, 4-amidinobutyl, 5-amidinopentyl, and 6-amidino. Hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-amidinoethyl, 2-methyl-3-amidinopropyl, N, N-dimethylamidinomethyl, 2- (N, N-dimethylamidino) ethyl, 1- (N-methylamidino) Ethyl, 3- (N-ethylamidino) propyl, 4- (Nn-propylamidino) propyl, 5- (Nn-pentylamidino) pentyl, 6- (Nn-hexylamidino) hexyl, (N -Methyl-N-ethylamidino) An alkyl moiety such as a methyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Ri, can be exemplified amidino alkyl group which may have one or two straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the carbazolyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the carbazole ring include (1-, 2-, 3- or 4-) carbazolyl, 9-methyl- (1-, 2-, 3- Or 4-) carbazolyl, 9-ethyl- (1-, 2-, 3- or 4-) carbazolyl, 1-ethyl- (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8- Or 9-) carbazolyl, 2-n-propyl- (1-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 8- or 9-) carbazolyl, 3-n-butyl- (1-, 2-, 4 -, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8- or 9-) carbazolyl, 4-n-pentyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8- or 9-) Carbazolyl, 5-n-hexyl- (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 6-, 7-, 8- or 9-) carbazolyl, 6,9-dimethyl (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 7- or 8-) carbazolyl, 1,7,8-trityl- (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- , 8- or 9-) A carbazolyl group which may have 1 to 3 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as substituents on a carbazole ring such as a carbazolyl group.

  Examples of the amidino group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent include an amidino group, N, N-dimethylamidino group, N-methylamidino group, N-ethylamidino group, Nn-propylamidino group, N 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent such as -n-butylamidino group, Nn-pentylamidino group, Nn-hexylamidino group, N, N-diethylamidino group, N-methyl-N-ethylamidino group An amidino group having 1 to 2 linear or branched alkyl groups may be exemplified.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkyl group (which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkylenedioxy group and a lower alkoxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring) include, for example, In addition, 3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl, 3,4-trimethylenedioxybenzyl, 2- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl , 3- (2,3-tetramethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3,4 -Trimethylenedioxyphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,3-methylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (3,4- Tylenedioxyphenyl) propyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 2- (2-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (3-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, 1- ( 2-ethoxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (3-ethoxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (4-ethoxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (4-isopropoxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3-butoxyphenyl) hexyl, 1, 1-dimethyl-2- (4-pentyloxyphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-hexyloxyphenyl) propyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 3,4-diethoxybenzyl, 2,4-dimethoxy Benzyl, 2,5-dimethoxybenzyl, 2,6-dimethoxybenzyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzyl A phenylalkyl group in which the alkyl portion such as a group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (a linear or branched alkylenedioxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent on the phenyl ring) And 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a group and a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be exemplified.

  A phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring (which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkylenedioxy group and a lower alkoxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring) and a pyridyl lower alkyl Examples of the piperazinyl-substituted oxalyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of 4- (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl)-(1-, 2- or 3-) pipe Razinyloxalyl, 4- (2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl)-(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyloxalyl, 4- (3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-(1--2 -Or 3-) piperazinyl oxalyl, 4- (2,3-methylenedioxybenzyl)-(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl oxalyl, 4- (3,4-ethylenedioxyben) L)-(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyloxalyl, 4- [2- (2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl) ethyl]-(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl Oxalyl, 4- [3- (2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl) propyl- (1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyloxalyl, 2,4-bis (2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl Methyl)-(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyloxalyl, 2- (3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl) -4- (2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl)-(1-, Piperazine rings such as 2- or 3-) piperazinyl oxalyl, 2,3,4-tri (2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl)-(1-, 2- or 3-) piperazinyl oxalyl group Further, as a substituent, an alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Nylalkyl group (group 1 selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkylenedioxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent on the phenyl ring) And may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a pyridylalkyl group which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An example is a piperazinyl-substituted oxalyl group.

  The cyano-substituted lower alkyl group includes cyanomethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 1-cyanoethyl, 3-cyanopropyl, 4-cyanobutyl, 5-cyanopentyl, 6-cyanohexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-cyanoethyl, 2-methyl. A cyanoalkyl group in which an alkyl moiety such as a -3-cyanopropyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be given.

The 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other together with or without a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which R ³⁶ and R ³⁷ are bonded includes, for example, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl And piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, homopiperazinyl groups and the like.

Examples of the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other with or without a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are bonded include: 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydropyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl 2-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, 1,2-dihydroquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 1,2,3 4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, 1,2-dihydroisoxy Ril, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-1,4-benzoxazinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-1,4-benzothiazolidinyl, 1,4-benzo Thiazinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxalinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrocinnolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrophthalazinyl, 1,2,3,4- Tetrahydroquinazolinyl, 1,2-dihydroquinoxalinyl, 3,4-dihydroquinoxalinyl, 1,4-dihydroquinoxalinyl, 1,2-dihydrocinnolinyl, 1,2-dihydrophthal Radinyl, 3,4-dihydrophthalazinyl, 1,2-dihydroquinazolinyl, 3,4-dihydroquinazolinyl, indazolyl, indazolinyl, 6-azabicyclo [3, Examples include 2,1] octyl, 3-aza-spiro [5,5] undecyl, thiazolidinyl groups, and the like. Preferably, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are 6-membered saturated heterocyclic groups formed by bonding to each other with or without a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, most preferably a piperidinyl group, Examples include a piperazinyl group.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkoxy group include benzyloxy, 2-phenylethoxy, 1-phenylethoxy, 3-phenylpropoxy, 4-phenylbutoxy, 5-phenylpentyloxy, 6-phenylhexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl- Examples thereof include a phenylalkoxy group in which an alkoxy moiety such as 2-phenylethoxy and 2-methyl-3-phenylpropoxy group is a linear or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  It has a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, an amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, and a halogen atom as a substituent. 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group may be substituted. Examples of the phenyl-substituted lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyls and having a pyridyl group on the lower alkyl group include, for example, 1-phenyl-1- (2, 3 or 4-) pyridylmethyl, 1,1-diphenylmethyl, 1,1-di (4-fluorophenyl) me 1-phenyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) methyl, 3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl, 3,4-ethylenedioxybenzyl, 3,4-trimethylenedioxybenzyl, 2,5-difluorobenzyl 2,4-difluorobenzyl, 3,4-difluorobenzyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyl, 2,6-difluorobenzyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 2-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 4-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, 4-methylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl 2,3-dimethylbenzyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl 4-cyanobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-cyanobenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, 2,3-dichlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2 , 6-dichlorobenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-fluorobenzyl, 2-fluorobenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 2-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxycarbonylbenzyl, 3-methoxycarbonylbenzyl, 4-tert-butylbenzyl, 4-ethylbenzyl, 4-isopropylbenzyl, 4-methoxy-3-chlorobenzyl, 2- (4- Methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-fur Olophenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethyl, 2- (3-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-methylphenyl) ethyl, 4-phenylbenzyl, 3,3-diphenylpropyl, 3-methyl-4 -Nitrobenzyl, 4- (4-methoxyphenyl) butyl, 2- (4-methylphenyl) ethyl, 4-tert-butoxycarbonylbenzyl, 3-chloro-6-methoxybenzyl, 4-acetylaminobenzyl, 4-nitro -3-methylbenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 4-tert-butyrylbenzyl, 4-benzyloxybenzyl, 4-pivaloylbenzyl, 2- (4-acetylphenyl) Ethyl, 1- (3-propionylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (2-butyryl) Nyl) propyl, 4- (4-pentanoylphenyl) butyl, 5- (3-hexanoylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (2,4-diacetylphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4 , 6-triacetylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (3,4-diacetylphenyl) propyl, 2- (4-aminophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propionylaminophenyl) ethyl, 3- (2 -Butyrylaminophenyl) propyl, 4- (4-pentanoylamino) phenylbutyl, 5- (hexanoylaminophenyl) pentyl, 6- (N-acetyl-N-propionylaminophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl -2- (3,4-diaminophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (3,4,5-triacetylaminophenyl) propyl 2- (2-ethoxycarbonylphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propoxycarbonylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-pentyloxycarbonylphenyl) propyl, 4- (3-hexyloxycarbonylphenyl) butyl, 5- ( 3,4-dimethoxycarbonylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3,4,5-triethoxycarbonylphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (4-butoxycarbonylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- ( 4-methoxycarbonylphenyl) propyl, 2- (2-cyanophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-cyanophenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-cyanophenyl) propyl, 4- (2-cyanophenyl) butyl, 5- (3-cyanophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-cyanophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl- 2- (2,4-dicyanophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-tricyanophenyl) propyl, 2- (2-nitrophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-nitrophenyl) ethyl , 3- (4-nitrophenyl) propyl, 4- (2-nitrophenyl) butyl, 5- (3-nitrophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-nitrophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- ( 2,4-dinitrophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-trinitrophenyl) propyl, 2- (2-phenylphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-phenylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-phenylphenyl) propyl, 4- (2-phenylphenyl) butyl, 5- (3-phenylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-phenylphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl 2- (2,4-diphenylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-triphenylphenyl) propyl, 2- (2-fluorophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-bromophenyl) ethyl , 3- (4-iodophenyl) propyl, 4- (2-bromophenyl) butyl, 5- (3-chlorophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-bromophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2) , 4-dichlorophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-trifluorophenyl) propyl, 2- (2-ethylphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4 -Butylphenyl) propyl, 4- (2-pentylphenyl) butyl, 5- (3-hexylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) hexyl, , 1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [2,4,6-tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] propyl, 2- (2-ethoxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propoxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-butoxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (2-pentyloxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (3-hexyloxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-trifluoromethoxy) Phenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [2,4,6-tri (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl] propyl, 2- (2- Benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- [3- (2-phenylethoxy) phenyl] ethyl, 3- [4- (3-phenylpropoxy) phenyl] propyl 4- [2- (4-phenylbutoxy) phenyl] butyl, 5- [3- (5-phenylpentyloxy) phenyl] pentyl, 6- [4- (6-phenylhexyloxy) phenyl] hexyl, 1, 1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dibenzyloxyphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-tribenzyloxyphenyl) propyl, 2- (2-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (2-hydroxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (3-hydroxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-hydroxyphenyl) hexyl, 1, 1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl) propyl 2- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- (2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl) propyl, 4- (3,4- Tetramethylenedioxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3,4-ethylenedioxyphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (3,4-methylene) A linear or branched alkanoyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent on a phenyl ring such as dioxy) ethyl or 2-methyl-3- (3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl) propyl group, a substituent As an amino group which may have 1 to 2 linear or branched alkanoyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, nitro Group, An alkyl group, a halogen atom, a straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents, and 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents A straight or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a phenylalkoxy group which is a straight or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the alkoxy moiety, a hydroxyl group and a straight chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms A group selected from the group consisting of a chain or branched alkylenedioxy group has 1 to 2 phenyl groups which may be substituted, and may have a pyridyl group on the alkyl group. Examples thereof include a phenyl-substituted alkyl group whose part is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Preferably, a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, an amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, and a halogen atom as a substituent Or a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl group which may be substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group. A substituted lower alkyl group can be mentioned.

  Examples of the pyridyl lower alkyl group that may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyridine ring and a lower alkyl group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent include the pyridyl lower alkyl group described above. In addition to the group, [2-methyl- (3,4,5 or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2-methyl-3-hydroxy-5-hydroxymethyl- (4 or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, 2- [3-Ethyl- (2,4,5 or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 1- [4-propyl- (2,3,5 or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3- [2-butyl- (3 4,5 or 6-) pyridyl] propyl, 4- [3-pentyl- (2,4,5 or 6) pyridyl] butyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [4-hexyl- (2,3, 5 or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 5- 2,3-dimethyl- (4,5 or 6) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [2,4,6-trimethyl- (3 or 5-) pyridyl] hexyl, 1- [2-hydroxy- (2,3 , 5 or 6-) pyridyl] isopropyl, 2-methyl-3- [3-hydroxy- (2,4,5 or 6) pyridyl] propyl, [2-hydroxy- (3,4,5 or 6) Pyridyl] methyl, 2- [3-hydroxy- (2,4,5 or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 1- [4-hydroxy- (2,3,5 or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3- [2 -Hydroxy- (3,4,5 or 6-) pyridyl] propyl, 4- [3-hydroxy- (2,4,5 or 6-) pyridyl] butyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [4-hydroxy -(2,3,5 or 6) pyridyl] ethyl, 5- [2,3 Dihydroxy- (4,5 or 6) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [2,4,6-trihydroxy- (3 or 5-) pyridyl] hexyl, [2-hydroxymethyl- (3,4,5 or 6) -) Pyridyl] methyl, 2- [3- (2-hydroxyethyl)-(2,4,5 or 6) pyridyl] ethyl, 1- [4- (3-hydroxypropyl)-(2,3,5) Or 6-) pyridyl] ethyl, 3- [2- (4-hydroxybutyl)-(3,4,5 or 6) pyridyl] propyl, 4- [3- (5-hydroxypentyl)-(2,4 , 5 or 6) pyridyl] butyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [4- (6-hydroxyhexyl)-(2,3,5 or 6) pyridyl] ethyl, 5- [2,3-di (Hydroxymethyl)-(4,5 or 6) pyridyl] pentyl, 6- [2,4,6-tri (hydroxymethyl)-(3 or 5-) pyridyl] hexyl, 1- [2-hydroxymethyl- (2,3,5 or 6) pyridyl] isopropyl, 2-methyl -3- [3- (2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-(2,4,5 or 6-) pyridyl] propyl, [2-methyl-3- (2,2,4-trihydroxybutyl)-(4 , 5 or 6-) pyridyl] methyl, [2-methyl-5-hydroxymethyl- (3,4,6-) pyridyl] methyl group or the like, a hydroxyl group as a substituent and a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyridine ring such as 1 to It may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may have three, and the alkyl moiety is a straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or A pyridylalkyl group which is a branched alkyl group It can be shown.

  Examples of the pyrrolyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the pyrrole ring include [(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] methyl, 2-[(1,2 or 3). -) Pyrrolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] propyl, 4-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] butyl , 5-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] Ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] propyl, [1-methyl- (2 or 3-) pyrrolyl] methyl, 2- [2-ethyl- (1,3,4, or 5-) pyrrolyl] ethyl, 1- [3-propyl- (1,2,4 or 5-) pi Ryl] ethyl, 3- [1-butyl- (2,3 or 4-) pyrrolyl] propyl, 4- [2-pentyl- (1,3,4,5-) pyrrolyl] butyl, 5- [3-hexyl -(1,2,4 or 5-) pyrrolyl] pentyl, 6- [1,2-dimethyl- (3,4,5-) pyrrolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [1,2,3 Carbon as a substituent on a pyrrole ring such as -trimethyl- (4 or 5-) pyrrolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [1-ethyl-2-methyl- (3,4,5-) pyrrolyl] propyl group A pyrrolylalkyl group having 1 to 3 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl portion is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; It can be illustrated.

  Examples of the benzoxazolyl lower alkyl group include [(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] methyl, 2-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl. L] ethyl, 1-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] propyl, 4- [(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] butyl, 5-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(2,4,4) 5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[( 2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzoxazolyl] propyl or other alkyl moiety is a straight chain or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms Benzoxazolyl group is Jo alkyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the benzothiazolyl lower alkyl group include [(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] methyl, 2-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(2 , 4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] propyl, 4-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] Butyl, 5-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[( A linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as 2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzothiazolyl] propyl Or a branched alkyl group It can be exemplified emission zone thiazolyl alkyl groups.

  Examples of the furyl lower alkyl group include [(2 or 3-) furyl] methyl, 2-[(2 or 3-) furyl] ethyl, 1-[(2 or 3-) furyl] ethyl, 3-[( 2 or 3-) furyl] propyl, 4-[(2 or 3-) furyl] butyl, 5-[(2 or 3-) furyl] pentyl, 6-[(2 or 3-) furyl] hexyl, 1, 1-dimethyl-2-[(2 or 3-) furyl] ethyl, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as 2-methyl-3-[(2 or 3-) furyl] propyl And a furylalkyl group which is a chain-like alkyl group.

  Examples of the thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring include, for example, (2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinylmethyl, 2-[(2,3,4,5) -) Thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propyl, 4-[(2,3,4, or 5-) thiazolidinyl] butyl, 5-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [ (2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propyl, [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] Methyl, 2- [2 Oxo- (3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 1- [4-oxo- (2,3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 3- [2-oxo- (3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] Propyl, 4- [5-oxo- (2,3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] butyl, 5- [2,5-dioxo- (3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] pentyl, 6- [2,4,5-trioxo -3-thiazolidinyl] hexyl, 1- [4,5-dioxo- (2 or 3-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 2- [4,5-dioxo- (2- or 3-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 1,1- On a thiazolidine ring such as dimethyl-2- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propyl group Replace The oxo group may have 1 to 3, the alkyl moiety can be exemplified a thiazolidinyl Le alkyl group is a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as.

  Examples of the thiazolidinylidene lower alkyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring include, for example, (2,4 or 5-) thiazolidinylidenemethyl, (2,4 or 5-) thiazoli Dinylideneethyl, (2,4 or 5-) thiazolidinylidenepropyl, (2,4 or 5-) thiazolidinylideneisopropyl, (2,4 or 5-) thiazolidinylidenebutyl, (2,4 Or 5-) thiazolidinylidenepentyl, (2, 4 or 5-) thiazolidinylidene hexyl, 4,5-dioxo-2-thiazolidinylidenemethyl, 2,5-dioxo-4-thiazolidinylidene Methyl, 2,4-dioxo-5-thiazolidinylidenemethyl, 4-oxo- (2 or 5-) thiazolidinylideneethyl, 5-oxo- (2 or 4-) thiazolidinylide It may have 1 to 3 oxo groups as substituents on a thiazolidine ring such as propyl, 2-oxo- (4 or 5-) thiazolidinylidenebutyl group, and the alkyl part is a straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a thiazolidinylidenealkyl group that is a branched alkyl group can be exemplified.

  A cyano group on the phenyl ring, an amino group that may have a lower alkylsulfonyl group as a substituent, a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a substituent on a thiazolidine ring A group selected from the group consisting of a thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group that may have an oxo group, a thiazolidinylidene lower alkyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring, and a lower alkylenedioxy group; Examples of the optionally substituted benzoyl group include benzoyl, 4-cyanobenzoyl, 3,4-methylenedioxybenzoyl, 2-aminobenzoyl, 3-aminobenzoyl, 4-aminobenzoyl, and 3,4-diamino. Benzoyl, 2,4,6-triaminobenzoyl, 4-methoxy Benzoyl, 4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 3,4-difluorobenzoyl, 2-fluorobenzoyl, 3-bromobenzoyl, 4-iodobenzoyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl, 4-fluorobenzoyl, 3- Cyanobenzoyl, 2-cyanobenzoyl, 2,3-dicyanobenzoyl, 3,4,5-tricyanobenzoyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, 4- (2,4-dioxothiazolidinylmethyl) benzoyl, 4- ( 2,4-dioxothiazolidinylidenemethyl) benzoyl, 2-methylbenzoyl, 3-methylbenzoyl, 2-ethylbenzoyl, 3-ethylbenzoyl, 4-ethylbenzoyl, 4-isopropylbenzoyl, 3-butylbenzoyl, 4 -Pentylbenzoyl, 4-hexylben Yl, 3,4-dimethylbenzoyl, 3,4-diethylbenzoyl, 2,4-dimethylbenzoyl, 2,5-dimethylbenzoyl, 2,6-dimethylbenzoyl, 3,4,5-trimethylbenzoyl, 2-methoxybenzoyl , 3-methoxybenzoyl, 2-ethoxybenzoyl, 3-ethoxybenzoyl, 4-ethoxybenzoyl, 4-isopropoxybenzoyl, 3-butoxybenzoyl, 4-pentyloxybenzoyl, 4-hexyloxybenzoyl, 3,4-diethoxy Benzoyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl, 2,5-dimethoxybenzoyl, 2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl, 2-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 4-trimethyl Fluoromethylbenzo Yl, 2- (bromomethyl) benzoyl, 3- (2-chloroethyl) benzoyl, 4- (2,3-dichloropropyl) benzoyl, 4- (4-fluorobutyl) benzoyl, 3- (5-chloropentyl) benzoyl, 4- (5-bromohexyl) benzoyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) benzoyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethyl) benzoyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutyl) benzoyl 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methylpropyl) benzoyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropyl) benzoyl, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) benzoyl, 3, , 4,5-Tri (trifluoromethyl) benzoyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethyl) benzoyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethylben Yl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethylbenzoyl, 2-methoxy-4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 3-ethyl-4-fluorobenzoyl, 3-ethoxy-4-trichloromethylbenzoyl, 2-methyl-3-trifluoro Methyl-4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl, 3-fluorobenzoyl, 4-fluorobenzoyl, 2-bromobenzoyl, 4-bromobenzoyl, 2-iodobenzoyl, 3-iodobenzoyl, 2,3-dibromobenzoyl, 2,4- Diiodobenzoyl, 2,5-difluorobenzoyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl, 2,4-difluorobenzoyl, 3,4-difluorobenzoyl, 3,5-difluorobenzoyl, 2, 6-Difluorobenzoyl, 2-chloro Nzoyl, 3-chlorobenzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 2,3-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzoyl, 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl, 3,5 -Dichlorobenzoyl, 2,4,6-trifluorobenzoyl, 2,4-difluorobenzoyl, 3,4-difluorobenzoyl, 3,4-methylenedioxybenzoyl, 3,4-trimethylenedioxybenzoyl, 2,3 -Ethylenedioxybenzoyl, 3,4-trimethylenedioxybenzoyl, 2,3-tetramethylenedioxybenzoyl, 2,3-methylenedioxybenzoyl, 3,4-ethylenedioxybenzoyl, 2-methanesulfonylaminobenzoyl A cyano group on the phenyl ring such as a group; carbon as a substituent An amino group having 1 to 2 linear or branched alkylsulfonyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; a halogen atom; a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms; may have 1 to 3 oxo groups as substituents on the thiazolidine ring; A thiazolidinylalkyl group which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; may have 1 to 3 oxo groups as substituents on the thiazolidine ring; 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of 6 linear or branched alkyl thiazolidinylidenealkyl groups and 1 to 4 linear or branched alkylenedioxy groups are substituted. Examples of benzoyl groups that may be .

  Oxo groups and groups as substituents on the thiazolidine ring

（Ｒ^ａ及びＲ^ｂは、それぞれ低級アルキル基を示す。）なる群より選ばれた基が置換していてもよいチアゾリジニル低級アルカノイル基としては、例えば、２−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］アセチル、３−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、４−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］ブチリル、５−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］ペンタノイル、６−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］ヘキサノイル、２，２−ジメチル−３−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−メチル−３−［（２，３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、［２，４−ジオキソ−（３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］アセチル、３−［２−オキソ−（３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−［４−オキソ−（２，３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、４−［５−オキソ−（２，３又は４−）チアゾリジニル］ブチリル、５−［２，５−ジオキソ−（３又は４−）チアゾリジニル］ペンタノイル、６−［２，４，５−トリオキソ−３−チアゾリジニル］ヘキサノイル、２−［４，５−ジオキソ−（２又は３−）チアゾリジニル］アセチル、２，２−ジメチル−３−［２，４−ジオキソ−（３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−メチル−３−［２，４−ジオキソ−（３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−［４−オキソ−２−イソプロピリデンヒドラゾノ−（３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］アセチル、２−［２−オキソ−５−イソプロピリデンヒドラゾノ−（３又は４−）チアゾリジニル］アセチル、２−［２，４−ジ（イソプロピリデンヒドラゾノ）−（３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］アセチル、３−［２−メチリデンヒドラゾノ−（３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−［４−エチリデンヒドラゾノ−（２，３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、４−［５−プロピリデンヒドラゾノ−（２，３又は４−）チアゾリジニル］ブチリル、５−［２，５−ジ（イソプロピリデンヒドラゾノ）−（３又は４−）チアゾリジニル］ペンタノイル、６−［２，４，５−トリ（イソプロピリデンヒドラゾノ）−３−チアゾリジニル］ヘキサノイル、２−［４，５−ジ（イソプロピリデンヒドラゾノ）−（２又は３−）チアゾリジニル］アセチル、２，２−ジメチル−３−［４−ブチリデンヒドラゾノ−（２，３又は５−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−メチル−３−［５−ペンチリデン−（２，３又は４−）チアゾリジニル］プロピオニル、２−（ヘキシリデンヒドラゾノ）−（３，４又は５−）チアゾリジニルアセチル基等のチアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基及び基

Examples of the thiazolidinyl lower alkanoyl group that may be substituted by a group selected from the group consisting of (R ^a and R ^b each represents a lower alkyl group) include, for example, 2-[(2, 3, 4 or 5 -) Thiazolidinyl] acetyl, 3-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 4-[(2,3,4, or 5-) thiazolidinyl] butyryl, 5-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] pentanoyl, 6-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] hexanoyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3- [ (2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2,3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thia Lydinyl] acetyl, 3- [2-oxo- (3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2- [4-oxo- (2,3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 4- [5-oxo- ( 2,3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] butyryl, 5- [2,5-dioxo- (3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] pentanoyl, 6- [2,4,5-trioxo-3-thiazolidinyl] hexanoyl, 2- [ 4,5-dioxo- (2 or 3-) thiazolidinyl] acetyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3- [2,4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2-methyl-3- [2, 4-dioxo- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2- [4-oxo-2-isopropylidenehydrazono- (3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] acetyl, 2- [2-oxo-5-isopropylidenehydrazono- (3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] acetyl, 2- [2,4-di (isopropylidenehydrazono)-(3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] acetyl, 3 -[2-methylidenehydrazono- (3,4,5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2- [4-ethylidenehydrazono- (2,3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 4- [5-propylidenehydra Zono- (2,3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] butyryl, 5- [2,5-di (isopropylidenehydrazono)-(3 or 4-) thiazolidinyl] pentanoyl, 6- [2,4,5-tri ( Isopropylidenehydrazono) -3-thiazolidinyl] hexanoyl, 2- [4,5-di (isopropylidenehydrazono)-(2 or 3-) thiazoli Nyl] acetyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3- [4-butylidenehydrazono- (2,3 or 5-) thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2-methyl-3- [5-pentylidene- (2,3 or 4- ) Thiazolidinyl] propionyl, 2- (hexylidenehydrazono)-(3,4,5-) thiazolidinylacetyl group and the like as substituents on oxo groups and groups

（Ｒ^ａ及びＲ^ｂは、それぞれ炭素数１〜６の直鎖又は分枝鎖状アルキル基を示す。）なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよく、アルカノイル部分が炭素数２〜６の直鎖又は分枝鎖状アルカノイル基であるチアゾリジニルアルカノイル基を例示できる。

(R ^a and R ^b each represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.) 1 to 3 groups selected from the group may be substituted, and the alkanoyl moiety may be substituted. An example is a thiazolidinylalkanoyl group which is a linear or branched alkanoyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the lower alkyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom as a substituent include, in addition to the lower alkyl group, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 3- Hydroxypropyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl, 5,5,4-trihydroxypentyl, 5-hydroxypentyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 1-hydroxyisopropyl 2-methyl-3-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, fluoromethyl, iodomethyl, difluoromethyl, dibromomethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2 , 2-Trichloroethyl 3-chloropropyl, 2,3-dichloropropyl, 4,4,4-trichlorobutyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5-chloropentyl, 3-chloro-2-methylpropyl, 5-bromohexyl, 5,6-dibromo 1 carbon atom having 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom as a substituent such as hexyl, 2-hydroxy-3-fluoropropyl, and 2,2-dichloro-3-hydroxybutyl group -6 linear or branched alkyl groups can be illustrated.

  Examples of the carbamoyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a lower alkyl group include carbamoyl, N- (2-methoxyethyl) carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl, propylcarbamoyl, and isopropyl. Carbamoyl, butylcarbamoyl, tert-butylcarbamoyl, pentylcarbamoyl, hexylcarbamoyl, dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, dipropylcarbamoyl, dibutylcarbamoyl, dipentylcarbamoyl, dihexylcarbamoyl, N-methyl-N-ethylcarbamoyl, N-ethyl-N- Propylcarbamoyl, N-methyl-N-butylcarbamoyl, N-methyl-N-hexylcarbamoyl, N- (methoxymethyl) carba , N- (3-propoxypropyl) carbamoyl, N- (4-butoxybutyl) carbamoyl, N- (4-ethoxyibutyl) carbamoyl, N- (5-pentyloxypentyl) carbamoyl, N- (5-methoxy) Pentyl) carbamoyl, N- (6-hexyloxyhexyl) carbamoyl, di (2-methoxyethyl) carbamoyl, N- (2-methoxyethyl) -N-methylcarbamoyl, N- (2-methoxyethyl) -N-ethyl A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a carbamoyl group. Examples thereof include a carbamoyl group having 1 to 2 groups selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups.

  A carbamoyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, or a halogen atom as a substituent, which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a lower alkyl group on the phenyl ring A lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a benzoyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, and a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring Examples of the phenyl group which may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a phenyl lower alkyl group and a hydroxyl group which may have, for example, phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methyl Phenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl Nyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 3-butylphenyl, 4-pentylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-ethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl, 4- Ethoxyphenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 3-butoxyphenyl, 4-pentyloxyphenyl, 4-hexyloxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-diethoxyphenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2, 5-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl, 3 4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 2- (bromomethoxy) phenyl, 3- (2-chloroethoxy) phenyl, 4- ( 2,3-dichloropropoxy) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobutoxy) phenyl, 3- (5-chloropentyloxy) phenyl, 4- (5-bromohexyloxy) phenyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) Oxy) phenyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutoxy) phenyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methoxypropyl) phenyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropoxy) phenyl, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy) phenyl 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethoxy) phenyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxy-4-trichloromethoxyphenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2- (bromomethyl) phenyl, 3 -(2-chloroethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,3-dichloropropyl) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobutyl) phenyl, 3- (5-chloropentyl) phenyl, 4- (5-bromohexyl) phenyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) phenyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethyl) Phenyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutyl) phenyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methylpropyl) phenyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropyl) phenyl, 2 , 6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) phenyl, 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethyl) phenyl, 2-methyl-4 -Trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethylphenyl, 2-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 4-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-ethoxycarbonylphenyl, 4-ethoxycarbonyl Phenyl, 4-isopropoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-butoxycarbonylphenyl, 4-ter -Butoxycarbonylphenyl, 4-pentyloxycarbonylphenyl, 4-hexyloxycarbonylphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxycarbonylphenyl, 3,4-diethoxycarbonylphenyl, 2,4-dimethoxycarbonylphenyl, 2,5-diethoxy Carbonylphenyl, 2,6-dimethoxycarbonylphenyl, 3,4,5-triethoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-cyanophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 3,4-dicyanophenyl, 3,5-dicyanophenyl 2,4-dicyanophenyl, 2,5-dicyanophenyl, 2,6-dicyanophenyl, 3,4,5-tricyanophenyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 3-phenylphenyl, 4-phenylphenyl, 3,4 -Diphenylphenyl, 3,5-di Phenylphenyl, 2,4-diphenylphenyl, 2,5-diphenylphenyl, 2,6-diphenylphenyl, 3,4,5-triphenylphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3- Dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl 4-fluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl , 2-bromophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 4 Bromophenyl, 2-iodophenyl, 3-iodophenyl, 4-iodophenyl, 2,3-dibromophenyl, 2,4-diiodophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3, 4-dihydroxyphenyl, 3,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,6-dihydroxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trihydroxyphenyl, 3-benzylphenyl, 2- (2-phenylethyl) phenyl, 4- (1-phenylethyl) phenyl, 2- (3-phenylpropyl) phenyl, 3- (4-phenylbutyl) phenyl, 4- (5-phenylpentyl) phenyl, 2- (6-Phenylhexyl) phenyl, 4- (1,1-dimethyl-2-phenyl) Ethyl) phenyl, 3- (2-methyl-3-phenylpropyl) phenyl, 2- (4-fluorobenzyl) phenyl, 2-methyl-5-chlorophenyl, 2-methoxy-5-chlorophenyl, 4- (4-fluoro) Benzoyl) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobenzyl) phenyl, 3- (2-chlorobenzyl) phenyl, 4- (3-chlorobenzyl) phenyl, 2- (4-chlorobenzyl) phenyl, 3- [2- ( 4-fluorophenyl) ethyl] phenyl, 4- [2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethyl] phenyl, 2- (3,4-dibromobenzyl) phenyl, 3- (3,4-diiodobenzyl) phenyl, 4- (2,4-difluorobenzyl) phenyl, 2- (2,5-dichlorobenzyl) phenyl, 3- (2,6-dichlorobenzyl) fe Nyl, 4- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) phenyl, 2- [3- (4-chlorophenyl) propyl] phenyl, 3- [1- (2-bromophenyl) ethyl] phenyl, 4- [4 -(3-Fluorophenyl) butyl] phenyl, 2- [5- (4-iodophenyl) pentyl] phenyl, 3- [6- (4-chlorophenyl) hexyl] phenyl, 2- [1,1-dimethyl-2 -(3-Fluorophenyl) ethyl] phenyl, 4- [2-methyl-3- (4-chlorophenyl) propyl] phenyl, 2,4-dibenzylphenyl, 2,4,6-tribenzylphenyl, 2-chloro -4-cyanophenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-phenylphenyl, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-2-benzoylphenyl, 2-benzyl-4-methyl-6-methoxy Enyl, 4-[(2-methoxyethyl) carbamoyl] phenyl, 3- (N-ethyl-N-isopropylcarbamoyl) phenyl, 4-dimethylcarbamoylphenyl, 2-carboxyphenyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 4-carboxyphenyl group An alkoxyalkyl group in which the alkoxy moiety is a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms on the phenyl ring such as And a carbamoyl group which may have 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; A carboxy group; a cyano group; a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as a substituent. Or a branched alkyl group; a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as a substituent; a halogen atom 1 to 3 as a substituent on the phenyl ring; A benzoyl group which may have a phenyl group; a phenylalkyl which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents on the phenyl ring, and the alkyl part is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms Examples thereof include a phenyl group which may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a group and a hydroxyl group.

  Examples of the phenyl group having a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl, 3,4-trimethylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3-ethylenedioxyphenyl, 2 , 3-tetramethylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3-methylenedioxyphenyl, 3,4-ethylenedioxyphenyl, 2,3-trimethylenedioxyphenyl, etc. Examples thereof include a phenyl group having 4 straight-chain or branched alkylenedioxy groups.

  Examples of the naphthyl lower alkyl group include (1 or 2-) naphthylmethyl, 2-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 1-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl, 3-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] propyl, 4-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] butyl, 5-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] pentyl, 6-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] hexyl, 1,1- Alkyl moieties such as dimethyl-2-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] ethyl and 2-methyl-3-[(1 or 2-) naphthyl] propyl groups are linear or branched having 1 to 6 carbon atoms A naphthylalkyl group which is an alkyl group can be exemplified.

  1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a cyano group, a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent are substituted on the phenyl ring. Suitable phenoxy groups include, for example, phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenoxy, 2-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylphenoxy, 4-isopropylphenoxy, 3-butylphenoxy 4-pentylphenoxy, 4-hexylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-diethylphenoxy, 2,4-dimethylphenoxy, 2,5-dimethylphenoxy, 2,6-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4, 5-trimethylphenoxy, 2-methoxyphenoxy, 3-meth Ciphenoxy, 4-methoxyphenoxy, 2-ethoxyphenoxy, 3-ethoxyphenoxy, 4-ethoxyphenoxy, 4-isopropoxyphenoxy, 3-butoxyphenoxy, 4-pentyloxyphenoxy, 4-hexyloxyphenoxy, 3,4- Dimethoxyphenoxy, 3,4-diethoxyphenoxy, 2,4-dimethoxyphenoxy, 2,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 2,6-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenoxy, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3 -Trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 2- (bromomethoxy) phenoxy, 3- (2-chloroethoxy) phenoxy, 4- (2,3-dichloropropoxy) phenoxy, 4- (4-fluorobutoxy) ) Enoxy, 3- (5-chloropentyloxy) phenoxy, 4- (5-bromohexyloxy) phenoxy, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyloxy) phenoxy, 3,4-di (trifluoromethoxy) phenoxy, 3 , 4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutoxy) phenoxy, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methoxypropyl) phenoxy, 2,5-di (3-chloropropoxy) phenoxy, 2,6- Di (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy) phenoxy, 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethoxy) phenoxy, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethoxy) phenoxy, 2-methyl-4-trifluoro Methoxyphenoxy, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethoxyphenoxy, 2-methoxy-4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-eth Xyl-4-trichloromethoxyphenoxy, 2-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2- (bromomethyl) phenoxy, 3- (2-chloroethyl) phenoxy, 4- (2, 3-dichloropropyl) phenoxy, 4- (4-fluorobutyl) phenoxy, 3- (5-chloropentyl) phenoxy, 4- (5-bromohexyl) phenoxy, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) phenoxy, 3 , 4-Di (trifluoromethyl) phenoxy, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutyl) phenoxy, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methylpropyl) phenoxy, 2,5-di (3-chloropropyl) phenoxy, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) phenoxy, , 4,5-tri (trifluoromethyl) phenoxy, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethyl) phenoxy, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethylphenoxy, 2- Cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy, 4-cyanophenoxy, 3,4-dicyanophenoxy, 3,5-dicyanophenoxy, 2,3-dicyanophenoxy, 2,4-dicyanophenoxy, 2,5-dicyanophenoxy, 2, 6-dicyanophenoxy, 3,4,5-tricyanophenoxy, 2-cyano-4-methylphenoxy, 3-cyano-4-methoxyphenoxy, 3-cyano-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-cyano-3- A cyano group on a phenyl ring such as a trifluoromethoxyphenoxy group, halogen as a substituent A straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 atoms and a straight chain or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as a substituent. Examples thereof include a phenoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of branched alkoxy groups.

  1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent are substituted on the phenyl ring. Examples of the phenyl lower alkoxy group may include, for example, 2,5-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorobenzyl in addition to the phenyl lower alkoxy group. Oxy, 2,6-difluorobenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxy, 2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chloroben Ruoxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy, 2-methylbenzyloxy, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenzyloxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 2,3-dimethylbenzyloxy, 2-methoxybenzyloxy, 3- Methoxybenzyloxy, 4-methoxybenzyloxy, 2,3-dichlorobenzyloxy, 2,4-dichlorobenzyloxy, 2,5-dichlorobenzyloxy, 3,4-dichlorobenzyloxy, 2,6-dichlorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 2-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-tert-butylbenzyloxy, 4 Ethylbenzyloxy, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 4-methoxy-3-chlorobenzyloxy, 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethoxy, 2- (4-fluorophenyl) ethoxy, 2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethoxy, 2 -(3-methoxyphenyl) ethoxy, 2- (4-methylphenyl) ethoxy, 3-methyl-4-chlorobenzyloxy, 4- (4-methoxyphenyl) butoxy, 2- (4-methylphenyl) ethoxy, 4 -Tert-butoxybenzyloxy, 3-chloro-6-methoxybenzyloxy, 4-methoxy-3-methylbenzyloxy, 2- (2-fluorophenyl) ethoxy, 1- (3-bromophenyl) ethoxy, 3- ( 4-iodophenyl) propoxy, 4- (2-bromophenyl) butoxy, 5- (3 -Chlorophenyl) pentyloxy, 6- (4-bromophenyl) hexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dichlorophenyl) ethoxy, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-trifluorophenyl) ) Propoxy, 2- (2-ethylphenyl) ethoxy, 1- (3-propylphenyl) ethoxy, 3- (4-butylphenyl) propoxy, 4- (2-pentylphenyl) butoxy, 5- (3-hexylphenyl) ) Pentyloxy, 6- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) hexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) ethoxy, 2-methyl-3- [2,4,6-tri ( Trifluoromethyl) phenyl] propoxy, 2- (2-ethoxyphenyl) ethoxy, 1- (3-propoxyphenyl) ethoxy, 3 (4-butoxyphenyl) propoxy, 4- (2-pentyloxyphenyl) butoxy, 5- (3-hexyloxyphenyl) pentyloxy, 6- (4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl) hexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl- A halogen atom on a phenyl ring such as 2- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) ethoxy and 2-methyl-3- [2,4,6-trifluoro (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl] propoxy group, and a halogen atom 1 as a substituent A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 3 to 1 and a linear or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as a substituent. 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of linear alkoxy groups may be substituted, and the alkoxy moiety is a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The Ruarukokishi group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups on the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring include ( 1,2,5 or 6-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthylmethyl, 2-[(1,2,5 or 6) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] ethyl, 1- [ (1,2,5 or 6) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,2,5 or 6) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] propyl, 4 -[(1,2,5 or 6-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] butyl, 5-[(1,2,5 or 6) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] pentyl 6-[(1,2,5 or 6-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrona Til] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,2,5 or 6) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2,5 or 6-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] propyl, 1,1,4,4-tetramethyl (2,3,5 or 6-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthylmethyl, 1, 1,4,4,5-pentamethyl (2,3,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthylmethyl, 1,4,4-trimethyl (2,3,5,6,7 Or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthylmethyl, 5,6-dimethyl (2,3,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthylmethyl, 2- [1-methyl- (1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] Til, 1- [2-ethyl- (1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] ethyl, 3- [3-propyl- (1, 2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] propyl, 4-[(4-butyl-1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] butyl, 5- [5-pentyl- (1,2,3,4,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] Pentyl, 6- [6-hexyl- (1,2,3,4,5,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [1,7 -Dimethyl- (1,2,3,4,5,6 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [1,1 , 4-trimethyl- (2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring such as 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl] propyl group 1 to 5 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as the group, and the alkyl portion is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms , 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted alkyl group.

  Examples of the piperidinyl group optionally having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as a substituent on the piperidine ring include (1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-methyl- (2,3 or 4). -) Piperidinyl, 1-ethyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-propyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-isopropyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-butyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-isobutyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-tert-butyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1-pentyl- (2,3 or 4 -) Piperidinyl, 1-hexyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl, 1,2-dimethyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl, 1,2,6-trimethyl- (3,4,5) -) Piperidinyl A straight-chain or branched alkyl group from 1 to 3 which may have a piperidinyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be exemplified as a substituent on the piperidine ring and the like.

  Examples of the quinolyl lower alkyl group include (2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) quinolylmethyl, 2-[(2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, 1-[(2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) quinolyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) quinolyl] propyl, 4-[( 2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) quinolyl] butyl, 5-[(2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) quinolylpentyl, 6-[(2,3,3 A quinolylalkyl group in which an alkyl moiety such as a 4,5,6,7 or 8-) quinolylhexyl group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be mentioned.

  Examples of the 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the tetrazole ring include, for example, [(1 or 5- ) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl] methyl, 2-[(1 or 5-) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1 or 5-) 1,2,3,4 -Tetrazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1 or 5-) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl] propyl, 4-[(1 or 5-) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl] butyl, 5- [ (1 or 5-) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(1 or 5-) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl] hexyl, 5- [1-methyl-5- (1 , 2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] pentyl, 6- [1-methyl-5- ( , 2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] hexyl, 5-methyl-1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl) methyl, 2- [5-ethyl-1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl) ] Hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1 or 5-) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1 or 5-) 1,2,3 4-tetrazolyl] propyl, [1-methyl-5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] methyl, [1-ethyl-5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] methyl, 2- [1-propyl-5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] ethyl, 1- [1-butyl-5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] ethyl, 3- [1-pentyl -5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] propyl, 3- [5-propyl-1- (1,2,3) 4-tetrazolyl)] propyl, 4- [5-butyl-1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] butyl, 5- [5-pentyl-1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl) ] Pentyl, 6- [5-hexyl-1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] hexyl, [1-ethyl-5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] methyl, [1- Benzyl-5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] methyl, 1-[(2-phenylethyl) -5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] methyl, 2- [1- ( 3-phenylpropyl) -5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] ethyl, 1- [1- (4-phenylbutyl) -5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] ethyl, 3- [1- (5-Phenylpentyl) -5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] propyl Lopyl, 4- [1- (6-phenylhexyl) -5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] butyl, 5- [1- (1,1-dimethyl-2-phenylethyl) -5 (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] methyl, 6- [1- (2-methyl-3-phenylpropyl) -5- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] hexyl, 5-benzyl- 1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl) methyl, 2- [5- (1-phenylethyl) -1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] ethyl, 3- [5- (3 -Phenylpropyl) -1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] propyl, 4- [5- (4-phenylbutyl) -1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] butyl, 5 -[5- (5-Phenylpentyl) -1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] pliers , 6- [5- (6-phenylhexyl) -1- (1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl)] hexyl group or the like on a tetrazole ring as a substituent, a linear or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms The alkyl group and the alkyl part may have a group selected from the group consisting of a phenylalkyl group which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the alkyl part is a straight chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a 1,2,3,4-tetrazolylalkyl group which is a chain or branched alkyl group.

  Examples of the thiazolyl lower alkyl group that may have a phenyl group as a substituent on the thiazole ring include, for example, [(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] methyl, 2-[(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] ethyl. 1-[(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] propyl, 4-[(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] butyl, 5-[( 2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] pentyl, 6-[(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl -3-[(2,4 or 5-) thiazolyl] propyl, [2-phenyl- (4 or 5-) thiazolyl] methyl, 2- [4-phenyl- (2 or 5-) thiazolyl] ethyl, 1- [5-Phenyl- (2 or 4-) Azolyl] ethyl, 3- [2-phenyl- (2 or 5-) thiazolyl] propyl, 4- (2,4-diphenyl-5-thiazolyl) butyl, 5- (2,5-diphenyl-4-thiazolyl) pentyl , 6- (4,5-diphenyl-2-thiazolyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [2-phenyl- (4 or 5-) thiazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [4-phenyl- (2 or 5-) thiazolyl] propyl, [4-phenyl- (2 or 5-) thiazolyl] methyl, [5-phenyl- (2 or 4-) thiazolyl] methyl, (2,4-diphenyl-5-thiazolyl) 1) or 2 phenyl groups as substituents on thiazole rings such as methyl), (2,5-diphenyl-4-thiazolyl) methyl, (4,5-diphenyl-2-thiazolyl) methyl group DOO There are the alkyl moiety may be exemplified thiazolyl alkyl groups are straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the benzoyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring include, for example, benzoylmethyl, 2-benzoylethyl, 1-benzoylethyl, 3-benzoylpropyl, 4-benzoylbutyl, 5-benzoylpentyl, 6-benzoylhexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-benzoylethyl, 2-methyl-3-benzoylpropyl, 4-fluorobenzoylmethyl, 2-chlorobenzoyl Methyl, 3-chlorobenzoylmethyl, 4-chlorobenzoylmethyl, 2- (4-fluorobenzoyl) ethyl, 2- (4-chlorobenzoyl) ethyl, 3,4-dibromobenzoylmethyl, 3,4-diiodobenzoylmethyl 2,4-Difluorobenzoylmethyl 2,5-dichlorobenzoylmethyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzoylmethyl, 3,4,5-trifluorobenzoylmethyl, 3- (4-chlorobenzoyl) propyl, 1- (2-bromobenzoyl) ethyl, 4- (3-Fluorobenzoyl) butyl, 5- (4-iodobenzoyl) pentyl, 6- (4-chlorobenzoyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (3-fluorobenzoyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-chlorobenzoyl) propyl, 2-methoxybenzoylmethyl, 2- (3-methoxybenzoyl) ethyl, 2- (4-methoxybenzoyl) ethyl, 4-methoxybenzoylmethyl, 1- (2-ethoxybenzoyl) ethyl, 3- (3-ethoxybenzoyl) propyl, 4- (4-ethoxybenzoyl) butyl, 5- ( -Isopropoxybenzoyl) pentyl, 6- (3-butoxybenzoyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (4-pentyloxybenzoyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-hexyloxybenzoyl) propyl, 3 , 4-Dimethoxybenzoylmethyl, 3,4-diethoxybenzoylmethyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzoylmethyl, 2,5-dimethoxybenzoylmethyl, 2,6-dimethoxybenzoylmethyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoylmethyl , 2-chloro-4-methoxybenzoylmethyl, 3-fluoro-5-ethoxybenzoylmethyl and the like, a group consisting of a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a halogen atom as a substituent on a phenyl ring May have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of an alkyl moiety having 1 to 1 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include 6 benzoylalkyl groups which are linear or branched alkyl groups.

  Examples of the piperidinyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperidine ring include [(1,2,3,4-) piperidinyl] methyl, 2-[(1,2,3 or 4). -) Piperidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] propyl, 4-[(1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] butyl, 5-[(1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [ (1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] propyl, [1-methyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] Methyl, 2- [1-ethyl- (2, Or 4-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 1- [4-propyl- (1,2 or 3-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 3- [3-isopropyl- (1,2,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl] propyl, 4- [2-butyl- (1,3,4,5 or 6-) piperidinyl] butyl, 5- [1-isobutyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] pentyl, 6- [1-tert-butyl -(2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [4-pentyl- (1,2 or 3-) piperidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [1-hexyl- (2,3 or 4-) piperidinyl] propyl, [1,2-dimethyl- (3,4,5 or 6) piperidinyl] methyl, [1,2,6-trimethyl- (3,4,5-) Piperidinyl] piperidine ring such as methyl group May have 1 to 3 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as substituents, and the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A peridinylalkyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the imidazolyl group having 1 to 3 phenyl groups as substituents on the imidazole ring include (1,2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl and 1-phenyl- (2,4 or 5-) imidazolyl. 2-phenyl- (1,4 or 5-) imidazolyl, 4-phenyl- (1,2 or 5-) imidazolyl, 5-phenyl- (1,2 or 4-) imidazolyl, 1,2-diphenyl- ( 4 or 5-) imidazolyl, 2,4-diphenyl- (1 or 5-) imidazolyl, 4,5-diphenyl- (1 or 2-) imidazolyl, 2,5-diphenyl- (1 or 4-) imidazolyl, 2 An imidazolyl group having 1 to 3 phenyl groups as substituents on an imidazole ring such as, 4,5-triphenyl-1-imidazolyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the benzimidazolyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as a substituent on the benzimidazole ring include, for example, (1, 2, 4, 5, 6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 1-methyl- ( 2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 2-ethyl- (1,4,5,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 4-propyl- (1,2,5,6 or 7-) benz Imidazolyl, 5-butyl- (1,2,4,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 6-pentyl- (1,2,4,5 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 7-hexyl- (1,2,4 , 5 or 6-) benzimidazolyl, 1-ethyl- (2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl] hexyl, 1-butyl- (2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 1 -Isopropyl- (1 2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 1,2-dimethyl- (4,5,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 1-methyl-4-ethyl- (2,5,6 or 7- ) Benzimidazolyl, 1-propyl-5-methyl- (2,4,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl, 1,2,5-trimethyl- (2,4,5,6 or 7-) benzimidazolyl group, etc. Examples thereof include a benzimidazolyl group which may have 1 to 3 linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as substituents on the benzimidazole ring.

  Examples of the pyridyl lower alkoxy group include (2,3 or 4-) pyridylmethoxy, 2-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] ethoxy, 1-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] ethoxy, 3-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] propoxy, 4-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] butoxy, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] ethoxy , 5-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] pentyloxy, 6-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] hexyloxy, 1-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] isopropoxy, 2 Examples include a pyridylalkoxy group in which the alkyl moiety such as -methyl-3-[(2,3 or 4-) pyridyl] propoxy group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl lower alkyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring include, for example, (1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8). -) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolylmethyl, 2-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,2,3,4,5,6 , 7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] propyl, 4-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro Quinolyl] butyl, 5-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] pentyl 6-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,2,3 , 4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8- ) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] propyl, [2-oxo- (1,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] methyl, [4-oxo- (1,2,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] methyl, [2,4-dioxo- (1,3,5,6 , 7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] methyl, 2- [2-oxo- (1,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4 -Tetrahi Roquinolyl] ethyl, 3- [4-oxo- (1,2,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] propyl, 4- [2,4-dioxo- (1,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] butyl, 5- [2-oxo- (1,3,4,5,6,7 or 8- ) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] pentyl, 6- [4-oxo- (1,2,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] 1,2,3, which may have 1 to 2 oxo groups as a substituent on a tetrahydroquinoline ring such as a hexyl group, and the alkyl portion is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms A 4-tetrahydroquinolylalkyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring include (2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxa Diazolylmethyl, 2-[(2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 1-[(2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(2 or 5- ) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] propyl, 4-[(2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] butyl, 5-[(2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] pentyl, 6 -[(2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ (2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadia Ryl] propyl, 2-oxo-[(3 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] methyl, 5-oxo-[(2 or 3-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] methyl, 2- [2 -Oxo- (3 or 5-) (1,3,4-oxadiazolyl)] ethyl, 1- [5-oxo- (2 or 3-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 3-[(2 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] propyl, 4- [2-oxo (3 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] butyl, 5- [5-oxo (2 or 3-) 1,3 , 4-oxadiazolyl] pentyl, 6- [2-oxo (3 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [5-oxo (2 or 3-) 1,3 , 4-Oxadiazolyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [ -Oxo (3 or 5-) 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl] propyl group or the like may have an oxo group as a substituent on the 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring, and the alkyl moiety has a carbon number of 1 to Examples include 1,3,4-oxadiazolylalkyl groups, which are 6 straight-chain or branched alkyl groups.

  Examples of the thienyl lower alkyl group include (2 or 3-) thienylmethyl, 2-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] ethyl, 1-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] ethyl, 3-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] propyl, 4-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] butyl, 5-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] pentyl, 6-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] hexyl, 1,1- Linear or branched chain in which the alkyl moiety such as dimethyl-2-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2 or 3-) thienyl] propyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms An example is a thienylalkyl group which is an alkyl group.

  Examples of the pyrimidinylcarbonyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrimidine ring include (2,3,4,6-) pyrimidinylcarbonyl, 2,6-dioxo- (1,3,4,5- ) Pyrimidinylcarbonyl, 2-oxo- (1,3,4,5 or 6-) pyrimidinylcarbonyl, 6-oxo- (1,2,3,4, or 5-) pyrimidinylcarbonyl, 4-oxo- (1,2 , 3,5 or 6-) pyrimidinylcarbonyl, 2,4-dioxo- (1,3,4,6-) pyrimidinylcarbonyl, 2,4,6-trioxo- (1,3 or 5-) pyrimidinylcarbonyl group, etc. Examples thereof include a pyrimidinylcarbonyl group having 1 to 3 oxo groups as substituents on the pyrimidine ring.

  Examples of the lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group include methoxymethoxy, 1-ethoxyethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-propoxyethoxy, 3-isopropoxypropoxy, 4-butoxybutoxy, 5-pentyloxypentyloxy, and 6-hexyloxy. A straight or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent such as hexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-2-methoxyethoxy, 2-methyl-3-ethoxypropoxy or 3-methoxypropoxy group; Examples thereof include a straight or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group include methoxycarbonylmethoxy, ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, 2-methoxycarbonylethoxy, 2-ethoxycarbonylethoxy, 1-ethoxycarbonylethoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylpropoxy, 3-ethoxycarbonylpropoxy, 4 -Ethoxycarbonylbutoxy, 5-isopropoxycarbonylpentyloxy, 6-propoxycarbonylhexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butoxycarbonylethoxy, 2-methyl-3-tert-butoxycarbonylpropoxy, 2-pentyloxycarbonylethoxy , An alkoxycarbox wherein the two alkoxy moieties such as a hexyloxycarbonylmethoxy group are both linear or branched alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms The Ruarukokishi group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the carboxy lower alkoxy group include carboxymethoxy, 2-carboxyethoxy, 1-carboxyethoxy, 3-carboxypropoxy, 4-carboxybutoxy, 5-carboxypentyloxy, 6-carboxyhexyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl- Examples thereof include a carboxyalkoxy group in which an alkoxy moiety such as 2-carboxyethoxy and 2-methyl-3-carboxypropoxy group is a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of the phenoxy lower alkanoyl group include 2-phenoxyacetyl, 3-phenoxypropionyl, 2-phenoxypropionyl, 4-phenoxybutyryl, 5-phenoxypentanoyl, 6-phenoxyhexanoyl, and 2,2-dimethyl-2- Examples thereof include phenoxyalkanoyl groups in which the alkanoyl moiety such as phenoxypropionyl and 2-methyl-3-phenoxypropionyl group is a linear or branched alkanoyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Examples of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolylcarbonyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring include, for example, [(1,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-). 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] carbonyl, [2-oxo- (1,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] carbonyl, [ 4-oxo- (1,2,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] carbonyl, [2,4-dioxo- (1,3,5,6, 7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl] 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro which may have one or two oxo groups as substituents on a tetrahydroquinoline ring such as a carbonyl group A quinolylcarbonyl group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring include, for example, (1,2,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-). 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2-oxo- (1,3,4,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 4-oxo- (1 , 2,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, 2,4-dioxo- (1,3,5,6,7 or 8-) 1,2, Examples include 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group which may have 1 to 2 oxo groups as substituents on a tetrahydroquinoline ring such as 3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group.

  Examples of the amino group which may have a lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent include, for example, amino, methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, isopropoxycarbonylamino, butoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamino, pentyloxy Mention may be made of amino groups having a straight or branched alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as carbonylamino, hexyloxycarbonylamino group and the like.

  Examples of the benzoyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring include benzoyl, 2-methoxybenzoyl, 3-methoxybenzoyl, 4-methoxylbenzoyl, 2-ethoxybenzoyl, 3- Ethoxybenzoyl, 4-ethoxybenzoyl, 4-isopropoxybenzoyl, 3-butoxybenzoyl, 4-pentyloxybenzoyl, 4-hexyloxybenzoyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl, 3,4-diethoxybenzoyl, 2,4- A linear or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent on a phenyl ring such as dimethoxybenzoyl, 2,5-dimethoxybenzoyl, 2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl Benzoyl which may have 1 to 3 alkoxy groups The can be exemplified.

  Lower alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, phenyl group, halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, lower alkoxy which may have a halogen atom as a substituent Examples of the lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups optionally having 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a group and a lower alkylthio group include 1,1- Diphenylmethyl, 1,1-di (4-fluorophenyl) methyl, 1-phenyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) methyl, 3,3-diphenylpropyl, 2,5-difluorobenzyl, 2,4-difluorobenzyl 3,4-difluorobenzyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyl, 2,6-difluorobenzyl, 3-to Fluoromethylbenzyl, 2-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 4-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 2-methyl Benzyl, 3-methylbenzyl, 4-methylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl, 2,3-dimethylbenzyl, 2-methoxybenzyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-cyanobenzyl 4-methoxybenzyl, 2,3-dichlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 3-fluorobenzyl 2-fluorobenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, 3-ni Robenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 2-trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxycarbonylbenzyl, 3-methoxycarbonylbenzyl, 4-tert-butylbenzyl, 4-ethyl Benzyl, 4-isopropylbenzyl, 4-methoxy-3-chlorobenzyl, 2- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-fluorophenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-chlorophenyl) ethyl, 2- (3- Methoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-methylphenyl) ethyl, 4-phenylbenzyl, 3,3-diphenylpropyl, 3-methyl-4-nitrobenzyl, 4- (4-methoxyphenyl) butyl, 2- (4 -Methylphenyl) ethyl, 4-tert-butoxycarboni Rubenzyl, 3-chloro-6-methoxybenzyl, 4-nitro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-tert-butyrylbenzyl, 2- (2-ethoxycarbonylphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propoxycarbonylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-pentyloxycarbonylphenyl) propyl, 4- (3-hexyloxycarbonylphenyl) butyl, 5- (3,4-dimethoxycarbonylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (3,4,5-diethoxycarbonyl) Phenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (4-butoxycarbonylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (4-methoxycarbonylphenyl) propyl, 2- (2-cyanophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3 -Cyanophenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-cyanophenyl) propyl, 4- (2-cyano Enyl) butyl, 5- (3-cyanophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-cyanophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dicyanophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2 , 4,6-tricyanophenyl) propyl, 2- (2-nitrophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-nitrophenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-nitrophenyl) propyl, 4- (2-nitrophenyl) butyl , 5- (3-nitrophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-nitrophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dinitrophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4, 6-trinitrophenyl) propyl, 2- (2-phenylphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-phenylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-phenylphenyl) propyl, 4- (2-phenylphenyl) Nyl) butyl, 5- (3-phenylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-phenylphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-diphenylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2 , 4,6-triphenylphenyl) propyl, 2- (2-fluorophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-bromophenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-iodophenyl) propyl, 4- (2-bromophenyl) butyl , 5- (3-chlorophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-bromophenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dichlorophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6- Trifluorophenyl) propyl, 2- (2-ethylphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propylphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-butylphenyl) propyl, 4- (2-pentyl) Ruphenyl) butyl, 5- (3-hexylphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [2,4,6-Tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] propyl, 2- (2-ethoxyphenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propoxyphenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-butoxyphenyl) propyl, 4- ( 2-pentyloxyphenyl) butyl, 5- (3-hexyloxyphenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl) ethyl, 2 -Methyl-3- [2,4,6-tri (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl] propyl, 2-methylthiobenzyl, 3-methylthiobe Gills, 4-methylthiobenzyl, 3,4-dimethylthiobenzyl, 2,3-dimethylthiobenzyl, 2- (2-ethylthiophenyl) ethyl, 2- (4-methylthiophenyl) ethyl, 1- (3-propyl Thiophenyl) ethyl, 3- (4-butylthiophenyl) propyl, 4- (2-pentylthiophenyl) butyl, 5- (3-hexylthiophenyl) pentyl, 6- (4-methylthiophenyl) hexyl, 1, 1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethylthiophenyl) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [2,4,6-trimethylthiophenyl] propyl, 2-methyl-4-cyanobenzyl, 3-ethoxy-4 -Ethoxycarbonylbenzyl, 4-phenyl-3-nitrobenzyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxybenzyl, 4-trifluoromethyl C1-C6 linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring as a substituent such as 3-cyanobenzyl, 3-trifluoromethoxy-3-fluorobenzyl group, cyano group, nitro group , A phenyl group, a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents, and 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents It may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a linear or branched alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.

  A phenyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent and a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring Examples of the group include phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 3-butylphenyl, 4- Pentylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethyl Phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-ethoxy Phenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 3-butoxyphenyl, 4-pentyloxyphenyl, 4-hexyloxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-diethoxyphenyl, 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,5-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxy Phenyl, 2- (bromomethoxy) phenyl, 3- (2-chloroethoxy) phenyl, 4- (2,3-dichloropropoxy) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobutoxy) phenyl, 3- (5-chloropentyloxy) ) Phenyl, 4- (5-bromohexyloxy) fe 4- (5,6-dibromohexyloxy) phenyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutoxy) phenyl, 2,4-di ( 3-chloro-2-methoxypropyl) phenyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropoxy) phenyl, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy) phenyl, 3,4,5-tri ( Trifluoromethoxy) phenyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethoxy) phenyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethoxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-trifluoromethoxy Phenyl, 3-ethoxy-4-trichloromethoxyphenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-trifluoro Romethylphenyl, 2- (bromomethyl) phenyl, 3- (2-chloroethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,3-dichloropropyl) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobutyl) phenyl, 3- (5-chloropentyl) Phenyl, 4- (5-bromohexyl) phenyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) phenyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutyl) ) Phenyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methylpropyl) phenyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropyl) phenyl, 2,6-di (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) phenyl 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethyl) phenyl, 2-methyl-4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-ethyl A linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms as substituents on a phenyl ring such as 4-trichloromethylphenyl group, and 1 halogen atom as a substituent. Examples thereof include a phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of 1 to 6 carbon linear or branched alkyl groups which may have 3.

  Examples of the pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring include [(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] methyl, 2- [ (1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 1-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 3-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl, 4-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] butyl, 5-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] pentyl, 6-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(1,2 Or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(1,2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl, [1-methyl- (2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] methyl, 2- [2-ethyl- ( 1,3,4 5-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 1- [3-propyl- (1,2,4 or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 3- [1-butyl- (2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl, 4- [2- Pentyl- (1,3,4,5-) pyrrolidinyl] butyl, 5- [3-hexyl- (1,2,4 or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] pentyl, 6- [1,2-dimethyl- (3,4) Or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [1,2,3-trimethyl- (4 or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [1-ethyl-2-methyl- (3,4,5-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl, [1- (2-hydroxyethyl)-(2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] methyl, [2-hydroxymethyl- (1,3,4,5-) pyrrolidinyl] Methyl, 2- [2-hydro Cymethyl- (1,3,4,5-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 1- [3- (3-hydroxypropyl)-(1,2,4 or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 3- [1- (4- Hydroxybutyl)-(2 or 3-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl, 4- [2- (5-hydroxypentyl)-(1,3,4,5-) pyrrolidinyl] butyl, 5- [3- (6-hydroxyhexyl) )-(1,2,4 or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] pentyl, 6- [1,2-dihydroxymethyl- (3,4,5-) pyrrolidinyl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- [1,2 , 3-Trihydroxymethyl- (4 or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3- [2- (1,2-hydroxyethyl)-(1,3,4, or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] propyl, [ 2- (2,3,4-G C1-C6 linear or branched chain having 1 to 3 hydroxyl groups as substituents on a pyrrolidine ring such as (rehydroxybutyl)-(1,3,4 or 5-) pyrrolidinyl] methyl group A pyrrolidinylalkyl group, which may have 1 to 3 alkyl groups and the alkyl portion is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, can be exemplified.

  Examples of the amino-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent include aminomethyl, 2-aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, 4 -Aminobutyl, 5-aminopentyl, 6-aminohexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-aminoethyl, N, N-diethyl-2-aminoethyl, 2-methyl-3-aminopropyl, methylaminomethyl, 1 -Ethylaminoethyl, 2-propylaminoethyl, 3-isopropylaminopropyl, 4-butylaminobutyl, 5-pentylaminopentyl, 6-hexylaminohexyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-diisopropylaminoethyl, (N-ethyl- N-propylamino) methyl, 2- (N-methyl-N-hexylamino) Ethyl, phenylaminomethyl, 1-phenylaminoethyl, 2-phenylaminoethyl, 3-phenylaminopropyl, 4-phenylaminobutyl, 5-phenylaminopentyl, 6-phenylaminohexyl, N-methyl-N-phenylamino A phenyl group as a substituent such as methyl, 2- (N-ethyl-N-phenylamino) ethyl, (N-ethyl-N-phenylamino) methyl, 2- (N-methyl-N-phenylamino) ethyl group; C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl substituted with an amino group which may have one or two groups selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl groups A group can be exemplified.

  Examples of the tetrahydrofuryl lower alkyl group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group include [(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] methyl, 2-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] ethyl, 1-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] ethyl, 3-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] propyl, 4-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] butyl, 5-[(2 or 3- ) Tetrahydrofuryl] pentyl, 6-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] ethyl, 2-methyl-3-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] propyl, 1-hydroxy-1-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] methyl, 2-hydroxy-2-[(2 or 3) ) Tetrahydrofuryl] ethyl, 2-hydroxy-1-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] ethyl, 3-hydroxy-3-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] propyl, 4-hydroxy-4-[( 2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] butyl, 5-hydroxy-5-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] pentyl, 6-hydroxy-6-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] hexyl, 2-hydroxy- Substitution on lower alkyl groups such as 1,1-dimethyl-2-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] ethyl, 3-hydroxy-2-methyl-3-[(2 or 3-) tetrahydrofuryl] propyl groups Tetrahydrofurylalkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a group, and the alkyl part is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms It can be exemplified.

  Examples of the phenoxy lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a nitro group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include, for example, 2-methyl in addition to the phenoxy lower alkyl group. Phenoxymethyl, 3-methylphenoxymethyl, 4-methylphenoxymethyl, 3,4-dimethylphenoxymethyl, 2,3-dimethylphenoxymethyl, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxymethyl, 2- (2-ethylphenoxy) ethyl 2- (3-methylphenoxy) ethyl, 2- (4-methylphenoxy) ethyl, 1- (3-propylphenoxy) ethyl, 3- (4-butylphenoxy) propyl, 4- (2-pentylphenoxy) butyl , 5- (3-hexylphenoxy) pentyl, 6- (4-methylphenoxy) hexyl 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethylphenoxy) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-trimethylphenoxy) propyl, 2- (4-nitro-3-methylphenoxy) ethyl 4-nitrophenoxymethyl, 3-nitrophenoxymethyl, 2-nitrophenoxymethyl, 2- (2-nitrophenoxy) ethyl, 2- (4-nitrophenoxy) ethyl, 1- (3-nitrophenoxy) ethyl, 3 -(4-nitrophenoxy) propyl, 4- (2-nitrophenoxy) butyl, 5- (3-nitrophenoxy) pentyl, 6- (4-nitrophenoxy) hexyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2- (2, As a substituent on a phenyl ring such as 4-dinitrophenoxy) ethyl, 2-methyl-3- (2,4,6-trinitrophenoxy) propyl It may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 primes and a nitro group, and the alkyl moiety is a linear or branched chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An example is a phenoxyalkyl group which is an alkyl group.

  Examples of the phenyl lower alkanoyl group include 2-phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl, 2-phenylpropionyl, 4-phenylbutyryl, 5-phenylpentanoyl, 6-phenylhexanoyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3- Examples thereof include phenylalkanoyl groups in which the alkanoyl moiety such as phenylpropionyl, 2-methyl-3-phenylpropionyl group is a straight chain or branched alkanoyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

    Examples of the phenyl group that may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring include, for example, phenyl, 3,4- Difluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, 4-iodophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4- Isopropylphenyl, 3-butylphenyl, 4-pentylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6- Dimethylphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 2-trifluoromethylphenyl, -Trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2- (bromomethyl) phenyl, 3- (2-chloroethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,3-dichloropropyl) phenyl, 4- (4-fluorobutyl) phenyl 3- (5-chloropentyl) phenyl, 4- (5-bromohexyl) phenyl, 4- (5,6-dibromohexyl) phenyl, 3,4-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl, 3,4-di (4,4,4-trichlorobutyl) phenyl, 2,4-di (3-chloro-2-methylpropyl) phenyl, 2,5-di (3-chloropropyl) phenyl, 2,6-di (2, 2,2-trifluoroethyl) phenyl, 3,4,5-tri (trifluoromethyl) phenyl, 4- (2,2,2-trichloroethyl) phenyl, 2-methyl -4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-trichloromethylphenyl, 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-ethyl-4-fluorophenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trichloromethylphenyl, 2- Methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-bromophenyl, 4-bromophenyl, 2-iodophenyl, 3-iodophenyl, 2,3-dibromo Phenyl, 2,4-diiodophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6- Difluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophene Nyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, 2, Selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 3 halogen atoms and halogen atoms on a phenyl ring such as 4-difluorophenyl group. Examples thereof include a phenyl group having 1 to 3 groups.

R ²⁰ and R ²¹ , R ²² and R ²³ , R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ , R ²⁹ and R ³⁰ or R ³² and R ³³ together with or without a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom. Examples of the 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, homopiperazinyl group and the like.

  Examples of the phenoxy lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring include, for example, 2-methylphenoxymethyl, 3-methylphenoxymethyl, 4-methylphenoxymethyl in addition to the phenoxy lower alkyl group. 3,4-dimethylphenoxymethyl, 2,3-dimethylphenoxymethyl, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxymethyl, 2- (2-ethylphenoxy) ethyl, 2- (4-methylphenoxy) ethyl, 1- ( 3-propylphenoxy) ethyl, 3- (4-butylphenoxy) propyl, 4- (2-pentylphenoxy) butyl, 5- (3-hexylphenoxy) pentyl, 6- (4-methylphenoxy) hexyl, 1,1 -Dimethyl-2- (2,4-dimethylphenoxy) ethyl, 2-methyl- -It may have 1 to 3 linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent on a phenyl ring such as-(2,4,6-trimethylphenoxy) propyl group, Examples thereof include a phenoxyalkyl group which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

  Of the compounds of general formula (1), the following compounds or salts thereof are more preferred.

Ｘ_１は、窒素原子又は基−ＣＨ＝を示す。
Ｒ^１は、基−Ｚ−Ｒ^６を示す。
Ｚは、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）−Ｂ−、基−Ｂ−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）−、基−Ｂ_０−Ｏ−、又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^９ａ）−ＣＯ−Ｎ（Ｒ^９ｂ）−を示す。
Ｒ^８は、水素原子、置換基として低級アルコキシ基を有することのある低級アルキル基、低級アルカノイル基、低級アルキルスルホニル基又はフェニル低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂは、基−ＣＯ−又は低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_０は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｒ^９ａは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^９ｂは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^６は、基

X ₁ represents a nitrogen atom or a group —CH═.
R ¹ represents the group —Z—R ⁶ .
Z is a group —N (R ⁸ ) —B—, a group —BN (R ⁸ ) —, a group —B ₀ —O—, or a group —N (R ^9a ) —CO—N (R ^9b ) —. Indicates.
R ⁸ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent, a lower alkanoyl group, a lower alkylsulfonyl group or a phenyl lower alkyl group.
B represents a group —CO— or a lower alkylene group.
B ₀ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ^9a represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^9b represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ⁶ is a group

を示す。
Ｒ^７は、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
ｍは、１又は２の整数を示す。ｍが２を示す場合、２個のＲ^７は、同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
Ｒ^２は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｙは、基−Ｏ−、又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^５）−を示す。
Ｒ^５は、水素原子、又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ａは、基

Indicates.
R ⁷ represents a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent.
m represents an integer of 1 or 2. When m represents 2, two R < ⁷ > may be the same and may differ.
R ² represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
Y represents a group —O— or a group —N (R ⁵ ) —.
R ⁵ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
A is a group

を示す。
ｐは、１又は２を示す。
Ｒ^３は、水素原子、低級アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^４は、基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５を示す。
Ｔは、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）−Ｂ_３−ＣＯ−、基−Ｂ_４−ＣＯ−、又は基−ＣＯ−を示す。
Ｒ^１７は、水素原子、又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂ_３は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_４は、低級アルケニレン基又は置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｌは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^１４は、水素原子又は置換基として水酸基を有することのあるアルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^１５は、（36a）ピペラジン環上に置換基としてフェニル低級アルキル基（フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基及び低級アルコキシ基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有していてもよい）及びピリジル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるピペラジニル置換オキサリル基を示す。
Ｒ^１４とＲ^１５とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、ピペラジニル基又はピペリジニル基である複素環基を形成してもよい。
該複素環上には、(28)フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルカノイル基、置換基として低級アルカノイル基を有することのあるアミノ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、フェニル低級アルコキシ基、水酸基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が置換していてもよいフェニル置換低級アルキル基、(49)基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２０）Ｒ^２１、ならびに(84)基−（Ｏ−Ｂ_１５）ｓ−ＣＯ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２６）Ｒ^２７なる群から選ばれた基が置換していてもよい。
Ｂ_１２は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｔは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^２０とＲ^２１とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、ピペラジニル基、ピペリジニル基である飽和複素環を形成する。該複素環上には、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基が置換していてもよい。
Ｂ_１５は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｓは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^２６及びＲ^２７は、同一又は異なって、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルキル基を示す。また、Ｒ^２６とＲ^２７とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、窒素原子、酸素原子もしくは硫黄原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して５〜７員の飽和複素環を形成してもよい。該複素環上には、置換基としてフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基を１〜３個有していてもよい。

Indicates.
p represents 1 or 2.
R ³ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent.
R ⁴ represents the group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ .
T represents a group —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO—, a group —B ₄ —CO—, or a group —CO—.
R ¹⁷ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₃ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₄ represents a lower alkenylene group or a lower alkylene group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent.
l represents 0 or 1;
R ¹⁴ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent.
R ¹⁵ has 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of (36a) a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring (a lower alkylenedioxy group and a lower alkoxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring). And a piperazinyl-substituted oxalyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a pyridyl lower alkyl group.
R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded may form a heterocyclic group that is a piperazinyl group or piperidinyl group.
On the heterocyclic ring, (28) amino group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, phenyl group, halogen, which may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on a phenyl ring. A group selected from the group consisting of an atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group; substituted optionally also substituted phenyl-substituted lower alkyl group, (49) group ^{_{- (B 12 CO) t-}} N (R 20) R 21, and (84) group _{- (O-B 15) s} -CO-N ( A group selected from the group consisting of R ²⁶ ) R ²⁷ may be substituted.
B ₁₂ represents a lower alkylene group.
t represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁰ and R ²¹ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a saturated heterocyclic ring that is a piperazinyl group or piperidinyl group. On the heterocyclic ring, a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted.
B ₁₅ represents a lower alkylene group.
s represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkyl group. R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ may be bonded together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded via a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. . On this heterocyclic ring, you may have 1-3 phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on a phenyl ring as a substituent.

  For example, a more preferable compound (1) is the following compound or a salt thereof.

Ｘ_１は、窒素原子を示す。
Ｒ^１は、基−Ｚ−Ｒ^６を示す。
Ｚは、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）−Ｂ−を示す。
Ｒ^８は、水素原子、又は置換基として低級アルコキシ基を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂは、基−ＣＯ−を示す。
Ｒ^６は、基

X ₁ represents a nitrogen atom.
R ¹ represents the group —Z—R ⁶ .
Z represents a group —N (R ⁸ ) —B—.
R ⁸ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent.
B represents a group —CO—.
R ⁶ is a group

を示す。
Ｒ^７は、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
ｍは、１又は２の整数を示す。ｍが２を示す場合、２個のＲ^７は、同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
Ｒ^２は、水素原子を示す。
Ｙは、基−Ｏ−、又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^５）−を示す。
Ｒ^５は、水素原子、又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ａは、基

Indicates.
R ⁷ represents a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent.
m represents an integer of 1 or 2. When m represents 2, two R < ⁷ > may be the same and may differ.
R ² represents a hydrogen atom.
Y represents a group —O— or a group —N (R ⁵ ) —.
R ⁵ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
A is a group

を示す。
ｐは、１又は２を示す。
Ｒ^３は、水素原子、低級アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^４は、基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５を示す。
Ｔは、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）−Ｂ_３−ＣＯ−、基−Ｂ_４−ＣＯ−、又は基−ＣＯ−を示す。
Ｒ^１７は、水素原子、又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂ_３は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_４は、置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｌは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^１４とＲ^１５とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、ピペラジニル基又はピペリジニル基である複素環基を形成する。
該複素環上には、(28)フェニル環上に低級アルキレンジオキシ基が置換していてもよいフェニル置換低級アルキル基が置換していてもよい。

Indicates.
p represents 1 or 2.
R ³ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent.
R ⁴ represents the group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ .
T represents a group —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO—, a group —B ₄ —CO—, or a group —CO—.
R ¹⁷ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₃ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₄ represents a lower alkylene group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent.
l represents 0 or 1;
R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a heterocyclic group that is a piperazinyl group or piperidinyl group.
On the heterocyclic ring, (28) a phenyl-substituted lower alkyl group which may be substituted with a lower alkylenedioxy group may be substituted with a phenyl ring.

  Another more preferable compound (1) is, for example, the following compound or a salt thereof.

Ｘ_１は、窒素原子を示す。
Ｒ^１は、基−Ｚ−Ｒ^６を示す。
Ｚは、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）−Ｂ−を示す。
Ｒ^８は、水素原子、又は置換基として低級アルコキシ基を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂは、基−ＣＯ−を示す。
Ｒ^６は、基

X ₁ represents a nitrogen atom.
R ¹ represents the group —Z—R ⁶ .
Z represents a group —N (R ⁸ ) —B—.
R ⁸ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent.
B represents a group —CO—.
R ⁶ is a group

を示す。
Ｒ^７は、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
ｍは、１又は２の整数を示す。ｍが２を示す場合、２個のＲ^７は、同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
Ｒ^２は、水素原子を示す。
Ｙは、基−Ｏ−、又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^５）−を示す。
Ｒ^５は、水素原子、又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ａは、基

Indicates.
R ⁷ represents a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent.
m represents an integer of 1 or 2. When m represents 2, two R < ⁷ > may be the same and may differ.
R ² represents a hydrogen atom.
Y represents a group —O— or a group —N (R ⁵ ) —.
R ⁵ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
A is a group

を示す。
ｐは、１又は２を示す。
Ｒ^３は、水素原子、低級アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^４は、基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４）Ｒ^１５を示す。
Ｒ^１７は、水素原子、又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｂ_３は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
Ｂ_４は、置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｌは、０を示す。
Ｒ^１４とＲ^１５とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、ピペラジニル基又はピペリジニル基である複素環基を形成する。
該複素環上には、(49)基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２０）Ｒ^２１、及び(84)基−（Ｏ−Ｂ_１５）ｓ−ＣＯ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２６）Ｒ^２７なる群から選ばれた基が１個置換していてもよい。
Ｂ_１２は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｔは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^２０とＲ^２１とは、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、ピペラジン又はピペリジンである飽和複素環を形成する。該複素環上には、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基が１個置換していてもよい。
Ｂ_１５は、低級アルキレン基を示す。
ｓは、０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^２６及びＲ^２７は、これらが結合する窒素原子と共に、酸素原子又は窒素原子を介し又は介することなく互いに結合して６員の飽和複素環を形成する。該複素環上には、置換基としてフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基を１〜３個有していてもよい。

Indicates.
p represents 1 or 2.
R ³ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent.
R ⁴ represents the group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ .
R ¹⁷ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₃ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₄ represents a lower alkylene group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent.
l represents 0.
R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a heterocyclic group that is a piperazinyl group or piperidinyl group.
On heterocyclic ring, (49) group ^{_{- (B 12 CO) t-}} N (R 20) R 21 and (84) group _{- (O-B 15) s} -CO-N (R 26) R 27 One group selected from the group consisting of may be substituted.
B ₁₂ represents a lower alkylene group.
t represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁰ and R ²¹ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a saturated heterocyclic ring that is piperazine or piperidine. On the heterocyclic ring, one phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted.
B ₁₅ represents a lower alkylene group.
s represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded are bonded to each other through or without an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom to form a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. On this heterocyclic ring, you may have 1-3 phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on a phenyl ring as a substituent.

  The production method of the compound of the present invention will be described below.

In the general formula (1), the compounds of the present invention showing various Y are produced, for example, as shown in the following reaction formula-1 to reaction formula-4.
[Reaction Formula-1]

［式中Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＡは前記に同じ。Ｙ_１は、基−Ｏ−、基−Ｓ−又は基−ＮＨ−を示す。Ｘ_２はハロゲン原子を示す。］
化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応は、一般に適当な溶媒中又は無溶媒下、塩基性化合物の存在下又は非存在下にて行われる。

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ and A are the same as above. Y ₁ represents group -O-, an -NH- group -S- or a group. X ₂ represents a halogen atom. ]
The reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) is generally performed in a suitable solvent or without a solvent, in the presence or absence of a basic compound.

  Examples of the inert solvent used include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme, and halogens such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride. Hydrocarbons, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol, lower alcohols such as ethylene glycol, fatty acids such as acetic acid, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, Examples thereof include pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, and mixed solvents thereof.

  Examples of basic compounds include carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, cesium carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium hydride, and the like. , Potassium hydride, potassium, sodium, sodium amide, sodium methylate, sodium ethylate, sodium metal alcoholates such as n-butoxide, pyridine, imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline , N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3,0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (DBU), 1,4-diazabicyclo [ 2.2. ] Can be exemplified organic bases or mixtures thereof, such as octane (DABCO).

  When the reaction is carried out in the presence of a basic compound, the basic compound is usually used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 10-fold molar amount relative to the compound (2).

  Compound (3) is usually used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 10-fold molar amount relative to compound (2).

  The reaction is usually carried out at about -30 to 200 ° C, preferably about -30 to 150 ° C, and the reaction is generally completed in about 5 minutes to 80 hours.

  In the reaction system of this reaction, an alkali metal halide such as sodium iodide or potassium iodide may be added, or a phase transfer catalyst may be added.

  Examples of the phase transfer catalyst include tetrabutylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium bromide, tetrabutylammonium fluoride, tetrabutylammonium iodide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfite, tributylmethylammonium chloride, tributylbenzylammonium. Chloride, tetrapentylammonium chloride, tetrapentylammonium bromide, tetrahexylammonium chloride, benzyldimethyloctylammonium chloride, methyltrihexylammonium chloride, benzyldimethyloctadecanylammonium chloride, methyltridecanylammonium chloride, benzyltripropylammonium chloride, Benzyltrie Linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as ruammonium chloride, phenyltriethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, etc. A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as a quaternary ammonium salt substituted by a group selected from the group consisting of a phenylalkyl group and a phenyl group, which is a branched alkyl group, and tetrabutylphosphonium chloride Can be exemplified by phosphonium salts substituted with 1-dodecanylpyridinium chloride and pyridinium salts substituted with a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. These phase transfer catalysts are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  The phase transfer catalyst is generally used in an amount of 0.1-fold mol to equimolar amount, preferably 0.1-0.5 mol amount, relative to compound (2).

The compound in which Y ¹ represents a group —NH— in the compound (1a) can also be produced by reacting the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the presence of an acid instead of the basic compound. Examples of the acid used here include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid, and organic acids such as sulfonic acid such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid. These acids are used singly or in combination of two or more.

Compound (1) in the Y is a group -N ^{(R 5)} - indicates a ^{compound R 5} represents a ^{R 5} other than hydrogen atoms, as shown in the following reaction Scheme-2, the corresponding compound (1) Prepared from compounds in which Y represents the group -NH-.
[Reaction Formula-2]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^５ａは、低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を示す。Ｒ^５ｂは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル基又はフェニル低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^５ｃは、低級アルカノイル基又はベンゾイル基を示す。Ｒ^Ｂは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^５ｂとＲ^Ｂとは、これらが結合する炭素原子と共に互いに結合してシクロアルキル環を形成してもよい。但し、化合物（１ｄ）中の−ＣＨＲ^BＲ^５ｂ基におけるアルキル部分の炭素数は１〜６とする。］
化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , A and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^5a represents a lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. R ^5b represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenyl group or a phenyl lower alkyl group. R ^5c represents a lower alkanoyl group or a benzoyl group. R ^B represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group. The R ^5b and R ^B, may form a cycloalkyl ring bonded to each other together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached. However, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety in -CHR ^B R ^5b groups in the compound (1d) is a 1-6. ]
The reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  The reaction of compound (1b) and compound (5) is carried out, for example, in the absence of a solvent or in a suitable solvent in the presence of a reducing agent. This method is hereinafter referred to as “Method A”.

  Examples of the solvent used here include water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol, and ethylene glycol, fatty acids such as acetonitrile, formic acid, and acetic acid, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and monoglyme. And ethers such as diglyme, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, or a mixed solvent thereof.

  Examples of the reducing agent include, for example, fatty acids such as formic acid, sodium formate and sodium acetate or alkali metal salts thereof, sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetyloxyborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride and the like. Examples thereof include a reducing agent or a mixture of these hydrogenation reducing agents, a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent such as palladium-black, palladium-carbon, platinum oxide, platinum black, and Raney nickel.

  When a fatty acid such as formic acid, sodium formate, sodium acetate or the like, or an alkali metal salt thereof is used as the reducing agent, the reaction temperature is usually from room temperature to about 200 ° C., preferably from about 50 to 150 ° C. Generally, the process is completed in about 10 minutes to 10 hours. The fatty acid or the alkali metal salt thereof is preferably used in a large excess amount relative to the compound (1b).

  When a hydrogenation reducing agent is used, the reaction temperature is usually about −80 to 100 ° C., preferably about −80 to 70 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 30 minutes to 60 hours. The hydrogenation reducing agent is generally used in an amount of about equimolar to 20-fold molar amount, preferably about equimolar to 6-fold molar amount relative to compound (1b). In particular, when lithium aluminum hydride is used as the hydrogenation reducing agent, it is preferable to use ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene. . In the reaction system of the reaction, amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine and N-ethyldiisopropylamine, or molecular sieves such as molecular sieve 3A (MS-3A) and molecular sieve 4A (MS-4A) may be added. .

  When a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent is used, it is usually used in a hydrogen atmosphere at normal pressure to 20 atmospheres, preferably normal pressure to 10 atmospheres, or a hydrogen donor such as formic acid, ammonium formate, cyclohexene, hydrazine hydrate, etc. In the presence, the reaction is usually carried out at a temperature of about -30 to 100 ° C, preferably about 0 to 60 ° C. The reaction is generally completed in about 1 to 12 hours. The catalytic hydrogen reducing agent is usually used in an amount of 0.1 to 40% by weight, preferably about 1 to 20% by weight, based on the compound (1b).

  In the reaction of compound (1b) and compound (5), compound (5) is usually used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to large excess, relative to compound (1b).

In compound (5), R ^B and R ^5b are reacted with each other together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded to form a cycloalkyl ring, and the reaction is carried out under conditions using a hydrogenation reducing agent. In this case, instead of the compound (5), a cycloalkyloxytrialkylsilane such as [(1-ethoxycyclopropyl) oxy] trimethylsilane is used as a starting material, and the compound (5) is produced in the reaction system. Also good.

  Compound (1d) was obtained by reacting compound (1b) and compound (5) under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction of compound (1f) and hydroxyamine in the following reaction formula-3.

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｒ^Ｂ及びＲ^５ｂは前記に同じ。］
で表される化合物を還元することによっても製造することができる。この還元反応には、前記Ａ法の還元反応と同様の反応条件を適用できる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , R ^B and R ^5b are the same as above. ]
It can also manufacture by reducing the compound represented by these. For this reduction reaction, the same reaction conditions as in the reduction reaction of the method A can be applied.

  The reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) is a method in which the compound (1b) and the carboxylic acid of the compound (6) are reacted in a normal amide bond forming reaction. Known amide bond formation reactions can be widely applied to this amide bond formation reaction. Specifically, (b) a mixed acid anhydride method, that is, a method in which a carboxylic acid (6) is reacted with an alkylhalocarboxylic acid to form a mixed acid anhydride, and this is reacted with an amine (1b), (b) activity Ester method, ie, carboxylic acid (6) as active ester such as phenyl ester, p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole ester or benzoxazoline-2-thione , A method of reacting this with amine (1b), (c) a carbodiimide method, that is, carboxylic acid (6) with amine (1b) dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide (WSC) A condensation reaction in the presence of an activator such as carbonyldiimidazole, (d) For example, a method in which a carboxylic acid (6) is converted to a carboxylic acid anhydride with a dehydrating agent such as acetic anhydride, and this is reacted with an amine (1b), an ester of a carboxylic acid (6) and a lower alcohol is converted to an amine (1b) And a method of reacting an amine (1b) with a carboxylic acid halide, that is, a carboxylic acid halide, and the like.

  The mixed anhydride used in the mixed anhydride method (I) is obtained by a normal Schotten-Baumann reaction, and is usually reacted with an amine (2) without isolation to give a general formula (1e) The compound of the present invention is produced.

  The Schotten-Baumann reaction is performed in the presence of a basic compound.

  The basic compound used is a compound commonly used in the Schotten-Baumann reaction, for example, triethylamine, trimethylamine, pyridine, dimethylaniline, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4]. .3.0] Nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (DBU), 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO) Bases, carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydride, sodium hydride, potassium, sodium, Sodium amide, sodium methylate, sodium Inorganic bases such as metal alcoholates such as Chirato like. These basic compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more. The reaction is usually performed at about -20 to 100 ° C, preferably about 0 to 50 ° C, and the reaction time is about 5 minutes to 10 hours, preferably about 5 minutes to 2 hours.

  The reaction of the obtained mixed acid anhydride and amine (1b) is usually performed at about -20 to 150 ° C, preferably about 10 to 50 ° C, and the reaction time is about 5 minutes to 10 hours, preferably 5 About minutes to 5 hours.

  The mixed acid anhydride method is generally performed in a solvent. As the solvent to be used, any solvent commonly used in the mixed acid anhydride method can be used. Specifically, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, Aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, esters such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethyl phosphate triamide And aprotic polar solvents such as these or a mixed solvent thereof.

  Examples of the alkylhalocarboxylic acid used in the mixed acid anhydride method include methyl chloroformate, methyl bromoformate, ethyl chloroformate, ethyl bromoformate, and isobutyl chloroformate.

  The ratio of the carboxylic acid (6), alkylhalocarboxylic acid and amine (1b) used in the mixed acid anhydride method should normally be equimolar, but the alkylhalocarboxylic acid and carboxylic acid relative to the amine (6). The acid (6) can be used within a range of about equimolar to 1.5 times molar amount.

  In the method (c) in which the condensation reaction is carried out in the presence of the activator, the reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence or absence of a basic compound. As the solvent and the basic compound used here, any of the solvents and basic compounds used in the method of reacting the amine (1b) with the carboxylic acid halide of the other methods (d) described later can be used. The amount of activator used is usually at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar relative to compound (1b). When using WSC as an activator, the reaction can be advantageously advanced by adding an acid such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole and / or hydrochloric acid to the reaction system. The reaction is usually performed at about -20 to 180 ° C, preferably about 0 to 150 ° C, and the reaction is generally completed in about 5 minutes to 90 hours.

  Of the other methods (d), when a method of reacting a carboxylic acid halide with an amine (1b) is employed, the reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound. As the basic compound used, known compounds can be widely used. For example, any of the basic compounds used in the Schotten-Baumann reaction can be used. Examples of the solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, propanol, butanol, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, ethyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve, acetonitrile, pyridine, in addition to the solvent used in the mixed acid anhydride method. , Acetone, water and the like. The proportion of amine (1b) and carboxylic acid halide used is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected within a wide range. Usually, the latter is at least about equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5 times the former. The molar amount is good. The reaction is usually carried out at about -20 to 180 ° C, preferably about 0 to 150 ° C, and the reaction is generally completed in about 5 minutes to 50 hours.

  Further, the amide bond formation reaction shown in the above reaction formula-2 is carried out by converting carboxylic acid (6) and amine (1b) into triphenylphosphine, diphenylphosphinyl chloride, phenyl-N-phenylphosphoramide chloride, diethyl chlorophosphate. It can also be carried out by a method of reacting in the presence of a condensing agent of a phosphorus compound such as diethyl cyanophosphate, diphenyl phosphate azide, and bis (2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride. The condensing agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

  The reaction is usually performed at about −20 to 150 ° C., preferably about 0 to 100 ° C. in the presence of a solvent and a basic compound used in the method of reacting the carboxylic acid halide with amine (1b). In general, the reaction is completed in about 5 minutes to 30 hours. The condensing agent and carboxylic acid (6) may be used in an amount of at least about equimolar amount, preferably about equimolar to 2-fold molar amount with respect to amine (1b).

In the compound (1), a compound in which Y represents a group —CH (OH) — or a group —C (═N—OH) is represented by a reaction formula-3, and the corresponding Y represents a group —CO—. Manufactured from compounds.
[Reaction Formula-3]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＡは前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｇ）は、化合物（１ｆ）を還元することにより製造される。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ and A are the same as above. ]
Compound (1g) is produced by reducing compound (1f).

  For the reduction reaction, a reduction method using a hydrogenation reducing agent is preferably used. Examples of the hydrogenation reducing agent used include lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride, borane, diborane, lithium borohydride-trimethoxyborane, and the like. These reducing agents are used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the hydrogenation reducing agent to be used is generally at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 15-fold molar relative to compound (1f). This reduction reaction is usually carried out in a suitable solvent, for example, lower alcohols such as water, methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether and diglyme, and halogenation such as dichloromethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride. Using hydrocarbons or a mixture thereof, the reaction is carried out at about -60 to 150 ° C, preferably -30 to 100 ° C, generally for about 10 minutes to 40 hours. When lithium aluminum hydride or borane is used as the reducing agent, the solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, diglyme, etc. is preferably an anhydrous solvent.

  Compound (1h) is produced by reacting compound (1f) with hydroxylamine in a suitable inert solvent in the presence or absence of a basic compound.

  Examples of the basic compound used here include inorganic basic compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, fatty acid alkali metal salts such as sodium acetate, piperidine and piperidinium. Nitric acetate, triethylamine, trimethylamine, pyridine, dimethylaniline, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8- Examples thereof include organic bases such as diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (DBU) and 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO). These basic compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  The inert solvent may be any as long as it does not adversely affect the reaction, for example, water, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme, diglyme, etc. Ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol, ethylene glycol, fatty acids such as acetic acid, ethyl acetate, methyl acetate And esters such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, and mixed solvents thereof.

  Hydroxylamine is usually used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably about equimolar to 5-fold molar amount with respect to compound (1f). The reaction temperature is usually room temperature to 200 ° C., preferably about 50 to 150 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 5 minutes to 30 hours.

In the compound (1), a compound in which Y represents a group —S (O) n— (n is 1 or 2) is selected from compounds in which the corresponding Y represents a group —S— as shown in Reaction Scheme-4. Manufactured.
[Scheme-4]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＡは前記に同じ。Ａ_１６は、基−Ａ又は基−Ａ_１０−Ｔ_２−ＣＯＯＲ^５９ａを示す。Ｔ_２は、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）−Ｂ_３−、基−Ｂ^１９−Ｎ（Ｒ^１８）−、基−Ｂ_４−、基−Ｑ−Ｂ_５−、基−Ｂ_６−Ｎ（Ｒ^１９）−Ｂ_７−、基−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１０−、基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_１１−、基−Ｂ_２３ａ−ＣＯ−又は直接結合を示す。ここで、Ｒ^１７、Ｂ_３、Ｂ_１９、Ｒ^１８、Ｂ_４、Ｂ_５、Ｂ_６、Ｒ^１９、Ｂ_７、Ｂ_１０及びＢ_１１は前記に同じ。
Ａ_１０は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ and A are the same as above. A ₁₆ represents a group -A or a group -A ₁₀ -T ₂ -COOR ^59a . T ₂ are the groups _{^{-N (R 17) -B 3 -}} , group ^{-B 19 -N (R 18) -} , group -B ₄ -, group _{-Q-B 5} -, group _-B 6 -N (R ¹⁹⁾ -B ₇ -, group _{-CO-B 10} -, group -CH (OH) _{-B 11} -, a group _-B 23a -CO- or a direct bond. Here, R ¹⁷ , B ₃ , B ₁₉ , R ¹⁸ , B ₄ , B ₅ , B ₆ , R ¹⁹ , B ₇ , B ₁₀ and B ₁₁ are the same as described above.
A ₁₀ is

（Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。但し、ａは基−Ｓ又は基−Ｓ（Ｏ）ｊに、ｂは基−Ｔ_２に結合するものとする。）を示す。
Ｒ^５９ａは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
ｊは１又は２を示す。］
化合物（１ｚｚｚｚ）を化合物（１ａａａａａ）に導く反応は、適当な溶媒中、酸化剤の存在下に行われる。

(R ³ and p are the same as above, provided that a is bonded to the group —S or group —S (O) j, and b is bonded to the group —T ₂ ).
R ^59a represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
j represents 1 or 2; ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1zzzz) to the compound (1aaaaaa) is carried out in an appropriate solvent in the presence of an oxidizing agent.

  Examples of the solvent include water, fatty acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, and mixed solvents thereof.

  Examples of the oxidizing agent include peracids such as formic acid, peracetic acid, pertrifluoroacetic acid, perbenzoic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, o-carboxyperbenzoic acid, hydrogen peroxide, sodium metaperiodate, Examples include dichromates such as dichromic acid, sodium dichromate and potassium dichromate, permanganates such as permanganate, sodium permanganate and potassium permanganate, and lead salts such as lead tetraacetate. It is done. These oxidizing agents are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  The oxidizing agent is usually used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 2-fold molar amount with respect to the compound (1zzzz). In the oxidation reaction for introducing a sulfur atom to a sulfonyl group (j = 2), the oxidizing agent is usually used in an amount of at least 2 times, preferably 2 to 4 times the amount of the compound (1zzzz). .

  The reaction is usually performed at −10 to 150 ° C., preferably around −10 to 100 ° C., and is generally completed in about 1 to 100 hours.

  In the general formula (1), the compounds of the present invention showing various A are produced, for example, as shown in the following reaction formula-5 to reaction formula-36.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４がイミダゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，３−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，５−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、ピラゾリル低級アルキル基、ピリミジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるピリミジニル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのある１，２，４−オキサジアゾリル低級アルキル基、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル低級アルキル基又は基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−ＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５（ここでＴは低級アルキレン基、ｌは１）を示す化合物は、反応式−５に示すように化合物（７）に化合物（８）を反応させることにより製造される。
［反応式−５］

R ⁴ is an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,3-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,5-triazolyl lower alkyl group, pyrazolyl lower alkyl group, pyrimidine Pyrimidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the ring, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on a 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring A group, a thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring or a group-(T) ₁ -NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ (where T is a lower alkylene group, 1 is 1), It is produced by reacting compound (7) with compound (8) as shown in Reaction Scheme-5.
[Reaction Formula-5]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｙ_１及びＸ_１は前記に同じ。
Ａ_１は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , Y ₁ and X ₁ are the same as above.
A ₁ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^３７ａは、基−Ｂ_２１−Ｘ_２を示す。Ｂ_２１は低級アルキレン基を示す。Ｘ_２は前記に同じ。
Ａ_２は、

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ^37a represents the group -B ₂₁ -X ₂ . B ₂₁ represents a lower alkylene group. X ₂ is the same as above.
A ₂ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^３８は、基−Ｂ_２１−Ｒ^４ａを示す。Ｂ_２１は前記に同じ。Ｒ^４ａは、イミダゾリル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル基、１，２，３−トリアゾリル基、１，２，５−トリアゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、ピリミジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有するピリミジニル基、１，２，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのある１，２，４−オキサジアゾリル基、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル基又は基−ＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５を示す。Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。］
化合物（７）と化合物（８）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ³⁸ represents, a group _-B 21 ^{-R 4a.} B ₂₁ is the same as above. R ^4a is an imidazolyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl group, 1,2,3-triazolyl group, 1,2,5-triazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, or a pyrimidinyl group having an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrimidine ring. A 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring, a thiazolidinyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring, or The group -NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ is indicated. R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (7) and the compound (8) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above reaction formula-1.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４がイミダゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，３−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，５−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、ピラゾリル低級アルキル基、ピリミジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるピリミジニル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのある１，２，４−オキサジアゾリル低級アルキル基、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル低級アルキル基又は基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−ＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５（ここでＴは低級アルキレン基、ｌは１）を示す化合物は、反応式−６に示すように化合物（９）に化合物（８）を反応させることによっても製造される。
［反応式−６］

R ⁴ is an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,3-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,5-triazolyl lower alkyl group, pyrazolyl lower alkyl group, pyrimidine Pyrimidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the ring, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on a 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring A group, a thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring or a group-(T) ₁ -NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ (where T is a lower alkylene group, 1 is 1), It can also be produced by reacting compound (9) with compound (8) as shown in Reaction Scheme-6.
[Reaction Formula-6]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ_１及びＲ^４ａは前記に同じ。
Ａ_３は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y ₁ and R ^4a are the same as above.
A ₃ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^３９は、基−（Ｂ_２１）_ｆＣＯＲ^Ａを示す。Ｂ_２１は前記に同じ。Ｒ^Ａは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。ｆは０又は１を示す。
Ａ_４は、

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ³⁹ represents a group — (B ₂₁ ) _f COR ^A. B ₂₁ is the same as above. R ^A represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group. f represents 0 or 1;
A ₄ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４０は、基−（Ｂ_２１）_ｆＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^４ａを示す。Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^Ａ、ｆ及びＲ^４ａは前記に同じ。但し、基−（Ｂ_２１）_ｆＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^４ａのアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。］
化合物（９）と化合物（８）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ⁴⁰ represents the group — (B ₂₁ ) _f CHR ^A R ^4a . B ₂₁ , R ^A , f and R ^4a are the same as described above. However, the carbon number of the alkyl part of the group — (B ₂₁ ) _f CHR ^A R ^4a shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (9) and the compound (8) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が３，５−ジオキソイソオキサゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある３，５−ジオキソイソオキサゾリジニル低級アルキリデン基を示す化合物は、反応式−７に示すように化合物（１０）に化合物（１１）を反応させることにより製造される。
［反応式−７］

Wherein R ⁴ represents a 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidinyl lower alkylidene group, which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidine ring, is represented by the reaction formula-7. As shown in FIG. 4, the compound (10) is produced by reacting the compound (11).
[Reaction Formula-7]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＹは前記に同じ。
Ａ_５は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ and Y are the same as above.
A ₅ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４１は、基−Ｂ_２２（ＣＯ_２Ｒ^４３）（ＣＯ_２Ｒ^４４）を示す。Ｂ_２２は低級アルキリデン基、Ｒ^４３及びＲ^４４は、各々低級アルキル基を示す。
Ａ_６は、

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ⁴¹ represents a group —B ₂₂ (CO ₂ R ⁴³ ) (CO ₂ R ⁴⁴ ). B ₂₂ represents a lower alkylidene group, and R ⁴³ and R ⁴⁴ each represents a lower alkyl group.
A ₆ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４２は、基

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ⁴² represents a group

を示す。Ｂ_２２は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１０）と化合物（１１）との反応は、反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｈ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

Indicates. B ₂₂ is the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (10) and the compound (11) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for leading the compound (1f) in the reaction formula-3 to the compound (1h).

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が

R ⁴ is

を示す化合物は、反応式−８に示すように化合物（１３）から製造される。
［反応式−８］

Is produced from compound (13) as shown in Reaction Scheme-8.
[Reaction Formula-8]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＲ^１３は前記に同じ。
Ａ_７は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y and R ¹³ are the same as above.
A ₇ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４５は、ハロゲン原子を示す。
Ａ_８は、

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ⁴⁵ represents a halogen atom.
A ₈ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４６は、基

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ⁴⁶ is a group

を示す。Ｒ^１３は前記に同じ。
Ａ_９は、

Indicates. R ¹³ is the same as above.
A ₉ is,

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４７は、基

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ⁴⁷ is a group

を示す。Ｒ^１３は前記に同じ。
Ａ_８ａは、

Indicates. R ¹³ is the same as above.
A _8a is

を示す。ここで、Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４６’は、基

Indicates. Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. R ^{46 ′} is a group

を示す。Ｒ^１３は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１３）と化合物（１２）との反応は、適当な不活性溶媒中、塩基性化合物の存在下に行われる。

Indicates. R ¹³ is the same as above. ]
The reaction between compound (13) and compound (12) is carried out in a suitable inert solvent in the presence of a basic compound.

  Examples of the basic compound used herein include metal alcoholates such as metal sodium, metal potassium, metal magnesium, sodium hydride, sodium amide, sodium methylate, sodium ethylate, potassium tert-butoxide, methyllithium, n -Alkyl and aryl lithium such as butyl lithium, phenyl lithium and lithium diisopropylamide, or lithium amides can be exemplified. These basic compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  The basic use amount is usually at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to compound (13).

  Examples of the inert solvent used include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme, and aliphatics such as n-hexane, heptane and cyclohexane. Examples include hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, and carbon tetrachloride, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, and mixed solvents thereof.

  The reaction is usually carried out at -90 to 150 ° C, preferably around -90 to 120 ° C, and the reaction is generally completed in about 10 minutes to 10 hours.

  The amount of compound (12) to be used is generally at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to compound (13).

  The reaction for converting compound (1l) to compound (1m) is carried out in a suitable inert solvent in the presence of an acid.

  Here, examples of the acid used include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid, and organic acids such as sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid. These acids are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  The amount of the acid used is usually at least an equimolar amount, preferably an equimolar amount to a large excess amount, relative to the compound (1l).

  As the inert solvent used, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (13) and the compound (12) can be used.

  This reaction normally proceeds suitably at room temperature to 200 ° C., preferably from room temperature to 150 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 1 to 20 hours.

  The reaction for converting compound (1l) to compound (1l ') is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid and a catalyst.

  Examples of the solvent include water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol, ketones such as acetone and metal ethyl ketone, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, and carbon tetrachloride, diethyl ether, dimethoxy, and the like. Ethers such as ethane, tetrahydrofuran, diisopropyl ether, diglyme, 1,4-dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide , N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solvent thereof.

  Examples of the acid include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and hydrobromic acid, organic acids such as boron trifluoride diethyl etherate, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid.

  Examples of the catalyst include alkylsilane compounds such as triethylsilane.

  The acid and catalyst are each generally used in an amount of about 0.01 to 5 moles, preferably about 0.01 to moles, relative to the compound (1l).

  The above reaction normally proceeds suitably at about room temperature to about 200 ° C., preferably about room temperature to about 150 ° C., and is generally completed in about 1 to 10 hours.

  The reaction for converting the compound (1l) to the compound (1l ′) can be performed in a suitable solvent in the presence of a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent.

  Examples of the solvent include water, fatty acids such as acetic acid, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane, alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane, Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, monoglyme, diglyme and 1,4-dioxane, esters such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and butyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like Examples thereof include a protic polar solvent or a mixed solvent thereof.

  Examples of the contact hydrogen reducing agent include palladium, palladium-black, palladium-carbon, palladium hydroxide-carbon, rhodium-alumina, platinum, platinum oxide, copper chromite, Raney nickel, palladium acetate and the like.

  The catalytic hydrogen reducing agent is generally used in an amount of about 0.01 times to about the same weight as the compound (1 l).

  The above reaction usually proceeds suitably at about -20 to 100 ° C, preferably about 0 to 80 ° C, and is generally completed in about 0.5 to 20 hours. The hydrogen pressure is usually about 1 to 10 atm.

  It is preferable to add a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid into the reaction system.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が

R ⁴ is

を示し、Ｒ^１３が水素原子以外の基を示す化合物は、対応するＲ^１３が水素原子を示す化合物から、下記反応式−９に示すようにして製造される。

The indicated compounds wherein R ¹³ is a group other than a hydrogen atom may be prepared from compounds of the corresponding R ¹³ represents a hydrogen atom, is prepared as shown in the following reaction formula-9.

  [Reaction Formula-9]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｒ^１３ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但し、Ａ_１０のａはＹに、ｂはピペリジニル基に結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１３ｂは、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基、イミダゾリル低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、カルボキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニルカルボニル低級アルキル基又はモルホリノカルボニル置換低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^１３ｃは、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、ベンゾイル基、モルホリノ置換低級アルカノイル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニル低級アルカノイル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基を示す。
Ｒ^１３ｄは、水素原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル基、イミダゾリル基、イミダゾリル低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、カルボキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニルカルボニル低級アルキル基又はモルホリノカルボニル置換低級アルキル基を示す。
但し、化合物（１ｑ）における側鎖（基−ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^１３ｄ）のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。］
化合物（１ｎ−１）と化合物（１３’）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^A , R ^13a and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to a piperidinyl group.
R ^13b is a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl Group, carboxy lower alkyl group, phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkyl group or morpholinocarbonyl substituted which may be substituted on the piperazine ring A lower alkyl group is shown.
R ^13c is a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a benzoyl group, a morpholino-substituted lower alkanoyl group or a phenyl which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring. The piperazinyl lower alkanoyl group or imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group which the lower alkyl group may substitute on the piperazine ring is shown.
R ^13d is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, and a substituent on the phenyl ring. A phenyl group that may have a lower alkylenedioxy group, an imidazolyl group, an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, a carboxy lower alkyl group, or a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring A piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkyl group or a morpholinocarbonyl substituted lower alkyl group which may be substituted on the piperazine ring by a phenyl lower alkyl group.
However, the carbon number of the alkyl part of the side chain (group -CHR ^A R ^13d ) in the compound (1q) does not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (1n-1) and the compound (13 ′) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between compound (1n-1) and compound (14) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (6) in Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between compound (1n-1) and compound (15) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (5) in Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (1n-2) and the compound (13 ′) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the reaction formula-2. ) And the compound (14) are reacted with the compound (1n-2) and the compound (15) under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the reaction formula-2. Is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction of compound (1b) and compound (5) in Reaction Scheme-2.

In the reaction formula-9, a compound (1o-1) in which R ^13b represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group and a compound (1o-2) are hydrolyzed, whereby the corresponding R ^13b represents a carboxy lower alkyl group ( 1o-1) and compound (1o-2).

In the reaction formula-9, the compound (1p-1) in which R ^13c represents a hydrogen atom by hydrolyzing the compound (1p-1) and the compound (1p-2) in which R ^13c represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. And compound (1p-2).

  The hydrolysis reaction (this hydrolysis reaction is hereinafter referred to as “hydrolysis B”) can be performed in a suitable solvent or without a solvent in the presence of an acid or a basic compound.

  Examples of the solvent used include water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert-butanol, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, monoglyme and diglyme, acetic acid, Aliphatic acids such as formic acid, esters such as methyl acetate and ethyl acetate, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, and carbon tetrachloride, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, and these A mixed solvent etc. can be mentioned.

  Examples of the acid include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and hydrobromic acid, organic acids such as sulfonic acid such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid, boron tribromide, boron trichloride, and the like. And Lewis acid. These acids are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  Examples of the basic compound include carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate and potassium hydrogen carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide. be able to. These basic compounds are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  The hydrolysis reaction proceeds normally at about 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about 0 to 150 ° C., and is generally completed in about 10 minutes to 50 hours.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が

R ⁴ is

を示し、Ｒ^１３がイミダゾリル低級アルキル基を示す化合物は、下記反応式−１０に示すようにして製造される。
［反応式−１０］

Wherein R ¹³ represents an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, is produced as shown in Reaction Scheme-10 below.
[Reaction Formula-10]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１３ａ、Ｂ_２１及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但し、Ａ_１０のａはＹに、ｂはピペリジニル基に結合するものとする。]
化合物（１ｒ−１）と化合物（１６）との反応及び化合物（１ｒ−２）と化合物（１６）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^13a , B ₂₁ and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to a piperidinyl group. ]
The reaction between the compound (1r-1) and the compound (16) and the reaction between the compound (1r-2) and the compound (16) are the same as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1. Performed under similar reaction conditions.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が

R ⁴ is

を示し、Ｒ^１３がモルホリノ置換低級アルカノイル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニル低級アルカノイル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基を示す化合物は、対応するＲ^１３が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基を示す化合物から、下記反応式−１１に示すようにして製造される。
［反応式−１１］

R ¹³ is a morpholino-substituted lower alkanoyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, and a piperazinyl lower alkanoyl group or imidazolyl which may be substituted on the piperazine ring A compound showing a lower alkanoyl group is produced from a compound showing a lower alkanoyl group in which corresponding R ¹³ may have a halogen atom as a substituent, as shown in the following Reaction Formula-11.
[Reaction Formula-11]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^１３ａ、Ｂ_２１及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^４７’は、モルホリノ基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニル基又はイミダゾリル基を示す。但し、Ａ_１０のａはＹに、ｂはピペリジニル基に結合するものとする。]
化合物（１ｔ−１）と化合物（１７）との反応及び化合物（１ｔ−２）と化合物（１７）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ^13a , B ₂₁ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^{47 ′} represents a morpholino group, a piperazinyl group or an imidazolyl group, which may have a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, on the piperazine ring. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to a piperidinyl group. ]
The reaction between the compound (1t-1) and the compound (17) and the reaction between the compound (1t-2) and the compound (17) are the same as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1. Performed under similar reaction conditions.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が

R ⁴ is

を示し、Ｒ^１３がフェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニルカルボニル低級アルキル基又はモルホリノカルボニル置換低級アルキル基を示す化合物は、対応するＲ^１３がカルボキシ基を示す化合物から、下記反応式−１２に示すようにして製造される。
［反応式−１２］

Are shown, R ¹³ is possible with certain phenyl-lower alkyl group which may be substituted with piperazinylcarbonyl on the piperazine ring a lower alkyl group or a morpholinocarbonyl substituted lower with lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring A compound showing an alkyl group is produced from a compound in which the corresponding R ¹³ shows a carboxy group as shown in the following reaction formula-12.
[Reaction formula-12]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１３ａ及びＢ_２１は前記に同じ。Ｒ^４８は、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基がピペラジン環上に置換していてもよいピペラジニル基又はモルホリノ基を示す。但し、Ａ_１０のａはＹに、ｂはピペリジニル基に結合するものとする。]
化合物（１ｖ−１）と化合物（１８）との反応及び化合物（１ｖ−２）と化合物（１８）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^13a and B ₂₁ are the same as above. R ⁴⁸ represents a piperazinyl group or a morpholino group in which a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted on the piperazine ring. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to a piperidinyl group. ]
The reaction between compound (1v-1) and compound (18) and the reaction between compound (1v-2) and compound (18) are the same as the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (6) in Reaction Scheme-2. Performed under similar reaction conditions.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌ−ＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５を示す化合物は、下記反応式−１３及び反応式−１４に示すようにして製造される。
［反応式−１３］

Wherein R ⁴ represents a group-(T) ₁ -NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ is produced as shown in the following reaction formula-13 and reaction-14.
[Reaction Formula-13]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｘ_２、ｌ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ｔ_１は、低級アルキレン基、基−ＣＯＢ_８−，基−ＳＯ_２−又は基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_９−を示す。Ｂ_８及びＢ_９は前記に同じ。但し、化合物（３５）及び（１ｐｐ）におけるＡ_１０のａはＹに、ｂは−（Ｔ_１）_ｌにそれぞれ結合するものとする。]
化合物（３５）と化合物（３６）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , X ₂ , 1, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. T ₁ represents a lower alkylene group, a group —COB ₈ —, a group —SO ₂ — or a group —CH (OH) —B ₉ —. B ₈ and B ₉ are the same as above. In the compounds (35) and (1pp), a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to-(T ₁ ) _l . ]
The reaction between the compound (35) and the compound (36) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  In compound (35), a compound in which l is 0 can also be produced by reacting the corresponding compound (35) with compound (36) in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst in an appropriate solvent. .

  As the solvent and basic compound used here, any of the solvent and basic compound used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used.

  As the catalyst, various metal complexes or combinations of metal complexes and ligands are used. Examples of the metal complex include palladium (II) acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0), and the like. Examples of the ligand include R-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (R-BINAP), S-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1′-binaphthyl (S-BINAP), RAC-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (RAC-BINAP), t-butylphosphine, 4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) ) -9,9-dimethylxanthene and the like.

  The amount of the catalyst to be used is generally at least equimolar, preferably about equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to the compound (35).

The reaction is usually carried out at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about 0 to 150 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 1 to 60 hours. This reaction is hereinafter referred to as “reaction C”.
[Reaction Formula-14]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。但し、化合物（３７）と（１ｑｑ）におけるＡ_１０のａはＹに、ｂはＴ_２にそれぞれ結合するものとする。Ｒ^９５は、基−Ｒ^１又はハロゲン原子を示す。ここでＲ^１は前記に同じ。]
化合物（３７）と化合物（３６）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. In the compounds (37) and (1qq), A ₁₀ a is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to T ₂ . R ⁹⁵ represents a group —R ¹ or a halogen atom. Here, R ¹ is the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (37) and the compound (36) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５を示し、ｌが０を示す化合物は、下記反応式−１５に示す方法によっても製造される。
［反応式−１５］

Embedded image wherein R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ and 1 represents 0, is also produced by the method shown in the following Reaction Scheme-15.
[Reaction formula-15]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｘ_２、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。
Ｒ^４９は、Ｒ^１５の(15)、(22)、(23)、(27)及び(36a)で定義されている基と同じ。
Ｒ^４９ａは、Ｒ^１５の(2)〜(5)、(7)、(8)、 (10)、(11)、(13)、(14)、(16)〜(21)、(24)、(25)、(26)、(26a)、(27a)、(28a)、(29a)、(30a)、(31a)、(32a)、(33a)、(34a)、(35a)又は(37a)で定義されている基、フェノキシカルボニル基又は低級アルキルスルホニル基を示す。
Ｒ^４９ｂは、水素原子、置換基として水酸基を有することのあるアルキル基、フェノキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有するフェニル低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有するフェニル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル置換低級アルキル基、カルボキシ置換低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ピリジル低級アルキル基、ピリジル基、置換基として低級アルキル基及び低級アルカノイル基なる群より選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ基置換低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基、イミダゾリル基、イミダゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロイソキノリルカルボニル置換低級アルキル基、Ａ基置換カルボニル低級アルキル基、ピロリジニル基、ピロリジニル低級アルキル基、モルホリノ基、モルホリノ低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアニリノカルボニル低級アルキル基、ピペラジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル環上に低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるピペラジニル基、ピペラジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル環上に低級アルキレンジオキシ基を有することのあるフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるピペラジニル低級アルキル基、置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミジノ基、置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミジノ低級アルキル基、Ｂ基置換カルボニル低級アルキル基又はシアノ置換低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^１４ａは、水素原子又は置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^３４、ｄ、Ｒ^３６、Ｒ^３７及びＢ_２０は前記に同じ。
化合物（１ｒｒ）、（１ｓｓ）、（１ｓｓ’）及び（１ｓｓ"）において、Ａ_１０のａはＹに、ｂはＮに結合するものとする。また、化合物（１ｓｓ"）における側鎖（−Ｙ−Ａ_１０Ｎ（Ｒ^１４ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^４９ｂ）中のＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^４９ｂ部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１ｒｒ）と化合物（３８ａ）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ^A , X ₂ , T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above.
R ⁴⁹ is the same as the group defined by (15), (22), (23), (27) and (36a) of R ¹⁵ .
R ^49a is the same as R ¹⁵ (2) to (5), (7), (8), (10), (11), (13), (14), (16) to (21), (24) (25), (26), (26a), (27a), (28a), (29a), (30a), (31a), (32a), (33a), (34a), (35a) or ( The group defined in 37a), a phenoxycarbonyl group or a lower alkylsulfonyl group;
R ^49b is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent, a phenoxy lower alkyl group, a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a lower alkoxy group and a lower alkyl which may have a halogen atom as a substituent. A phenyl lower alkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of: a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring; a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent; and a lower alkyl A phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of: a phenyl lower alkyl group having a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring; a lower alkyl group having a lower alkylene dioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring; Phenyl group having a rangeoxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl-substituted lower alkyl group, carboxy A substituted lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a pyridyl lower alkyl group, a pyridyl group, an amino group substituted lower alkyl which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent Group, lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, imidazolyl group, imidazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl substituted lower alkyl group, A group substituted carbonyl lower alkyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group, A morpholino group, a morpholino lower alkyl group, an anilinocarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring and a lower alkylenedioxy group on the phenyl ring Have A piperazinyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl lower alkyl group, a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group on the phenyl ring Piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of: amidino group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent, amidino lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent, B group substitution A carbonyl lower alkyl group or a cyano-substituted lower alkyl group is shown.
R ^14a represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent.
R ³⁴ , d, R ³⁶ , R ³⁷ and B ₂₀ are the same as described above.
In the compounds (1rr), (1ss), (1ss ′), and (1ss ″), a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y and b is bonded to N. Further, the side chain (− The number of carbon atoms in the CHR ^A R ^49b portion in YA ₁₀ N (R ^14a ) (CHR ^A R ^49b ) shall not exceed 6.]
The reaction between the compound (1rr) and the compound (38a) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between compound (1rr) and compound (38) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (6) in Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction of the compound (1rr) and the compound (38b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction of the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_９−を示す化合物は、下記反応式−１６に示す方法によっても製造される。
［反応式−１６］

Wherein R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ , 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —CH (OH) —B ₉ — is represented by the method shown in Reaction Scheme-16 below. Also manufactured by.
[Reaction formula-16]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ａ_１０、Ｙ、Ｂ_８、Ｂ_９、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。化合物（１ｔｔ）及び（１ｕｕ）におけるＡ_１０のａはＹに、ｂはＢ_８又はＢ_９にそれぞれ結合するものとする。]
化合物（１ｔｔ）を化合物（１ｕｕ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｇ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , A ₁₀ , Y, B ₈ , B ₉ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. In the compounds (1tt) and (1uu), a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to B ₈ or B ₉ . ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1tt) into the compound (1uu) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (1f) into the compound (1g) in the above Reaction Scheme-3.

  In compound (1), A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５を示し、ｌが１を示し、Ｔが基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）−Ｂ_１１−ＣＯ−を示す化合物は、下記反応式−１７に示す方法によっても製造される。
［反応式−１７］

A compound in which R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ , 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —CH (OH) —B ₁₁ —CO— is represented by the following reaction formula-17. It is also manufactured by the method shown.
[Reaction Formula-17]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ａ_１０、Ｙ、Ｂ_１０、Ｂ_１１、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。化合物（１ｖｖ）及び（１ｗｗ）におけるＡ_１０のａはＹに、ｂは−ＣＯＢ_１０又は−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）Ｂ_１１−にそれぞれ結合するものとする。]
化合物（１ｖｖ）を化合物（１ｗｗ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｇ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , A ₁₀ , Y, B ₁₀ , B ₁₁ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. In the compounds (1vv) and (1ww), a in A ₁₀ is bonded to Y, and b is bonded to —COB ₁₀ or —CH (OH) B ₁₁ —. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1vv) into the compound (1ww) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (1f) in the reaction formula-3 into the compound (1g).

  A is

を示し、Ｒ^４が基−（Ｔ）_ｌＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５を示し、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５が互いに結合して形成される５〜１０員の飽和もしくは不飽和複素環基上に各種置換基を有する化合物（１）は、下記反応式−１８〜反応式−２０、反応式−２２、反応式−２４〜反応式−３１、反応式３４〜反応式−３６に示すようにして製造される。
［反応式−１８］

R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ , and various substituents are formed on a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group formed by combining R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ with each other. The compound (1) to be produced is produced as shown in the following reaction formula-18 to reaction formula-20, reaction formula-22, reaction formula-24 to reaction formula-31, reaction formula 34 to reaction formula-36.
[Reaction formula-18]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^Ｂ、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ａ_１０及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｂ及びＲ^１５ａは、複素環基上に二級アミンを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｃ及びＲ^１５ｂは、複素環基上に基Ｒ^５０が置換した三級アミンを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｄ及びＲ^１５ｃは、複素環基上に基Ｒ^５１が置換した三級アミンを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｅ及びＲ^１５ｄは、複素環基上に基Ｒ^５２（Ｒ^Ｂ）ＣＨ−が置換した三級アミンを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｆ及びＲ^１５ｅは、複素環基上に基

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , R ^B , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, A ₁₀ and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14b and R ^15a are 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic rings defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one secondary amine on the heterocyclic group. Same as group.
R ^14c and R ^15b are saturated 5- to 10-membered rings as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one tertiary amine substituted with a group R ⁵⁰ on a heterocyclic group. Or it is the same as an unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14d and R ^15c are saturated 5- to 10-membered rings as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one tertiary amine substituted with a group R ⁵¹ on a heterocyclic group. Or it is the same as an unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14e and R ^15d are defined as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one tertiary amine substituted with a group R ⁵² (R ^B ) CH— on the heterocyclic group. This is the same as a 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14f and R ^15e are groups on the heterocyclic group

が置換した三級アミンを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^５０は、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５が結合して形成される複素環基の置換基である前記(28)、(30)、(31)、(32)、(33)、(34)、(36)、(37)、(38)、(41)、(43)、(44)、(45)、(47)、(49)(但しｔが１である)、(50)(但しｏが０である)、(51)、(52)、(53)、(54)、(55)、(56)、(57)、(58)、(59)、(60)、(62)、(63)、(64)、(65)、(66)、(70)、(77)、(79)、(82)、(83)、(87)、(88a)又は(90a)と同じ基である。
Ｒ^５１は、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５が結合して形成される複素環基の置換基である前記(35)、(39)、(40)、(42)、(50)(但しｏが１である)、(67)、(75)、(76)、(77)、(78)、(80)、(81)又は(84)(但しｓが０である)と同じ基である。
Ｒ^５２は、水素原子、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルカノイル基、置換基として低級アルカノイル基を有すことのあるアミノ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、フェニル低級アルコキシ基、水酸基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニルを１〜２個有し、低級アルキル基上にピリジル基を有することのある低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルカノイル基、置換基として低級アルカノイル基を有すことのあるアミノ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、フェニル低級アルコキシ基、水酸基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、ピリジン環上に置換基として水酸基及び置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるピリジル低級アルキル基、ピリジン環上に置換基として水酸基及び置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるピリジル基、ピロール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリル低級アルキル基、ピロール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル低級アルキル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル低級アルキル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、フリル低級アルキル基、フリル基、置換基として水酸基及びハロゲン原子なる群より選ばれた基を有することのある低級アルキル基、ナフチル低級アルキル基、ナフチル基、フェノキシ低級アルキル基、基−Ｂ_１２ＣＯ−ＮＲ^２０Ｒ^２１、基−Ｂ_１３−ＮＲ^２２Ｒ^２３、１，２，３、４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル置換低級アルキル基、１，２，３、４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル基、キノリル低級アルキル基、キノリル基、テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル低級アルキル基、テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル基、チアゾール環上に置換基としてフェニル基を有することのあるチアゾリル低級アルキル基、チアゾール環上に置換基としてフェニル基を有することのあるチアゾリル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基及びハロゲン原子なる群から選ばれる基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル低級アルキル基、ピペリジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるピペリジニル低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基及びハロゲン原子なる群から選ばれる基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル低級アルキル基、ピペリジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるピペリジニル基、テトラヒドロキノリン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロキノリル低級アルキル基、テトラヒドロキノリン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロキノリル基、１，３，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，３，４−オキサジアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，３，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，３，４−オキサジアゾリル基、シクロアルキル低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、チエニル低級アルキル基、チエニル基、低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基、カルボキシ低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、イミダゾリル低級アルキル基又はイミダゾリル基を示す。
また、Ｒ^Ｂ及びＲ^５２は、これらが結合する炭素原子と共にシクロアルキル基又はテトラヒドロ−４Ｈ−ピラニル基を形成してもよい。
化合物（１ａａａ）における基Ｒ^５２（Ｒ^Ｂ）ＣＨ−のアルキル部分の炭素数は、６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（３５’）と化合物（３９）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

Is the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that has at least one substituted tertiary amine.
R ⁵⁰ is a substituent of the heterocyclic group formed by combining R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ (28), (30), (31), (32), (33), (34), ( 36), (37), (38), (41), (43), (44), (45), (47), (49) (where t is 1), (50) (where o is 0), (51), (52), (53), (54), (55), (56), (57), (58), (59), (60), (62), ( 63), (64), (65), (66), (70), (77), (79), (82), (83), (87), (88a) or (90a) is there.
R ⁵¹ is a substituent of the heterocyclic group formed by combining R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ (35), (39), (40), (42), (50) (provided that o is 1) A), (67), (75), (76), (77), (78), (80), (81) or (84) (where s is 0).
R ⁵² represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, an amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group; A lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups which may be substituted and having a pyridyl group on the lower alkyl group, a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent May have an amino group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, phenyl Group, halogen atom, lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, phenyl lower alkoxy group, hydroxyl group and lower alkylenedioxy group 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 groups, a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyridine ring and a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent. A pyridyl lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group as a substituent and a lower alkyl group having a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyridine ring. A pyrrolyl lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as a substituent on the pyrrole ring. As a pyrrolyl group, a benzoxazolyl lower alkyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl lower alkyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a furyl lower alkyl group, a furyl group, or a substituent, which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom to produce a group selected from the group, a naphthyl lower alkyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenoxy-lower alkyl group, a group _{^{-B 12 CO-NR 20 R 21}} , group _-B 13 -NR 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the ²² R ²³ , 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring; , 2, 3, 4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring may have 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents 1 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl group, quinolyl lower alkyl group, quinolyl group, 1,2,3 which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the tetrazole ring , 4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl group, which may have a group selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl group and phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the tetrazole ring, on the thiazole ring Selected from the group consisting of a thiazolyl lower alkyl group which may have a phenyl group as a substituent, a thiazolyl group which may have a phenyl group as a substituent on the thiazole ring, a lower alkoxy group and a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring Benzoyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups, substituted on piperidine ring A piperidinyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a group, a benzoyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a piperidine ring On the piperidinyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group on the tetrahydroquinoline ring, on the tetrahydroquinoline ring 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent, 1,3,4 which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring 4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group, oxo group as substituent on 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group, cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, thienyl lower alkyl group, thienyl group, lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, carboxy lower alkyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, imidazolyl A lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl group is shown.
R ^B and R ⁵² may form a cycloalkyl group or a tetrahydro-4H-pyranyl group together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety of the group R ⁵² (R ^B ) CH— in the compound (1aaa) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (35 ′) and the compound (39) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (35 ') and the compound (40) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (35 ') and the compound (41) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

In compound (41), under conditions in which R ^B and R ⁵² use a compound that forms a cycloalkyl ring or a tetrahydro-4H-pyran ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded as a starting material, When the reaction is carried out in place of the compound (41), a cycloalkyloxytrialkylsilane such as [(1-ethoxycyclopropyl) oxy] trimethylsilane is used as a starting material in place of the compound (41), and the compound (41) is used in the reaction system. May be generated.

  The reaction between the compound (35 ') and the compound (42) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

In addition, compound (35 ′) is obtained from compound (1yy), (1zz) or (1aaa) under the same reaction conditions as those for the reaction of compound (1iii ′) in the following reaction formula-24 to compound (1hh ′). Can be manufactured.
[Reaction Formula-19]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ａ_１０及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｇ及びＲ^１５ｆは、複素環基上に低級アルコキシカルボニル基が置換した三級アミンを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｈ及びＲ^１５ｇは、複素環基上に二級アミンを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。］
化合物（１ｃｃｃ）を化合物（１ｄｄｄ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。
［反応式−２０］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, A ₁₀ and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14g and R ^15f each have a 5- to 10-membered ring as defined in R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that it has at least one tertiary amine substituted with a lower alkoxycarbonyl group on the heterocyclic group. The same as a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14h and R ^15g are 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic rings defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one secondary amine on the heterocyclic group. Same as group. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1ccc) into the compound (1ddd) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.
[Reaction formula-20]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。Ｒ^７４ａは、ニトロ基又は基−Ｒ^１を示す。
Ｒ^１４ｉ及びＲ^１５ｈは、複素環基上に低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルコキシ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基又は基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２０ａ）Ｒ^５１’を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｊ及びＲ^１５ｉは、複素環基上にカルボキシ低級アルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、カルボキシ低級アルキル基又は基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２０ａ）Ｒ^５２’を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｂ_１２及びｔは、前記に同じ。
Ｒ^２０ａは、水素原子、シクロアルキル基、置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基を有することのあるアミノ基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基、低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、及び低級アルキルチオ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニルを１〜２個有する低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキル低級アルキル基、ピロリジン環上に置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリジニル低級アルキル基、置換基としてフェニル基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルキル基、１，２，３、４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル置換低級アルキル基、ナフチル低級アルキル基、ピリジル低級アルキル基、キノリル低級アルキル基、テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、低級アルキル基上に置換基として水酸基を有することのあるテトラヒドロフリル低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びニトロ基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルカノイル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基、イミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、ピリジル基又はカルボキシ低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^５１’は、低級アルコキシカルボニル基又は低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^５２’は、水素原子又はカルボキシ低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^５３は、低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（１ｅｅｅ）を化合物（１ｆｆｆ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l. R ^74a represents a nitro group or a group —R ¹ .
R ¹⁴ⁱ and R ^{15h each} include at least a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, or a group — (B ₁₂ CO) tN (R ^20a ) R ^{51 ′} on a heterocyclic group. Except for having one, it is the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ .
R ^14j and R ¹⁵ⁱ have at least one carboxy lower alkoxy group, carboxy group, carboxy lower alkyl group or group — (B ₁₂ CO) tN (R ^20a ) R ^{52 ′} on the heterocyclic group. Otherwise, it is the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ .
B ₁₂ and t are the same as described above.
R ^20a is a hydrogen atom, a cycloalkyl group, an amino group that may have a lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent, a benzoyl group that may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a lower alkyl A lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom as a substituent A lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a lower alkylthio group, having a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring; A lower alkoxy group and a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent. 1 to 3 phenyl groups, lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, cycloalkyl lower alkyl groups, and pyrrolidine rings which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group A pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have ˜3, an amino-substituted lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent, a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group, naphthyl lower alkyl group, pyridyl lower alkyl group, quinolyl lower alkyl group, tetrazole optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents thereon 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group as substituents on the ring 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, tetrahydrofuryl lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group, phenyl ring A phenoxy lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkanoyl group, which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a nitro group as a substituent, and a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent Imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, pyridyl group or carboxy lower alkyl group.
R ^{51 ′} represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl group or a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group.
R ^{52 ′} represents a hydrogen atom or a carboxy lower alkyl group.
R ⁵³ represents a lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1eeee) into the compound (1fff) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.

For the reaction of the compound (1fff) and the compound (43), any of ordinary esterification reaction conditions can be used. For example, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid, a halogenating agent such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, or phosphorus trichloride. Compound (43) is used in a large excess with respect to compound (1fff). The reaction normally proceeds suitably at about 0 to 150 ° C., preferably about 50 to 100 ° C., and is generally completed in about 1 to 10 hours.
The esterification reaction may be performed using a condensing agent such as carbodiimide in the presence of a basic compound such as dimethylaminopyridine, or used in a reaction with compound (1b) or (6) in Reaction Formula-2. The usual reaction conditions for forming an amide bond may be applied.

  The reaction between the compound (1fff) and the compound (43) is also performed in the same basic compound and solvent as the basic compound and solvent used in the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in Reaction Scheme-1. Is called. The reaction temperature of this reaction is usually 0 to 100 ° C., preferably around 0 to 70 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

A compound (1eeee) may be produced in the same manner as in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 using a halogenated lower alkyl such as methyl iodide instead of the compound (43). it can.
[Reaction Formula-21]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１３ａ、Ｂ_２１及びＲ^５３は前記に同じ。Ｒ^５４は、低級アルキル基を示す。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂはピペリジニル基に結合するものとする。]
化合物（１ｇｇｇ−１）を化合物（１ｖ−１）に導く反応及び化合物（１ｇｇｇ−２）を化合物（１ｖ−２）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^13a , B ₂₁ and R ⁵³ are the same as above. R ⁵⁴ represents a lower alkyl group. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the piperidinyl group. ]
The reaction that leads the compound (1ggg-1) to the compound (1v-1) and the reaction that leads the compound (1ggg-2) to the compound (1v-2) are the same as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9. It can be performed under reaction conditions.

  The reaction between the compound (1v-1) and the compound (43) and the reaction between the compound (1v-2) and the compound (43) are the same as the reaction between the compound (1fff) and the compound (43) in the reaction formula-20. Performed under similar reaction conditions.

  A compound (1ggg-1) is produced in the same manner as in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above reaction scheme-1, using a halogenated lower alkyl such as methyl iodide in place of the compound (43). You can also

Similarly, in place of compound (43), a halogenated lower alkyl such as methyl iodide is used, and in the same manner as in the reaction of compound (2) and compound (3) in the above reaction formula 1, compound (1ggg-2) Can also be manufactured.
[Reaction formula -22]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｋ及びＲ^１５ｊは、複素環基上に基−Ｂ_２１ＣＯＮＨＮＨ_２（ここで、Ｂ_２１は前記に同じ）を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｌ及びＲ^１５ｋは、複素環基上に基

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14k and R ^15j are as defined above for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —B ₂₁ CONHNH ₂ (wherein B ₂₁ is the same as above) on the heterocyclic group. And the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14l and R ^15k are groups on the heterocyclic group

を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。］
化合物（１ｈｈｈ）を化合物（１ｉｉｉ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−２３］

Is the same as the 5- or 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one of them is present. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1hh) to the compound (1iii) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction of the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction Formula-23]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。Ｒ^５５は低級アルカノイル基を示す。Ｒ^５５ａは、低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（４４）と化合物（４５）との反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｈ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l. R ⁵⁵ represents a lower alkanoyl group. R ^55a represents a lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction of the compound (44) and the compound (45) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (1f) in the reaction formula-3 into the compound (1h).

  The reaction between the compound (44a) and the compound (46) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

The reaction that leads compound (47) to compound (1rrr) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction that leads compound (1f) to compound (1h) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-3.
[Reaction Formula-24]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ａ_１０及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｍ及びＲ^１５ｌは、複素環基上に水酸基又は水酸基置換低級アルキル基を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｎ及びＲ^１５ｍは、複素環基上に基−ＯＲ^５６を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^５６は、フェニル環上に置換基としてシアノ基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル低級アルキル基、ピリジル低級アルキル基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基、ベンゾイル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、カルボキシ低級アルキル基又は基−Ｂ_１５−ＣＯ−ＮＲ^２６Ｒ^２７（ここで、Ｂ_１５、Ｒ^２６及びＲ^２７は、前記に同じ）を示す。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, A ₁₀ and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14m and R ^15l are a saturated or unsaturated 5- to 10-membered ring defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one hydroxyl group or hydroxyl-substituted lower alkyl group on the heterocyclic group. Same as a saturated heterocyclic group.
R ¹⁴ⁿ and R ^15m are each a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that it has at least one group —OR ⁵⁶ on the heterocyclic group. Same as the cyclic group.
R ⁵⁶ is a group selected from the group consisting of a cyano group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkoxy group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent. A phenyl group which may be substituted by 3 groups, a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent 1 to 3 groups selected from the group may be substituted phenyl lower alkyl group, pyridyl lower alkyl group, lower alkyl group, lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, benzoyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, carboxy lower alkyl group or a group _{^{-B 15 -CO-NR 26 R 27}} ( _wherein, B _15, ^{R 2 6} and R ²⁷ are the same as described above.

However, R ⁵⁶ of the compound (48) which reacts with the heterocyclic group substituted with at least one hydroxyl group-substituted lower alkyl group in the compound (1hh ′) is an unsubstituted phenyl group or a lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction of compound (1hh ′) and compound (48) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction of compound (2) and compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  The reaction for converting the compound (1iii ′) into the compound (1hh ′) can be performed under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above Reaction Scheme-9.

  In addition, compound (1iii ′) can be reduced to lead to compound (1hh ′). This reduction reaction is performed, for example, in an appropriate solvent in the presence of a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent.

  Examples of the solvent include water, fatty acids such as acetic acid, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane, ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, monolime and diglyme, and acetic acid. Esters such as ethyl and methyl acetate; An aprotic polar solvent such as N-dimethylformamide or a mixed solvent thereof can be used.

  As the contact hydrogen reducing agent, for example, palladium, palladium-black, palladium-carbon, platinum, platinum oxide, copper chromite, Raney nickel and the like are used. Such reducing agents are used singly or in combination of two or more.

  The amount of the catalytic hydrogen reducing agent used is generally about 0.02 to 1 times the weight of the compound (1iii ′).

The reaction temperature is usually around −20 to 100 ° C., preferably around 0 to 80 ° C., the hydrogen pressure is usually 1 to 10 atm, and the reaction is generally completed in about 0.5 to 20 hours.
[Reaction formula-25]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｏ及びＲ^１５ｎは、複素環基上に基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔＮＨＲ^２０ａを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｐ及びＲ^１５ｏは、複素環基上に基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔＮ（Ｒ^２０ａ）Ｒ^２１ｂを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｑ及びＲ^１５ｐは、複素環基上に基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔＮ（Ｒ^２０ａ）Ｒ^２１ｃを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｒ及びＲ^１５ｑは、複素環基上に基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）ｔＮ（Ｒ^２０ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２１ｄ）を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｂ_１２、ｔ及びＲ^２０ａは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^２１ｂは、低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、及び低級アルキルチオ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニルを１〜２個有する低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、シクロアルキル低級アルキル基、ピロリジン環上に置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリジニル低級アルキル基、置換基としてフェニル基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルキル基、１，２，３、４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル置換低級アルキル基、ナフチル低級アルキル基、ピリジル低級アルキル基、キノリル低級アルキル基、テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、低級アルキル基上に置換基として水酸基を有することのあるテトラヒドロフリル低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びニトロ基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基、ピリジル基又はカルボキシ低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^２１ｃは、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、フェニル低級アルカノイル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基を示す。
Ｒ^２１ｄは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び低級アルキルチオ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニルを１〜２個有する低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、及び低級アルキルチオ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基、シクロアルキル低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ピロリジン環上に置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリジニル低級アルキル基、ピロリジン環上に置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリジニル基、置換基としてフェニル基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルキル基、１，２，３、４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル置換低級アルキル基、１，２，３、４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル基、ナフチル低級アルキル基、ナフチル基、ピリジル低級アルキル基、ピリジル基、キノリル低級アルキル基、キノリル基、テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル低級アルキル基、テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基、１，２，４−トリアゾリル基、低級アルキル基上に置換基として水酸基を有することのあるテトラヒドロフリル低級アルキル基、低級アルキル基上に置換基として水酸基を有することのあるテトラヒドロフリル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びニトロ基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基又はカルボキシ低級アルキル基を示す。
但し、側鎖（−（Ｂ_２１ＣＯ）ｔＮ（Ｒ^２０ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２１ｄ））中の基ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２１ｄのアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１ｕｕｕ）と化合物（４９）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, A ₁₀ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as defined above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14o and R ¹⁵ⁿ are saturated 5- to 10-membered rings as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group — (B ₁₂ CO) tNHR ^20a on the heterocyclic group. Or it is the same as an unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14p and R ^15o are defined as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — (B ₁₂ CO) tN (R ^20a ) R ^21b is present on the heterocyclic group. It is the same as a 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14q and R ^15p are defined as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — (B ₁₂ CO) tN (R ^20a ) R ^21c is present on the heterocyclic group. It is the same as a 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14r and R ^15q are defined as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — (B ₁₂ CO) tN (R ^20a ) (CHR ^A R ^21d ) is present on the heterocyclic group. And the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
Here, B ₁₂ , t and R ^20a are the same as described above.
R ^21b is a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, A lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkylthio groups, on the phenyl ring A phenyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent and a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent. 1 alkyl lower alkyl group, 1 lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring A pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have ˜3, an amino-substituted lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent, a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group, naphthyl lower alkyl group, pyridyl lower alkyl group, quinolyl lower alkyl group, tetrazole optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents thereon 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group or 1,2,4-triazolyl having 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl group and phenyl lower alkyl group as substituents on the ring A lower alkyl group, a tetrahydrofuryl lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group, A phenoxy lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, a pyridyl group or a carboxy lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a nitro group as a substituent on the phenyl ring .
R ^21c is a benzoyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkanoyl group, a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, or An imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group is shown.
R ^21d is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a substituent A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a lower alkylthio group, which may have a halogen atom as a group, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups which may be substituted, substituted on the phenyl ring A lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxy group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkylthio A phenyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of Chloroalkyl lower alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring, hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring A pyrrolidinyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups, an amino-substituted lower alkyl group having a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent, 1,2,3 1,2-3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the 4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the ring, A group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on a thiol lower alkyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridyl lower alkyl group, a pyridyl group, a quinolyl lower alkyl group, a quinolyl group, and a tetrazole ring. 1 or 2,1,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl group and phenyl lower alkyl group as substituents on the tetrazole ring 1 , 2,3,4-tetrazolyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl group, tetrahydrofuryl lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group, Tetrahydrofuryl group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group, substituted on the phenyl ring As a group selected from a lower alkyl group and a nitro group consisting group which may have 1 to 3 phenoxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group or carboxy lower alkyl group.
However, the carbon number of the alkyl part of the group CHR ^A R ^{21d in} the side chain (— (B ₂₁ CO) tN (R ^20a ) (CHR ^A R ^21d )) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (1uu) and the compound (49) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (1uu) and the compound (51) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (1uu) and the compound (50) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-26]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｓ及びＲ^１５ｒは、複素環基上に基−（ＣＯ）ｏＢ_１３Ｘ_２を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｔ及びＲ^１５ｓは、複素環基上に基−（ＣＯ）ｏＢ_１３Ｒ^８４を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^８４は、基−ＮＲ^２２Ｒ^２３又はイミダゾリル基を示す。
ここで、Ｂ_１３、ｏ、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^２２及びＲ^２３は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｙｙｙ）と化合物（５２）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−２７］

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14s and R ^15r are saturated 5- to 10-membered rings as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group — (CO) oB ₁₃ X ₂ on the heterocyclic group. Or it is the same as an unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14t and R ^15s are saturated 5- to 10-membered rings as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group — (CO) oB ₁₃ R ⁸⁴ on the heterocyclic group. Or it is the same as an unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ⁸⁴ represents a group —NR ²² R ²³ or an imidazolyl group.
Here, B ₁₃ , o, X ₂ , R ²² and R ²³ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (1yyy) and the compound (52) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-27]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｓ’及びＲ^１５ｒ’は、複素環基上に基−Ｎ（Ｒ^２８）−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１６Ｘ_２を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｕ及びＲ^１５ｔは、複素環基上に基−Ｎ（Ｒ^２８）−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１６ＮＲ^２９Ｒ^３０を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｒ^２８、Ｂ_１６、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^２９及びＲ^３０は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ａａａａ）と化合物（５３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−２８］

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^{14s ′} and R ^{15r ′} are defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —N (R ²⁸ ) —CO—B ₁₆ X ₂ on the heterocyclic group. This is the same as a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14u and R ^15t are defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —N (R ²⁸ ) —CO—B ₁₆ NR ²⁹ R ³⁰ on the heterocyclic group. This is the same as a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
Here, R ²⁸ , B ₁₆ , X ₂ , R ²⁹ and R ³⁰ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (1aaaa) and the compound (53) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-28]

[式中、Ｒ^７４ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｖ及びＲ^１５ｕは、複素環基上に基−Ｂ_１２ＣＯＯＨを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｗ及びＲ^１５ｖは、複素環基上に基−Ｂ_１２ＣＯＮＲ^２０Ｒ^２１を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｂ_１２、Ｒ^２０及びＲ^２１は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｃｃｃｃ）と化合物（５４）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−２９］

[Wherein, R ^74a , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14v and R ^15u are saturated or unsaturated 5- to 10-membered rings as defined in R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —B ₁₂ COOH on the heterocyclic group. Same as heterocyclic group.
R ^14w and R ^15v are saturated with a 5- to 10-membered ring as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group —B ₁₂ CONR ²⁰ R ²¹ is present on the heterocyclic group. Same as unsaturated heterocyclic group.
Here, B ₁₂ , R ²⁰ and R ²¹ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (1 cccc) and the compound (54) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-29]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｘ及びＲ^１５ｗは、複素環基上に基−Ｏ−Ｂ_１５ＣＯＯＨを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｙ及びＲ^１５ｘは、複素環基上に基−Ｏ−Ｂ_１５ＣＯＮＲ^２６Ｒ^２７を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｂ_１５、Ｒ^２６及びＲ^２７は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｅｅｅｅ）と化合物（５５）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−３０］

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14x and R ^15w are a saturated or unsaturated 5- to 10-membered ring as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group —O—B ₁₅ COOH is present on the heterocyclic group. Same as a saturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14y and R ^15x are each a 5- to 10-membered ring as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group —O—B ₁₅ CONR ²⁶ R ²⁷ is present on the heterocyclic group. The same as a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
Here, B ₁₅ , R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (1eeee) and the compound (55) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-30]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｚ及びＲ^１５ｙは、複素環基上に基−Ｎ（Ｒ^３１）−Ｂ_１７−ＣＯＯＨを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ａａ及びＲ^１５ｚは、複素環基上に基−Ｎ（Ｒ^３１）−Ｂ_１７−ＣＯＮＲ^３２Ｒ^３３を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｒ^３１、Ｂ_１７、Ｒ^３２及びＲ^３３は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｇｇｇｇ）と化合物（５６）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−３１］

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14z and R ^15y are 5 to 10 members as defined in R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —N (R ³¹ ) —B ₁₇ —COOH on the heterocyclic group. The same as a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group of the ring.
R ^14aa and R ^15z are defined as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —N (R ³¹ ) —B ₁₇ —CONR ³² R ³³ on the heterocyclic group. This is the same as a 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
Here, R ³¹ , B ₁₇ , R ³² and R ³³ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (1gggg) and the compound (56) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-31]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｂｂ及びＲ^１５ａａは、複素環基上に基−ＣＯＯＨを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｃｃ及びＲ^１５ｂｂは、複素環基上に基−ＣＯＮＲ^２６Ｒ^２７を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｒ^２６及びＲ^２７は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｉｉｉｉ）と化合物（５７）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−３２］

[Wherein R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, l and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14bb and R ^15aa are 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic rings defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —COOH on the heterocyclic group. Same as group.
R ^14cc and R ^15bb are saturated or unsaturated 5- to 10-membered rings as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —CONR ²⁶ R ²⁷ on the heterocyclic group. It is the same as the heterocyclic group.
Here, R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between compound (1iii) and compound (57) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (6) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-32]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ｒ^１４ａ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
ｈは０又は１を示す。
Ｒ^５７は、低級アルコキシカルボニル基を示す。］
化合物（１ｋｋｋｋ）を化合物（１ｌｌｌｌ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。
［反応式−３３］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, R ^14a and A ₁₀ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
h represents 0 or 1;
R ⁵⁷ represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1kkkk) to the compound (1llll) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above Reaction Scheme-9.
[Reaction formula-33]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｒ^３、Ｒ^４、Ｙ、Ｒ^１１及びＲ^１２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^５８は、低級アルキル基を示す。ｇは、０又は１を示す。]
化合物（１ｍｍｍｍ）を化合物（１ｎｎｎｎ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , R ³ , R ⁴ , Y, R ¹¹ and R ¹² are the same as above. R ⁵⁸ represents a lower alkyl group. g represents 0 or 1; ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1 mmmm) into the compound (1nnnn) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.

The reaction between the compound (1nnnn) and the compound (58) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-34]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ａ_１０及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｈｈ及びＲ^１５ｇｇは、複素環基上に基−（ＣＯ）ｏ−Ｂ_１３ＮＨ（Ｒ^２２ａ）を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｉｉ及びＲ^１５ｈｈは、複素環基上に基−（ＣＯ）ｏ−Ｂ_１３Ｎ（Ｒ^２２ａ）Ｒ^２３ａを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｊｊ及びＲ^１５ｉｉは、複素環基上に基−（ＣＯ）ｏ−Ｂ_１３Ｎ（Ｒ^２２ａ）Ｒ^２３ｂを少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｋｋ及びＲ^１５ｊｊは、複素環基上に基−（ＣＯ）ｏ−Ｂ_１３Ｎ（Ｒ^２２ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２３ｃ）を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｂ_１３及びｏは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^２２ａは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はフェニル基を示す。
Ｒ^２３ａは、低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はフェニル基を示す。
Ｒ^２３ｂは、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基を示す。
Ｒ^２３ｃは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はフェニル基を示す。但し、化合物（１ｓｓｓｓ）における側鎖（−（ＣＯ）ｏ−Ｂ_１３−Ｎ（Ｒ^２２ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２３ｃ））中の基−ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２３ｃのアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。］
化合物（１ｐｐｐｐ）と化合物（５９）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, A ₁₀ and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14hh and R ^15gg are defined as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — (CO) o—B ₁₃ NH (R ^22a ) is present on the heterocyclic group. It is the same as a 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ¹⁴ⁱⁱ and R ^15hh are defined in R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group — (CO) o—B ₁₃ N (R ^22a ) R ^23a on the heterocyclic group. This is the same as a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14jj and R ¹⁵ⁱⁱ are defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group — (CO) o—B ₁₃ N (R ^22a ) R ^23b on the heterocyclic group. This is the same as a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14kk and R ^15jj are the same as the above R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — (CO) o—B ₁₃ N (R ^22a ) (CHR ^A R ^23c ) is present on the heterocyclic group. The same as the defined 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
Here, R ^A , B ₁₃ and o are the same as described above.
R ^22a is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a benzoyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring, or a phenoxy lower group having a lower alkyl group as substituents on the phenyl ring. An alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a phenyl group is shown.
R ^23a represents a lower alkyl group, a phenoxy lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a phenyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring.
R ^23b represents a benzoyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring.
R ^23c represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenoxy lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a phenyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring. However, the carbon number of the alkyl moiety of the group —CHR ^A R ^23c in the side chain (— (CO) o—B ₁₃ —N (R ^22a ) (CHR ^A R ^23c )) in the compound (1sss) does not exceed 6. Shall. ]
The reaction between the compound (1pppp) and the compound (59) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (1pppp) and the compound (61) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (1pppp) and the compound (60) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-35]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ａ_１０及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^１４ｌｌ及びＲ^１５ｋｋは、複素環基上に基−（Ｏ−Ｂ_１５）ｓ−ＣＯＮＨ（Ｒ^２６ａ）を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｍｍ及びＲ^１５ｌｌは、複素環基上に基−（Ｏ−Ｂ_１５）ｓ−ＣＯＮ（Ｒ^２６ａ）（Ｒ^２７ａ）を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ｎｎ及びＲ^１５ｍｍは、複素環基上に基−（Ｏ−Ｂ_１５）ｓ−ＣＯＮ（Ｒ^２６ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２７ｂ）を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｂ_１５、ｓ及びＲ^Ａは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^２６ａは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^２７ａは、低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^２７ｂは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル低級アルキル基、フェニル基、イミダゾリル基又はイミダゾリル低級アルキル基を示す。
但し、化合物（１ｖｖｖｖ）における側鎖（−（Ｏ−Ｂ_１５）ｓ−ＣＯ（Ｒ^２６ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２７ｂ））中の基−ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^２７ｂのアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。］
化合物（１ｔｔｔｔ）と化合物（６２）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, A ₁₀ and X ₂ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ^14ll and R ^15kk are defined as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — ( ^OB ₁₅ ) s—CONH (R ^26a ) is present on the heterocyclic group. This is the same as a 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^{14 mm} and R ^15ll are defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group — (O—B ₁₅ ) s—CON (R ^26a ) (R ^27a ) on the heterocyclic group. And the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ¹⁴ⁿⁿ and R ^15mm have the above-mentioned R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — ( ^OB ₁₅ ) s-CON (R ^26a ) (CHR ^A R ^27b ) is present on the heterocyclic group. And the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined in.
Here, B ₁₅ , s, and R ^A are the same as described above.
R ^26a represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkyl group.
R ^27a represents a lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkyl group.
R ^27b represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group, a phenyl group, an imidazolyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkyl group.
However, the carbon number of the alkyl moiety of the group —CHR ^A R ^27b in the side chain (— (O—B ₁₅ ) s—CO (R ^26a ) (CHR ^A R ^27b )) in the compound (1vvvv) does not exceed 6. Shall. ]
The reaction between the compound (1tttt) and the compound (62) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (1tttt) and the compound (63) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-36]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１４ｖ、Ｒ^１５ｕ、Ｒ^１４ｋ及びＲ^１４ｊは前記に同じ。但しＡ_１０のａは基Ｙに、ｂは基（Ｔ）ｌに結合するものとする。
Ｒ^５９は、低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^１４ｏｏ及びＲ^１５ｎｎは、複素環基上に基−Ｂ_２１ＣＯＮＨＮＨＣＯＯＲ^５９を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
ここで、Ｂ_２１は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｃｃｃｃ’）と化合物（１０２）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, T, 1, A ₁₀ , R ^14v , R ^15u , R ^14k and R ^14j are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (T) l.
R ⁵⁹ represents a lower alkyl group.
R ^14oo and R ¹⁵ⁿⁿ are saturated or unsaturated 5- to 10-membered rings defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one group —B ₂₁ CONHNHCOOR ⁵⁹ on the heterocyclic group. It is the same as the heterocyclic group.
Here, B ₂₁ is the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (1cccc ′) and the compound (102) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

    The reaction for converting the compound (1yyy) into the compound (1hhh) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.

In the general formula (1), the compounds of the present invention showing various R ¹ are produced, for example, as shown in the following reaction formulas -37 to -46.
[Reaction formula-37]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１６、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^８、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。但し化合物（１ｙ）における基（Ｒ^６−Ｂ_２１ＣＨＲ^Ａ−）中のＢ_２１ＣＨＲ^Ａ部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１９）と化合物（２０）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₆ , R ⁶ , R ⁸ , B ₂₁ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. However the compound (1y) in the base _{^{(R 6 -B 21 CHR A -}} ) carbon atoms of _B 21 CHR ^A moiety in shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (19) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

    The reaction between the compound (19) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (19) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-38]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｒ^６、Ｂ、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^８ａは、置換基として低級アルコキシ基を有することのある低級アルキル基、低級アルキルスルホニル基又はフェニル低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^８ｂは、水素原子、フェニル基、フェニル低級アルキル基又は置換基として低級アルコキシ基を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^８ｃは、低級アルカノイル基を示す。但し、化合物（１ｃｃ）における基−ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^８ｂのアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１ａａ）と化合物（２３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A, R ⁶ , B, R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^8a represents a lower alkyl group, a lower alkylsulfonyl group or a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent. R ^8b represents a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent. R ^8c represents a lower alkanoyl group. However, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety of the group —CHR ^A R ^8b in the compound (1 cc) does not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between compound (1aa) and compound (23) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (4) in Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (1aa) and the compound (24) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between compound (1aa) and compound (25) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (6) in Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-39]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｂ_２１、ｆ、Ｒ^Ａ及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。但し、化合物(１ｅｅ)における側鎖（−（Ｂ_２１）ｆＣＨＲ^ＡＮＨＲ^６）中の（Ｂ_２１）ｆＣＨＲ^Ａ部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（２６）と化合物（２７）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−４０］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A, B ₂₁ , f, R ^A and R ⁶ are the same as above. However, the carbon number of the (B ₂₁ ) fCHR ^A moiety in the side chain (— (B ₂₁ ) fCHR ^A NHR ⁶ ) in the compound (1ee) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (26) and the compound (27) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula -40]

[式中、Ｒ^８８は基−Ｙ−Ａ又はハロゲン原子を示す。Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。]
化合物（２８）と化合物（２７）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−４１］

[Wherein R ⁸⁸ represents a group -YA or a halogen atom. R ² , X ₁ , Y, A and R ⁶ are the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (28) and the compound (27) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-41]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^８ａ、Ｒ^８ｂ、Ｒ^８ｃ、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。 但し、化合物（１ｈｈ）における基−ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^８ｂのアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１ｆｆ’）と化合物（２３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A, R ⁶ , R ^8a , R ^8b , R ^8c , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. However, the carbon number of the alkyl moiety of the group —CHR ^A R ^8b in the compound (1hh) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (1ff ′) and the compound (23) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (1ff ′) and the compound (24) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (1ff ′) and the compound (25) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-42]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｒ^６及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。]
化合物（３０）を化合物（１ｊｊ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｈ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein R ² , X ₁ , Y, A, R ⁶ and X ₂ are the same as above. ]
The reaction leading compound (30) to compound (1jj) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (1f) to the compound (1h) in the above Reaction Scheme-3.

  The reaction for converting compound (1jj) to compound (1kk) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction of compound (1b) and compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (30) and the compound (32) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-43]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｘ_２及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。Ｂ_２３は低級アルキレン基又は低級アルケニレン基を示す。化合物（１ｍｍ）における側鎖（Ｒ^６Ｂ_２３−ＨＣ＝ＣＨ−）中のＢ_２３−ＨＣ＝ＣＨ−部分は、二重結合を１〜３個有し、炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（３３）と化合物（３４）との反応は、適当な不活性溶媒中、縮合剤の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A, X ₂ and R ⁶ are the same as above. B ₂₃ represents a lower alkylene group or a lower alkenylene group. The B ₂₃ —HC═CH— moiety in the side chain (R ⁶ B ₂₃ —HC═CH—) in the compound (1 mm) has 1 to 3 double bonds, and the number of carbons does not exceed 6. To do. ]
The reaction of compound (33) and compound (34) is carried out in a suitable inert solvent in the presence of a condensing agent.

  Examples of the inert solvent used in this reaction include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, monoglyme and diglyme, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride. Halogenated hydrocarbons such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol, ethylene glycol and other lower alcohols, α-dimethylaminoacetic acid, acetic acid and other fatty acids, ethyl acetate, methyl acetate and other esters, acetone And ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, or a mixed solvent thereof. Kill.

  Examples of the condensing agent include palladium complexes such as bis (benzonitrile) dichloropalladium (II).

  The amount of the condensing agent to be used is generally 0.01 to equimolar amount, preferably 0.01 to 0.5 molar amount, relative to compound (33).

  The reaction usually proceeds suitably at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably at room temperature to 150 ° C., and is generally completed in about 10 minutes to 20 hours.

When a fatty acid alkali metal salt such as sodium acetate is added to the reaction system, the reaction proceeds advantageously.
[Reaction formula-44]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。]
化合物（１ｎｎ）を化合物（１ｏｏ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｇ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−４５］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A and R ⁶ are the same as above. ]
The reaction leading compound (1nn) to compound (1oo) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (1f) to compound (1g) in the above Reaction Scheme-3.
[Reaction formula-45]

[式中、Ａ_１７は、

[Wherein A ₁₇ is

を示す。Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、ｐ、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｂ_０及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。]
化合物（６４）と化合物（６５）との反応は、適当な溶媒中、縮合剤の存在下に行われる。

Indicates. R ² , R ³ , p, X ₁ , Y, A, B ₀ and R ⁶ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction of compound (64) and compound (65) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a condensing agent.

  As the solvent, for example, in the reaction (amide bond formation reaction) between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the reaction formula-2, when the amine (1b) is reacted with the carboxylic acid halide of the method (d) Any of the solvents used in the above can be used.

  As the condensing agent, for example, a mixture of azocarboxylates (such as diethyl azodicarboxylate) and a phosphorus compound (such as triphenylphosphine) can be used.

  The amount of the condensing agent to be used is generally at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 2-fold molar amount relative to compound (64).

  The amount of compound (65) to be used is generally at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 2-fold molar amount, relative to compound (64).

The reaction normally proceeds suitably at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about 0 to 150 ° C., and is generally completed in about 1 to 10 hours.
[Reaction formula -46]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。]
化合物（３０）と化合物（６６）との反応は、塩基性化合物の存在下又は非存在下、好ましくは非存在下に適当な不活性溶媒又は無溶媒下で行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A and R ⁶ are the same as above. ]
The reaction of compound (30) and compound (66) is carried out in the presence or absence of a basic compound, preferably in the absence of a suitable inert solvent or without solvent.

  In the inert solvent and the basic compound, among the reaction (amide bond formation reaction) between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the reaction formula-2, the amine (1b) is added to the carboxylic acid halide of the method (d). Any solvent and basic compound used in the reaction can be used.

  The amount of compound (66) to be used is generally about equimolar to 5-fold molar amount, preferably about equimolar to 3-fold molar amount with respect to compound (30).

  The reaction proceeds suitably at about 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about room temperature to about 150 ° C., and is usually completed in about 5 minutes to 50 hours.

Boron compounds such as boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex may be added to the reaction system of the reaction.
[Reaction formula-47]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｔ_２、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１４、Ｒ^１５、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^６及びＲ^５９は前記に同じ。但し、Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（６８）を化合物（７１）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, T ₂ , A ₁₀ , R ¹⁴ , R ¹⁵ , B ₂₁ , R ^A , X ₂ , R ⁶ and R ⁵⁹ are the same as above. However, a in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group T ₂ . ]
The reaction for converting the compound (68) to the compound (71) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.

  The reaction between the compound (71) and the compound (100) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1fff) and the compound (43) in the above Reaction Scheme-20.

  Compound (68) is produced in the same manner as in the reaction of Compound (2) with Compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1, using halogenated lower alkyl such as methyl iodide in place of Compound (100). You can also.

  The reaction leading compound (68) to compound (69) can be carried out, for example, by (1) reducing compound (68) using a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent in a suitable solvent, or (2) in a suitable inert solvent. The compound (68) is reduced using a mixture of a metal or metal salt and an acid or a metal or metal salt and an alkali metal hydroxide, sulfide, ammonium salt or the like as a reducing agent.

  When employing the method of (1) above, examples of the solvent include alcohols such as water, acetic acid, methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol, hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and cyclohexane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, and diethylene glycol. Ethers such as dimethyl ether, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, aprotic polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, or a mixed solvent thereof can be used. As the contact hydrogen reducing agent, for example, palladium, palladium-black, palladium-carbon, platinum-carbon, platinum, platinum oxide, copper chromite, Raney nickel and the like can be used. These reducing agents are used singly or in combination of two or more. In general, the reducing agent is preferably about 0.02 to 1 times the weight of the compound (68). The reaction temperature is usually around −20 to 150 ° C., preferably around 0 to 100 ° C., the hydrogen pressure is usually 1 to 10 atm, and the reaction is generally completed in about 0.5 to 100 hours. An acid such as hydrochloric acid may be added to the reaction system of the reaction.

  When the method (2) is adopted, iron, zinc, tin or stannous chloride and mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid, or alkali metal hydroxide such as iron, ferrous sulfate, zinc or tin and sodium hydroxide, etc. And a mixture with a sulfide such as ammonium sulfide, ammonium salt such as aqueous ammonia and ammonium chloride are used as the reducing agent. Examples of the inert solvent include water, alcohols such as acetic acid, methanol, and ethanol, ethers such as dioxane, and mixed solvents thereof. The conditions for the reduction reaction may be appropriately selected depending on the reducing agent used. For example, when stannous chloride and hydrochloric acid are used as the reducing agent, it is preferably around 0 ° C. to 150 ° C. for about 0.5 to 10 hours. It is better to carry out the reaction. The reducing agent is used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, usually equimolar to 5-fold molar amount with respect to compound (68).

  The reaction between the compound (69) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (69) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (69) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  Reaction that leads compound (69) to compound (37a), reaction that leads compound (70a) to compound (37d), reaction that leads compound (70b) to compound (37c) and compound (70c) that leads to compound (37b) The reaction can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction formula-9.

  The reaction between the compound (71) and the compound (36) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between compound (69) and compound (32) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (30) and compound (32) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-42.
[Reaction formula-48]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^１４、Ｒ^１５、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｒ^７４ａ、及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。
Ｒ^ｃは、基−ＣＯＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５又は基−ＣＯＯＲ^５９ｂを示す。Ｒ^５９ｂは、低級アルキル基又はフェニル低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^１７ａは、低級アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、低級アルキルスルホニル基又は低級アルケニル基を示す。
Ｒ^１７ｂは、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ｒ^１７ｃは、シクロアルキルカルボニル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することある低級アルカノイル基又は置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルカノイル基を示す。
但し、Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基−ＮＨＢ_３−Ｒｃ、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７ａ）Ｂ_３−Ｒｃ、基−Ｎ（ＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｒ^１７ｂ））Ｂ_３−Ｒｃ又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７ｃ）Ｂ_３−Ｒｃと結合するものとする。]
化合物（７２ａ）と化合物（７３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₃ , R ¹⁴ , R ¹⁵ , R ^A , R ^74a , and X ₂ are the same as above.
R ^c represents a group —CONR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ or a group —COOR ^59b . R ^59b represents a lower alkyl group or a phenyl lower alkyl group.
R ^17a represents a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a lower alkylsulfonyl group or a lower alkenyl group.
R ^17b represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^17c represents a cycloalkylcarbonyl group, a lower alkanoyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, or an amino-substituted lower alkanoyl group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent.
_Where, a of _{A 10} is a group Y, b is a group -NHB ₃ -Rc, group _{^{-N (R 17a) B 3 -Rc}} , group ^{-N (CH (R A) (} R 17b)) B 3 -Rc Alternatively, it shall be bonded to the group —N (R ^17c ) B ₃ —Rc. ]
The reaction between the compound (72a) and the compound (73) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (72a) and the compound (75) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (72a) and the compound (74) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-49]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ｒ^１７ｄは、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有する低級アルカノイル基を示す。Ｒ^６０は、置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミノ基を示す。Ｒ^６１は、置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルカノイル基を示す。但し、Ａ１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７ｄ）Ｂ_３−ＣＯＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５又は基−ＮＲ^６１Ｂ_３−ＣＯＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５と結合するものとする。]
化合物（７２ｅ）と化合物（７６）の反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−５０］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₃ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. R ^17d represents a lower alkanoyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent. R ⁶⁰ represents an amino group that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent. R ⁶¹ represents an amino-substituted lower alkanoyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent. However, a in A10 is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group —N (R ^17d ) B ₃ —CONR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ or the group —NR ⁶¹ B ₃ —CONR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ . ]
The reaction between the compound (72e) and the compound (76) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-50]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ａ_１１は、

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ⁶ , B ₂₁ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. A ₁₁ is

を示す。Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。化合物（７８ｂ）における側鎖（基−ＮＨＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６））のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（７７ａ）を化合物（７７ｂ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

Indicates. R ³ and p are the same as above. The carbon number of the alkyl part of the side chain (group -NHCH (R ^A ) (B ₂₁ R ⁶ )) in the compound (78b) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction for converting compound (77a) to compound (77b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.

  The reaction between compound (77b) and compound (20) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (4) in Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (77b) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between compound (77b) and compound (21) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (5) in Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-51]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＡ_１１は前記に同じ。ｉは、２〜４の整数を示す。]
化合物（７７ｃ）と化合物（７９）の反応は、一般にフリーデルクラフツ反応と呼ばれる反応であり、適当な溶媒中ルイス酸の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y and A ₁₁ are the same as above. i shows the integer of 2-4. ]
The reaction between the compound (77c) and the compound (79) is a reaction generally called a Friedel-Crafts reaction, and is performed in a suitable solvent in the presence of a Lewis acid.

  As the Lewis acid used here, any Lewis acid usually used in Friedel-Crafts reaction can be used. Examples of such Lewis acids include aluminum chloride, zinc chloride, iron chloride, tin chloride, boron tribromide, concentrated sulfuric acid, and the like. Such Lewis acid is used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. The Lewis acid is usually used in an amount of about 2 to 6 times the molar amount relative to the compound (77c).

  Examples of the solvent used include aromatic hydrocarbons such as carbon disulfide, nitrobenzene, and chlorobenzene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, and tetrachloroethane, or a mixed solvent thereof. It is done.

  Compound (79) is usually used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to compound (77c).

The reaction suitably proceeds normally at 0 to 120 ° C., preferably about 0 to 70 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 0.5 to 24 hours.
[Reaction formula-52]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^６、Ｘ_２、Ｂ_２１及びＲ^Ａは前記に同じ。Ａ_１２は、

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ⁶ , X ₂ , B ₂₁ and R ^A are the same as above. A ₁₂ is,

を示す。Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^６２は、低級アルカノイル基又は水酸基置換低級アルキル基を示す。化合物（８１ｂ）における側鎖（基−ＮＨＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６））のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（８０ａ）を化合物（８０ｂ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

Indicates. R ³ and p are the same as above.
R ⁶² represents a lower alkanoyl group or a hydroxyl group-substituted lower alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety of the side chain (group —NHCH (R ^A ) (B ₂₁ R ⁶ )) in the compound (81b) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction for converting compound (80a) to compound (80b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.

  The reaction between the compound (80b) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (80b) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (80b) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-53]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＹは前記に同じ。
Ａ_１３は、
基

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ and Y are the same as above.
A ₁₃ is,
Base

を示す。Ｒ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^６３ａは、低級アルカノイル基又は低級アルキル基を示す。
Ａ_１４は、基

Indicates. R ³ and p are the same as above.
R ^63a represents a lower alkanoyl group or a lower alkyl group.
A ₁₄ is a group

を示す。
Ｒ^６３ｂは、α位にハロゲン原子が置換した低級アルカノイル基又は低級アルキル基の２位にハロゲン原子が置換した低級アルキル基を示す。]
化合物（８０ｂ’）を化合物（３５ａ）に導く反応は、適当な溶媒中、ハロゲン化剤の存在下に行われる。

Indicates.
R ^63b represents a lower alkanoyl group substituted with a halogen atom at the α-position or a lower alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom at the 2-position of the lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction for converting compound (80b ′) to compound (35a) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a halogenating agent.

  Examples of the halogenating agent include halogen molecules such as bromine and chlorine, copper compounds such as iodine chloride, sulfuryl chloride and cupric bromide, and N-halogen such as N-bromosuccinimide and N-chlorosuccinimide. Examples thereof include succinimide.

  Examples of the solvent to be used include halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, and carbon tetrachloride, fatty acids such as acetic acid and propionic acid, and carbon disulfide.

  The amount of the halogenating agent to be used is generally equimolar to 10-fold molar amount, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to compound (80b ').

  The reaction is usually completed at 0 to the boiling point of the solvent, preferably around 0 to 100 ° C., usually for about 5 minutes to 30 hours.

When N-halogenated succinimides are used as the halogenating agent, a peroxide such as benzoyl peroxide may be added as a radical reaction initiator in the reaction system.
[Reaction formula-54]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^５９、Ｒ^８ａ、Ｒ^８ｂ、Ｒ^８ｃ、Ｘ_２及びＲ^Ａは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^６４は、フェニル低級アルコキシカルボニル基を示す。
化合物（８４ｂ）における側鎖（基−Ｎ（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^８ｂ）（Ｒ^６４））及び化合物（８４ｅ）における側鎖（基−ＮＨ（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^８ｂ））のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（８３）と化合物（２３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ⁵⁹ , R ^8a , R ^8b , R ^8c , X ₂ and R ^A are the same as above.
R ⁶⁴ represents a phenyl lower alkoxycarbonyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety of the side chain (group —N (CHR ^A R ^8b ) (R ⁶⁴ )) in compound (84b) and the side chain (group —NH (CHR ^A R ^8b )) in compound (84e) is 6. Shall not exceed. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group T ₂ . ]
The reaction between the compound (83) and the compound (23) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (69) and the compound (82) and the reaction between the compound (83) and the compound (25) are the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the reaction formula-2. Done below.

  The reaction between the compound (83) and the compound (24) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction that leads the compound (84a) to the compound (84d), the reaction that leads the compound (84b) to the compound (84e), and the reaction that leads the compound (84c) to the compound (84f) are the compounds described in the above Reaction Scheme-24. The reaction is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction for reducing (1iii ′) to give the compound (1hh ′).
[Reaction formula-55]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^７４ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｂ_２１と結合するものとする。]
化合物（８５）を化合物（７’）に導く反応は、適当な溶媒中又は無溶媒下、化合物（８５）にハロゲン化剤と反応させることにより行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ , R ^74a and X ₂ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group B ₂₁ . ]
The reaction for converting the compound (85) to the compound (7 ′) is carried out by reacting the compound (85) with a halogenating agent in a suitable solvent or without solvent.

  Examples of halogenating agents include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid and hydrobromic acid, N, N-diethyl-1,2,2-trichlorovinyl azide, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus pentabromide, phosphorus oxychloride, thionyl chloride, mesyl Examples include sulfonyl halide compounds such as chloride and tosyl chloride, a mixture of carbon tetrabromide and triphenylphosphine, and the like. The sulfonyl halide compound is used in combination with a basic compound.

  As the basic compound, any of the basic compounds used in the reaction of the compound (2) of the reaction formula-1 and the compound (3) can be used.

  Examples of the solvent used include ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, methylene chloride and carbon tetrachloride, dimethylformamide and the like, or mixed solvents thereof.

  With respect to the use amount of the halogenating agent, when a sulfonyl halide compound and a basic compound are used as the halogenating agent, the sulfonyl halide compound is usually at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 2 with respect to the compound (85). It is better to use a double molar amount. The basic compound is usually used in a catalytic amount, preferably a catalytic amount to an equimolar amount with respect to the compound (85). When another halogenating agent is used, it is preferable to use the halogenating agent in an amount of at least equimolar, usually a large excess, relative to compound (85).

The reaction normally proceeds suitably at room temperature to 200 ° C, preferably room temperature to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 1 to 80 hours.
[Reaction formula-56]

[式中、Ｒ^７４ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０及びＢ_２１は前記に同じ。Ｒ^６５は、トリ低級アルキルシリル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｂ_２１と結合するものとする。]
ここで、トリ低級アルキルシリル基としては、例えば、tert−ブチル ジメチルシリル、トリメチルシリル、ジエチル メチルシリル基等のアルキル部分の炭素数が１〜６の直鎖又は分枝鎖状アルキル基であるトリアルキルシリル基を例示できる。

[Wherein, R ^74a , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ and B ₂₁ are the same as above. R ⁶⁵ represents a tri-lower alkylsilyl group. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group B ₂₁ . ]
Here, as the tri-lower alkylsilyl group, for example, a trialkylsilyl which is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion such as tert-butyldimethylsilyl, trimethylsilyl, diethylmethylsilyl group, etc. A group can be exemplified.

The reaction for converting the compound (86) to the compound (85) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.
[Reaction formula-57]

[式中、Ｒ^７４ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^６５及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^６６は、水素原子、低級アルキル基又は低級アルコキシカルボニル基を示す。 Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｂ_２１と結合するものとする。化合物（８５ａ）における側鎖（−Ｙ−Ａ_１０−Ｂ_２１ＣＨ_２ＯＨ）のアルキル部分の炭素数及び化合物（８６ａ）における側鎖（−Ｙ−Ａ_１０−Ｂ_２１ＣＨ_２ＯＲ^６５）のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（６９ａ）を化合物（８５ａ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｇ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ^74a , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ , R ⁶⁵ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ⁶⁶ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group B ₂₁ . Alkyl side chains in the compound _{(85a) (-Y-A 10} -B 21 CH 2 OH) number of carbon atoms and compounds of the alkyl moiety of the side chain in _{(86a) (-Y-A 10} -B 21 CH 2 OR 65) The carbon number of the part shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction leading compound (69a) to compound (85a) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (1f) to the compound (1g) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-3.

The reaction between the compound (85a) and the compound (101) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (2) in the reaction formula-1 into the compound (3).
[Reaction formula-58]

［式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^Ａ、ｆ、Ｒ^４３、Ｒ^４４及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｂ_２１’は低級アルキレン基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｂ_２１’と結合するものとする。化合物（９０ｃ）における側鎖（−Ｙ−Ａ_１０−（Ｂ_２１’）ｆ−ＣＨ＝Ｃ（ＣＯＯＲ^４３）（ＣＯＯＲ^４４）中の（Ｂ_２１’）ｆ−ＣＨ＝Ｃ部分の炭素数及び化合物（９０ｂ）における側鎖（−ＮＨＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６））のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（８７）と化合物（８８）との反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）とヒドロキシルアミンとの反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ , R ⁶ , R ^A , f, R ⁴³ , R ⁴⁴ and X ₂ are the same as above. B _{21 ′} represents a lower alkylene group. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group B _{21 ′} . Carbon number and compound of (B _{21 ′} ) f—CH═C moiety in side chain (—YA ₁₀ — (B _{21 ′} ) f—CH═C (COOR ⁴³ ) (COOR ⁴⁴ ) in compound (90c) The carbon number of the alkyl part of the side chain (—NHCH (R ^A ) (B ₂₁ R ⁶ )) in (90b) shall not exceed 6.]
The reaction between the compound (87) and the compound (88) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1f) and hydroxylamine in the above Reaction Scheme-3.

  The reaction for converting compound (89a) to compound (89b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as for the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.

  The reaction between the compound (89b) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (89b) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between compound (89b) and compound (21) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-59]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１’、Ｒ^６５、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｂ_２１’と結合するものとする。化合物（９１ｂ）における側鎖（−ＮＨＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６）のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。］
化合物（８６ａ’）を化合物（８６ｂ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B _{21 ′} , R ⁶⁵ , R ⁶ , B ₂₁ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group B _{21 ′} . The carbon number of the alkyl part of the side chain (—NHCH (R ^A ) (B ₂₁ R ⁶ ) in the compound (91b) shall not exceed ⁶ ).
The reaction for converting the compound (86a ′) to the compound (86b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (68) in the reaction formula-47 to the compound (69).

  The reaction between the compound (86b) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (86b) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (86b) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-60]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１、Ｂ_２１’、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基Ｂ_２１’と結合するものとする。化合物（４４ｃ）における側鎖（−ＮＨＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６））のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（９２ａ）を化合物（９２ｂ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ , B _{21 ′} , R ⁶ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group B _{21 ′} . The carbon number of the alkyl part of the side chain (—NHCH (R ^A ) (B ₂₁ R ⁶ )) in the compound (44c) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction for converting compound (92a) to compound (92b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.

  The reaction between the compound (92b) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (92b) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (92b) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-61]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^６７は、基−Ａ_１０Ｂ_２１ＣＮ、基−Ａ_１０−Ｒ^５９ｄ、基−Ａ_１０−Ｔ_２−ＣＯＯＲ^５９ａ又は基−Ａを示す。Ｒ^５９ｄは低級アルキル基を示す。Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１、Ｔ_２及びＲ^５９ａは前記に同じ。Ｒ^６８は、ニトロ基又はハロゲン原子を示す。]
化合物（９３）と化合物（９４）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−６２］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ⁶⁷ represents a group -A ₁₀ B ₂₁ CN, a group -A ₁₀ -R ^59d , a group -A ₁₀ -T ₂ -COOR ^59a or a group -A. R ^59d represents a lower alkyl group. A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ , T ₂ and R ^59a are the same as described above. R ⁶⁸ represents a nitro group or a halogen atom. ]
The reaction between the compound (93) and the compound (94) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-62]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^６７及びＸ_１は前記に同じ。]
化合物（９５ａ）を化合物（９５ｂ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−６３］

[Wherein, R ² , R ⁶⁷ and X ₁ are the same as above. ]
The reaction leading compound (95a) to compound (95b) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.
[Reaction formula-63]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_７、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。化合物（１３ｂ）における側鎖（−ＮＨＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６））のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（９６）と化合物（２０）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₇ , R ⁶ , B ₂₁ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. The carbon number of the alkyl part of the side chain (—NHCH (R ^A ) (B ₂₁ R ⁶ )) in the compound (13b) does not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (96) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (96) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (96) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-64]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｂ_２１、ｆ、ｉ、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_２１、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^Ａ’は、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。 化合物（９８ｂ）における側鎖（−ＮＨＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６））のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。 Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基（Ｂ_２１）ｆと結合するものとする。]

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, B ₂₁ , f, i, R ⁶ , B ₂₁ , A ₁₀ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^{A ′} represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl part of the side chain (—NHCH (R ^A ) (B ₂₁ R ⁶ )) in the compound (98b) shall not exceed 6. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (B ₂₁ ) f. ]

  The reaction for converting compound (97a) to compound (97b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.

  The reaction between the compound (97b) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (97b) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (97b) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-65]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１、ｆ、Ｒ^Ａ’及びＡ_３は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基（Ｂ２１）ｆと結合するものとする。]
化合物（９８ｄ）を化合物（９’）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。
［反応式−６６］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ , f, R ^{A ′} and A ₃ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (B21) f. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (98d) to the compound (9 ′) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.
[Reaction formula-66]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_３、Ｒ^５９、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１及びｆは前記に同じ。Ｔ_３は、直接結合又は基Ｂ_７を示す。Ｂ_７は前記に同じ。 Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基（Ｂ_２１）ｆと結合するものとする。]
化合物（９’）と化合物（９９）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−６７］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₃ , R ⁵⁹ , A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ and f are the same as above. T ₃ represents a direct bond or a group B ₇ . B ₇ is the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group (B ₂₁ ) f. ]
The reaction between the compound (9 ′) and the compound (99) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-67]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１４ａ、Ｒ^４９ａ、Ｒ^４９、Ｒ^４９ｂ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。化合物（１０４ｃ）における側鎖（−Ｎ（Ｒ^１４ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^４９ｂ））中のＣＨＲ^Ａ部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基−ＮＲ^１４ａＨ、基−ＮＲ^１４ａＲ^４９ａ、基−ＮＲ^１４ａＲ^４９又は基−ＮＲ^１４ａ（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^４９ｂ）と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０３）と化合物（３８ａ）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^14a , R ^49a , R ⁴⁹ , R ^49b , T, l, R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. The number of carbon atoms of the CHR ^A moiety in the side chain (—N (R ^14a ) (CHR ^A R ^49b )) in the compound (104c) shall not exceed 6. It is assumed that a in A ₁₀ is bonded to group Y, and b is bonded to group -NR ^14a H, group -NR ^14a R ^49a , group -NR ^14a R ⁴⁹ or group -NR ^14a (CHR ^A R ^49b ). ]
The reaction between the compound (103) and the compound (38a) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between compound (103) and compound (38) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (6) in Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (103) and the compound (38b) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-68]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＡは前記に同じ。]
化合物（１０５）を化合物（１９ａ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。該反応で得られる化合物（１９ａ）は、単離することなく、次の反応に供することができる。
［反応式−６９］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y and A are the same as above. ]
The reaction leading compound (105) to compound (19a) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47. The compound (19a) obtained by the reaction can be subjected to the next reaction without isolation.
[Reaction formula-69]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。Ｒ^６９ａはチアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル基を示す。Ｒ^６９は、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニリデン低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^７０は、チアゾリジン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのあるチアゾリジニル低級アルキル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｒ^６９又は基−Ｒ^７０と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０６ａ）と化合物（１６０）との反応は、前記反応式−５８における化合物（８７）と化合物（８８）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y and A ₁₀ are the same as above. R ^69a represents a thiazolidinyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring. R ⁶⁹ represents a thiazolidinylidene lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring. R ⁷⁰ represents a thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y, and b is bonded to the group —R ⁶⁹ or the group —R ⁷⁰ . ]
The reaction between compound (106a) and compound (160) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (87) and compound (88) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-58.

The reaction leading compound (106) to compound (19b) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.
[Reaction formula-70]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｘ_２、Ａ、Ｙ_１、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^５９及びＲ^５９ａは前記に同じ。Ｒ^７１は、基−Ｒ^１（Ｒ^１は前記に同じ）、ニトロ基又は低級アルコキシカルボニル基を示す。Ｘ_３は、ハロゲン原子を示す。Ｒ^７２は、置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基、ニトロ基、低級アルカノイル基を有することのあるアミノ基、カルボキシ低級アルキル基、基−（Ｂ_２１）ｆＣ（＝Ｏ）Ｒ^Ａ（Ｂ_２１、ｆ及びＲ^Ａは前記に同じ）、低級アルカノイル基、低級アルコキシ基又は水素原子を示す。 Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙ_１と、ｂは基−Ｔ_２又基−Ｒ^７２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（９４ａ）と化合物（１０７）との反応及び化合物（９４ａ）と化合物（１０７ａ）との反応は、適当な溶媒中、触媒の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , X ₂ , A, Y ₁ , A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ⁵⁹ and R ^59a are the same as above. R ⁷¹ represents a group —R ¹ (R ¹ is as defined above), a nitro group or a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. X ₃ represents a halogen atom. R ⁷² is a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent, an nitro group, an amino group which may have a lower alkanoyl group, a carboxy lower alkyl group, a group — (B ₂₁ ) fC (═O) R ^A ( B ₂₁ , f and R ^A are the same as defined above), a lower alkanoyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a hydrogen atom. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y ₁ and b is bonded to the group -T ₂ or the group -R ⁷² . ]
The reaction between compound (94a) and compound (107) and the reaction between compound (94a) and compound (107a) are carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a catalyst.

  As the solvent used here, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used.

  As the catalyst, various metal complexes or combinations of metal complexes and ligands are used. Examples of the metal complex include palladium (II) acetate, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0), and the like. Examples of the ligand include R-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (R-BINAP), S-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1′-binaphthyl (S-BINAP), RAC-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (RAC-BINAP), t-butylphosphine, 4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) ) -9,9-dimethylxanthene and the like.

  Such a catalyst is usually used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably about equimolar to 5-fold molar amount with respect to the compound (94a).

  The reaction is usually carried out at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about 0 to 150 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 30 minutes to 10 hours.

  When molecular sieves such as molecular sieves 3A (MS3A) and molecular sieves 4A (MS4A) and phosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine and tri (2-furyl) phosphine are added to the reaction system, the reaction proceeds advantageously.

  The reaction between the compound (94a) and the compound (108), the compound (3) or the compound (110) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above reaction scheme-1. Done.

The compound (109c) in which R ⁷¹ represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl group is hydrolyzed under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above Reaction Scheme-9, and the compound in which the corresponding R ⁷¹ is a carboxy group ( 109c).
[Reaction formula-71]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｘ_２、Ｙ_１、Ａ_１０及びＴ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^５９ｃは、水素原子、低級アルキル基又はフェニル低級アルキル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基Ｙ_１と、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（２）と化合物（１０８’）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−７２］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , X ₂ , Y ₁ , A ₁₀ and T ₂ are the same as above. R ^59c represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a phenyl lower alkyl group. It is assumed that a of A ₁₀ is bonded to the group Y ₁ and b is bonded to the group -T ₂ . ]
The reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (108 ′) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-72]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｒ^５ａ、Ｒ^５ｂ、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｒ^５ｃ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^７３ａは、基−Ａ_１０−Ｔ_２−ＣＯＯＲ^５９（Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２及びＲ^５９は前記に同じ）又は基−Ａ（Ａは前記に同じ）を示す。 Ａ_１０のａは基−ＮＨ−、基−ＮＲ^５ａ−、基−Ｎ（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^５ｂ）−又は基−ＮＲ^５ｃ−と、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。化合物（６８ｄ）における側鎖（−Ｎ（Ｒ^７３ａ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^５ｂ）のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１１１）と化合物（４）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , R ^5a , R ^5b , R ^A , R ^5c and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^73a represents a group -A ₁₀ -T ₂ -COOR ⁵⁹ (A ₁₀ , T ₂ and R ⁵⁹ are as defined above) or a group -A (A is as defined above). A in A ₁₀ is bonded to a group —NH—, a group —NR ^5a —, a group —N (CHR ^A R ^5b ) —, or a group —NR ^5c —, and b is bonded to a group —T ₂ . The carbon number of the alkyl moiety of the side chain (—N (R ^73a ) (CHR ^A R ^5b ) in the compound (68d) shall not exceed 6.]
The reaction between compound (111) and compound (4) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (4) in Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (111) and the compound (6) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (111) and the compound (5) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-73]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^１７、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^７４ａ及びＲ^ｃは前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−ＮＨＲ^１７又は基−ＮＲ^１７Ｂ_３Ｒ^ｃと結合するものとする。]
化合物（１１２）と化合物（１１３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−７４］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , X ₂ , R ¹⁷ , B ₃ , R ^74a and R ^c are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group —Y, and b is bonded to the group —NHR ¹⁷ or the group —NR ¹⁷ B ₃ R ^c . ]
The reaction between the compound (112) and the compound (113) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-74]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_１、ｌ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−（Ｔ_１）ｌと結合するものとする。］
化合物（１１４）と化合物（３６）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T ₁ , l, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group -Y, and b is bonded to the group-(T ₁ ) l. ]
The reaction between the compound (114) and the compound (36) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  In compound (109e), a compound in which l is 0 can also be produced by reacting the corresponding compound (114) with compound (36) in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst in a suitable solvent.

This reaction is carried out under the same reaction conditions as for Reaction C described in the above Reaction Scheme-13.
[Reaction formula-75]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^８、Ｂ_２１、Ｒ^６、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^５９、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。化合物（８４ｉ）における側鎖（−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）（ＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）Ｂ_２１Ｒ^６））中のＣＨＲ^ＡＢ_２１部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（８４ｇ）と化合物（２０）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ⁸ , B ₂₁ , R ⁶ , A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ⁵⁹ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. The number of carbon atoms in the CHR ^A B ₂₁ moiety in the side chain (—N (R ⁸ ) (CH (R ^A ) B ₂₁ R ⁶ )) in the compound (84i) shall not exceed 6. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is assumed to bind to group -T _2. ]
The reaction between the compound (84g) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (84g) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (84g) and the compound (21) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-76]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^８ａ、Ｒ^８ｂ、Ｒ^８ｃ、Ｂ、Ｒ^６、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^５９、Ｒ^Ａ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。化合物（１１６ｂ）における側鎖（−ＮＢ（Ｒ^６）（ＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）Ｒ^８ｂ））中のＣＨＲ^Ａ部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１１５）と化合物（２３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ^8a , R ^8b , R ^8c , B, R ⁶ , A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ⁵⁹ , R ^A and X ₂ are the same as above. The number of carbon atoms in the CHR ^A moiety in the side chain (—NB (R ⁶ ) (CH (R ^A ) R ^8b )) in the compound (116b) does not exceed 6. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is assumed to bind to group -T _2. ]
The reaction between the compound (115) and the compound (23) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (115) and the compound (25) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (115) and the compound (24) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-77]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_３、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ａ_１５は、

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₃ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as described above. A ₁₅ is,

を示す。
Ｒ^７３は、基−（Ｂ_２１）ｆＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）（ＮＲ^１４Ｒ^１５）を示す。Ｂ_２１、ｆ及びＲ^Ａは前記に同じ。但し、（Ｂ_２１）ｆＣＨ（Ｒ^Ａ）部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１１７）と化合物（３６）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−７８］

Indicates.
R ⁷³ represents a group — (B ₂₁ ) fCH (R ^A ) (NR ¹⁴ R ¹⁵ ). B ₂₁ , f and R ^A are the same as described above. However, the number of carbon atoms in the (B ₂₁ ) fCH (R ^A ) portion does not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (117) and the compound (36) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-78]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^６、Ｒ^９ａ及びＲ^５９は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（６９’）と化合物（６６）との反応は、前記反応式−４６における化合物（３０）と化合物（６６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−７９］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ⁶ , R ^9a and R ⁵⁹ are the same as above. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is assumed to bind to group -T _2. ]
The reaction between compound (69 ′) and compound (66) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (30) and compound (66) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-46.
[Reaction formula-79]

[式中、Ｒ^９５、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２及びＲ^５９ｂは前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１２０ａ）を化合物（１２０ｂ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。

[Wherein, R ⁹⁵ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T ₂ and R ^59b are the same as above. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is assumed to bind to group -T _2. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (120a) into the compound (120b) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.

  The reaction between the compound (120b) and the compound (100 ′) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1fff) and the compound (43) in the above Reaction Scheme-20.

In the same manner as above, a halogenated lower alkyl such as methyl iodide is used in place of the compound (100 ′), and the reaction conditions are the same as those in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above reaction scheme-1. The compound (120a) can also be produced by reacting.
[Reaction formula-80]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_５、Ｒ^５９ａ及びｊは前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは−Ｓと結合するものとする。]
化合物（１２０ｃ）を化合物（１２０ｄ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４における化合物（１ｚｚｚｚ）を化合物（１ａａａａａ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−８１］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₅ , R ^59a and j are the same as above. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b shall be bound to -S. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (120c) to the compound (120d) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (1zzzz) to the compound (1aaaaa) in the above Reaction Scheme-4.
[Reaction formula-81]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ、ｌ、Ｒ^６、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｂ_２１及びＲ^１４ａは前記に同じ。Ｒ^４９ｃは、低級アルコキシカルボニル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−（Ｔ）ｌと結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０３）と化合物（３８ｃ）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T, 1, R ⁶ , X ₂ , R ^A , B ₂₁ and R ^14a are the same as above. R ^49c represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is a group - shall be combined with (T) l. ]
The reaction between the compound (103) and the compound (38c) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  The reaction for converting the compound (104d) to the compound (104e) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (68) in the reaction formula-47 to the compound (69).

  The reaction between the compound (104e) and the compound (20) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (104e) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between compound (104e) and compound (21) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (5) in Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-82]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_３、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１、ｆ、Ｒ^Ａ及びｉは前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−（Ｂ_２１）ｆと結合するものとする。化合物（１２３ａ）における側鎖中の（Ｂ_２１）ｆＣ（Ｒ^Ａ）の総炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１２１）と化合物（１２２）との反応は、適当な溶媒中、酸の存在下に行うことができる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₃ , A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ , f, R ^A and i are the same as defined above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group -Y, and b is bonded to the group-(B ₂₁ ) f. The total carbon number of (B ₂₁ ) fC (R ^A ) in the side chain of compound (123a) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction of compound (121) and compound (122) can be carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid.

  As the solvent, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above reaction formula-1 can be used.

  Examples of the acid that can be used include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, and hydrobromic acid, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid. These acids are used singly or in combination of two or more. The acid is usually used in an amount of usually at least 0.01 to 5 times, preferably 0.01 to 2 times the amount of the compound (121). Compound (122) is usually used in at least an equimolar amount, preferably an equimolar to 10-fold molar amount, relative to compound (121).

The reaction is usually performed at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about 0 to 150 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 30 minutes to 10 hours.
[Reaction formula-83]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＡ_１０は前記に同じ。Ｒ^７２ａは低級アルコキシ基を示す。 Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｒ^７２ａ又は水酸基と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０９ｆ）を化合物（１２４）に導く反応は、適当な溶媒中、酸の存在下に行うことができる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y and A ₁₀ are the same as above. R ^72a represents a lower alkoxy group. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group -Y, and b is bonded to the group -R ^72a or a hydroxyl group. ]
The reaction for converting compound (109f) to compound (124) can be carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid.

  As the solvent, in addition to water, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used.

  Examples of the acid include mineral acids such as hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid and concentrated sulfuric acid, fatty acids such as formic acid and acetic acid, organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, aluminum chloride, zinc chloride, iron chloride, tin chloride, A Lewis acid such as boron fluoride and boron tribromide, an iodide such as sodium iodide and potassium iodide, a mixture of the above Lewis acid and iodide, and the like are used. The acid is generally used in an amount of 0.1 to 5 times mol, preferably 0.5 to 3 times mol, of the compound (109f).

The reaction is usually performed at 0 to 150 ° C., preferably about 0 to 100 ° C., and is generally completed in about 0.5 to 15 hours.
[Reaction formula-84]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_５、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ｑ_１は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｑ_１と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１２４ａ）と化合物（１２５）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−８５］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₅ , X ₂ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. Q ₁ represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is assumed to bind to group -Q _1. ]
The reaction between the compound (124a) and the compound (125) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-85]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１４ａ、Ｒ^７４ａ、Ｔ及びｌは前記に同じ。Ｒ^７４ｂは、低級アルカノイル基又は低級アルコキシカルボニル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−（Ｔ）ｌと結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０９ｇ）を化合物（１０９ｈ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。
［反応式−８６］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^14a , R ^74a , T and l are the same as defined above. R ^74b represents a lower alkanoyl group or a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is a group - shall be combined with (T) l. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (109g) into the compound (109h) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.
[Reaction formula-86]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^５９ａ、Ｂ_２３及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１２６）と化合物（３４）との反応は、前記反応式−４３における化合物（３３）と化合物（３４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−８７］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T ₂ , X ₂ , R ^59a , B ₂₃ and R ⁶ are the same as above. A of A ₁₀ is a group -Y, b is assumed to bind to group -T _2. ]
The reaction between the compound (126) and the compound (34) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (33) and the compound (34) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-43.
[Reaction formula-87]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^７４ａ及びＡ_１０は、前記に同じ。Ｒ^７４ｃは、アミノ基又は基−Ｒ^１（Ｒ^１は前記に同じ。）を示す。Ｒ^７５は、低級アルカノイル基を示す。Ｒ^７６は、低級アルコキシカルボニル基を示す。Ｒ^７７及びＲ^７８は、それぞれ低級アルコキシ基を示す。Ｒ^７９は、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｒ^７５、基−Ｃ（Ｒ^７９）＝ＣＨＲ^７６又は基−ＣＨ（Ｒ^７９）ＣＨ_２Ｒ^７６と結合するものとする。ここで、Ｃ（Ｒ^７９）＝ＣＨ部分の炭素数及びＣＨ（Ｒ^７９）ＣＨ_２部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１２８）と化合物（１２９）との反応は、適当な溶媒中、塩基性化合物の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ^74a and A ₁₀ are the same as above. R ^74c represents an amino group or a group —R ¹ (R ¹ is the same as described above). R ⁷⁵ represents a lower alkanoyl group. R ⁷⁶ represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. R ⁷⁷ and R ⁷⁸ each represent a lower alkoxy group. R ⁷⁹ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group -Y and b is bonded to the group -R ⁷⁵ , the group -C (R ⁷⁹ ) = CHR ⁷⁶ or the group -CH (R ⁷⁹ ) CH ₂ R ⁷⁶ Here, the carbon number of the C (R ⁷⁹ ) ═CH moiety and the carbon number of the CH (R ⁷⁹ ) CH ₂ moiety shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction of compound (128) and compound (129) is carried out in the presence of a basic compound in a suitable solvent.

  Any known solvent can be used as long as it does not affect the reaction. Examples of such solvents include ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, monoglyme and diglyme, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, and aliphatic carbonization such as n-hexane, heptane and cyclohexane. Hydrogen, amines such as pyridine, N, N-dimethylaniline, aprotic polar solvents such as acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol or the like And the like.

  Examples of basic compounds include metal hydroxides such as metal sodium, metal potassium, sodium hydride, sodium amide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, etc. Carbonate, sodium methylate, sodium ethylate, metal alcoholates such as potassium tert-butoxide, alkyl and aryl lithium or lithium amides such as methyl lithium, n-butyl lithium, phenyl lithium, lithium diisopropylamide, pyridine, piperidine, Examples thereof include organic bases such as quinoline, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and N, N-dimethylaniline. These basic compounds are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. The basic compound is generally used in an amount of 0.1 to 10-fold mol amount, preferably 0.5 to 5-fold mol amount based on Compound (128).

  The amount of compound (129) to be used is generally usually at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to compound (128).

  The reaction is usually −80 to 150 ° C., preferably around −80 to 120 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 0.5 to 40 hours.

  When an organic base is used as the basic compound, the reaction proceeds advantageously when a lithium salt such as lithium chloride is added to the reaction system.

The reaction for converting compound (130) to compound (131) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.
[Reaction formula-88]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｒ^６６及びＡ_１７は前記に同じ。]
化合物（２８’）を化合物（６４ａ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｇ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−８９］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, R ⁶⁶ and A ₁₇ are the same as above. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (28 ′) to the compound (64a) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (1f) in the reaction formula-3 to the compound (1g).
[Reaction formula-89]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＡは前記に同じ。]
化合物（６４ｂ）を化合物（２６ａ）に導く反応は、適当な溶媒中、酸化剤の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y and A are the same as above. ]
The reaction for converting compound (64b) to compound (26a) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of an oxidizing agent.

  Examples of the solvent include water, fatty acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and propionic acid, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether. Ethers, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, chlorobenzene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl Examples thereof include sulfoxide, pyridine and the like, and mixed solvents thereof.

  Examples of the oxidizing agent include peracids such as formic acid, peracetic acid, pertrifluoroacetic acid, perbenzoic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, o-carboxyperbenzoic acid, hydrogen peroxide, sodium metaperiodate, Dichromates such as dichromic acid, sodium dichromate and potassium dichromate, permanganates such as manganese dioxide, permanganate, sodium permanganate and potassium permanganate, and lead salts such as lead tetraacetate Silver oxide, Dess-Martin periodinane, and the like. The oxidizing agent is generally used in an amount of at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 3-fold molar amount with respect to compound (64b).

The reaction is usually performed at −10 to 100 ° C., preferably around 0 to 50 ° C., and is completed in about 30 minutes to 24 hours.
[Reaction formula-90]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_１９、Ｒ^１８、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^１４、Ｒ^７４ａ及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｂ_１９と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１３３）と化合物（１３４）との反応及び化合物（１３５）と化合物（３６）との反応は、いずれも前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−９１］

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₁₉ , R ¹⁸ , X ₂ , R ¹⁴ , R ^74a and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group -Y, and b is bonded to the group -B ₁₉ . ]
The reaction between the compound (133) and the compound (134) and the reaction between the compound (135) and the compound (36) are both the same as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1. Performed under reaction conditions.
[Reaction formula-91]

[式中、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^１７ａ、Ｒ^１７ｂ、Ｒ^Ａ、Ｒ^１７、Ｙ_１、Ｒ^ｃ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^８０は、基−Ｙ_１Ｈ又は基−ＯＲ^８１を示す。Ｒ^８１は、水酸基の保護基を示す。化合物（１０８ｃ）における側鎖（−Ｎ（Ｂ_３Ｒ^ｃ）（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^１７ｂ））中のＣＨＲ^Ａ部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｒ^８０と、ｂは基−ＮＨＢ_３Ｒ^ｃ、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７ａ）Ｂ_３Ｒ^ｃ、基−Ｎ（ＣＨＲ^ＡＲ^１７ｂ）Ｂ_３Ｒ^ｃ又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）Ｂ_３Ｒ^ｃと結合するものとする。]
ここで水酸基の保護基としては、前記で例示したフェニル低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、トリ低級アルキルシリル基、低級アルカノイル基、低級アルキル基等を挙げることができる。

[Wherein, A ₁₀ , B ₃ , R ^17a , R ^17b , R ^A , R ¹⁷ , Y ₁ , R ^c and X ₂ are the same as above. R ⁸⁰ represents a group —Y ₁ H or a group —OR ⁸¹ . R ⁸¹ represents a hydroxyl-protecting group. The number of carbon atoms in the CHR ^A moiety in the side chain (—N (B ₃ R ^c ) (CHR ^A R ^17b )) in the compound (108c) does not exceed 6. A in A ₁₀ is a group —R ⁸⁰ , b is a group —NHB ₃ R ^c , a group —N (R ^17a ) B ₃ R ^c , a group —N (CHR ^A R ^17b ) B ₃ R ^c or a group —N ( R ¹⁷ ) shall bind to B ₃ R ^c . ]
Examples of the hydroxyl-protecting group include the phenyl lower alkyl group, lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, tetrahydropyranyl group, tri-lower alkylsilyl group, lower alkanoyl group, and lower alkyl group exemplified above.

  The reaction between the compound (108a) and the compound (73) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (108a) and the compound (75 ′) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (108a) and the compound (74) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

In compound (74), R ^A and R ^17b are reacted with each other together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded to form a cycloalkyl ring, and the reaction is carried out under conditions using a hydrogenation reducing agent. In this case, instead of the compound (74), a cycloalkyloxytrialkylsilane such as [(1-ethoxycyclopropyl) oxy] trimethylsilane is used as a starting material, and the aforementioned compound (74) is generated in the reaction system. Also good.
[Reaction formula-92]

[式中、Ｒ^８０、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１７、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^ｃ、Ｘ_２及びＲ^５９ｂは前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｒ^８０と、ｂは基−ＮＨＲ^１７、基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）Ｂ_３Ｒ^ｃ又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^１７）ＣＨ_２ＣＨ_２ＣＯＯＲ^５９と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０８ｅ）と化合物（１１３）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ , A ₁₀ , R ¹⁷ , B ₃ , R ^c , X ₂ and R ^59b are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group —R ⁸⁰ and b is bonded to the group —NHR ¹⁷ , the group —N (R ¹⁷ ) B ₃ R ^c or the group —N (R ¹⁷ ) CH ₂ CH ₂ COOR ⁵⁹ . ]
The reaction between the compound (108e) and the compound (113) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction of compound (108e) and compound (137) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of an acid.

  As the solvent, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used.

  Examples of the acid include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid, organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and sulfonic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, aluminum chloride, zinc chloride, iron chloride and tin chloride. Lewis acids such as boron tribromide, boron trifluoride / diethyl ether complex are used. These acids are used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. These acids are generally used in an amount of 0.01 to 5 times, preferably 0.1 to 2 times the amount of the compound (108e). Compound (137) is usually used in at least an equimolar amount, preferably an equimolar to 10-fold molar amount, relative to compound (108e).

The reaction is usually carried out at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about 0 to 150 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 30 minutes to 80 hours.
[Reaction formula-93]

[式中、Ｒ^８１は前記に同じ。Ｒ^７３ｂは、基−Ａ_１０−Ｔ_２−ＣＯＯＲ^５９ａ又は基−Ａを示す。Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^５９ａ及びＡは前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−ＯＲ^８１又は水酸基と、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１３８）を化合物（１３９）に導く反応は、原料の化合物（１３８）がＲ^８１がフェニル低級アルキル基を示す化合物である場合、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応のうち、(1)の還元反応（接触水素還元剤を用いる方法）と同様の反応条件下に行うことができる。

[Wherein R ⁸¹ is the same as defined above. R ^73b represents a group -A ₁₀ -T ₂ -COOR ^59a or a group -A. A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ^59a and A are the same as described above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group —OR ⁸¹ or hydroxyl group, and b is bonded to the group —T ₂ . ]
The reaction for converting the compound (138) to the compound (139) is carried out by converting the compound (68) in the reaction formula -47 into the compound (69) when the starting compound (138) is a compound in which R ⁸¹ represents a phenyl lower alkyl group. Among the reactions leading to (1), the reaction can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reduction reaction (1) (method using a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent).

The reaction for converting the compound (138) to the compound (139) is carried out in the case where the starting compound (138) is a compound in which R ⁸¹ represents a tetrahydropyranyl group or a tri-lower alkylsilyl group, as shown in the above reaction formula-9. It can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B mentioned. In the reaction for leading the compound (138) to the compound (139), it is preferable to hydrolyze with an acid. The amount of the acid used is usually about 1 to 10 times mol, preferably 1 with respect to the compound (138). It is good to be about ˜2 times mole.

In the case of the compound (138) in which R ⁸¹ represents a tri-lower alkylsilyl group, the compound (138) is treated with a fluorine compound such as tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride, hydrogen fluoride, or cesium fluoride. Also good.

When the starting compound (138) is a compound in which R ⁸¹ represents a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group or a lower alkyl group, the compound (138) may be treated in the presence of an acid in a suitable solvent. Examples of the solvent include water, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, ethers such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride, and polar solvents such as acetonitrile. Or a mixed solvent thereof. Examples of the acid include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and hydrobromic acid, fatty acids such as formic acid and acetic acid, sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, Lewis such as boron fluoride, aluminum chloride and boron tribromide. Examples thereof include iodides such as acid, sodium iodide and potassium iodide, and mixtures of the above iodides and Lewis acids. The reaction is usually completed in about 0.5 to 25 hours at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably at room temperature to about 150 ° C.

  This hydrolysis can be carried out using a basic compound under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction formula-9. In this case, as the basic compound, an amine such as triethylamine may be used in addition to the basic compound exemplified in the hydrolysis B.

When the starting compound (138) is a compound in which R ⁸¹ represents a lower alkanoyl group, the reaction for converting the compound (138) to the compound (139) is the same as the hydrolysis B described in the above Reaction Scheme-9. Under the conditions.

R ^73a is a group

を示す化合物（１３８）の場合、前記加水分解条件下に脱水反応がおこり、対応するＲ^７３ａが基

In the case of the compound (138) showing a dehydration reaction occurs under the hydrolysis conditions, and the corresponding R ^73a is a group.

を示す化合物（１３８）が得られることがある。
［反応式−９４］

(138) may be obtained.
[Reaction formula-94]

[式中、Ｒ^８０、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｒ^８０と、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１４０）と化合物（３６）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−９５］

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ , A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group -R ⁸⁰ and b is bonded to the group -T ₂ . ]
The reaction between the compound (140) and the compound (36) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-95]

[式中、Ｙ_１、Ａ_７、Ｒ^１３及びＡ_９は前記に同じ。]
化合物（１４１）と化合物（１２）との反応は、前記反応式−８における化合物（１３）と化合物（１２）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−９６］

[Wherein Y ₁ , A ₇ , R ¹³ and A ₉ are the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (141) and the compound (12) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (13) and the compound (12) in the above Reaction Scheme-8.
[Reaction formula-96]

[式中、Ｒ^８０、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２１及びｆは前記に同じ。化合物（１４４）における側鎖（−（Ｂ_２１）ｆ−ＣＨ_２ＮＨ_２）のアルキル部分の炭素数は６を超えないものとする。]
化合物（１４３）を化合物（１４４）に導く反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応のうち、水素化還元剤を用いる反応条件と同様の条件下に行われる。
［反応式−９７］

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ , A ₁₀ , B ₂₁ and f are the same as above. Compound (144) in the side chain - number of carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety of _{((B 21) f-CH} 2 NH 2) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction leading compound (143) to compound (144) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as those using a hydrogenation reducing agent in the reaction of compound (1b) and compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2. Is called.
[Reaction formula-97]

[式中、Ｒ^８０、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_１９、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^１８、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｒ^８０と、ｂは基−Ｂ_１９と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１４５）と化合物（１３４）との反応は、前記反応式−９０における化合物（１３３）と化合物（１３４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ , A ₁₀ , B ₁₉ , X ₂ , R ¹⁸ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group —R ⁸⁰ and b is bonded to the group —B ₁₉ . ]
The reaction between compound (145) and compound (134) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between compound (133) and compound (134) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-90.

The reaction between the compound (146) and the compound (36) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-98]

[式中、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_１９、Ｒ^１４、Ｒ^１５、Ｒ^８０及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^１８ａは、低級アルキル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｒ^８０と、ｂは基−Ｂ_１９と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０８ｊ）と化合物（１４７）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−９９］

[Wherein, A ₁₀ , B ₁₉ , R ¹⁴ , R ¹⁵ , R ⁸⁰ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^18a represents a lower alkyl group. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group —R ⁸⁰ and b is bonded to the group —B ₁₉ . ]
The reaction between the compound (108j) and the compound (147) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-99]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｘ_２、Ｘ_３及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。Ｒ^８２は、低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^８３は低級アルコキシ基を示す。]
化合物（１４８）と化合物（１４９）との反応は、適当な溶媒中、触媒の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , X ₂ , X ₃ and R ⁶ are the same as above. R ⁸² represents a lower alkyl group. R ⁸³ represents a lower alkoxy group. ]
The reaction of compound (148) and compound (149) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a catalyst.

  As the solvent, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used.

  An example of the catalyst is magnesium. The amount of the catalyst to be used is generally at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to compound (148).

The reaction is usually performed at 0 to 200 ° C., preferably about 0 to 150 ° C., and the reaction is generally completed in about 30 minutes to 10 hours.
[Reaction formula-100]

[式中、Ａ_1８は、基−Ａ又は基−Ａ_１０−Ｔ_２−ＣＯＯＲ^５９ｂを示す。Ａ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２、Ｒ^５９ｂ及びＸ_３は前記に同じ。]
化合物（１５０）を化合物（１０７‘）に導く反応は、前記反応式−５５における化合物（８５）を化合物（７’）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１０１］

[Wherein A ₁₈ represents a group -A or a group -A ₁₀ -T ₂ -COOR ^59b . A, A ₁₀ , T ₂ , R ^59b and X ₃ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (150) into the compound (107 ′) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (85) into the compound (7 ′) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-55.
[Reaction Formula-101]

[式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ａ_１０、Ｔ_２及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。Ａ_１０のａは基−ＣＯ、基−ＣＨ（ＯＨ）又は基−ＣＨ_２と、ｂは基−Ｔ_２と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１０９ａ’）を化合物（１５１）に導く反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応のうち水素化還元剤を用いる反応条件と同様の条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , A ₁₀ , T ₂ and R ⁶ are the same as above. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group —CO, group —CH (OH) or group —CH ₂ , and b is bonded to the group —T ₂ . ]
The reaction leading compound (109a ′) to compound (151) is carried out under the same conditions as the reaction conditions using the hydrogenation reducing agent in the reaction of compound (1b) and compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2. Is called.

  The reaction for converting compound (151) to compound (152) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.

  The reaction between the compound (152) and the compound (22) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction for converting the compound (153) to the compound (154) can be performed under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.
[Reaction formula-102]

[式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_６、Ｂ_７又はＲ^５９は前記に同じ。Ｒ^１９ａは、低級アルカノイル基を示す。Ａ_１０のａは基−Ｙと、ｂは基−Ｂ_６と結合するものとする。]
化合物（１５５）と化合物（１５６）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１０３］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B ₆ , B ₇ or R ⁵⁹ are the same as above. R ^19a represents a lower alkanoyl group. A in A ₁₀ is bonded to the group -Y, and b is bonded to the group -B ₆ . ]
The reaction between the compound (155) and the compound (156) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction Formula 103]

[式中、Ｒ^８０、Ａ_１０、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。]
化合物（１５８）と化合物（３６）との反応は、前記反応式−７４における化合物（１１４）と化合物（３６）との反応のうち、ｌが０を示す場合の反応条件と同様の条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１０４］

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ , A ₁₀ , X ₂ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (158) and the compound (36) is carried out under the same conditions as those in the case where l is 0 in the reaction between the compound (114) and the compound (36) in the reaction formula-74. Done.
[Reaction formula-104]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１４ａ、ｈ、Ｔ、ｌ、Ｒ^Ｂ、Ｘ_１及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^８５ａは、ベンゾイル基を示す。Ｒ^８５ｂは、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、フェニル低級アルキル基、低級アルキル基又はフリル低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^８５ｃは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、フェニル基、フェニル低級アルキル基、フリル基又はフリル低級アルキル基を示す。化合物（１ｂｂｂｂｂ）における基−ＣＨ（Ｒ^Ｂ）Ｒ^８５ｃの炭素数は６を超えないものとする。］
化合物（１ｙｙｙｙ’）と化合物（１６０’）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^14a , h, T, l, R ^B , X ₁ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^85a represents a benzoyl group. R ^85b represents a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group, a lower alkyl group or a furyl lower alkyl group. R ^85c represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group, a furyl group or a furyl lower alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the group —CH (R ^B ) R ^85c in the compound (1bbbbbb) shall not exceed 6. ]
The reaction between the compound (1yyyy ′) and the compound (160 ′) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

  The reaction between the compound (1yyyy ′) and the compound (161) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between compound (1yyyy ′) and compound (162) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (1b) and compound (5) in Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-105]

［式中、Ｒ^２、Ｂ_０、Ｙ、Ｘ_１、Ａ_１７、Ｒ^８、Ｘ_２、Ｘ_３及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。Ｒ^８６は、低級アルキルスルホニル基を示す。Ｒ^８７は、酸素原子又は基−Ｎ（Ｒ^８）−を示す。］
化合物（１６５）と化合物（１６３）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , B ₀ , Y, X ₁ , A ₁₇ , R ⁸ , X ₂ , X ₃ and R ⁶ are the same as above. R ⁸⁶ represents a lower alkylsulfonyl group. R ⁸⁷ represents an oxygen atom or a group —N (R ⁸ ) —. ]
The reaction between the compound (165) and the compound (163) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  The reaction for converting compound (165) to compound (167) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (85) to the compound (7 ') in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-55.

The reaction between the compound (166) or the compound (167) and the compound (164) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-106]

［式中、Ｒ^８０及びＡ_１０は、前記に同じ。Ｒ^１５’は、前記Ｒ^１５における（５）と同じ基を示す。］
化合物（１６８）と化合物（１７０）との反応は、前記反応式−４６における化合物（３０）と化合物（６６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１０７］

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ and A ₁₀ are the same as defined above. R ^{15 ′} represents the same group as (5) in R ¹⁵ . ]
The reaction between compound (168) and compound (170) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (30) and compound (66) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-46.
[Reaction formula-107]

［式中、Ｒ^８０、Ａ_１０、Ｔ、ｌ、Ｒ^１４ｂｂ、Ｒ^１５ａａ、Ｒ^１４ｃｃ、Ｒ^１５ｂｂ、Ｒ^２６及びＲ^２７は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１７１）と化合物（５７）との反応は、前記反応式−３１における化合物（１ｉｉｉｉ）と化合物（５７）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１０８］

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ , A ₁₀ , T, 1, R ^14bb , R ^15aa , R ^14cc , R ^15bb , R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ are the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (171) and the compound (57) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (1iii) and the compound (57) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-31.
[Reaction formula-108]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１５’及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^８９は、低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（１７３）と化合物（１７０）との反応は、前記反応式−４６における化合物（３０）と化合物（６６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ¹⁵ ′ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ⁸⁹ represents a lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction between compound (173) and compound (170) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (30) and compound (66) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-46.

The reaction between the compound (1dddddd) and the compound (173 ′) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-109]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｘ_２、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。
Ａ_１９は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, X ₂ , B ₃ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above.
A ₁₉ is

を示す。
Ａ_２０は、

Indicates.
A ₂₀ is,

を示す。
ここで、Ｒ^３、ｐ、Ｒ^１７、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１７４）と化合物（１７５）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１０］

Indicates.
Here, R ³ , p, R ¹⁷ , B ₃ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (174) and the compound (175) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-110]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ^１及びＹは、前記に同じ。
Ａ_２１は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ¹ and Y are the same as above.
A ₂₁ is

を示す。
Ａ_２２は、

Indicates.
A ₂₂ is

を示す。
ここで、Ｒ^３、ｐ、Ｒ^１７、Ｂ_３、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｇｇｇｇｇ）を化合物（１ｈｈｈｈｈ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（５）との反応のうち水素化還元剤を用いる反応条件と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１１］

Indicates.
Here, R ³ , p, R ¹⁷ , B ₃ , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1gggggg) to the compound (1hhhh) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction conditions using the hydrogenation reducing agent in the reaction of the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2. Is called.
[Reaction formula-111]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＹは前記に同じ。
Ａ_２３は、

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ and Y are the same as above.
A ₂₃ is,

を示す。
Ａ_２４は、

Indicates.
A ₂₄ is

を示す。
ここでＲ^３及びｐは前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｉｉｉｉｉ）を化合物（１ｊｊｊｊｊ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１２］

Indicates.
Here, R ³ and p are the same as described above. ]
The reaction for converting compound (1iii) to compound (1jjjjj) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting compound (68) to the compound (69) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-47.
[Reaction formula-112]

［式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１及びＹは前記に同じ。
Ａ_２５は、

[Wherein R ² , X ₁ and Y are the same as above.
A ₂₅ is,

を示す。
Ａ_２６は、

Indicates.
A ₂₆ is

を示す。
ここで、Ｂ_４ａは、低級アルケニレン基を示す。Ｂ_４ｂは、低級アルキレン基を示す。Ｒ^３、ｐ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ］
化合物（１ｋｋｋｋｋ）を化合物（１ｌｌｌｌｌ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−４７における化合物（６８）を化合物（６９）に導く反応のうち（１）の方法と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１３］

Indicates.
Here, B _4a represents a lower alkenylene group. B _4b represents a lower alkylene group. R ³ , p, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above]
The reaction for converting the compound (1kkkk) to the compound (1llllll) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the method (1) among the reactions for converting the compound (68) in the reaction formula-47 to the compound (69).
[Reaction formula-113]

［式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＲ^５９ｂは前記に同じ。
Ａ_２８は、

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y and R ^59b are the same as above.
A ₂₈ is

を示す。
Ａ_２７は、

Indicates.
A ₂₇ is

を示す。
ここで、Ｒ^３、ｐ及びＲ^５９ｂは前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｍｍｍｍｍ）を化合物（１ｎｎｎｎｎ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下に行われる。

Indicates.
Here, R ³ , p and R ^59b are the same as described above. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1 mmmm) to the compound (1nnnnn) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above Reaction Scheme-9.

The reaction between the compound (1nnnnn) and the compound (100 ′) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1fff) and the compound (43) in the above Reaction Scheme-20.
[Reaction formula-114]

［式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｘ_２及びＹは前記に同じ。
Ａ_２９は、

[Wherein R ² , X ₁ , X ₂ and Y are the same as above.
A ₂₉ is

を示す。
Ａ_３０は、

Indicates.
A ₃₀ is

を示す。
ここで、Ｒ^９０は、置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。Ｒ^３、ｐ及びＲ^５９ｂは前記に同じ］
化合物（１ｏｏｏｏｏ）と化合物（１７６）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１５］

Indicates.
Here, R ⁹⁰ represents a lower alkyl group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent. R ³ , p and R ^59b are the same as above]
The reaction between the compound (1ooooo) and the compound (176) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-115]

［式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｘ_２及びＹは前記に同じ。
Ａ_３１は、

[Wherein R ² , X ₁ , X ₂ and Y are the same as above.
A ₃₁ is

を示す。
Ａ_３２は、

Indicates.
A ₃₂ is

を示す。
ここで、Ｒ^３、ｐ、Ｒ^５９ｂ及びＲ^８９は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｑｑｑｑｑ）と化合物（１７３）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１６］

Indicates.
Here, R ³ , p, R ^59b and R ⁸⁹ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between the compound (1qqqqq) and the compound (173) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction Formula-116]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ、ｌ、Ｒ^９０及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。
Ｒ^１５’’は、前記Ｒ^１５で定義される基（２）、（３）、（４）、（５）、（６）、（７）、（８）、（１０）、（１１）、（１２）、（１３）、（１４）、（１５）、（１６）、（１７）、（１８）、（１９）、（２０）、（２１）、（２２）、（２３）、（２４）、（２５）、（２６）、（２７）、（２６ａ）、（２７ａ）、（２８ａ）、（２９ａ）、（３０ａ）、（３１ａ）、（３２ａ）、（３３ａ）、（３４ａ）、（３５ａ）（３６ａ）又は（３７ａ）を示す。］
化合物（１ｓｓｓｓｓ）と化合物（１７６）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１７］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T, l, R ⁹⁰ and X ₂ are the same as above.
R ¹⁵ ″ is a group defined by R ¹⁵ (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (20), (21), (22), (23), (24 ), (25), (26), (27), (26a), (27a), (28a), (29a), (30a), (31a), (32a), (33a), (34a), (35a) (36a) or (37a) is shown. ]
The reaction between the compound (1sssss) and the compound (176) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-117]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ及びｌは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^１４ＡＡ及びＲ^１５ＢＢは、複素環上に基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）_ｔ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２０’）−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１６Ｘ_２を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ＣＣ及びＲ^１５ＤＤは、複素環上に基−（Ｂ_１２ＣＯ）_ｔ−Ｎ（Ｒ^２０’）−ＣＯ−Ｂ_１６Ｒ^９１を少なくとも１個有している以外は、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員環の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。ここで、Ｂ_１２、ｔ、Ｂ_１６及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。
Ｒ^９１はイミダゾリル基を示す。
Ｒ^２０’は、水素原子；シクロアルキル基；置換基として低級アルコキシカルボニル基を有することのあるアミノ基；フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基；低級アルキル基；フェニル環上に低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び低級アルキルチオ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基を１〜２個有する低級アルキル基；フェニル環上に置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基及び置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群より選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基；低級アルコキシカルボニル基；シクロアルキル低級アルキル基；ピロリジン環上に置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリジニル低級アルキル基；置換基としてフェニル基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるアミノ置換低級アルキル基；１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル置換低級アルキル基；ナフチル低級アルキル基；ピリジル低級アルキル基；キノリル低級アルキル基；テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル低級アルキル基；１，２，４−トリアゾリル低級アルキル基；低級アルキル基上に置換基として水酸基を有することのあるテトラヒドロフリル低級アルキル基；フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びニトロ基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるフェノキシ低級アルキル基；フェニル低級アルカノイル基；置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルカノイル基；イミダゾリル低級アルカノイル基；低級アルコキシカルボニル低級アルキル基；ピリジル基又はカルボキシ低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（１ｕｕｕｕｕ）と化合物（１７７）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１１８］

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T and l are the same as above.
R ^14AA and ^{R 15bb} is based on the heterocycle _{- (B 12 CO) t -N} (R 20 ') except that the _-CO-B 16 _{X 2} has at least one, said ^{R 14} and ^{R 15} And the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined in.
R ^14CC and R ^15DD are the same as R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that at least one group — (B ₁₂ CO) _t —N (R ²⁰ ′) —CO—B ₁₆ R ⁹¹ is present on the heterocyclic ring. And the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined in. Here, B ₁₂ , t, B ₁₆ and X ₂ are the same as described above.
R ⁹¹ represents an imidazolyl group.
R ²⁰ ′ is a hydrogen atom; a cycloalkyl group; an amino group that may have a lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent; a benzoyl group that may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring; An alkyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent, or a lower alkoxy having a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring; A lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a group and a lower alkylthio group; a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring Selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy group and a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent 1 to 3 phenyl groups which may be substituted; lower alkoxycarbonyl group; cycloalkyl lower alkyl group; having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring. A pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group having a substituent; an amino-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and a lower alkyl group; a substituent on the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring; 1,5,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups; naphthyl lower alkyl group; pyridyl lower alkyl group; quinolyl lower alkyl group; substituent on tetrazole ring Having 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group. 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group; 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group; tetrahydrofuryl lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group; substituent on the phenyl ring A phenoxy lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a nitro group; a phenyl lower alkanoyl group; a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent; an imidazolyl lower alkanoyl A group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group; a pyridyl group or a carboxy lower alkyl group; ]
The reaction between the compound (1uuuu) and the compound (177) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction Formula-118]

［式中、Ｘ_１、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^２、Ｙ、Ａ及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。Ｒ^９１は、水素原子又は低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（３３）と化合物（１７８）との反応は、適当な溶媒中、塩基性化合物及び触媒の存在下で行われる。

[Wherein, X ₁ , X ₂ , R ² , Y, A and R ⁶ are the same as above. R ⁹¹ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction of compound (33) and compound (178) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst.

  As the solvent, a solvent inert to the reaction can be widely used, for example, water, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 2-methoxyethanol, monoglyme and diglyme. , Halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol, ethylene glycol, fatty acids such as acetic acid, ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, etc. Esters, ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, pyridine, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide or a mixed solvent thereof It can be mentioned.

  Examples of the basic compound include carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, cesium carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, and potassium phosphate. Metal phosphates such as sodium phosphate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, potassium, sodium, sodium amide, sodium methylate, sodium ethylate, sodium n-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, potassium bis Alkylsilylamide alkali metal salts such as (trimethylsilyl) amide, pyridine, imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, -Methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (DBU), 1,4-diazabicyclo [2. 2.2] Organic bases such as octane (DABCO) or mixtures thereof.

  Examples of the catalyst include palladium acetate, bis (tributyltin) / bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium, copper iodide / 2,2′-bipyridyl, bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium, copper iodide / bis (triphenyl). Phosphine) palladium dichloride, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, R-tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, S-tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, palladium (II) acetate, [1,1′-bis ( Diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] dichloropalladium (II), palladium compounds such as tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, R-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (R-BINAP) , S-2,2'-bis Diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (S-BINAP), RAC-2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (RAC-BINAP), 2,2-bis (diphenyl) Compounds such as imidazolidinylidene), xanthene compounds such as 4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) -9,9-dimethylxanthene, borates such as tritert-butylphosphine tetrafluoroborate, etc., or mixtures thereof Etc.

  The basic compound is used in an amount of at least 0.5 times mol, preferably 0.5 times mol to 40 times mol of the compound (33). As a usage-amount of a catalyst, it is good to set it as a normal catalyst amount with respect to a compound (33).

  The amount of compound (178) to be used is at least 0.5-fold mol, preferably 0.5-fold to 3-fold mol, relative to compound (33).

The reaction is usually completed at room temperature to 200 ° C., preferably from room temperature to 150 ° C., in about 0.5 to 20 hours.
[Reaction Formula-119]

［式中、Ｂ_０、Ｘ_１、Ｒ^２、Ｙ、Ａ_１７、Ｒ^６及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^９２は、基Ｒ^６−Ｚ_４−又は基Ｒ^６−を示す。Ｚ_４は低級アルキレン基を示す。］
化合物（６４）と化合物（１７９）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）の反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１２０］

[Wherein, B ₀ , X ₁ , R ² , Y, A ₁₇ , R ⁶ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ⁹² represents a group R ⁶ —Z ₄ — or a group R ⁶ —. Z ₄ represents a lower alkylene group. ]
The reaction between the compound (64) and the compound (179) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-120]

［式中、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。］
化合物（３０）を化合物（１ｂｂｂｂｂｂ）に導く反応は、まず、化合物（３０）をジアゾ化反応に付し、次に得られたジアゾニウム塩と化合物（１８０）とを反応することにより行われる。

[Wherein, R ² , X ₁ , Y, A and R ⁶ are the same as above. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (30) into the compound (1bbbbbb) is performed by first subjecting the compound (30) to a diazotization reaction and then reacting the obtained diazonium salt with the compound (180).

  The diazotization reaction 1) is carried out in an appropriate solvent in the presence of an acid and a diazotizing agent. Examples of the solvent used here include water and acetonitrile. Examples of the acid include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, tetrafluoroboric acid, hexafluorophosphoric acid and the like. Examples of the diazotizing agent include metal nitrites such as sodium nitrite and potassium nitrite, and lower alkyl nitrites such as t-butyl nitrite and isoamyl nitrite.

  The acid is generally used in an amount of about equimolar to 10-fold mol, preferably about equimolar to 5-fold mol based on compound (30). The diazotizing agent is generally used in an amount of at least about equimolar amount, preferably about equimolar to about 3 times molar relative to compound (30).

  The reaction is usually carried out at 0 to 70 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to room temperature, and is generally completed in about several minutes to 5 hours.

  The reaction between the diazonium salt obtained by the diazotization and the compound (180) is carried out in the same solvent as that used in the diazotization reaction of 1) in the presence of a basic compound.

  As the basic compound, any of the basic compounds used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used.

  The amount of the basic compound used is at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar relative to compound (30).

  The amount of compound (180) to be used is at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar amount relative to compound (30).

The reaction is usually performed at 0 to 70 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to around room temperature, and is generally completed in about several minutes to 5 hours.
[Reaction formula-121]

［式中、Ｘ_１、Ｒ^８ｄ、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｒ^２及びＲ^６は、前記に同じ。］
化合物（３０ａ）と化合物（１８１）との反応は、適当な溶媒中、塩基性化合物及び触媒の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, X ₁ , R ^8d , Y, A, R ² and R ⁶ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between compound (30a) and compound (181) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a basic compound and a catalyst.

  Examples of the solvent used include aromatic hydrocarbons such as water, benzene, toluene and xylene, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 2-methoxyethanol, monoglyme and diglyme, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chloroform, and four. Halogenated hydrocarbons such as carbon chloride, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, tert-butanol, ethylene glycol, fatty acids such as acetic acid, esters such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc. Examples include ketones, acetonitrile, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, and mixed solvents thereof.

  Examples of basic compounds include carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, cesium carbonate, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium hydride, and the like. Metal alkoxides such as potassium hydride, potassium, sodium, sodium amide, sodium methylate, sodium ethylate, sodium n-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, pyridine, imidazole, N-ethyldiisopropylamine, Dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, dimethylaniline, N-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3,0] nonene-5 (DBN), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] Undecene -7 (DBU), and 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] organic base or a mixture thereof, such as octane (DABCO).

  Examples of the catalyst include palladium compounds such as tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) and dichlorobis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II), and copper compounds such as copper acetate (II).

  The amount of the basic compound used is usually at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar relative to the compound (30a).

  The amount of the catalyst to be used is generally 0.001 to equimolar amount, preferably 0.01 to 0.5 times molar amount, relative to compound (30a).

  The amount of compound (181) used is usually at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar relative to compound (30a).

The reaction is usually performed at -30 to 200 ° C, preferably around 0 to 150 ° C, and is generally completed in about 0.5 to 30 hours. In the reaction system, molecular sieves such as molecular sieve 3A (MS-3A), molecular sieve 4A (MS-4A), etc. may be added.
[Reaction formula-122]

［式中、Ｒ^６、Ｚ_１、Ｘ_１、Ｒ^２、Ｙ、Ｚ_４及びＡは前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｄｄｄｄｄｄ）を化合物（１ｅｅｅｅｅｅ）に導く反応は、適当な溶媒中、接触水素還元剤の存在下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ⁶ , Z ₁ , X ₁ , R ² , Y, Z ₄ and A are the same as above. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1dddddd) to the compound (1eeeeee) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent.

  Examples of the solvent include water, fatty acids such as acetic acid, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane, alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane, Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, monoglyme, diglyme and 1,4-dioxane, esters such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and butyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like Examples thereof include a protic polar solvent or a mixed solvent thereof.

  Examples of the contact hydrogen reducing agent include palladium, palladium-black, palladium-carbon, palladium hydroxide-carbon, rhodium-alumina, platinum, platinum oxide, copper chromite, Raney nickel, palladium acetate and the like.

  The catalytic hydrogen reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.01 to about an equivalent weight with respect to the compound (1dddddd).

The above reaction usually proceeds suitably at about -20 to 150 ° C, preferably about 0 to 100 ° C, and is generally completed in about 0.5 to 20 hours. The hydrogen pressure is usually about 1 to 10 atm.
[Reaction formula-123]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｔ及びｌは、前記に同じ。
Ｒ^１４ＩＩ及びＲ^１５ＪＪは、複素環上に低級アルコキシカルボニル基を有しているフェニル基を少なくとも１個有している以外は前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ＥＥ及びＲ^１５ＦＦは、複素環上にカルボキシ基を有しているフェニル基を少なくとも１個有している以外は前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^１４ＧＧ及びＲ^１５ＨＨは、複素環上に低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基及び低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのあるカルバモイル基を有しているフェニル基を少なくとも１個有している以外は前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５で定義されている５〜１０員の飽和又は不飽和の複素環基と同じである。
Ｒ^９３及びＲ^９４は、水素原子、低級アルキル基又は低級アルコキシ低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（１ｈｈｈｈｈｈ）を化合物（１ｆｆｆｆｆｆ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−９のところで述べた加水分解Ｂと同様の反応条件下で行うことができる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , T and l are the same as above.
R ^14II and R ^15JJ are 5 to 10-membered saturated or as defined in R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one phenyl group having a lower alkoxycarbonyl group on the heterocyclic ring. Same as unsaturated heterocyclic group.
R ^14EE and R ^15FF are 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated as defined for R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ except that they have at least one phenyl group having a carboxy group on the heterocyclic ring. It is the same as the heterocyclic group.
R ^14GG and R ^15HH, except that has at least one phenyl group having a carbamoyl group which may have a selected from the group consisting lower alkoxy-lower alkyl group and a lower alkyl group on the heterocyclic group Is the same as the 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group defined by R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ .
R ⁹³ and R ⁹⁴ represent a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (1hhhhhh) into the compound (1ffffff) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above Reaction Scheme-9.

The reaction between the compound (1ffffff) and the compound (182) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-124]

［式中、Ｘ_１、Ｒ^２、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｘ_２、ｋ、Ｘ_３、Ｒ^６，Ｂ_２０ａ及びｄ’は前記に同じ。］
化合物（３０）と化合物（１８３）との反応は、前記反応式−４６における化合物（３０）と化合物（６６）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, X ₁ , R ² , Y, A, X ₂ , k, X ₃ , R ⁶ , B _20a and d ′ are the same as described above. ]
The reaction between compound (30) and compound (183) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (30) and compound (66) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-46.

  The reaction for converting the compound (184) to the compound (1jjjjjj) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  The reaction between the compound (1jjjjjj) and the compound (185) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  When the compound (185) in which d ′ is 0 is used, the reaction for converting the compound (1jjjjj) to the compound (1kkkk) is carried out by using a copper halide such as copper iodide, N, N-dimethylglycine, etc. in an appropriate solvent. In the presence of an alkali metal phosphate such as alkyl glycine or potassium phosphate.

  As the solvent used here, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used.

Copper halide and alkyl glycine are used in conventional catalytic amounts. The amount of alkali metal phosphate used is usually at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar relative to compound (1jjjjj). The amount of compound (185) to be used is generally 0.5 to 5-fold mol amount, preferably 0.5 to 3-fold mol amount based on compound (1jjjjjj). The reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C., preferably at room temperature to 150 ° C., and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.
[Reaction formula-125]

［式中、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ及びＲ^６は前記に同じ。］
化合物（３３）と化合物（１８６）との反応は、前記反応式−１１８における化合物（３３）と化合物（１７８）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１２６］

[Wherein, X ₂ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A and R ⁶ are the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (33) and the compound (186) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (33) and the compound (178) in the above Reaction Scheme-118.
[Reaction formula-126]

［式中、Ｘ_１、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^２、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｂ_２１ａ、Ｒ^６及びｃは前記に同じ。］
化合物（３３）と化合物（１８７）との反応は、前記反応式−１１８における化合物（３３）と化合物（１７８）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１２７］

[Wherein, X ₁ , X ₂ , R ² , Y, A, B _21a , R ⁶ and c are the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (33) and the compound (187) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (33) and the compound (178) in the above Reaction Scheme-118.
[Reaction formula-127]

［式中、Ｒ^９ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^６、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１６、Ｘ_２及びＲ^９ｂは前記に同じ。］
化合物（１８８）と化合物（１８９）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（６）の反応のうち、（ニ）のカルボン酸ハライドにアミンを反応させる方法と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ^9a , R ² , R ⁶ , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₆ , X ₂ and R ^9b are the same as above. ]
The reaction between the compound (188) and the compound (189) is the same as the method of reacting the carboxylic acid halide (d) with an amine among the reactions of the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above reaction formula-2. Performed under reaction conditions.

The reaction between the compound (190) and the compound (191) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.
[Reaction formula-128]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ及びＡ_１６は前記に同じ。Ｘａは、ハロゲン原子を示す。］
化合物（１ｏｏｏｏｏｏ）を化合物（１ｐｐｐｐｐｐ）に導く反応は、適当な溶媒中、接触水素還元剤及び蟻酸、蟻酸アンモニウム、シクロへキセン、抱水ヒドラジン等の水素供与剤の存在下で行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y and A ₁₆ are the same as above. Xa represents a halogen atom. ]
The reaction for converting compound (1oooooo) to compound (1pppppp) is carried out in a suitable solvent in the presence of a catalytic hydrogen reducing agent and a hydrogen donor such as formic acid, ammonium formate, cyclohexene, or hydrazine hydrate.

  As the solvent and the catalytic hydrogen reducing agent used, any of the solvent and the catalytic hydrogen reducing agent used in the reaction for converting the compound (1dddddd) in the reaction formula-122 to the compound (1eeeeee) can be used.

  The catalytic hydrogen reducing agent is usually used in an amount of about 0.01 to 40% by weight, preferably about 0.01 to 20% by weight, based on the compound (1oooooo).

  The use amount of the hydrogenation donor is usually at least equimolar amount, preferably equimolar to 10-fold molar amount, relative to the compound (1oooooo).

The reaction is usually carried out in a hydrogen atmosphere at normal pressure to about 20 atm, preferably about normal to 10 atm, usually at a temperature of about −30 to 150 ° C., preferably about 0 to 100 ° C. It ends in about 12 hours.
[Reaction formula-129]

［式中、Ａ_１０、Ｘ_２、ｋ、Ｘ_３、、Ｒ^８０及びＲ^Ｂは前記に同じ。
Ｒ^９４ａは、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５が互いに結合して形成される複素環基上の置換基であって、前記（３５）、（４０）、（４２）、（６７）、（７５）〜（７６）、（７８）もしくは（８０）〜（８１）で示される置換基、（５０）で示される基であって且つｏが１を示す置換基、又は（８４）で示される基であって且つｓが０を示す置換基を示す。
Ｒ^９４ｂは、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５が互いに結合して形成される複素環上の置換基であって、前記（２８）、（３０）〜（３４）、（３６）〜（３９）、（４１）、（４３）〜（４５）、（４７）、（５２）〜（６０）、（６２）〜（６６）、（７０）、（７７）、（７９）、（８２）〜（８３）、（８７）、（８８ａ）もしくは（９０ａ）で示される置換基、（４９）で示される基であって且つｔが１を示す置換基、又は（５０）で示される基であって且つｏが０を示す置換基を示す。
Ｒ^９４ｃは、前記Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５が互いに結合して形成される複素環上の置換基であって、前記（２８）、（３０）〜（３４）、（３９）、（４１）、（４５）、（４７）、（５４）〜（５８）、（６２）〜（６４）、（６６）、（７０）、（７９）もしくは（８２）〜（８３）で示される置換基；（４９）で示される基であって且つｔが１を示す置換基；（５０）で示される基であって且つｏが０を示す置換基；フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルカノイル基、置換基として低級アルカノイル基を有することのあるアミノ基、低級アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フェニル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルキル基、置換基としてハロゲン原子を有することのある低級アルコキシ基、フェニル低級アルコキシ基、水酸基及び低級アルキレンジオキシ基なる群から選ばれた基が１〜３個置換していてもよいフェニル基；ピリジン環上に置換基として水酸基及び置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるピリジル基；ピロール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜３個有することのあるピロリル基；ベンゾオキサゾリル基；ベンゾチアゾリル基；フリル基；置換基として水酸基及びハロゲン原子なる群より選ばれた基を有することのある低級アルキル基；ナフチル基；１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフタレン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を１〜５個有していてもよい１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロナフチル基；キノリル基；テトラゾール環上に置換基として低級アルキル基及びフェニル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラゾリル基；チアゾール環上に置換基としてフェニル基を有することのあるチアゾリル基；フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルコキシ基及びハロゲン原子なる群から選ばれる基を１〜３個有することのあるベンゾイル基；ピペリジン環上に置換基として低級アルキル基を有することのあるピペリジニル基；テトラヒドロキノリン環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，２，３，４−テトラヒドロキノリル基；１，３，４−オキサジアゾール環上に置換基としてオキソ基を有することのある１，３，４−オキサジアゾリル基；シクロアルキル基；チエニル基又はイミダゾリル基を示す。］
化合物（１９２）と化合物（１８３）との反応は、前記反応式−１２４における化合物（３０）と化合物（１８３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, A ₁₀ , X ₂ , k, X ₃ , R ⁸⁰ and R ^B are the same as above.
R ^94a is a substituent on the heterocyclic group formed by combining R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ with each other, and (35), (40), (42), (67), (75) to A substituent represented by (76), (78) or (80) to (81), a group represented by (50) and o is 1 or a group represented by (84). And s represents a substituent of 0.
R ^94b is a substituent on the heterocyclic ring formed by combining R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ with each other, and the (28), (30) to (34), (36) to (39), ( 41), (43)-(45), (47), (52)-(60), (62)-(66), (70), (77), (79), (82)-(83) , (87), (88a) or a substituent represented by (90a), a group represented by (49) and t is 1 or a group represented by (50) and o Represents a substituent of 0.
R ^94c is a substituent on the heterocyclic ring formed by combining R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ with each other, and (28), (30) to (34), (39), (41), (41) 45), (47), (54) to (58), (62) to (64), (66), (70), (79) or a substituent represented by (82) to (83); ) And a substituent wherein t is 1; a group represented by (50) and o is 0; a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring; An amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom as a substituent Lower alkoki with A phenyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a group, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group; having a hydroxyl group as a substituent and a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyridine ring A pyridyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group; a pyrrolyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the pyrrole ring; A benzothiazolyl group; a furyl group; a lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom as a substituent; a naphthyl group; a substituent on a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring As 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl group optionally having 1-5 lower alkyl groups; quinolyl group; 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent; a thiazolyl group which may have a phenyl group as a substituent on the thiazole ring A benzoyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring; a piperidinyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperidine ring; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring; may have an oxo group as a substituent on a 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group; cycloalkyl group; thienyl group or imidazolyl group. ]
The reaction between the compound (192) and the compound (183) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (30) and the compound (183) in the above Reaction Scheme-124.

  The reaction leading compound (193) to compound (1qqqqqq) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (184) to the compound (1jjjjjj) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-124.

  The reaction between the compound (1qqqqqq) and the compound (195) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

In the compound (195), R ^94b is the above (36) to (38), (43), (44), (53), (59) to (60), (87), (88a) or (90a). In the case of the group shown, the reaction between the compound (1qqqqqq) and the compound (195) is carried out in a suitable solvent by using a copper halide such as copper iodide, an alkylglycine such as N, N-dimethylglycine, and the like, and potassium phosphate. In the presence of an alkali metal phosphate such as

  As the solvent used here, any of the solvents used in the reaction of the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the reaction formula-1 can be used. The amount of copper halide and alkylglycine used is the usual amount of catalyst. The amount of alkali metal phosphate used is usually at least equimolar, preferably equimolar to 5-fold molar relative to compound (1qqqqqq). The amount of compound (195) to be used is generally 0.5 to 5-fold mol amount, preferably 0.5 to 3-fold mol amount based on compound (1qqqqqq). The reaction is usually performed at room temperature to 200 ° C., preferably at room temperature to 150 ° C., and is generally completed in about 1 to 30 hours.

  The reaction between the compound (1qqqqqq) and the compound (194) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

The reaction between the compound (1qqqqqq) and the compound (196) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (5) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-130]

［式中、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^６、Ｂ_２２ａ、ｅ及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^１０ａ’は、低級アルキル基を示す］
化合物（１ｕｕｕｕｕｕ）と化合物（１９７）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１３１］

[Wherein, X ₁ , Y, A, R ² , R ⁶ , B _22a , e and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^{10a ′} represents a lower alkyl group]
The reaction between the compound (1uuuu) and the compound (197) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-131]

［式中、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^６及びＸ_２は前記に同じ。Ｒ^１０ｂ’は、低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（１ｗｗｗｗｗｗ）と化合物（１９７ａ）との反応は、前記反応式−２における化合物（１ｂ）と化合物（４）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１３２］

[Wherein, X ₁ , Y, A, R ² , R ⁶ and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^{10b ′} represents a lower alkyl group. ]
The reaction between the compound (1wwwwww) and the compound (197a) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (4) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.
[Reaction formula-132]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ｘ_２、Ｒ^２、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^１４ａ及びＲ^５９ｂは、前記に同じ。Ｒ^９６は、ピペラジン環上に置換基としてフェニル低級アルキル基（フェニル環上に置換基として低級アルキレンジオキシ基及び低級アルコキシ基なる群から選ばれた基１〜３個有していてもよい）及びピリジル低級アルキル基なる群から選ばれた基を１〜３個有することのあるピペラジニル基を示す。］
化合物（１９８）と化合物（１９９）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , X ₁ , Y, X ₂ , R ² , A ₁₀ , R ^14a and R ^59b are the same as above. R ⁹⁶ is a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring (may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkylenedioxy group and a lower alkoxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring). And a piperazinyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of pyridyl lower alkyl groups. ]
The reaction between the compound (198) and the compound (199) is performed under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

  The reaction for converting the compound (200) to the compound (201) can be carried out under the same reaction conditions as the hydrolysis B described in the above reaction scheme-9.

  The reaction between compound (201) and compound (100 ') is carried out under the same reaction conditions as in the reaction between compound (120b) and compound (100') in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-79.

  The reaction between the compound (201) and the compound (202) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (1b) and the compound (6) in the above Reaction Scheme-2.

Compound (200) can also be produced by the method shown in the following reaction scheme-133.
[Reaction formula-133]

［式中、Ｒ^７４ａ、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｒ^５９ｂ及びＸ_２は、前記に同じ。Ｒ^１４ａ’は、置換基として水酸基を有することのある低級アルキル基を示す。］
化合物（２００ａ）と化合物（２０３）との反応は、前記反応式−１における化合物（２）と化合物（３）との反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ^74a , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , R ^59b and X ₂ are the same as above. R ^{14a ′} represents a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent. ]
The reaction between the compound (200a) and the compound (203) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction between the compound (2) and the compound (3) in the above Reaction Scheme-1.

Compound (3) can also be produced by the method shown in the following Reaction Scheme-134.
[Reaction formula-134]

［式中、Ｒ^８０、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２３ａ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１０８ｌ）を化合物（１０８ｍ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−３における化合物（１ｆ）を化合物（１ｇ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。
［反応式−１３５］

[Wherein, R ⁸⁰ , A ₁₀ , B _23a, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. ]
The reaction for converting the compound (108l) into the compound (108m) is performed under the same reaction conditions as the reaction for converting the compound (1f) into the compound (1g) in the above Reaction Scheme-3.
[Reaction formula-135]

［式中、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｘ_１、Ｙ、Ａ_１０、Ｂ_２３ａ、Ｒ^１４及びＲ^１５は前記に同じ。］
化合物（１ｚｚｚｚｚｚ）を化合物（１ＡＡＡＡＡＡ）に導く反応は、前記反応式−８９における化合物（６４ｂ）を化合物（２６ａ）に導く反応と同様の反応条件下に行われる。

[Wherein, R ¹ , R ² , X ₁ , Y, A ₁₀ , B _23a , R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above. ]
The reaction leading compound (1zzzzzz) to compound (1AAAAAA) is carried out under the same reaction conditions as the reaction leading compound (64b) to the compound (26a) in the aforementioned Reaction Scheme-89.

  Each target compound obtained by each reaction formula shown above is prepared by cooling the reaction mixture, for example, and then separating the crude reaction product by an isolation operation such as filtration, concentration, extraction, etc., column chromatography, recrystallization The reaction mixture can be isolated and purified by a usual purification operation such as.

  The compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention includes stereoisomers, optical isomers, and solvates (hydrates, ethanolates, etc.).

  Among the compounds of the present invention, a compound having a basic group can easily form a salt with a normal pharmacologically acceptable acid. Examples of such acids include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, apple Examples thereof include organic acids such as acid and lactic acid.

  Moreover, the compound which has an acidic group among this invention compounds can form a salt easily by making a pharmacologically acceptable basic compound act. Examples of such basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate and the like.

  Next, a medical preparation containing the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient will be described.

  The above-mentioned medical preparation is prepared by formulating the compound of the present invention in the form of a normal medical preparation, and is usually used as a filler, a bulking agent, a binder, a moistening agent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, and a lubricant. It is prepared using a diluent or excipient.

  Such a medical preparation can be selected from various forms depending on the purpose of treatment, and representative examples thereof include tablets, pills, powders, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules, capsules, suppositories. Agents, injections (solutions, suspensions, etc.) and the like.

  As the carrier used for molding into a tablet form, known ones can be widely used, for example, lactose, sucrose, sodium chloride, glucose, urea, starch, calcium carbonate, kaolin, crystalline cellulose and other excipients, Water, ethanol, propanol, simple syrup, glucose solution, starch solution, gelatin solution, carboxymethylcellulose, shellac, methylcellulose, potassium phosphate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and other binders, dry starch, sodium alginate, agar powder, laminaran powder, hydrogen carbonate Sodium, calcium carbonate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, sodium lauryl sulfate, stearic acid monoglyceride, starch, lactose and other disintegrants, sucrose, stearin, cocoa butter, hydrogenated oil and other disintegration inhibitors, quaternary ammonium Group, absorption accelerators such as sodium lauryl sulfate, humectants such as glycerin and starch, adsorbents such as starch, lactose, kaolin, bentonite and colloidal silicic acid, purified talc, stearate, boric acid powder, polyethylene glycol, etc. Lubricants and the like.

  Furthermore, the tablet can be made into a tablet with an ordinary tablet skin, if necessary, such as a sugar coating, a gelatin-encapsulated tablet, an enteric-coated tablet, a film-coated tablet, a double tablet, or a multilayer tablet.

  As the carrier used for forming into a pill form, known ones can be widely used, for example, excipients such as glucose, lactose, starch, cocoa butter, hydrogenated vegetable oil, kaolin, talc, gum arabic powder, Examples thereof include binders such as tragacanth powder, gelatin and ethanol, and disintegrants such as laminaran and agar.

  As the carrier used for forming into a suppository form, known carriers can be widely used, and examples thereof include polyethylene glycol, cacao butter, higher alcohol, esters of higher alcohol, gelatin, semi-synthetic glyceride and the like.

  When prepared as injections, solutions, emulsions and suspensions are preferably sterilized and isotonic with blood. As the diluent used for forming these liquids, emulsions and suspensions, known ones that are widely used can be used, for example, water, ethanol, propylene glycol, ethoxy Isooxyallyl alcohol, polyoxyisostearyl alcohol, polyoxyethylene sorbetane fatty acid esters and the like. In this case, a sufficient amount of sodium chloride, glucose or glycerin to prepare an isotonic solution may be contained in the pharmaceutical preparation, and a normal solubilizer, buffer, soothing agent, etc. Further, if necessary, a coloring agent, a preservative, a fragrance, a flavoring agent, a sweetening agent, and other pharmaceuticals may be contained.

  The amount of the compound of the present invention contained in the medical preparation is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from a wide range. Usually, it is preferable to contain 1 to 70% by weight of the compound of the present invention in the medical preparation. .

  There is no restriction | limiting in particular as the administration method of the medical formulation which concerns on this invention, It administers by the method according to various formulation forms, a patient's age, sex, a disease state, and other conditions. For example, in the case of tablets, pills, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, granules and capsules, they are administered orally. In the case of injections, they are administered alone or mixed with normal fluids such as glucose and amino acids and administered intravenously, and further, if necessary, alone intramuscularly, intradermally, subcutaneously or intraperitoneally. Can be administered. In the case of a suppository, it is administered intrarectally.

  The dosage of the above-mentioned medical preparation may be appropriately selected according to usage, patient age, sex, disease severity, and other conditions. 0.001 to 50 mg is administered once to several times.

  Since the dosage varies depending on various conditions, a dosage smaller than the above range may be sufficient, or a dosage exceeding the above range may be necessary.

  The medicament of the present invention is remarkably excellent in antitumor effect and is useful as a tumor therapeutic agent.

  Examples of tumors that exhibit an antitumor effect include malignant tumors.

  Examples of malignant tumors include solid tumors (eg, carcinoma, sarcoma, etc.), blood cancers (lymphoma, leukemia, myeloma, etc.) and the like.

  More specifically, malignant tumors include, for example, pediatric brain tumors such as astrocytoma, malignant medulloblastoma, germ cell tumor, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma; glioma, glioma, meningioma, lower Adult brain tumors such as pituitary adenoma, schwannoma; maxillary sinus cancer, pharyngeal cancer (nasopharyngeal cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, hypopharyngeal cancer), laryngeal cancer, oral cancer, lip cancer, tongue cancer, parotid gland cancer, etc. Head and neck cancer; breast cancer and tumors such as small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, thymoma, mesothelioma; esophageal cancer, liver cancer, primary liver cancer, gallbladder cancer, bile duct cancer, stomach cancer, colon cancer, colon cancer, Gastrointestinal cancers and tumors such as rectal cancer, anal cancer, pancreatic cancer, pancreatic endocrine tumors; penile cancer, renal pelvic / ureteral cancer, renal cell carcinoma, testicular tumor, prostate cancer, bladder cancer, Wilms tumor, urothelium Urological cancers and tumors such as cancer; vulva cancer, cervical cancer, uterine body cancer, endometrial cancer, uterine sarcoma, choriocarcinoma, vaginal cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, egg Gynecological cancers and tumors such as germ cell tumors; Soft tissue sarcomas in adults and children; Bone tumors such as osteosarcomas and Ewing tumors; Cancers and tumors of endocrine tissues such as adrenal cortex cancer and thyroid cancer; Malignant lymphoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma Malignant lymphoma and leukemia such as Hodgkin's disease, multiple myeloma, plasma cell tumor, acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, adult T cell leukemia lymphoma, chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia; chronic myeloproliferative Skin cancers and tumors such as diseases, malignant melanoma, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, mycosis fungoides, etc .; metastases of the above tumors and cancers and the like. Among the above, it is particularly effective for liver cancer, chronic myeloid leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, lymphoma, multiple myeloma and the like.

  Moreover, the medicament of the present invention is superior in safety because it has few side effects and is excellent in safety.

  The present invention will be further clarified with reference examples, examples, formulation examples and pharmacological test examples.

Reference example 1
Preparation of 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine Step 1: 1- (t-Butoxycarbonyl) -4-[(4-methoxymethoxy ) Preparation of phenyl] -4-hydroxypiperidine A solution of 1-bromo-4-methoxymethoxybenzene (5.43 g, 25.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (100 ml) was stirred at −85 ° C., where 2.46 M An n-butyllithium hexane solution (10.2 ml, 25.0 mmol) was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 40 minutes. A solution of 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4-piperidone (5.20 g, 26.0 mmol) in THF (30 ml) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 10 minutes, and the temperature was raised to -25 ° C over 4 hours. After stirring at the same temperature for 2 hours, a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 2: 3, indicating a volume ratio; the same applies hereinafter) to obtain 7.63 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.49 (9H, s), 1.73 (2H, d, J = 12.0 Hz), 1.97 (2H, brs), 3.24 (2H, brs), 3.48 (3H, s) , 4.00 (2H, brs), 5.17 (2H, s), 7.03 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.39 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz).

Step 2: Preparation of 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4-[(4-methoxymethoxy ) Phenyl] -4-hydroxypiperidine (5.32 g, 15.8 mmol) in toluene (100 ml) was added p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.56 g, 2.95 mmol) and heated for 21 hours. Refluxed. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Ethanol (60 ml) and 2M hydrochloric acid (40 ml, 80 mmol) were added to the crude product, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 2 hours. Again, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Methanol (100 ml), triethylamine (9.0 ml, 64.6 mmol) and di-t-butyl dicarbonate (5.20 g, 23.8 mmol) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, 100 ml of ethyl acetate was added, insoluble matter was removed by filtration, and the solvent was distilled off again under reduced pressure. To the residue were added 1,4-dioxane (50 ml) and 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 ml, 50 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 2M hydrochloric acid (25 ml, 50 mmol) at room temperature, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain 4.10 g of the title compound.
Properties: Brown amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.49 (9H, s), 2.47 (2H, brs), 3.62 (2H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 4.05 (2H, brs), 5.91 (1H, brs) 6.81 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.25 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz).

Reference example 2
Preparation of methyl 5- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-methoxymethoxybenzoate Methyl 5-chloro-2-methoxymethoxybenzoate (1.45 g, 6.29 mmol) and 1-benzylpiperazine (1. 66 g, 9.43 mmol) in toluene (50 ml), palladium acetate (28 mg, 0.126 mmol), 2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1′-binaphthyl (157 mg, 0.252 mmol) and Cesium carbonate (3.07 g, 9.43 mmol) was added and heated to reflux for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 2) to give 400 mg of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.59-2.62 (4H, m), 3.12-3.16 (4H, m), 3.51 (3H, s), 3.57 (2H, s), 3.88 (3H, s), 5.16 (2H, s), 7.01 (1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 3.1 Hz), 7.10 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.28− 7.35 (6H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 2.

参考例１４
５−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−ヒドロキシ安息香酸メチルの製造
５−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−メトキシメトキシ安息香酸メチル（４００ｍｇ，１．１ｍｍｏｌ）の１，４−ジオキサン（２０ｍｌ）溶液に、４Ｎ塩化水素の１，４−ジオキサン溶液（４ｍｌ，１６ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、１００℃で２時間攪拌した。反応液を減圧下留去して得られた残留物を、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝３０：１）に付して精製し、３５３ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤ_３ＯＤ）δｐｐｍ：
３．２９−３．４０（８Ｈ，ｍ），３．９４（３Ｈ，ｓ），４．３９（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．９１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．２８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，３．０Ｈｚ），７．４２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝３．０Ｈｚ），７．４９−７．６０（５Ｈ，ｍ）。

Reference Example 14
Preparation of methyl 5- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-hydroxybenzoate 1 of methyl 5- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-methoxymethoxybenzoate (400 mg, 1.1 mmol) 4,4-Dioxane (20 ml) solution was added 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane solution (4 ml, 16 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 2 hours. The residue obtained by evaporating the reaction solution under reduced pressure was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain 353 mg of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CD ₃ OD) δ ppm:
3.29-3.40 (8H, m), 3.94 (3H, s), 4.39 (2H, s), 6.91 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.28 ( 1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz), 7.49-7.60 (5H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 14.

参考例２０
Ｎ−（４−ヒドロキシフェニル）イソニペコチン酸エチルの製造
Ｎ−（４−メトキシフェニル）イソニペコチン酸エチル（２．６３ｇ，１０ｍｍｏｌ）のジクロロメタン（１００ｍｌ）溶液に、三臭化ホウ素の２Ｍジクロロメタン溶液（２０ｍｌ，４０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温で０．５時間攪拌した。反応後、反応液を氷水に注ぎ込み、さらに１Ｍ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（１１０ｍｌ）を加え、攪拌の後、分液を行った。有機層を水洗し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を減圧留去し、２．４３ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２７（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．０Ｈｚ），１．９１（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．０２（２Ｈ，ｂｒｄ，Ｊ＝１１．５Ｈｚ），２．３８（１Ｈ，ｍ），２．６８（２Ｈ，ｄｔ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ，１１．５Ｈｚ），３．４６（２Ｈ，ｄｔ，Ｊ＝１２．０Ｈｚ，３．０Ｈｚ），４．１６（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．０Ｈｚ），４．４５（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．７５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），６．８６（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 20
Preparation of ethyl N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) isonipecotate 40 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. After the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into ice water, and further 1M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (110 ml) was added, followed by liquid separation after stirring. The organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 2.43 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.91 (2H, m), 2.02 (2H, brd, J = 11.5 Hz), 2.38 (1H, m), 2. 68 (2H, dt, J = 2.0 Hz, 11.5 Hz), 3.46 (2H, dt, J = 12.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 4.16 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz) 4.45 (1H, brs), 6.75 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 20.

Reference Example 21
4- (2-Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenol
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
6.80-7.10 (5H, m), 8.04 (1H, ddd, J = 1.4 Hz, 2.7 Hz, 9.2 Hz), 8.29 (1H, dd, J = 2.7 Hz) 10.9 Hz), 9.59 (1 H, s).

Reference Example 22
1-Benzyl-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) imidazolidin-2-one
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.18-3.40 (2H, m), 3.61-3.80 (2H, m), 4.35 (2H, s), 6.71 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.15-7.48 (7H, m), 9.10 (1H, s).

Reference Example 23
Preparation of 2- (4-hydroxyphenylamino) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) glycine (11.38 g, 68.1 mmol) N, N- To a dimethylformamide (DMF) (150 ml) solution, 1-piperonylpiperazine (15.0 g, 68.1 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (10.43 g, 68.1 mmol) under ice-cooling. And 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (15.66 g, 81.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature under ice-cooling and 4.5 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (400 ml), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (400 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. After drying the ethyl acetate layer with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off to solidify into a powder. Ethyl acetate was added, and after filtration, washed with ethyl acetate, 18.58 g of the title compound was obtained.
Properties: Brown powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.30 (2H, brs), 2.36 (2H, brs), 3.40 (2H, s), 3.47 (4H, t, J = 14.5 Hz), 4.03 (2H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 4.90 (1H, brs), 5.99 (2H, s), 6.49 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.54 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.75 (1H, dd, J = 8.0 Hz, 1.1 Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.87 (1H, s), 8. 42 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 23.

Reference Example 24
6-Chloro-N- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) nicotinamide
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
7.64 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.72 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.3 Hz), 7.73 (1H, dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 0.7). 7 Hz), 8.12 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 8.35 (1 H, dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.95 (1 H, dd, J = 2. 5 Hz, 0.7 Hz), 10.71 (1 H, brs).

Reference Example 25
4- (4-Piperonylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) -1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) pyrrolidin-2-one
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.43-2.45 (4H, m), 2.73-2.95 (2H, m), 3.45 (2H, s), 3.49-3.54 (4H, m), 3. 65-3.72 (1H, m), 3.78-3.87 (1H, m), 4.17-4.23 (1H, m), 5.96 (2H, s), 6.71- 6.80 (4H, m), 6.84-6.85 (1 H, m), 7.29 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz).

参考例３５
（４−ヒドロキシ−３−メチルフェニルアミノ）酢酸エチルの製造
４−アミノ−ｏ−クレゾール（３．００ｇ，２４．４ｍｍｏｌ）及びエチルブロモアセテート（２．７０ｍｌ，２４．４ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（３０ｍｌ）溶液に室温で炭酸カリウム（５．０４ｇ，３６．５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、同温１．５時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−へキサン：酢酸エチル＝３：１）で精製して５．１０ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色固体
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２８（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．１９（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．８４（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．９５（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），４．２２（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），４．５９（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．３６（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．９Ｈｚ），６．４４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．９Ｈｚ），６．６３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 35
Preparation of ethyl (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenylamino) acetate 4-amino-o-cresol (3.00 g, 24.4 mmol) and ethyl bromoacetate (2.70 ml, 24.4 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) To the mixture was added potassium carbonate (5.04 g, 36.5 mmol) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) to obtain 5.10 g of the title compound.
Property: Yellow solid
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.19 (3H, s), 3.84 (2H, s), 3.95 (1H, brs), 4.22 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.59 (1H, brs), 6.36 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.9 Hz), 6.44 (1H, d, J = 2.9 Hz), 6.63 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 35.

Reference Example 36
(3-Hydroxyphenylamino) ethyl acetate
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.88 (2H, s), 4.25 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.29 (1H, brs), 4. 85 (1H, s), 6.08-6.10 (1H, m), 6.18-6.24 (2H, m), 7.01-7.07 (1H, m).

Reference Example 37
Benzyl (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenylamino) acetate
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
3.81 (3H, s), 3.92 (2H, brs), 4.01 (1H, brs), 5.09 (1H, brs), 5.20 (2H, s), 6.11 (1H , Dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 6.23 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.31-7. 38 (5H, m).

Reference Example 38
[3- (4-Benzyloxy-3-methylphenyl) -2-oxotetrahydropyrimidin-1-yl] t-butyl acetate
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.47 (9H, s), 2.04-2.21 (2H, m), 2.25 (3H, s), 3.45 (2H, t, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.67 ( 2H, t, J = 5.9 Hz), 4.04 (2H, s), 5.06 (2H, s), 6.82 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.01 (1H, dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 8.6 Hz), 7.06-7.12 (1 H, m), 7.26-7.48 (5 H, m).

参考例５８
（３−シアノ−４−ヒドロキシフェニルアミノ）酢酸ｔ−ブチル
ＭＳ：２４８（Ｍ^＋）。

Reference Example 58
(3-Cyano-4-hydroxyphenylamino) acetic acid t-butyl MS: 248 (M ^<+> ).

Reference Example 59
Preparation of 2- [4- (2-fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenoxy] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone 4- (2-Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenol (0 Potassium carbonate (0.350 g, 2.53 mmol) was added to a DMF (8 ml) solution of 1-chloroacetyl-4-piperonylpiperazine (0.500 g, 1.70 mmol) and reaction. The liquid was heated and stirred at 100 ° C. for 40 minutes. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. After drying the ethyl acetate layer over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 0.860 g of the title compound.
Properties: brown oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.50-2.60 (4H, m), 3.43 (2H, s), 3.50-3.70 (4H, m), 4.71 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.80-7.05 (6H, m), 7.94 (1H, dd, J = 2.3 Hz, 9.1 Hz), 8. 06 (1H, dd, J = 2.3 Hz, 10.4 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 59.

Reference Example 60
2- [4- (2-Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenylamino] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.25-2.40 (4H, m), 3.43 (2H, s), 3.45-3.50 (4H, m), 3.90 (2H, d, J = 5.1 Hz), 5.75 (1H, t, J = 5.1 Hz), 5.99 (2H, s), 6.70-6.75 (3H, m), 6.80-7.00 (5H, m), 8.05 (1H, dddd, J = 1.4 Hz, 2.7 Hz, 10.5 Hz), 8.27 (1H, dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 11.0 Hz).

Reference Example 61
Production of methyl 3- (4-benzyloxyphenylamino) propionate 4-Benzyloxyaniline (13.0 g, 65 mmol) was heated and dissolved at 70 ° C. under a nitrogen stream, and boron trifluoride diethyl ether at the same temperature. After the complex (0.82 ml, 6.5 mmol) was added dropwise, methyl acrylate (5.85 ml, 65 mmol) was gradually added dropwise, followed by heating and stirring at 70 ° C. for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was washed with 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to obtain 17.5 g of the title compound.
Properties: Brown powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.60 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.39 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.69 (3H, s), 3.77 (1H, brs), 4. 98 (2H, s), 6.58 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.30-7.44 (5H, m).

Reference Example 62
Preparation of ethyl 3- (4-hydroxyphenylamino) propionate 3- (4-methoxyphenylamino) propionic acid (4.00 g, 20.5 mmol) was added to 48% hydrobromic acid (50 ml) and brought to 100 ° C. And stirred for 2.5 hours. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethanol (10 ml) was added and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resulting residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1) to obtain 1.27 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.59 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.38 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.15 (2H , Q, J = 7.2 Hz), 6.55 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.70 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz).

Reference Example 63
Preparation of [(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl) methylamino] ethyl acetate Dissolve ethyl (3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenylamino) acetate (1.06 g, 5.1 mmol) in methanol (150 ml) and cool with ice. did. To this solution were added 37% aqueous formaldehyde solution (1.5 ml), sodium triacetyloxyborohydride (1 g, 16 mmol) and acetic acid (0.9 ml, 15 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere. After 14 hours, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, water was added to the obtained residue, neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 2) to obtain 0.93 g of the title compound.
Properties: light brown oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.00 (3H, s), 3.98 (2H, s), 4.17 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4. 68 (1H, brs), 6.31-6.52 (2H, m), 6.87 (1H, t, J = 8.9 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 63.

Reference Example 64
(Methyl {4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} amino) ethyl acetate
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.25 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.07 (3H, s), 3.95 (2H, s), 4.04 (2H, s), 4.18 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.69 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.00 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz) ), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.39 (1H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz) , 8.04 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

Reference Example 65
[(4-Hydroxy-2-trifluoromethylphenyl) methylamino] ethyl acetate MS: 277 (M ⁺ ).

参考例７７
１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−［シクロプロピル（４−ヒドロキシフェニル）アミノ］エタノンの製造
１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−（４−ヒドロキシフェニルアミノ）エタノン（１．００ｇ，２．７ｍｍｏｌ）のメタノール（１０ｍｌ）溶液に酢酸（１．５５ｍｌ，２７ｍｍｏｌ）、モレキュラシーブス３Ａ１／１６（１．００ｇ）、［（１−エトキシシクロプロピル）オキシ］トリメチルシラン（０．６５３ｍｌ，３．２ｍｍｏｌ）及び水素化シアノほう素ナトリウム（７７０ｍｇ，１２ｍｍｏｌ）を加え６０℃で１６時間攪拌した。反応溶液を濾過濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチル及び水を加えた。６Ｎ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で水層をｐＨ１０とし、暫く攪拌して不溶物が溶解した後、酢酸エチル層をとり、２Ｎ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液、飽和重曹水で洗浄後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去して７７０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
０．５４−０．５９（２Ｈ，ｍ），０．７２−０．７９（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．３９−２．４５（４Ｈ，ｍ），２．７０−２．７７（１Ｈ，ｍ），３．４４（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．４８−３．５１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．５７−３．６０（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．１２（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．６２−６．６７（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．７４−６．８５（５Ｈ，ｍ）。

Reference Example 77
Preparation of 1- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- [cyclopropyl (4-hydroxyphenyl) amino] ethanone 1- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- (4 -Hydroxyphenylamino) ethanone (1.00 g, 2.7 mmol) in methanol (10 ml) with acetic acid (1.55 ml, 27 mmol), molecular sieves 3A1 / 16 (1.00 g), [(1-ethoxycyclopropyl) Oxy] trimethylsilane (0.653 ml, 3.2 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (770 mg, 12 mmol) were added and stirred at 60 ° C. for 16 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated by filtration, and ethyl acetate and water were added to the residue. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 with a 6N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and stirred for a while to dissolve insoluble matters. The ethyl acetate layer was taken, washed with a 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to give 770 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
0.54-0.59 (2H, m), 0.72-0.79 (2H, m), 2.39-2.45 (4H, m), 2.70-2.77 (1H, m ), 3.44 (2H, s), 3.48-3.51 (2H, m), 3.57-3.60 (2H, m), 4.12 (2H, s), 5.95 ( 2H, s), 6.62-6.67 (2H, m), 6.74-6.85 (5H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 77.

Reference Example 78
{Cyclopropyl [3-methyl-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] amino} ethyl acetate
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
0.66-0.72 (2H, m), 0.83-0.89 (2H, m), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 2.10 (3H, s), 2.61-2.79 (1H, m), 4.08-4.22 (4H, m), 6.77-6.82 (2H, m), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m ), 8.40-8.45 (1H, m), 9.05 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

Reference Example 79
Preparation of [[3-hydroxyphenyl) methylamino] ethyl acetate To a solution of ethyl (3-hydroxyphenylamino) acetate (2.77 g, 14.19 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) was added potassium bicarbonate (1.42 ml, 14.19 mmol). ), Then methyl iodide (1.77 ml, 28.38 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature. After 18 hours, saturated brine (150 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (150 ml). After drying the ethyl acetate layer over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 2.48 g of the title compound.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.04 (3H, s), 4.03 (2H, s), 4.18 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5. 17 (1H, brs), 6.17-6.27 (3H, m), 7.04-7.10 (1H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 79.

参考例１００
［アセチル（３−フルオロ−４−ヒドロキシフェニル）アミノ］酢酸エチルの製造
（３−フルオロ−４−ヒドロキシフェニルアミノ）酢酸エチル（０．８４ｇ，４ｍｍｏｌ）をＮ，Ｎ−ジメチルアセトアミド（４ｍｌ）に溶かした。この溶液に塩化アセチル（０．６ｍｌ，１０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下攪拌した。１時間後水（１ｍｌ）、メタノール（１０ｍｌ）、飽和炭酸ナトリウム（１０ｍｌ）を加え室温下攪拌した。１時間後水を加え、１０％塩酸で液性を酸性としたのち酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した後無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。溶媒を減圧下留去して得られた残留物を、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル：ｎ−ヘキサン＝２：１）に付して精製し、０．８４ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：無色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２８（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．３Ｈｚ），１．９４（３Ｈ，ｓ），４．２０（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．３Ｈｚ），４．３２（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．０２（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．９９−７．０７（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．１３−７．１８（１Ｈ，ｍ）。

Reference Example 100
Preparation of [Acetyl (3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl) amino] ethyl acetate Dissolve ethyl (3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenylamino) acetate (0.84 g, 4 mmol) in N, N-dimethylacetamide (4 ml). It was. To this solution was added acetyl chloride (0.6 ml, 10 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 hour, water (1 ml), methanol (10 ml) and saturated sodium carbonate (10 ml) were added and stirred at room temperature. After 1 hour, water was added, the solution was acidified with 10% hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 2: 1) to obtain 0.84 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.28 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.94 (3H, s), 4.20 (2H, q, J = 7.3 Hz), 4.32 (2H, s), 6. 02 (1H, brs), 6.99-7.07 (2H, m), 7.13-7.18 (1H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 100.

参考例１１０
（６−クロロピリジン−３−イル）（４−トリフルオロメチルフェニル）メタノンの製造
アルゴン気流下、マグネシウム（１５６ｍｇ，６．４１ｍｍｏｌ）に、４−ブロモベンゾトリフルオリド（１．２０ｇ，５．３３ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（６ｍｌ）溶液を半分加え、攪拌し、１，２−ジブロモエタン（３滴）を加えた。反応が始まった後、残りの４−ブロモベンゾトリフルオリドのＴＨＦ溶液を滴下し、滴下終了後、６０℃にて３０分間攪拌した。上記とは別の反応容器に６−クロロ−Ｎ−メトキシ−Ｎ−メチルニコチンアミド（９９０ｍｇ，５．３６ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（３ｍｌ）の溶液を入れ、アルゴン気流下氷冷し、上記の反応溶液を滴下し、滴下終了後、室温にて３０分間攪拌した後、１時間加熱還流した。反応溶液を氷冷した後、塩化アンモニウム水、次に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、飽和食塩水にて洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１０：１）にて精製して、６１０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
７．５２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ），７．８０（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．０Ｈｚ），７．９０（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．０Ｈｚ），８．１１（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），８．７７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 110
Preparation of (6-chloropyridin-3-yl) (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) methanone Under argon stream, magnesium (156 mg, 6.41 mmol) was added to 4-bromobenzotrifluoride (1.20 g, 5.33 mmol). Of THF (6 ml) was added in half, stirred and 1,2-dibromoethane (3 drops) was added. After the reaction started, the remaining 4-bromobenzotrifluoride in THF was added dropwise, and after completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 30 minutes. In a separate reaction vessel, put a solution of 6-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylnicotinamide (990 mg, 5.36 mmol) in THF (3 ml), ice-cooled under an argon stream, and add the above reaction solution. After dropping, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then heated to reflux for 1 hour. The reaction solution was ice-cooled, aqueous ammonium chloride and then water were added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to obtain 610 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
7.52 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.80 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.90 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 8.11 (1H , Dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.77 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz).

Reference Example 111
Preparation of ethyl 3- [4- (4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] propionate To a solution of ethyl 3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate (6.00 g, 30.9 mmol) in DMF (60 ml), 4-fluoronitrobenzene ( 6.54 g, 46.3 mmol) and potassium carbonate (5.12 g, 37.1 mmol) were added, and the reaction solution was heated and stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and then with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to give 9.64 g of the title compound.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.23 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.62 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 2.96 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.12 (2H , Q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.93-7.06 (4H, m), 7.24 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.17 (2H, d, J = 9. 2 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 111.

参考例２４７
４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニルアミンの製造
水酸化ナトリウム（７３０ｍｇ，１８．２５ｍｍｏｌ）のメタノール溶液に、４−アミノフェノール（２．００ｇ，１８．３２ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、溶解させた後、メタノールを減圧留去した。得られた残渣にＤＭＦ（２０ｍｌ）を加え、次に、２−クロロ−５−ニトロピリジン（２．９１ｇ，１８．３５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、反応溶液を７０℃にて１．５時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで、乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１：１）にて精製して、３．３７ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黒赤色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
５．１０（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．６１（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），６．８５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．０８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），８．５５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ，３．０Ｈｚ），９．０１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝３．０Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 247
Preparation of 4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenylamine To a solution of sodium hydroxide (730 mg, 18.25 mmol) in methanol, 4-aminophenol (2.00 g, 18.32 mmol) was added and dissolved. Thereafter, methanol was distilled off under reduced pressure. DMF (20 ml) was added to the resulting residue, then 2-chloro-5-nitropyridine (2.91 g, 18.35 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at 70 ° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 1) to obtain 3.37 g of the title compound. It was.
Properties: Black-red powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
5.10 (2H, s), 6.61 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J = 9) 0.0 Hz), 8.55 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 247.

参考例２５４
３−［４−（３−ニトロフェノキシ）フェニル］プロピオン酸エチルの製造
３−ヨードニトロベンゼン（３．００ｇ，１２．０ｍｍｏｌ）のピリジン（１５ｍｌ）溶液にアルゴン雰囲気下、３−（４−ヒドロキシフェニル）プロピオン酸エチル（２．８１ｇ，１４．５ｍｍｏｌ）、酸化銅（３．３５ｇ，４２．２ｍｍｏｌ）及び炭酸カリウム（４．１６ｇ，３０．１ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、４０時間加熱還流した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に水及び酢酸エチルを加え、不溶物を濾別後、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を１Ｍ塩酸で洗浄、水洗、飽和重曹水で洗浄後、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝９：１→６：１）で精製して１．１２ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２３（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．６２（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），２．９５（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），４．１２（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），６．９６（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．２２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．２９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ，２．３Ｈｚ），７．４３（１Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ），７．７４（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．９０（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ，２．３Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 254
Preparation of ethyl 3- [4- (3-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] propionate A solution of 3-iodonitrobenzene (3.00 g, 12.0 mmol) in pyridine (15 ml) under an argon atmosphere under 3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) Ethyl propionate (2.81 g, 14.5 mmol), copper oxide (3.35 g, 42.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.16 g, 30.1 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 40 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, water and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, insoluble material was filtered off, and extracted with ethyl acetate. Washed with. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 9: 1 → 6: 1) to give 1.12 g of the title compound. Obtained.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.23 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.62 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 2.95 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.12 (2H , Q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.96 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.3 Hz), 7.43 (1 H, t, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.74 (1 H, s), 7.90 (1 H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.3 Hz) ).

Reference Example 255
Preparation of 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4- [4- (4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] piperazine 2-Chloro-5-nitropyridine (4.50 g, 28.4 mmol) and 1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ) To a solution of piperazine dihydrochloride (7.13 g, 28.4 mmol) in DMF (80 ml) was added potassium carbonate (15.7 g, 114 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. Di-t-butyl dicarbonate (6.81 g, 31.2 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 days. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution, washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 3) to obtain 7.05 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow needle crystal
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.49 (9H, s), 3.15 (4H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 3.59 (4H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 9) 0.0 Hz), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.07 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 8.45 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 2. 5 Hz), 9.05 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

Reference Example 256
Preparation of (ethyl {3-methoxy-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenylcarbamoyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} amino) acetic acid [ethyl (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl) amino] acetic acid benzyl (9.46 g, 30 mmol) and 6-chloro-N- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) nicotinamide (9.02 g, 30 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (100 ml) and potassium carbonate (6.22 g, 45 mmol) was dissolved. In addition, the mixture was heated and stirred at 120 ° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with water. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 3 to 4 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated to give 4.2 g of the title compound.
Properties: Brown powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.19 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.40 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.63 (3H, s), 4.01 (2H, s), 6. 17 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.22 (1H, brs), 6.25 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 6.87-6.90 (2H, m), 7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.76 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 8.18 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.3 Hz), 8 .67 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 8.88 (1H, brs).

Reference Example 257
Preparation of ethyl methyl [2,5-difluoro-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] aminoacetate (2,5-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl) aminoacetate ethyl (1.1 g, 4.8 mmol) ) In DMF (25 ml) was added sodium hydrogen carbonate (0.44 g, 5.2 mmol) and methyl iodide (1.69 ml, 28.6 mmol), and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water, the ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in DMF (30 ml), and potassium carbonate ( 0.72 g, 5.2 mmol) and 2-chloro-5-nitropyridine (0.79 g, 5.0 mmol) were added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 days. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water, the ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 8: 1) to give 1.41 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.01 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, s), 4.19 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6. 77 (1H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 12.2 Hz), 6.92 (1H, dd, J = 7.2 Hz, 12.8 Hz), 8.49 (1H, dd, J = 2.8 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 9.02 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 257.

参考例２６０
４−｛３−［３−メチル−４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−２−オキソテトラヒドロピリミジン−１−イル｝安息香酸エチルの製造
４−［３−（４−ベンジルオキシ−３−メチル）フェニル−２−オキソテトラヒドロピリミジン−１−イル］安息香酸エチル（１．８２ｇ，３．１ｍｍｏｌ）のエタノール−ＤＭＦ（７０ｍｌ−３０ｍｌ）溶液に窒素雰囲気下、１０％パラジウム−炭素（０．４ｇ）を加え、水素雰囲気下室温にて４時間攪拌後、セライト濾過し、エタノールを減圧留去して、ＤＭＦ（３０ｍｌ）溶液とし、２−クロロ−５−ニトロピリジン（０．５２ｇ，３．３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、窒素雰囲気下室温にて１４時間攪拌後、４０℃ にて３時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。酢酸エチル層を水洗、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１０：１）で精製して１．８ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．３９（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．１４（３Ｈ，ｓ），２．２１−２．４０（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．７５−３．９７（４Ｈ，ｍ），４．３６（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），７．０１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），７．０６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．２３（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ，８．６Ｈｚ），７．３２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ），７．４０−７．４９（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．９７−８．０７（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．４６（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ，９．１Ｈｚ），９．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 260
Preparation of ethyl 4- {3- [3-methyl-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -2-oxotetrahydropyrimidin-1-yl} benzoate 4- [3- (4-benzyloxy -3-methyl) phenyl-2-oxotetrahydropyrimidin-1-yl] ethyl benzoate (1.82 g, 3.1 mmol) in ethanol-DMF (70 ml-30 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere with 10% palladium-carbon ( 0.4 g) and stirred at room temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere for 4 hours, and then filtered through Celite, and the ethanol was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a DMF (30 ml) solution. 3.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then stirred at 40 ° C. for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to obtain 1.8 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.39 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.14 (3H, s), 2.21-2.40 (2H, m), 3.75-3.97 (4H, m), 4.36 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.06 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.23 (1H , Dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 8.6 Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.40-7.49 (2H, m), 7.97-8.07 ( 2H, m), 8.46 (1H, dd, J = 2.8 Hz, 9.1 Hz), 9.04 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

Reference Example 261
Preparation of 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-ylsulfanyl) phenyl] propionic acid 2-Chloro-5-nitropyridine (1.74 g, 11.0 mmol) and 4-mercaptohydrocinnamic acid (2. 00 g, 11.0 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) was added potassium carbonate (4.55 g, 32.9 mmol), and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. Water and concentrated hydrochloric acid were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was cooled with ice. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration to obtain 3.29 g of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.60 (2H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 2.91 (2H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.43 (2H , D, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 8.39 (1H, dd, J = 2.8 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 9.17 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 12.19 (1H, s).

Reference Example 262
Preparation of ethyl 3- [3-methoxy-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-ylamino) phenyl] propionate 2-Chloro-5-nitropyridine (3.11 g, 20 mmol) to 3- (4-amino-3 -Methoxyphenyl) ethyl propionate (4.38 g, 20 mmol) and acetic acid (10 ml) were added and stirred at 100 ° C. for 13 hours. Ethyl acetate and water were added to the reaction solution. The ethyl acetate layer was taken, washed with water, saturated brine, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1) to give 3.78 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.61-2.67 (2H, m), 2.93-2.99 (2H, m), 3.89 (3H, s), 4.15 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 6.81-6.87 (2H, m), 7.43 (1H, brs) ), 7.92 (1H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.23 (1H, dd, J = 9.2 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 9.11 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz) .

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 262.

参考例２６７
４−［（５−ニトロ−２−ピリジル）オキシ］ベンズアルデヒドエチレンアセタールの製造
４−［（５−ニトロ−２−ピリジル）オキシ］ベンズアルデヒド（５．００ｇ，２０．５ｍｍｏｌ）のベンゼン（１００ｍｌ）溶液にエチレングリコール（２．２８ｍｌ，４１．０ｍｍｏｌ）及びｐ−トルエンスルホン酸（０．５０ｇ）を加え、ディーンスタークを用いて水を留去しながら３時間加熱還流した。反応液を飽和重曹水で洗浄後、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。ベンゼン層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去して５．８８ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
４．００−４．１９（４Ｈ，ｍ），５．８３（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．００（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），７．１５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），７．５５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），８．４５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），９．０１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 267
Preparation of 4-[(5-nitro-2-pyridyl) oxy] benzaldehyde ethylene acetal To a solution of 4-[(5-nitro-2-pyridyl) oxy] benzaldehyde (5.00 g, 20.5 mmol) in benzene (100 ml) Ethylene glycol (2.28 ml, 41.0 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.50 g) were added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours while water was distilled off using a Dean Stark. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and then with saturated brine. The benzene layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain 5.88 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
4.00-4.19 (4H, m), 5.83 (1H, s), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz) ), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.45 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz) .

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 267.

Reference Example 268
4- (2-Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) benzaldehyde ethylene acetal
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.90-4.10 (4H, m), 5.76 (1H, s), 7.15-7.25 (3H, m), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.10 (1H, ddd, J = 1.3 Hz, 2.7 Hz, 9.1 Hz), 8.35 (1H, dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 10.8 Hz).

Reference Example 269
Preparation of [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] carbamate t-butyl To a THF solution of 4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenylamine (2.97 g, 12.85 mmol), Di-t-butyl dicarbonate (5.60 g, 25.66 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at reflux for 4 hours, and the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and diethyl ether was added. The obtained white powder was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to obtain 3.04 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.53 (9H, s), 6.53 (1H, brs), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7. 45 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 8.46 (1H, dd, J = 9.2 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 9.03 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

Reference Example 270
Preparation of 5- [3-methyl-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) benzylidene] thiazolidine-2,4-dione 3-Methyl-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) benzaldehyde (600 mg, 2.32 mmol) in toluene (35 ml) was added 2,4-thiazolidinedione (270 mg, 2.31 mmol) and piperidine-acetate (135 mg, 0.93 mmol), fitted with Dean Stark and refluxed for 1.5 hours Stir. After standing at room temperature for 17 hours, the precipitated yellow powder was filtered to obtain 600 mg of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.15 (3H, s), 7.33 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.35 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.52 (1H, dd, J = 8) .4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.59 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.79 (1 H, s), 8.65 (1 H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 3.0 Hz) 9.02 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz), 12.63 (1H, brs).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 270.

参考例２７３
Ｎ−［４−（２−フルオロ−４−ニトロフェノキシ）フェニル］−Ｎ−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］アセトアミドの製造
Ｎ−［４−（２−フルオロ−４−ニトロフェノキシ）フェニル］アセトアミド（０．８００ｇ，２．７６ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（５ｍｌ）溶液に６０％水素化ナトリウム（０．１１８ｇ，２．９５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温で１０分間攪拌した後１−クロロアセチル−４−ピペロニルピペラジン（０．８７０ｇ，２．９６ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（４ｍｌ）溶液を反応液に滴下した。反応液を６０℃にて２時間、１００℃にて１時間加熱攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝５：１）で精製して０．７３０ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
１．８２（３Ｈ，ｓ），２．２０−２．４０（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．３０−３．５０（６Ｈ，ｍ），４．４３（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９８（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７０−６．８５（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．２０−７．３０（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．４８（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ），８．１２（１Ｈ，ｄｄｄ，Ｊ＝１．４Ｈｚ，２．７Ｈｚ，１０．５Ｈｚ），８．３６（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．７Ｈｚ，１０．７Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 273
Preparation of N- [4- (2-fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] -N- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide N- [4- (2 -Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] acetamide (0.800 g, 2.76 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was added 60% sodium hydride (0.118 g, 2.95 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Thereafter, a DMF (4 ml) solution of 1-chloroacetyl-4-piperonylpiperazine (0.870 g, 2.96 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction solution. The reaction solution was heated and stirred at 60 ° C. for 2 hours and at 100 ° C. for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 5: 1) to obtain 0.730 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.82 (3H, s), 2.20-2.40 (4H, m), 3.30-3.50 (6H, m), 4.43 (2H, s), 5.98 (2H, s), 6.70-6.85 (3H, m), 7.20-7.30 (3H, m), 7.48 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.12 (1H, ddd, J = 1.4 Hz, 2.7 Hz, 10.5 Hz), 8.36 (1H, dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 10.7 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 273.

Reference Example 274
3- (4-Benzyloxy-3-methylphenyl) -1- [2-oxo-2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] tetrahydropyrimidin-2-one
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.92-2.08 (2H, m), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.22-2.40 (4H, m), 3.25-3.49 (8H, m), 3. 56 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz), 4.08 (2H, s), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.97 (2H, s), 6.74 (1H, dd J = 1) .3 Hz, 7.9 Hz), 6.84 (1H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 1.3 Hz), 6.91 (1H, d, J = 8. 7 Hz), 6.95 (1H, dd, J = 2.5 Hz, 8.6 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.28-7.34 (1H, m), 7.36-7.41 (2H, m), 7.42-7.48 (2H, m).

Reference Example 275
Preparation of 2-dimethylamino-N- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -N- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide 2- Chloro-N- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -N- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide (0.300 g,. To a solution of 528 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 ml), dimethylamine (0.150 ml, 1.63 mmol) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 50 ° C. for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1) to obtain 0.270 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.29 (6H, s), 2.40-2.45 (4H, m), 3.02 (2H, s), 3.40-3.46 (4H, m), 3.61 (2H, s), 4.48 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.70-6.77 (2H, m), 6.84 (1H, s), 7.09 (1H, d) , J = 9.0 Hz), 7.19 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.51 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.51 (1H, dd, J = 2. 8 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 9.04 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

Reference Example 276
Preparation of methyl 2- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propionate Methyl 2- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] acetate (0.50 g, 1.7 mmol) 60% sodium hydride (0.153 g, 3.8 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.13 ml, 2.1 mmol) were added to a DMF (10 ml) solution, and the reaction was stirred at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed successively with water and a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 8: 1) to give 0.32 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.54 (3H, d, J = 7.4 Hz), 3.69 (3H, s), 3.78 (1H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.03 (1H, d, J = 9) .1 Hz), 7.09-7.15 (2H, m), 7.36-7.41 (2H, m), 8.48 (1 H, dd, J = 9.1, 2.8 Hz), 9 .05 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

Reference Example 277
Preparation of ethyl 3- {3-methoxy-4- [methyl (5-nitropyridin-2-yl) amino] phenyl} propionate 3- [3-methoxy-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-ylamino) phenyl ] To a solution of ethyl propionate (3.70 g, 11 mmol) in DMF (60 ml) was added sodium hydride (60%, 490 mg, 12 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.77 ml, 12 mmol) under ice-cooling, and gradually brought to room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours while returning. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate was added to the residue, washed with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to give 4.27 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.66-2.71 (2H, m), 2.98-3.04 (2H, m), 3.46 (3H, s), 3.78 (3H, s), 4.17 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.12 (1H, brd, J = 9.5 Hz), 6.87-6.90 (2H, m ), 7.11-7.14 (1H, m), 7.97-8.02 (1H, m), 9.11 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 277.

参考例２９１
Ｎ−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）アセトアミドの製造
（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）酢酸（１３．９ｇ，５０ｍｍｏｌ）をＤＭＦ（４００ｍｌ）に懸濁し、氷冷下、１−ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール・一水和物（８．４２ｇ，５５ｍｍｏｌ）、１−エチル−３−（３−ジメチルアミノプロピル）カルボジイミド塩酸塩（１０．５ｇ，５５ｍｍｏｌ）及び４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニルアミン（１１．６ｇ，５０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて６時間攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を室温にて一晩放置後析出した結晶を吸引濾取して、１２．８ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．５３（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），２．６４−２．６５（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．１５（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．４６（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７６（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．８６（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），７．１４（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．６７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），８．４７（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），９．０３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ），９．２４（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ）。

Reference Example 291
Preparation of N- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) acetamide (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) acetic acid (13 .9 g, 50 mmol) was suspended in DMF (400 ml), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (8.42 g, 55 mmol), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide was cooled with ice. Hydrochloride (10.5 g, 55 mmol) and 4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenylamine (11.6 g, 50 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was allowed to stand at room temperature overnight, and the precipitated crystals were collected by suction filtration to obtain 12.8 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.53 (4H, brs), 2.64-2.65 (4H, m), 3.15 (2H, s), 3.46 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6 .76 (2H, brs), 6.86 (1H, s), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.67 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 8.47 (1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 9.03 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 9.24 ( 1H, brs).

Reference Example 292
Preparation of {Methanesulfonyl [3-methoxy-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] amino} ethyl acetate [3-methoxy-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenylamino] ethyl acetate (2.43 g, 7.00 mmol) was dissolved in THF (15 ml), dichloromethane (20 ml) and DMF (10 ml), and triethylamine (1.95 ml, 13.99 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0 .86 g, 7.00 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (1.08 ml, 13.99 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 30 ° C. for 14 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with water and then with saturated brine. After the dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 2) to obtain 1.10 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.18 (3H, s), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.26 (2H, q, J = 7.3 Hz), 4. 49 (2H, s), 7.09 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.25 (1H, s), 8.48 ( 1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.98 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 292.

参考例２９６
３−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−ｎ−プロパノールの製造
３−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］プロピオン酸（２．６４ｇ，９．２ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（５０ｍｌ）溶液に氷冷下、１Ｍボラン−ＴＨＦ錯体ＴＨＦ溶液（３８．４ｍｌ，３８．４ｍｍｏｌ）を滴下した。反応溶液を室温下２時間攪拌した。反応溶液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を水洗後、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１：１）で精製して１．１７ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：緑色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．９０−１．９６（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．７３−２．７９（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．６９−３．７４（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．００−７．０９（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．２６−７．３０（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．４４−８．４９（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．０５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 296
Preparation of 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -n-propanol 3- [4- (5-Nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propionic acid (2.64 g, 9.2 mmol) 1M borane-THF complex THF solution (38.4 ml, 38.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a THF (50 ml) solution under ice cooling. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and then with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 1) to give 1.17 g of the title compound.
Properties: Green oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.90-1.96 (2H, m), 2.73-2.79 (2H, m), 3.69-3.74 (2H, m), 7.00-7.09 (3H, m ), 7.26-7.30 (2H, m), 8.44-8.49 (1H, m), 9.05 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz).

Reference Example 297
Preparation of 2- {4- [3- (t-butyldimethylsilanyloxy) propyl] phenoxy} -5-nitropyridine 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -n-propanol ( To a solution of 1.17 g, 4.3 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) were added imidazole (580 mg, 8.5 mmol) and t-butylchlorodimethylsilane (640 mg, 4.2 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, followed by extraction with diethyl ether. The diethyl ether layer was washed with water and then with saturated brine. The diethyl ether layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to obtain 1.14 g of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
0.07 (6H, s), 0.92 (9H, s), 1.84-1.89 (2H, m), 2.69-2.75 (2H, m), 3.66 (2H, t, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.99-7.08 (3H, m), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 8.46 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz) , 3.0 Hz), 9.05 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 297.

Reference Example 298
2- {4- [2- (t-butyldimethylsilanyloxy) ethyl] phenoxy} -5-nitropyridine
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
0.00 (6H, s), 0.88 (9H, s), 2.86 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 3.84 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 7. 00 (1H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.05-7.08 (2H, m), 7.26-7.31 (2H, m), 8.46 (1H, dd, J = 9 .2 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 9.05 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

Reference Example 299
Synthesis of ethyl 4- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] butanoate 4- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] butanoic acid (9.98 g, 33.01 mmol) To a dichloromethane solution of ethanol (5.59 ml, 99.01 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (400 mg, 3.27 mmol), triethylamine (13.81 ml, 99.08 mmol) and 1-ethyl-3- (3-Dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (7.6 g, 39.65 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes under ice-cooling and at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with 1N hydrochloric acid, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to give 6.77 g of the title compound. It was.
Properties: colorless oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.99 (2H, dt, J = 15.0 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 2.36 (2H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 2 .70 (2H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.14 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.26 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.46 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 9.04 (1H, d) , J = 3.0 Hz).

Reference Example 300
Preparation of methyl 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-ylsulfanyl) phenyl] propionate 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-ylsulfanyl) phenyl] propionic acid (86.0 mg, 0. To a solution of 283 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) were added potassium carbonate (59.0 mg, 0.424 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.0260 ml, 0.424 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was cooled with ice. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration to obtain 76.9 mg of the title compound.
Properties: light brown powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.70 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 2.94 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 3.60 (3H, s), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 8) .9 Hz), 7.43 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.39 (1H, dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 8. 9 Hz), 9.17 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz).

Reference Example 301
Preparation of (Z) -3- [4- (5-nitro-2-pyridyloxy) phenyl] -2-butenoate ethyl 60% sodium hydride (1.28 g, 32.0 mmol) in THF (80 ml) suspension To the solution was added dropwise a solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (8.71 g, 38.8 mmol) in THF (40 ml) under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 10 minutes. 4-[(5-Nitro-2-pyridyl) oxy] acetophenone (5.90 g, 22.8 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 10 minutes and then at room temperature for 60 hours. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and then with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to give 1.17 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless needle crystal
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.20 (3H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 4.02 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.93 (1H , Q, J = 1.4 Hz), 7.02 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.29 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.45 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 9.03 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 301.

Reference Example 302
(E) -3- {4- [4- (3,4-Dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] phenyl} ethyl acrylate Melting point: 166-167 ° C

参考例３０６
３−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−カルボニル）フェニル］プロピオン酸エチルの製造
２−クロロ−５−ニトロピリジン（０．３２５ｇ，２．０５ｍｍｏｌ）、ビス（ジベンジリデンアセトン）パラジウム（０）（１８．１ｍｇ，０．０３１５ｍｍｏｌ）、トリ（２−フリル）ホスフィン（２９．３ｍｇ，０．１２６ｍｍｏｌ）及びモレキュラーシーヴス４Ａ（１．９０ｇ）にアルゴン雰囲気下、ビス（トリブチルスズ）（１．３７ｇ，２．３６ｍｍｏｌ）のトルエン（７ｍｌ）溶液を加え、１時間加熱還流した。反応液にビス（ジベンジリデンアセトン）パラジウム（０）（２７．２ｍｇ，０．０４７２ｍｍｏｌ）及びトリ（２−フリル）ホスフィン（４３．９ｍｇ，０．１８９ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、次いで４−［２−（エトキシカルボニル）エチル］ベンゾイルクロリド（０．３７９ｇ，１．５７ｍｍｏｌ）のトルエン（５ｍｌ）溶液を加え、反応液を８０℃にて４時間加熱攪拌した。反応液に飽和フッ化カリウム水溶液を加え、室温で０．５時間攪拌後、不溶物を濾別した。濾液を酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン→ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝４：１）で精製して０．３２３ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２２（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．６５（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），３．０３（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），４．１２（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），７．３４（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ），８．００（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ），８．１８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），８．６５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ，２．６Ｈｚ），９．４９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 306
Preparation of ethyl 3- [4- (5-nitropyridine-2-carbonyl) phenyl] propionate 2-Chloro-5-nitropyridine (0.325 g, 2.05 mmol), bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0) (18.1 mg, 0.0315 mmol), tri (2-furyl) phosphine (29.3 mg, 0.126 mmol) and molecular sieves 4A (1.90 g) under argon atmosphere, bis (tributyltin) (1.37 g, 2 .36 mmol) in toluene (7 ml) was added and heated to reflux for 1 hour. Bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0) (27.2 mg, 0.0472 mmol) and tri (2-furyl) phosphine (43.9 mg, 0.189 mmol) were added to the reaction, and then 4- [2- (ethoxy Carbonyl) ethyl] benzoyl chloride (0.379 g, 1.57 mmol) in toluene (5 ml) was added, and the reaction was heated and stirred at 80 ° C. for 4 hours. A saturated aqueous potassium fluoride solution was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour, and then insoluble matters were filtered off. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane → n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1) to give 0.323 g of the title compound. Obtained.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.22 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.65 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.03 (2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 4.12 (2H , Q, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 8.00 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 8.18 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.65 (1H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 9.49 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz).

Reference Example 307
Preparation of ethyl 3- [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propionate 3- [4- (4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] in a suspension of 5% palladium-carbon (0.50 g) in ethanol (50 ml) Ethyl propionate (5.00 g, 15.9 mmol) was added, and catalytic reduction was performed under normal temperature and pressure. After stopping the absorption of hydrogen, the catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 4.52 g of the title compound.
Properties: light brown oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.22 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.57 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 2.88 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.55 (2H , Brs), 4.10 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.64 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.78-6.86 (4H, m), 7.08. (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 307.

参考例４０４
３−［（４−ヒドロキシフェニル）メチルアミノ］プロピオン酸メチルの製造
３−［（４−ベンジルオキシフェニル）メチルアミノ］プロピオン酸メチル（２７．３ｇ，９１．１ｍｍｏｌ）をエタノール（３００ｍｌ）に溶解し氷冷下、１０％パラジウム−炭素（３．０ｇ）を加え、水素雰囲気下、室温にて４．５時間攪拌した。反応液をセライト濾過して不溶物を除き、濾液を減圧濃縮して１９．１ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：赤色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．５１−２．５６（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．８３（３Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．５７（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．６６（３Ｈ，ｓ），４．９９（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．７１−６．７４（４Ｈ，ｍ）。

Reference Example 404
Preparation of methyl 3-[(4-hydroxyphenyl) methylamino] propionate Methyl 3-[(4-benzyloxyphenyl) methylamino] propionate (27.3 g, 91.1 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (300 ml). Under ice cooling, 10% palladium-carbon (3.0 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4.5 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was filtered through Celite to remove insoluble matters, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 19.1 g of the title compound.
Properties: Red oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.51-2.56 (2H, m), 2.83 (3H, brs), 3.57 (2H, brs), 3.66 (3H, s), 4.99 (1H, brs), 6 .71-6.74 (4H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 404.

Reference Example 405
[Acetyl (4-hydroxyphenyl) amino] ethyl acetate
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.92 (3H, s), 4.19 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.34 (2H, s), 6. 16 (1H, s), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.21 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz).

参考例４１１
［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）メタノンの製造
［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）メタノン（０．３６ｇ，０．７８ｍｍｏｌ）をエタノール（５ｍｌ）及びＴＨＦ（５ｍｌ）の混合溶媒に溶かした。この溶液に５％白金−炭素（０．０６ｇ）を加え、水素雰囲気下、室温下攪拌した。２時間後５％白金−炭素を濾過で除き、溶媒を減圧下留去することにより、０．３２ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色無定形粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．４３（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．４４（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．５８（６Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），５．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．８０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），６．８５（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．０５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．１０（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ，３．０Ｈｚ），７．４０（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．７４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ）。

Reference example 411
Preparation of [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) methanone [4- (5-Nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] (4-pipero Nilpiperazin-1-yl) methanone (0.36 g, 0.78 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of ethanol (5 ml) and THF (5 ml). To this solution was added 5% platinum-carbon (0.06 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature in a hydrogen atmosphere. After 2 hours, 5% platinum-carbon was removed by filtration, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 0.32 g of the title compound.
Properties: Light yellow amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.43 (4H, brs), 3.44 (2H, s), 3.58 (6H, brs), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.74 (2H, s), 6.80 (1H) , D, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.85 (1H, s), 7.05 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.10 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 3. 0 Hz), 7.40 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.74 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 411.

Reference Example 412
4- [5- (4-Trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylamine
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
3.63 (2H, brs), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.70 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.88 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6. 94 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.72 (1H, dd) , J = 8.4 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz).

Reference Example 413
3-Methyl-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylamine
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.08 (3H, s), 3.58 (2H, brs), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.65 (1H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 6.60 ( 1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 6.83-6.87 (2H, m), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.56 (2H, d, J = 9) .1 Hz), 7.72 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.21 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

Reference Example 414
2-{[4- (4-Aminophenoxy) phenyl] methylamino} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.41 (4H, t, J = 5.1 Hz), 2.99 (3H, s), 3.42 (2H, s), 3.48 (2H, t, J = 4.8 Hz), 3. 50 (2H, brs), 3.62 (2H, t, J = 4.8 Hz), 4.04 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.61-6.68 (4H, m), 6.73-6.88 (7H, m).

Reference Example 415
2-{[3- (5-Aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] methylamino} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.40 (4H, t, J = 4.9 Hz), 3.00 (3H, s), 3.41 (2H, s), 3.44-3.46 (2H, m), 3.51 ( 2H, brs), 3.59-3.61 (2H, m), 4.06 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.35-6.45 (3H, m), 6 70-6.74 (3H, m), 6.85 (1H, s), 7.05 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 3.1 Hz), 7.12-7.18 (1H, m), 7.73 (1H, d, J = 3.1 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 415.

参考例４８８
［４−（４−アミノ−２−フルオロフェノキシ）フェニルスルファニル］酢酸エチルの製造
［４−（２−フルオロ−４−ニトロフェノキシ）フェニルスルファニル］酢酸エチル（４．９３ｇ，１４．０ｍｍｏｌ）のエタノール（１００ｍｌ）溶液に、塩化スズニ水和物（９．５０ｇ，４２．１ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、５０℃にて８時間加熱攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を１Ｍ塩酸、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し３．４５ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：褐色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２０（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），３．５３（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．８０−４．２０（４Ｈ，ｍ），６．３７−６．４５（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．４９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ，１２．０Ｈｚ），６．８０−７．００（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．３８（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 488
Preparation of [4- (4-amino-2-fluorophenoxy) phenylsulfanyl] ethyl acetate [4- (2-Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenylsulfanyl] ethyl acetate (4.93 g, 14.0 mmol) in ethanol ( 100 ml), tin chloride dihydrate (9.50 g, 42.1 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 50 ° C. for 8 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with 1M hydrochloric acid, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and saturated brine. After drying the ethyl acetate layer over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 3.45 g of the title compound.
Properties: brown oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.20 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 3.80-4.20 (4H, m), 6.37-6.45 (1H, m), 6.49 (1H, dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 12.0 Hz), 6.80-7.00 (3H, m), 7.38 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 488.

Reference Example 489
2- {allyl [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) -3-fluorophenyl] amino} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.44-2.46 (4H, m), 3.44 (4H, brs), 3.44 (2H, s), 3.83 (2H, brs), 3.98 (2H, d, J = 4.8 Hz), 4.03 (2H, s), 5.16-5.30 (2H, m), 5.82-5.95 (1H, m), 5.95 (2H, s), 6 35-6.46 (2H, m), 6.71-6.74 (3H, m), 6.85-6.87 (1H, m), 6.96-7.07 (2H, m) , 7.63-7.64 (1H, m).

Reference Example 490
(E) -3- [3- (5-Aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propenone MS: 458 (M ^<+> ).

Reference Example 491
Preparation of methyl 3- [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-ylsulfanyl) phenyl] propionate Methyl 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-ylsulfanyl) phenyl] propionate (2.97 g, 9 .33 mmol) in methanol (50 ml) were added sodium borohydride (0.590 g, 15.6 mmol) and 10% palladium-carbon (1.80 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours under a normal pressure hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, concentrated hydrochloric acid (1.5 ml) was added, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain 2.49 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.62 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 2.93 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 3.67 (3H, s), 6.87 (1H, dd, J = 2) .9 Hz, 8.4 Hz), 6.98 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.35 (2H, d, J = 8. 2 Hz), 8.01 (1H, d, J = 2.9 Hz).

Reference Example 492
Preparation of ethyl 3- [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] acrylate 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] ethyl acrylate (2.02 g, 6.43 mmol) ) In methanol (100 ml) was added zinc (6.3 g, 96.3 mmol) and ammonium chloride (710 mg, 13.27 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux with heating for 2.5 hours, acetic acid (5 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred under reflux with heating for 20 minutes. The insoluble material was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added 5% potassium hydrogen sulfate (150 ml), extracted with dichloroethane, and the dichloroethane layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The dichloroethane layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to obtain 1.78 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.34 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.58 (2H, brs), 4.26 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.35 (1H, dd, J = 16) 0.0 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 6.81 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.05 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.10 (1H, dd, J = 8. 6 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 7.50 (2 H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.66 (1 H, dd, J = 16.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 7.73 (1 H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

Reference Example 493
Preparation of 3- (4- (5-amino-4-methylpyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one 3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ) -1- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one (0.38 g, 1.0 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (6 ml) and 60% sodium hydride (0.05 g, 1 .2 mmol) and 2-chloro-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (0.196 g, 1.1 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed successively with water and a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate) to obtain the intermediate 3- (4- (4-methyl-5-nitropyridine-2). -Iyloxyphenyl) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one was obtained.

The obtained 3- (4- (4-methyl-5-nitropyridin-2-yloxyphenyl) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one was diluted with ethanol (4 ml) and Dissolved in a mixed solvent of dioxane (1 ml), added with 10% palladium-carbon (0.034 g), contact-reduced for 8 hours at room temperature and normal pressure, filtered off the catalyst, concentrated the filtrate under reduced pressure, and then purified the residue by silica gel chromatography ( Purification by dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1) gave 0.22 g of the title compound.
Properties: Slight yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.18 (3H, s), 2.30-2.45 (4H, m), 2.56-2.63 (2H, m), 2.91-2.97 (2H, m), 3. 30-3.50 (6H, m), 3.55-3.70 (2H, m), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.65-6.80 (3H, m), 6.84 ( 1H, s), 6.95-7.05 (2H, m), 7.15-7.20 (2H, m), 7.64 (1H, s).

Reference Example 494
Preparation of ethyl 3- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionate Ethyl 3- [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propionate (4.52 g, 15.9 mmol) ) And triethylamine (2.65 ml, 19.0 mmol) in THF (80 ml) under ice cooling, a solution of 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (3.65 g, 17.4 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added dropwise. Stir for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and then with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the obtained solid was recrystallized from aqueous ethanol to obtain 6.67 g of the title compound.
Property: colorless needle crystal melting point: 139-141 ° C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 494.

Reference Example 495
Ethyl 3- [4- (5-phenoxycarbonylaminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propionate MS: 406 (M ⁺ ).

参考例５８０
３−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］−３−メトキシフェニル｝プロピオン酸エチルの製造
氷冷下、３−［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）−３−メトキシフェニル］プロピオン酸エチル（１．４３ｇ，４．５ｍｍｏｌ）のジクロロメタン（３０ｍｌ）溶液にピリジン（０．４４ｍｌ，５．４ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた後、３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルクロリド（０．９９ｇ，４．７ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた。氷冷下１時間攪拌後、室温にて１０時間攪拌し、反応液に１０％塩酸を加え酸性とし、ジクロロメタンにて抽出した。ジクロロメタン層を水洗後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去し、残渣にジエチルエーテルを加え攪拌した。結晶を濾取し、水及びジエチルエーテルにて洗浄後、６０℃で風乾して０．５２ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２６（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．５６−２．７９（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．９１−３．０９（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．７５（３Ｈ，ｓ），４．１５（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），６．７５（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．１０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．０Ｈｚ），７．５６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ），７．９９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．１Ｈｚ），８．１７（１Ｈ，ｓ），８．６９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．２Ｈｚ），８．７９（１Ｈ，ｓ），９．５２（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ）。

Reference Example 580
Preparation of ethyl 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] -3-methoxyphenyl} propionate Under cooling with ice, 3- [4- (5-aminopyridine-2 -Pyridine (0.44 ml, 5.4 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl -yloxy) -3-methoxyphenyl] propionate (1.43 g, 4.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 ml), and then 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride. (0.99 g, 4.7 mmol) was added. After stirring for 1 hour under ice-cooling, the mixture was stirred for 10 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was acidified with 10% hydrochloric acid and extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and diethyl ether was added to the residue and stirred. The crystals were collected by filtration, washed with water and diethyl ether, and then air-dried at 60 ° C. to obtain 0.52 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.56-2.79 (2H, m), 2.91-3.09 (2H, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.15 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.75 (3H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.56 (1H, d, J = 8) .2 Hz), 7.99 (1 H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.17 (1 H, s), 8.69 (1 H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 8.79 (1 H, s) ), 9.52 (1H, brs).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 580.

参考例５８９
４−［５−（３，４−ジメチルベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］安息香酸エチルの製造
４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）安息香酸エチル（１４．１５ｇ，５４．８ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（１００ｍｌ）溶液に、氷冷下、３，４−ジメチル安息香酸（８．２３ｇ，５４．８ｍｍｏｌ）、１−ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール・一水和物（８．４ｇ，５４．８ｍｍｏｌ）、１−エチル−３−（３−ジメチルアミノプロピル）カルボジイミド塩酸塩（１２．６ｇ，６５．７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、氷冷下３０分間、室温にて、１７時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮した。残渣に水（２００ｍｌ）を加え、酢酸エチル（２５０ｍｌ）にて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和重曹水及び飽和食塩水にて洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝２：１）にて精製して、１６．１５ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．３９（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．３３（６Ｈ，ｓ），４．３７（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），６．９９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．７Ｈｚ），７．１５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．２４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），７．５９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），７．６５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），７．９０（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），８．０７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），８．２５−８．３５（２Ｈ，ｍ）。

Reference Example 589
Preparation of ethyl 4- [5- (3,4-dimethylbenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzoate of ethyl 4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) benzoate (14.15 g, 54.8 mmol) To a DMF (100 ml) solution, 3,4-dimethylbenzoic acid (8.23 g, 54.8 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (8.4 g, 54.8 mmol), 1- Ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (12.6 g, 65.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 hours at room temperature under ice-cooling for 17 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 ml) was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (250 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1) to obtain 16.15 g of the title compound. .
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.39 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.33 (6H, s), 4.37 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J = 9) .7 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.24 (1 H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.59 (1 H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, 2. 0 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.90 (1H, brs), 8.07 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.25-8.35 ( 2H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 589.

参考例５９２
３−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］−３−エトキシフェニル｝プロピオン酸エチルの製造
３−［３−エトキシ−４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］プロピオン酸エチル（０．８２ｇ，２．３ｍｍｏｌ）のエタノール（４０ｍｌ）溶液に窒素雰囲気下 １０％パラジウム−炭素（０．１５ｇ）加え、水素１気圧雰囲気下１時間攪拌した。パラジウム−炭素をセライト濾去し、濾液を濃縮した。得られた残渣（０．５８ｇ）をジクロロメタン（３０ｍｌ）に溶解し、氷冷下ピリジン（０．１７ｍｌ，２．１ｍｍｏｌ）及び３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルクロリド（０．３９ｇ，１．８４ｍｍｏｌ）を加え氷冷下１時間攪拌後、室温１２時間攪拌した。反応液に１０％塩酸を加え酸性としジクロロメタンにて抽出した。ジクロロメタン層を飽和重曹水にて洗浄後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去して０．９４ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色無定形粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．１８（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．０Ｈｚ），１．２６（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．５３−２．７１（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．８６−３．０１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．９８（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．０Ｈｚ），４．１５（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），６．７８−６．８８（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．９５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ），７．０６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝７．９Ｈｚ），７．５８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ），７．６５−７．７７（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．９８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．１Ｈｚ），８．１４（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ，２．７Ｈｚ），８．１９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．３Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 592
Preparation of ethyl 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] -3-ethoxyphenyl} propionate 3- [3-ethoxy-4- (5-nitropyridine-2) -Iyloxy) phenyl] To a solution of ethyl propionate (0.82 g, 2.3 mmol) in ethanol (40 ml) was added 10% palladium-carbon (0.15 g) under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour under an atmosphere of hydrogen at 1 atmosphere. Palladium-carbon was filtered off through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. The obtained residue (0.58 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml), and pyridine (0.17 ml, 2.1 mmol) and 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (0.39 g, 1.84 mmol) were added under ice cooling. After stirring for 1 hour under ice-cooling, the mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was acidified with 10% hydrochloric acid and extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to obtain 0.94 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.18 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.53-2.71 (2H, m), 2.86-3.01 (2H, m), 3.98 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz), 4.15 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.78-6.88 (2H, m), 6 .95 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.06 (1H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.58 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.65-7. 77 (2H, m), 7.98 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 8.14 (1H, dd, J = 8.8 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 8.19 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 592.

Reference Example 593
N- {6- [4- (3-hydroxypropyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.86-1.97 (2H, m), 2.70-2.75 (2H, m), 3.68-3.73 (2H, m), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 8 .7 Hz), 7.03-7.08 (2H, m), 7.23 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.77 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.84 (1H, brs), 7.99 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 8.20-8.23 (1H, m), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz).

Reference Example 594
Preparation of methyl 2- (4- {5- [3- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) ureido] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) acetate 2- [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] acetic acid 3,4-Dichlorophenyl isocyanate (0.353 g, 1.9 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl (0.44 g, 1.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (7 ml), and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Diisopropyl ether was added to the reaction solution, and the insoluble material was collected by filtration to obtain 0.60 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.63 (3H, s), 3.69 (2H, s), 699-7.05 (3H, m), 7.26-7.30 (2H, m), 7.35 (1H, dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz), 7.52 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.86 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.98 (1H, dd) , J = 8.8, 2.8 Hz), 8.18 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.91 (1H, s), 9.10 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 594.

参考例６０６
３−（４−｛５−［３−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェニル）ウレイド］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝フェニル）プロピオン酸メチルの製造
３−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］プロピオン酸メチル（１．００ｇ，３．３ｍｍｏｌ）をＴＨＦ（１ｍｌ）及びエタノール（１２０ｍｌ）の混合溶媒に溶解し、これに１０％塩酸パラジウム−炭素（１００ｍｇ）を加え、水素雰囲気下室温で２３時間攪拌した。反応溶液を濾過濃縮し、残渣にＴＨＦ（２０ｍｌ）、トリエチルアミン（０．９１７ｍｌ，６．６ｍｍｏｌ）及びイソシアン酸４−トリフルオロメチルフェニル（０．６１ｍｌ，４．３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下２０時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下留去し、残渣を酢酸エチルで洗浄して８５０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
２．６２−２．６８（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．８３−２．８８（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．６０（３Ｈ，ｓ），６．９７−７．０２（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．２４（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．６５−７．６９（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．９９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），８．１９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ），８．８８（１Ｈ，ｓ），９．２０（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Reference Example 606
Preparation of methyl 3- (4- {5- [3- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) ureido] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) propionate 3- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl ] Methyl propionate (1.00 g, 3.3 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of THF (1 ml) and ethanol (120 ml), and 10% palladium hydrochloride-carbon (100 mg) was added thereto. Stir for hours. The reaction solution was concentrated by filtration, and THF (20 ml), triethylamine (0.917 ml, 6.6 mmol) and 4-trifluoromethylphenyl isocyanate (0.61 ml, 4.3 mmol) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. did. The reaction solution was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was washed with ethyl acetate to obtain 850 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.62-2.68 (2H, m), 2.83-2.88 (2H, m), 3.60 (3H, s), 6.97-7.02 (3H, m), 7. 24 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.65-7.69 (4H, m), 7.99 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.19 (1H , D, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.88 (1H, s), 9.20 (1H, s).

Reference Example 607
Preparation of methyl 3-fluoro-4- {5-[(4-trifluoromethylbenzylidene) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} benzoate methyl 4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) -3-fluorobenzoate (2.0 g, 7.63 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 ml), 4-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde (1.04 ml, 7.63 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 6 hours. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, the precipitated crystals were filtered with suction. Washing with methanol gave 2.81 g of the title compound.
Properties: Light gray powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.89 (3H, s), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.48-7.54 (1H, m), 7.85-7.92 (4H, m), 8.01 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.13-8.16 (3H, m), 8.86 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 607.

参考例６１２
４−｛５−［１−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェニル）エチリデンアミノ］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝安息香酸エチルの製造
４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）安息香酸エチル（１６．０ｇ，６２ｍｍｏｌ）をトルエン（３００ｍｌ）に溶解し、４−トリフルオロメチルアセトフェノン（１１．７ｇ，６２ｍｍｏｌ）及び（±）−ショウノウ−１０−スルホン酸（１．０８ｇ，４．６５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、一晩加熱還流した。反応液を減圧濃縮して、２６．５ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：濃緑色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．３５−１．４１（３Ｈ，ｍ），２．３４（３Ｈ，ｓ），４．３６（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），７．０１−７．３１（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．７０−７．７７（３Ｈ，ｍ），８．０１−８．１１（４Ｈ，ｍ）。

Reference Example 612
Preparation of ethyl 4- {5- [1- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethylideneamino] pyridin-2-yloxy} benzoate ethyl 4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) benzoate (16.0 g, 62 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (300 ml) and 4-trifluoromethylacetophenone (11.7 g, 62 mmol) and (±) -camphor-10-sulfonic acid (1.08 g, 4.65 mmol) are added and heated overnight. Refluxed. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 26.5 g of the title compound.
Properties: Dark green oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.35-1.41 (3H, m), 2.34 (3H, s), 4.36 (2H, d, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.01-7.31 (4H, m), 7.70-7.77 (3H, m), 8.01-8.11 (4H, m).

Reference Example 613
Preparation of methyl 4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzoate 4- {5-[(4-trifluoromethylbenzylidene) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} methyl benzoate (2.64 g, 6.59 mmol) was suspended in methanol (25 ml), sodium borohydride (1.25 g, 33.0 mmol) was gradually added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with water and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was washed with diethyl ether to give 2.65 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
3.89 (3H, s), 4.16 (1H, brs), 4.42 (2H, s), 6.84 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.01 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 7.05 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.49 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.67 (1H, d, J = 3.1 Hz), 8.01 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 613.

参考例６１８
３−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンジルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝プロピオン酸エチルの製造
３−［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］プロピオン酸エチル（２．１ｇ，７．３ｍｍｏｌ）のエタノール（２０ｍｌ）溶液に３，４−ジクロロベンズアルデヒド（１．２８ｇ，７．３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、４０℃にて２時間攪拌し、その後氷冷下で水素化ホウ素ナトリウム（０．５５ｇ，１５．７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え同温で攪拌した。１時間後、水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を水洗後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝４：１）で精製して２．７１ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：無色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２４（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．５０−２．６８（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．８１−３．０１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．７１−４．２０（３Ｈ，ｍ），４．２８（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），６．８８−７．０２（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．０６−７．２３（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．４１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ），７．４６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），７．６０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝３．０Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 618
Preparation of ethyl 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} propionate Ethyl 3- [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propionate 3,4-dichlorobenzaldehyde (1.28 g, 7.3 mmol) was added to a solution of (2.1 g, 7.3 mmol) in ethanol (20 ml), stirred at 40 ° C. for 2 hours, and then hydrogenated under ice cooling. Sodium boron (0.55 g, 15.7 mmol) was added and stirred at the same temperature. After 1 hour, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1) to obtain 2.71 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.50-2.68 (2H, m), 2.81-3.01 (2H, m), 3.71-4.20 (3H M), 4.28 (2H, s), 6.76 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.88-7.02 (3H, m), 7.06-7.23 (3H). M), 7.41 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.46 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.60 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 618.

参考例６２８
３−（４−｛５−［ベンジルオキシカルボニル（２−メトキシエチル）アミノ］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝フェニル）プロピオン酸エチルの製造
窒素雰囲気、氷冷下、３−［４−（５−ベンジルオキシカルボニルアミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］プロピオン酸エチル（１．７ｇ，４．０ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（５０ｍｌ）溶液に６０％水素化ナトリウム（０．１９ｇ，４．９ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた後、同温で３５分攪拌し、２−ブロモエチルメチルエーテル（０．４ｍｌ，４．２ｍｍｏｌ）を滴下した。反応溶液を氷冷下２時間攪拌後、室温で２日攪拌した。反応溶液に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を水洗後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝４：１）で精製して１．６ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２５（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．５７−２．７０（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．８９−３．０２（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．５２（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．４Ｈｚ），３．７９（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．４Ｈｚ），４．１４（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），５．１４（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．８７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），６．８９−７．１０（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．１１−７．４１（７Ｈ，ｍ），７．４７−７．６９（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．１０（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ）。

Reference Example 628
Preparation of ethyl 3- (4- {5- [benzyloxycarbonyl (2-methoxyethyl) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) propionate Under nitrogen atmosphere and ice cooling, 3- [4- (5-benzyloxy 60% sodium hydride (0.19 g, 4.9 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl carbonylaminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propionate (1.7 g, 4.0 mmol) in DMF (50 ml), and the same temperature. For 35 minutes and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (0.4 ml, 4.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours under ice cooling, and then stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Water was added to the reaction solution, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was subjected to silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: Purification in 1) yielded 1.6 g of the title compound.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.25 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.57-2.70 (2H, m), 2.89-3.02 (2H, m), 3.52 (2H, t, J = 5.4 Hz), 3.79 (2H, t, J = 5.4 Hz), 4.14 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.14 (2H, brs), 6.87 (1H) , D, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.89-7.10 (2H, m), 7.11-7.41 (7H, m), 7.47-7.69 (1H, m), 8 .10 (1H, brs).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 628.

Reference Example 629
[(4- {5-[(3,4-Dichlorophenyl) methylamino] pyridin-2-yloxy} -2-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethylamino] ethyl acetate MS: 541 (M ⁺ ).

参考例６３６
３−｛４−［５−（２−メトキシエチルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝プロピオン酸エチルの製造
３−（４−｛５−［ベンジルオキシカルボニル（２−メトキシエチル）アミノ］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝フェニル）プロピオン酸エチル（１．８２ｇ，３．８ｍｍｏｌ）のエタノール−酢酸エチル（１０ｍｌ−１０ｍｌ）溶液へ、窒素雰囲気下、１０％パラジウム−炭素（０．２ｇ）加え、その後１気圧水素雰囲気下にて３時間攪拌した。パラジウム−炭素をセライトで濾別後、濾液を減圧下濃縮して１．２３ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：青色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２４（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．５５−２．６８（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．８７−２．９８（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２０−３．３１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．５６−３．６６（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．１３（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），６．７７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），６．９３−７．０１（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．０３（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ，３．０Ｈｚ），７．１３−７．２２（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．６６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝３．０Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 636
Preparation of ethyl 3- {4- [5- (2-methoxyethylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} propionate 3- (4- {5- [benzyloxycarbonyl (2-methoxyethyl) amino] pyridine- To a solution of ethyl 2-yloxy} phenyl) propionate (1.82 g, 3.8 mmol) in ethanol-ethyl acetate (10 ml-10 ml) was added 10% palladium-carbon (0.2 g) in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then 1 atm. Stir for 3 hours under hydrogen atmosphere. The palladium-carbon was filtered off through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 1.23 g of the title compound.
Properties: Blue oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.55-2.68 (2H, m), 2.87-2.98 (2H, m), 3.20-3.31 (2H M), 3.56-3.66 (2H, m), 4.13 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.93. −7.01 (2H, m), 7.03 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 7.13−7.22 (2H, m), 7.66 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 636.

Reference Example 637
Ethyl 3- [4- (5-ethylaminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propionate
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.29-1.32 (6H, m), 2.55-2.67 (2H, m), 2.87-2.99 (2H, m), 3.14 (2H, q, J = 7) .1 Hz), 4.13 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.89-7.02 (3H, m), 7.09 −7.25 (3H, m), 7.63 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

Reference Example 638
Preparation of ethyl 3- (3-methoxy-4- {5- [methyl- (4-trifluoromethylbenzyl) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) propionate 3- {3-methoxy-4- [5- A solution of ethyl (4-trifluoromethylbenzylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} propionate (0.8 g, 1.7 mmol) in methanol (15 ml) and a 37% formaldehyde aqueous solution (0.38 ml, 5.1 mmol) and Acetic acid (0.1 ml, 1.7 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then sodium cyanoborohydride (0.24 g, 3.4 mmol) was added to the reaction solution under ice-cooling, The mixture was stirred for 40 minutes under cooling. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1). Purification gave 0.62 g of the title compound.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.25 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.52-2.70 (2H, m), 2.87-3.02 (5H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.14 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.40-4.50 (2H, m), 6.74-6.86 ((3H, m), 6.97 (1H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.11 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 3.2 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 3.2 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 638.

参考例６５６
３−（４−（５−（３，４−ジクロロフェニルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル）プロピオン酸エチルの製造
３−（４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル）プロピオン酸エチル（１．２ｇ，４．２ｍｍｏｌ）、３，４−ジクロロフェニルボロン酸（１．６ｇ，８．４ｍｍｏｌ）、無水酢酸銅（０．７６２ｇ，４．２ｍｍｏｌ）及びモレキュラシーブス４Ａ（５ｇ）のジクロロメタン（２４ｍｌ）懸濁液にトリエチルアミン（１．２ｍｌ，８．４ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、反応液を室温にて終夜攪拌した。セライト濾過後、濾液を減圧濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝４：１）で精製して１．５ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：微茶色固体
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．２５（３Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），２．６０−２．６６（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．９３−２．９９（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．１４（２Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝７．１Ｈｚ），５．５２（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．７１（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ，２．７Ｈｚ），６．９０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），６．９７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．７Ｈｚ），７．０４−７．０８（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．２１−７．２６（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．４９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ，２．９Ｈｚ），８．０１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 656
Preparation of ethyl 3- (4- (5- (3,4-dichlorophenylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl) propionate Ethyl 3- (4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl) propionate ( 1.2 g, 4.2 mmol), 3,4-dichlorophenylboronic acid (1.6 g, 8.4 mmol), anhydrous copper acetate (0.762 g, 4.2 mmol) and molecular sieves 4A (5 g) in dichloromethane (24 ml) Triethylamine (1.2 ml, 8.4 mmol) was added to the suspension and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1) to give 1.5 g of the title compound.
Properties: light brown solid
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.25 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.60-2.66 (2H, m), 2.93-2.99 (2H, m), 4.14 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.52 (1 H, brs), 6.71 (1 H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 6.90 (1 H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6 .97 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 7.04-7.08 (2H, m), 7.21-7.26 (3H, m), 7.49 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.9 Hz), 8.01 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 656.

Reference Example 657
({4- [5- (3,4-Dichlorophenylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] -2-trifluoromethylphenyl} ethylamino) ethyl acetate MS: 527 (M ⁺ ).

Reference Example 658
Preparation of ethyl 4- [3- (4-benzyloxy-3-methyl) phenyl-2-oxotetrahydropyrimidin-1-yl] benzoate 1- (4-benzyloxy-3-methyl) phenyltetrahydropyrimidine-2- Cuprous iodide (16 mg, 0.08 mmol) and N, N-dimethylglycine hydrochloride (47 mg, 0.34 mmol) were added to a solution of ON (0.5 g, 1.7 mmol) in dioxane (5 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 5 minutes, ethyl 4-iodobenzoate (0.39 g, 1.4 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (1.04 g, 4.9 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 20 hours. Silica gel is applied to the residue, and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: 1 → dichloromethane: methanol = 40: 1). To give 0.43 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.30 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.08-2.22 (5H, m), 3.66 (2H, t, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.81 (2H, t , J = 5.9 Hz), 4.28 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.10 (2H, s), 6.86-7.14 (3H, m), 7.26-7. .51 (7H, m), 7.82-7.92 (2H, m).

Reference Example 659
(E) Preparation of ethyl 3- (3-methoxy-4- {5- [2- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) vinyl] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) propionate 3- [4- (5- Bromopyridin-2-yloxy) -3-methoxyphenyl] ethyl propionate (610 mg, 1.6 mmol) and 4-trifluoromethylstyrene (0.332 ml, 2.2 mmol), dichlorobis (benzonitrile) palladium (argon under argon stream) II) (33 mg, 0.082 mmol), N, N-dimethylglycine (17 mg, 0.16 mmol), sodium acetate (263 mg, 3.2 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (5 ml) were added, and the mixture was flowed at 130 ° C. under an argon stream. Stir for 17 hours. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution and filtered. The filtrate was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) to obtain 500 mg of the title compound.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.64-2.69 (2H, m), 2.95-3.01 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.71-6.88 (2H, m), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.98-7.08 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J = 16.5 Hz), 7.56-7.63 (4H, m), 7.87-7.91 (1H, m), 8.23 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 659.

Reference Example 660
3- (4- {5-[(E) -2- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) vinyl] pyridin-2-yloxy} -3-methoxyphenyl) propionate ethyl
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.26 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.63-2.69 (2H, m), 2.94-3.00 (2H, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 4.15 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.81-6.90 (3H, m), 6.93 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d , J = 15.3 Hz), 7.06 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.27-7.31 (1H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz) 7.55 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.82-7.86 (1H, m), 8.19 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

Reference Example 661
Preparation of {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] benzenesulfonyl} ethyl acetate {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] phenyl A solution of ethyl sulfanyl} acetate (1.20 g, 2.43 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was ice-cooled, m-chloroperbenzoic acid (1.45 g, 6.06 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Methanol was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred for a while, water was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 1) to obtain 1.28 g of the title compound. .
Properties: Yellow amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.22 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.11 (2H, s), 4.16 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8) .9 Hz), 7.19 (1 H, t, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.30 (1 H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.59 (1 H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7 .71 (1H, dd, J = 2.0 Hz, 8.3 Hz), 7.75-7.85 (1H, m), 7.86-7.95 (3H, m), 7.98 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz).

Reference Example 662
Preparation of methyl 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridine-2-sulfinyl] phenyl} propionate 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridine-2 A solution of methyl -ylsulfanyl] phenyl} propionate (1.00 g, 2.17 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was ice-cooled, m-chloroperbenzoic acid (0.620 g, 2.60 mmol) was added, and the same temperature was maintained. Stir for 1 hour. Methanol was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred for a while. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was recrystallized three times with ethanol to obtain 0.790 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 164-166 ° C.

Reference Example 663
Preparation of methyl 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridine-2-sulfonyl] phenyl} propionate 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridine-2 A solution of methyl -ylsulfanyl] phenyl} propionate (1.00 g, 2.17 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was ice-cooled, m-chloroperbenzoic acid (1.29 g, 5.42 mmol) was added, and at the same temperature. Stir for 1.5 hours. Methanol was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred for a while, water was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, and the dichloromethane layer was washed with saturated brine. The dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was recrystallized from ethanol to obtain 0.890 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder melting point: 165-166 ° C.

Reference Example 664
Preparation of {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] benzenesulfenyl} ethyl acetate {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] To a solution of phenylsulfanyl} ethyl acetate (0.800 g, 1.61 mmol) in methanol (20 ml) was added 31% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (2.08 ml, 18.5 mmol), and the mixture was heated to reflux for 16 hours. The reaction solution was ice-cooled, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to obtain 0.651 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.13 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.90-4.10 (4H, m), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.34 (1H, t , J = 9.0 Hz), 7.55-7.65 (1H, m), 7.72 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz) 7.90-8.00 (2H, m), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 10.63 (1H, s).

Reference Example 665
Preparation of ethyl 3- (4- {5- [4- (trifluoromethyl) phenylcarbamoyl] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) butyrate 60% sodium hydride (0.133 g, 3.3 mmol) in THF (6 ml) Under ice-cooling, triethyl phosphonoacetate (0.53 ml, 2.7 mmol) was added dropwise to the suspension, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. A solution of 6- (4-acetylphenoxy) -N- [4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] nicotinamide (0.53 g, 1.3 mmol) in THF (6 ml) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 10 hours. Stir with heating. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1), and the intermediate 3- (4- {5- 0.57 g of ethyl [4- (trifluoromethyl) phenylcarbamoyl] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) -2-butenoate was obtained.

10% palladium-carbon (0.057 g) was suspended in a mixed solvent of ethanol (8 ml) and dioxane (2 ml), and 3- (4- {5- [4- (trifluoromethyl) phenylcarbamoyl] pyridin-2-yloxy was suspended. } Phenyl) -2-butenoate (0.57 g, 1.2 mmol) was added, and catalytic reduction was performed at normal temperature and pressure. After stopping the absorption of hydrogen, the catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.56 g of the title compound.
Property: White solid
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.21 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.33 (3H, d, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.51-2.67 (2H, m), 3.28-3.37 (1H, m), 4.10 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.07-7.12 (2H, m), 7 .26-7.31 (2H, m), 7.60-7.65 (2H, m), 7.73-7.77 (2H, m), 7.81 (1H, brs), 8.21 (1H, dd, J = 8.6, 2.6 Hz), 8.68 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 665.

Reference Example 666
2-Methyl-3- {4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenylcarbamoyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} ethyl propionate MS: 472 (M ^<+> ).

Reference Example 667
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (N-hydroxycarbamimidoylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide 3,4-Dichloro-N- [6- (4-cyanomethyl) Phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide (700 mg, 1.76 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml), water (2 ml), hydroxylamine (420 mg, 12.71 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.76 g, 12.73 mmol) Were added successively, and the mixture was stirred under reflux with heating for 4 hours under argon. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1) to give 510 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.27 (2H, s), 5.41 (2H, brs), 7.03 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.05 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7. 31 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.94 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.18 (1H, dd, J = 8.8 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.46 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.88 ( 1H, s), 10.53 (1H, s).

Reference Example 668
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (N-acetoxycarbamimidoylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide 3,4-Dichloro-N- {6- [4- (N -Hydroxycarbamimidoylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide (510 mg, 1.18 mmol) in dioxane (8 ml) was added potassium carbonate (163 mg, 1.18 mmol) and stirred with ice cooling under acetyl chloride ( 0.084 ml, 1.18 mmol) was added dropwise, followed by stirring at room temperature for 15 minutes. THF (10 ml) and then water were added to the reaction solution, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, ethyl acetate was added to the obtained residue, and the mixture was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate to obtain 340 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.05 (3H, s), 3.35 (2H, s), 6.43 (2H, brs), 7.06 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.36 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.94 (1H, dd, J = 8.3 Hz) 2.0 Hz), 8.18 (1 H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.22 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.47 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 10.54 (1 H, s).

Reference Example 669
Preparation of 4- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] phenyl} -4-oxobutyric acid 3,4-Dichloro-3′-fluoro-4′-phenoxybenzanilide ( To a suspension of 5.05 g, 13.4 mmol) and succinic anhydride (1.48 g, 14.8 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (25 ml), aluminum chloride (6.26 g, 47.0 mmol) was added under ice cooling. In addition, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 5 minutes and then stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was added to ice water, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. 50% aqueous acetone (200 ml) was added to the solid, heated under reflux for 0.5 hour, cooled, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration to give 6.30 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 205-208 ° C.

Reference Example 670
Preparation of ethyl 3- {4- [hydroxy (5-nitro-2-pyridyl) methyl] phenyl} propionate Ethyl 3- [4- (5-nitropyridine-2-carbonyl) phenyl] propionate (1.52 g, To a solution of 4.63 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 ml) and ethanol (15 ml) was added sodium borohydride (0.175 g, 4.63 mmol) under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in water and ethyl acetate, acetic acid was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, washed with saturated brine, and the ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) to obtain 0.264 g of the title compound.
Properties: Brown powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.19 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.56 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 2.91 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.09 (2H , Q, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.35 (1H, brs), 5.84 (1H, s), 7.17 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.26 (2H, d) , J = 8.1 Hz), 7.46 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.40 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 9.36 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 670.

Reference Example 671
4- [2-hydroxy-3- (4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyl] piperazine-1-carboxylate t-butyl
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.47 (9H, s), 1.62 (1H, brs), 2.85 (2H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.00-3.80 (8H, m), 4.56 ( 1H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 5.35 (1H, brs), 6.74 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz).

Reference Example 672
Preparation of ethyl 3- (4- {5- [bis (3,4-dichlorobenzoyl) amino] -2-pyridylmethyl} phenyl) propionate To a suspension of 10% palladium-carbon (27 mg) in ethanol (5 ml) Add ethyl 3- {4- [hydroxy- (5-nitro-2-pyridyl) -methyl] phenyl} propionate (0.264 g, 0.799 mmol) and 0.5 M hydrogen chloride in ethanol (2 ml) and add 50 Catalytic reduction was carried out at atmospheric pressure under normal pressure. After stopping the absorption of hydrogen, the catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in THF (5 ml), triethylamine (0.267 ml, 2.40 mmol) was added, and a solution of 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (0.255 g, 0.879 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added dropwise under ice cooling. And stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and then with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to give 0.177 g of the title compound.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.20 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.56 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 2.89 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.09 (2H , Q, J = 7.2 Hz), 6.99 (1H, s), 7.17 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.35 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7 .42 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.43-7.56 (2H, m), 7.63 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 2.1 Hz), 7.85- 7.94 (2H, m), 8.15 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.20-8.32 (2 H, m), 8.57 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz) ).

Reference Example 673
Preparation of ethyl 3- (4- (5- (N- (4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) sulfamoyl) pyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl) propionate 3- (4- (3-bromo-5- (N -(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) sulfamoyl) pyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl) 10% palladium-carbon (0.041 g) in a solution of ethyl propionate (0.41 g, 0.7 mmol) in ethanol (10 ml) , And ammonium formate (0.226 g, 3.6 mmol) were added and heated to reflux for 2 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1) to give 0.28 g of the title compound.
Property: White solid
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.60-2.66 (2H, m), 2.93-2.99 (2H, m), 4.14 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.01-7.05 (2H, m), 7.20-7.26 (3H, m), 7.50 -7.54 (3H, m), 8.03 (1H, dd, J = 8.8 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.59 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz).

Reference Example 674
Preparation of 1- (4-methoxyphenyl) imidazolin-2-one A suspension of 1- (2-chloroethyl) -3- (4-methoxyphenyl) urea (7.0 g, 30.6 mmol) in t-butanol (120 ml). Under a nitrogen atmosphere, t-butoxypotassium (6.4 g, 57.0 mmol) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Butoxy potassium (4.3 g, 38.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The pH was adjusted to 2-3 with 10% hydrochloric acid, t-butanol was distilled off under reduced pressure, water (100 ml) and ethyl acetate (100 ml) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The crystals were collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether, and dried under reduced pressure to give 5.1 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.29-3.44 (2H, m), 3.70 (3H, s), 3.71-3.88 (2H, m), 6.77 (1H, s), 6.81-6. 95 (2H, m), 7.35-7.50 (2H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 674.

Reference Example 675
1- (4-Benzyloxy-3-methylphenyl) tetrahydropyrimidin-2-one
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.81-1.96 (2H, m), 2.16 (3H, s), 3.11-3.25 (2H, m), 3.51 (2H, t, J = 5.6 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.42 (1H, s), 6.91 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.98 (1H, dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 8.7 Hz) ), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.28-7.34 (1H, m), 7.36-7.41 (2H, m), 7.42-7.48. (2H, m).

参考例６８２
３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオン酸の製造
３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオン酸エチル（６．００ｇ，１３．１ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（６０ｍｌ）及びエタノール（３０ｍｌ）溶液に、５Ｍ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（３．１４ｍｌ，１５．７ｍｍｏｌ）及び水（３０ｍｌ）を加え、１時間加熱還流した。反応液を氷冷し、反応液に５Ｍ塩酸（４．０ｍｌ，２０．０ｍｍｏｌ）及び水（１００ｍｌ）を加え、得られた固体を濾取し、含水アセトンから再結晶して５．６０ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
融点：１８８−１９０℃。

Reference Example 682
Preparation of 3- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionic acid 3- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionic acid ( To a solution of 6.00 g, 13.1 mmol) in THF (60 ml) and ethanol (30 ml), 5M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (3.14 ml, 15.7 mmol) and water (30 ml) were added and heated to reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, 5M hydrochloric acid (4.0 ml, 20.0 mmol) and water (100 ml) were added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized from aqueous acetone to give 5.60 g of the title. A compound was obtained.
Property: White powder Melting point: 188-190 ° C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 682.

参考例８５７
３−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンジルメチルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニルプロピオン酸の製造
３−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンジルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝プロピオン酸エチル（１．６３ｇ，３．７ｍｍｏｌ）のエタノール（３０ｍｌ）溶液に、３７％ホルムアルデヒド水溶液（２．０ｍｌ，２２ｍｍｏｌ）及び酢酸（０．２１ｍｌ，３．７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下１時間半攪拌後、０℃にて水素化シアノほう素ナトリウム（０．４６ｇ，７．３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え同温にて１時間攪拌した。水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を水洗後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝５：１）で精製して１．５５ｇの３−｛４［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンジルメチルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニルプロピオン酸エチルを得た。

Reference Example 857
Preparation of 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzylmethylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylpropionic acid 3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzylamino) pyridine-2- To a solution of ethyl [Iloxy] phenyl} propionate (1.63 g, 3.7 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml), 37% aqueous formaldehyde solution (2.0 ml, 22 mmol) and acetic acid (0.21 ml, 3.7 mmol) were added. After stirring for 1 hour and a half, sodium cyanoborohydride (0.46 g, 7.3 mmol) was added at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1). Purification gave 1.53-g ethyl 3- {4 [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzylmethylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylpropionate.

The obtained ethyl 3- {4 [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzylmethylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylpropionate was used as an ethanol (40 ml) solution and 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.7 ml, 6 0.7 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, acidified with 10% hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to obtain 1.44 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless oil
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.38-2.60 (2H, m), 2.78 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 4.52 (2H, s), 6.81-6.92 (3H, m), 7.12-7.23 (3H, m), 7.28 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 3.3 Hz), 7.48 (1H, d, J = 1.9 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.63 (1H, d, J = 3.3 Hz), 11.70-12.40 (1H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 857.

Reference Example 858
3- (4- {5-[(3,4-Dichlorobenzyl) ethylamino] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) propionic acid
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.09 (3H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 2.37-2.59 (2H, m), 2.64-2.83 (2H, m), 3.45 (2H, q, J = 6.9 Hz), 4.48 (2 H, s), 6.82 (1 H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.85-6.92 (2 H, m), 7.12-7.25. (4H, m), 7.48 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.54-7.61 (2H, m), 11.77-12.38 (1H, m).

Reference Example 859
Preparation of N- [2- (4-formylphenoxy) -5-pyridyl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide 4-[(5-Amino-2-pyridyl) oxy] benzaldehyde ethylene acetal (5.27 g, 20.4 mmol) ) And triethylamine (3.41 ml, 24.5 mmol) in THF (80 ml) under ice cooling, a solution of 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (4.49 g, 21.4 mmol) in THF (30 ml) was added dropwise. Stir for 2 hours under warm. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, 80% acetic acid (55 ml) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred with heating at 80 ° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and then with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the obtained solid was recrystallized from isopropanol to obtain 5.63 g of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
7.05 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.24 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.70 (1H , Dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.1 Hz), 7.82-7.93 (3H, m), 7.97 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 8.25 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 9.96 (1H, s).

Reference Example 860
Preparation of {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzylamino} ethyl acetate N- [2- (4-formylphenoxy) -5-pyridyl] -3,4-dichloro A solution of benzamide (1.00 g, 2.58 mmol), glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (0.400 g, 2.84 mmol) and sodium acetate (0.230 g, 2.84 mmol) in methanol (20 ml) at 60 ° C. for 30 minutes. Stir. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, sodium cyanoborohydride (0.180 g, 2.84 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hr. To the reaction mixture was added 5M hydrochloric acid (2 ml), and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resulting residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with saturated brine. The dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 2) to obtain 0.752 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.27 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.43 (2H, s), 3.81 (2H, s), 4.20 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 6. 95 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.36 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d , J = 8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J = 2.1 Hz, 8.3 Hz), 7.84 (1H, s), 7.98 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz) 8.18 (1H, dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 8.8 Hz), 8.24 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz).

Reference Example 861
Preparation of (acetyl- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzyl} amino) acetic acid {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridine-2- To a solution of (yloxy) benzylamino} ethyl acetate (0.811 g, 1.59 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) at room temperature were added triethylamine (0.332 ml, 2.39 mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.136 ml, 1.91 mmol). Stir at the same temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with saturated brine. After the dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 0.785 g of a residue. This residue was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml), 5M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.350 ml, 1.75 mmol) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 14 hours. 5M hydrochloric acid (0.400 ml) and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was washed with saturated brine. After the dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 0.776 g of the title compound.
Properties: White amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ at 375 K) δ ppm:
2.10 (3H, s), 4.02 (2H, s), 4.60 (2H, s), 7.03 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.11 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.32 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.78 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.97 (1H, dd, J = 2.1 Hz) , 8.4 Hz), 8.10-8.30 (2 H, m), 8.53 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.23 (1 H, s).

Reference Example 862
Preparation of 1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- {methyl [3-methyl-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] amino} ethanone {Methyl [3-methyl- To a solution of 4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] amino} acetic acid (0.93 g, 2.9 mmol) in DMF (40 ml) was added 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride. (0.67 g, 3.5 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (0.54 g, 3.5 mmol) were added, followed by 1-piperonylpiperazine (0.68 g, 3.08 mmol). In addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1 → dichloromethane. : Methanol = 100: 1) to obtain 1.2 g of the title compound.
Property: Yellow powder Melting point: 142-143 ° C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 862.

参考例９０９
（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）｛４−［メチル（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イル）アミノ］フェニル｝メタノンの製造
４−［メチル−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イル）アミノ］安息香酸（０．８００ｇ，２．９３ｍｍｏｌ）及び１−ベンジルピペラジン（０．５４２ｇ，３．０８ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（１５ｍｌ）溶液にトリエチルアミン（１．０２ｍｌ，７．３２ｍｍｏｌ）及びシアノホスホン酸ジエチル（０．５９３ｍｌ，３．５２ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、３時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル）で精製して１．２５ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色無定形粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．２５−２．６５（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．４９（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．５６（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．５７（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．８１（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．４３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．５Ｈｚ），７．２５−７．３５（７Ｈ，ｍ），７．５３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），８．０６（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ，９．５Ｈｚ），９．１２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ）。

Reference example 909
Preparation of (4-Benzylpiperazin-1-yl) {4- [Methyl (5-nitropyridin-2-yl) amino] phenyl} methanone 4- [Methyl- (5-nitropyridin-2-yl) amino] benzoic acid To a solution of acid (0.800 g, 2.93 mmol) and 1-benzylpiperazine (0.542 g, 3.08 mmol) in DMF (15 ml), triethylamine (1.02 ml, 7.32 mmol) and diethyl cyanophosphonate (0.593 ml) 3.52 mmol) and stirred for 3 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) to obtain 1.25 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.25-2.65 (4H, m), 3.49 (2H, brs), 3.56 (2H, s), 3.57 (3H, s), 3.81 (2H, brs), 6 .43 (1H, d, J = 9.5 Hz), 7.25-7.35 (7H, m), 7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 8.06 (1H, dd, J = 2.8 Hz, 9.5 Hz), 9.12 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 909.

参考例９１３
Ｎ−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−Ｎ−［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］アセトアミドの製造
｛アセチル−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］アミノ｝酢酸エチル（２．３０ｇ，６．４０ｍｍｏｌ）のエタノール（５０ｍｌ）溶液に５Ｍ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（１．９２ｍｌ，９．６０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて３０分攪拌した。反応液に５Ｍ塩酸（２ｍｌ）及び水を加え酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−へキサン：酢酸エチル＝１：１）で精製し、１．６８ｇの油状物を得た。この油状物のＤＭＦ（１０ｍｌ）溶液に１−ピペロニルピペラジン（１．２９ｇ，５．８６ｍｍｏｌ）、トリエチルアミン（１．８５ｍｌ，１３．３ｍｍｏｌ）及びシアノホスホン酸ジエチル（１．０７ｇ，６．３６ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて１時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝３０：１）で精製して２．２１ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色無定形粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．９８（３Ｈ，ｓ），２．４０−２．５０（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．４０−３．４５（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．６２（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），４．４８（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７０−６．７６（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．８５（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．０９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），７．２０（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．５１（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），８．５１（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ，９．１Ｈｚ），９．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 913
Preparation of N- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -N- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide {Acetyl- [4- ( To a solution of ethyl 5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] amino} acetate (2.30 g, 6.40 mmol) in ethanol (50 ml) was added 5M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1.92 ml, 9.60 mmol) and brought to room temperature. And stirred for 30 minutes. 5M Hydrochloric acid (2 ml) and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. After drying the ethyl acetate layer over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 1) to obtain 1.68 g of an oily substance. It was. To a DMF (10 ml) solution of this oil was 1-piperonylpiperazine (1.29 g, 5.86 mmol), triethylamine (1.85 ml, 13.3 mmol) and diethyl cyanophosphonate (1.07 g, 6.36 mmol). And stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain 2.21 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.98 (3H, s), 2.40-2.50 (4H, m), 3.40-3.45 (4H, m), 3.62 (2H, brs), 4.48 (2H, s), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.70-6.76 (2H, m), 6.85 (1H, s), 7.09 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7 .20 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.51 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.51 (1H, dd, J = 2.8 Hz, 9.1 Hz), 9. 04 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 913.

参考例９１６
３−［３−メトキシ−４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）プロパン−１−オンの合成
３−［３−メトキシ−４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］プロピオン酸（３．１８ｇ，１０ｍｍｏｌ）をジクロロメタン（３０ｍｌ）に溶解し、チオニルクロリド（０．８８ｍｌ，１２ｍｍｏｌ）及びＤＭＦ（１滴）を加え、２時間加熱還流した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣をジクロロメタン（２０ｍｌ）に溶解し氷冷下、トリエチルアミン（１．６７ｍｌ，１２ｍｍｏｌ）及び１−ピペロニルピペラジン（２．２０ｇ，１０ｍｍｏｌ）のジクロロメタン溶液（３０ｍｌ）に加え、０℃にて１時間攪拌した。反応液を水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去した。残渣を酢酸エチルにて結晶化した後、吸引濾取して４．９５ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．３３−２．４２（４Ｈ，ｍ），２．６３−２．６９（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．９７−３．０３（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．４２（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．６２−３．６６（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．７４（３Ｈ，ｓ），５．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７３−６．７５（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．８５−６．９０（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），７．０６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝７．９Ｈｚ），８．４５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），９．０１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 916
Synthesis of 3- [3-methoxy-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one 3- [3-methoxy- 4- (5-Nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propionic acid (3.18 g, 10 mmol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml), thionyl chloride (0.88 ml, 12 mmol) and DMF (1 drop) are added, Heated to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml), and added to a dichloromethane solution (30 ml) of triethylamine (1.67 ml, 12 mmol) and 1-piperonylpiperazine (2.20 g, 10 mmol) under ice cooling. And stirred at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. The reaction solution was washed with water and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was crystallized from ethyl acetate and then filtered off with suction to give 4.95 g of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.3-2.42 (4H, m), 2.62-2.69 (2H, m), 2.97-3.03 (2H, m), 3.42 (4H, brs), 3. 62-3.66 (2H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.73-6.75 (2H, m), 6.85-6.90 ( 3H, m), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.06 (1H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 8.45 (1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 2) .8 Hz), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 916.

Reference Example 917
6-Chloro-N- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) nicotinamide
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
7.74 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.76 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.00 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.38 (1H , Dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.97 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 10.80 (1H, brs).

Reference Example 918
Preparation of 3- {3-methoxy-4- [methyl (5-nitropyridin-2-yl) amino] phenyl} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one 3- { To a solution of ethyl 3-methoxy-4- [methyl- (5-nitropyridin-2-yl) amino] phenyl} propionate (3.85 g, 11 mmol) in ethanol (80 ml) was added 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (6.4 ml, 13 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. 6N hydrochloric acid (2.2 ml, 13 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. To the residue were added THF (80 ml) and N, N′-carbonyldiimidazole (2.08 g, 13 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. To the reaction solution were added 1-piperonylpiperazine (2.60 g, 12 mmol) and DMF (40 ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 21 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) to obtain 4.59 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.36-2.43 (4H, m), 2.64-2.70 (2H, m), 2.99-3.05 (2H, m), 3.42-3.46 (7H, m) ), 3.63-3.67 (2H, m), 3.77 (3H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.12 (1H, brd, J = 9.1 Hz), 6. 70-6.77 (2H, m), 6.85-6.90 (3H, m), 7.12 (1H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.97-8.01 (1H, m ), 9.11 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz).

Reference Example 919
Preparation of 5- {methyl [2-oxo-2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] amino} -2- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) benzonitrile t-butyl 2- ( To a solution of (3-cyano-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl) (methyl) amino) acetate (1.2 g, 3.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (12 ml) was added trifluoroacetic acid (12 ml). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After the solvent was distilled off, water was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain crude 2-((3-cyano-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl) (methyl) amino) acetic acid. To this DMF (24 ml) solution was added 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (659 mg, 3.4 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (526 mg, 3.4 mmol) and 1-piperonylpiperazine (757 mg, 3.4 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate) to give 412 mg of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.40-2.55 (4H, m), 3.09 (3H, s), 3.45-3.50 (4H, m), 3.55-3.70 (2H, m), 4. 14 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.70-6.80 (2H, m), 6.80-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.20 ( 2H, m), 8.50 (1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.99 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

Reference Example 920
Preparation of 2-{(2,3-difluoro-4-t-butoxycarbonylamino) phenoxy} -5-nitropyridine {2,3-difluoro-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy)} benzoic acid ( To a solution of 1.22 g, 4.1 mmol) in t-butanol (50 ml) were added diphenylphosphoryl azide (0.98 ml, 4.5 mmol) and triethylamine (0.63 ml, 4.5 mmol). Reflux for hours. After cooling, water was added to the reaction solution, extracted with ethyl acetate, the ethyl acetate layer was washed with water, the ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: Purification with ethyl acetate = 6: 1) gave 1.2 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.54 (9H, s), 6.59-6.78 (1H, m), 6.90-7.04 (1H, m), 7.13 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.84-8.02 (1H, m), 8.51 (1H, dd, J = 2.8 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 8.99 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

Reference Example 921
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- [3-fluoro-4- (4-formylphenoxy) phenyl] benzamide 3,4-dichloro-N- [4- (4- [1,3] dioxolan-2-yl Phenoxy) -3-fluorophenyl] benzamide (17.4 g, 38.9 mmol) was added to 80% acetic acid, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was recrystallized from 80% ethanol to obtain 12.8 g of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
7.13 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 3.40 (1 H, t, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.63 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.85 (1H , D, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.90-8.00 (4H, m), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 1.9 Hz), 9.93 (1H, s), 10.67. (1H, s).

Reference Example 922
Production of N- [6- (4-aminophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide dihydrochloride {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] Phenyl} carbamate t-butyl (4.31 g, 9.09 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of chloroform-methanol-ethyl acetate and concentrated under reduced pressure until the volume reached about 20 ml. To the residue solution was added 4N hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (70 ml), and the mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature for 2 hours. The precipitated white powder was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate to obtain 4.04 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
5.20 (2H, brs), 7.14 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.25 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.42 (2H, d, J = 8) .9 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.97 (1H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.24 (1H, dd, J = 8. 5 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.25 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.51 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.65 (1 H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 922.

参考例９２６
４−（テロラヒドロピラン−２−イルオキシ）ベンジルアミンの製造
水酸化リチウムアルミニウム（２．６６ｇ，７０ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（２００ｍｌ）溶液に、氷冷下、４−（テロラヒドロピラン−２−イルオキシ）ベンゾニトリルのＴＨＦ（７０ｍｌ）溶液を滴下した後、１時間加熱還流下攪拌した。反応溶液を再び氷冷し、水（２．６６ｍｌ）、１Ｎ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（２．６６ｍｌ）及び水（７．９８ｍｌ）を順に滴下した後、不溶物を濾過した。濾液を減圧下濃縮したのち、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム：メタノール＝７：１）にて精製することにより、１１．４１ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：無色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．５６（２Ｈ，ｓ），１．４５−１．７８（３Ｈ，ｍ），１．７８−２．１２（３Ｈ，ｍ），３．５３−３．６６（１Ｈ，ｍ），３．８０（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．８４−３．９９（１Ｈ，ｍ），５．４１（１Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝３．２Ｈｚ），７．０２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．２２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 926
Preparation of 4- (terolahydropyran-2-yloxy) benzylamine To a solution of lithium aluminum hydroxide (2.66 g, 70 mmol) in THF (200 ml) under ice-cooling, 4- (terolahydropyran-2-yloxy) benzo A solution of nitrile in THF (70 ml) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour with heating under reflux. The reaction solution was ice-cooled again, water (2.66 ml), 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.66 ml) and water (7.98 ml) were added dropwise in that order, and the insoluble material was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 7: 1) to give 11.41 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.56 (2H, s), 1.45-1.78 (3H, m), 1.78-2.12 (3H, m), 3.53-3.66 (1H, m), 3. 80 (2H, s), 3.84-3.99 (1H, m), 5.41 (1H, t, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz).

Reference Example 927
Preparation of 4- (2-fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenylamine hydrochloride N- [4- (2-fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] acetamide (1.00 g, 3.45 mmol) was added to 6M hydrochloric acid (10 ml). ) And heated to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.910 g of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.40-4.00 (2H, m), 7.18 (1H, t, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.24 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.32 (2H, d , J = 8.9 Hz), 8.10 (1H, ddd, J = 1.4 Hz, 2.6 Hz, 8.9 Hz), 8.35 (1H, dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 10.8 Hz).

Reference Example 928
Preparation of {4- [5- (3,4-Dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} carbamic acid phenyl ester N- [6- (4-aminophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4 -To a suspension of dichlorobenzamide dihydrochloride (700 mg, 1.57 mmol) in THF (20 ml), triethylamine (1.1 ml, 7.89 mmol) was added, and then chlorophenyl carbonate (0.39 ml, 3) under ice-cooling. .14 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was evaporated to solidify it into a powder. Filtration and washing with diethyl ether gave 470 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
7.04 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.11 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.19-7.31 (3H, m), 7.38-7.49 (2H, m), 7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.95 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.18 (1 H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.2 Hz), 8.22 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.47 (1 H, d, J = 2) .2 Hz), 10.26 (1 H, s), 10.54 (1 H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 928.

参考例９３２
４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−カルボン酸 ［４−（２−フルオロ−４−ニトロフェノキシ）フェニル］アミドの製造
［４−（２−フルオロ−４−ニトロフェノキシ）フェニル］カルバミン酸フェニルエステル（０．７００ｇ，１．９０ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（１５ｍｌ）溶液に１−ピペロニルピペラジン（０．４６０ｇ，２．０９ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温で２時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去して０．９３９ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
２．３０−２．４０（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．３５−３．５０（６Ｈ，ｍ），６．００（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７０−６．９０（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．００−７．１５（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．５５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），８．０５−８．１０（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．３０（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ，１０．９Ｈｚ），９．３１（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Reference Example 932
4-Piperonylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid Preparation of [4- (2-Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] amide [4- (2-Fluoro-4-nitrophenoxy) phenyl] carbamic acid phenyl ester (0 1-piperonylpiperazine (0.460 g, 2.09 mmol) was added to a DMF (15 ml) solution of .700 g, 1.90 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off to obtain 0.939 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.30-2.40 (4H, m), 3.35-3.50 (6H, m), 6.00 (2H, s), 6.70-6.90 (2H, m), 7. 00-7.15 (2H, m), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 8.05-8.10 (1H, m), 8.30 (1H, dd, J = 2) .8 Hz, 10.9 Hz), 9.31 (1 H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 932.

Reference Example 933
Ethyl 3- (4- {5- [3- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -3-ethylureido] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) propionate MS: 501 (M ⁺ ).

参考例９３６
４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−カルボン酸 ４−ヒドロキシベンジルアミドの製造
４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−カルボン酸 ４−（テトラヒドロピラン−２−イルオキシ）ベンジルアミド（１．１ｇ，２．４３ｍｍｏｌ）のメタノール（５０ｍｌ）溶液に、ｐ−トルエンスルホン酸一水和物（１．０ｇ，５．２６ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下１時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和重曹水及び飽和食塩水にて洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで、乾燥後、溶媒を留去することにより、３３０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．４１（４Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），３．３７（４Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），３．４２（２Ｈ，ｓ），４．３２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝５．２Ｈｚ），４．６８（１Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．２Ｈｚ），５．９４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．１５（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．７０−６．８０（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．７５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），６．８４（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．１３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 936
Preparation of 4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid 4-hydroxybenzylamide 4-Piperonylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid 4- (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy) benzylamide (1.1 g, 2.43 mmol) P-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.0 g, 5.26 mmol) was added to a methanol (50 ml) solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off to obtain 330 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.41 (4H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 3.37 (4H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 3.42 (2H, s), 4.32 (2H, d, J = 5) .2 Hz), 4.68 (1 H, t, J = 5.2 Hz), 5.94 (2 H, s), 6.15 (1 H, brs), 6.70-6.80 (2 H, m), 6.75 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.84 (1H, s), 7.13 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 936.

Reference Example 937
4-Benzylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) methylamide hydrochloride
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.69-2.91 (2H, m), 3.03 (3H, s), 2.92-3.23 (4H, m), 3.68 (2H, d, J = 13.7 Hz), 4.26 (2H, s), 6.75 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.45 (3H, brs), 7. 54 (2H, brs), 9.52 (1H, s).

Reference Example 938
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (3-hydroxypropyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide 2- {4- [3- (t-butyldimethylsilanyloxy) propyl] Acetic acid (10 ml) and water (5 ml) were added to phenoxy} -5-nitropyridine (950 mg, 1.8 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to obtain 520 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White prism crystal
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.70-1.78 (2H, m), 2.59-2.65 (2H, m), 3.32-3.47 (2H, m), 4.46-4.49 (1H, m ), 7.00-7.05 (3H, m), 7.23 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.95 (1H) , Dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.16-8.22 (2H, m), 8.48 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.54 (1H, s) .

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 938.

Reference Example 939
3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (2-hydroxyethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.73 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 3.59-3.66 (2H, m), 4.65 (1H, t, J = 5.3 Hz), 7.00-7.06 (3H, m), 7.25 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.95 (1H, dd, J = 8.3 Hz) 2.0 Hz), 8.16-8.23 (2H, m), 8.47 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.54 (1 H, s).

Reference Example 940
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (5-hydroxypentyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide 5- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridine- To a solution of ethyl 2-yloxy] phenyl} pentanoate (8.79 g, 18.0 mmol) in THF (140 ml) was added lithium borohydride (3.14 g, 144 mmol), and heated under reflux for 3 hours under a nitrogen stream. Stirred under. The reaction solution was ice-cooled, treated with 1N hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 2) to obtain 7.07 g of the title compound. It was.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.25-1.75 (7H, m), 2.62 (2H, t, J = 7.6 Hz), 3.65 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.92 (1H, d , J = 8.5 Hz), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.19 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.56 (1H, d, J = 8. 5 Hz), 7.69 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.93 (1 H, s), 7.97 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.15 ( 1H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 940.

参考例９４８
４−シアノ−Ｎ−［６−（４−ヒドロキシメチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］ベンズアミドの製造
４−［５−（４−シアノベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］安息香酸（１．８０ｇ，５．０１ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（２０ｍｌ）懸濁液を氷−食塩で冷却し、トリエチルアミン（０．７７ｍｌ，５．５１ｍｍｏｌ）、次いでクロル蟻酸エチル（０．５３ｍｌ，５．５１ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、同温で攪拌した。３０分後、反応液を濾過して不溶物を除き、濾液を水素化ほう素ナトリウム（０．９５ｇ，２５．０５ｍｍｏｌ）の８０％メタノール（４０ｍｌ）水溶液に氷冷攪拌下、注加した。室温で３０分間攪拌した後、反応液に水（２００ｍｌ）を加え、得られた混合物を酢酸エチル（２００ｍｌ）で抽出した。酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウム上で乾燥後、溶媒を減圧下留去した。残渣を酢酸エチル−ｎ−ヘキサンの混合液から再結晶して１．２６ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：微黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
４．５０（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝５．３Ｈｚ），５．１９（１Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．６Ｈｚ），７．０４−７．０９（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．３５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），８．０４（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），８．１２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），８．２１（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．６Ｈｚ），８．４９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．３Ｈｚ），１１．６３（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Reference Example 948
Preparation of 4-cyano-N- [6- (4-hydroxymethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide 4- [5- (4-cyanobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzoic acid (1.80 g, 5.01 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was cooled with ice-salt, triethylamine (0.77 ml, 5.51 mmol) and then ethyl chloroformate (0.53 ml, 5.51 mmol) were added at the same temperature. Stir. After 30 minutes, the reaction solution was filtered to remove insolubles, and the filtrate was poured into an 80% aqueous solution of sodium borohydride (0.95 g, 25.05 mmol) in 80% methanol (40 ml) with ice cooling and stirring. After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, water (200 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was recrystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 1.26 g of the title compound.
Properties: Slight yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
4.50 (2H, d, J = 5.3 Hz), 5.19 (1H, t, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.04-7.09 (3H, m), 7.35 (2H, d , J = 8.6 Hz), 8.04 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 8.12 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.21 (1H, dd, J = 8. 9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.49 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 11.63 (1 H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 948.

Reference Example 949
4-Chloro-N- [6- (4-hydroxymethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
4.50 (2H, d, J = 5.3 Hz), 5.18 (1 H, t, J = 5.6 Hz), 7.03-7.08 (3H, m), 7.35 (2H, d , J = 8.6 Hz), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.00 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 8.20 (1H, dd, J = 8. 9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.48 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 10.46 (1 H, s).

参考例９５５
２−［４−（１−ブロモエチル）フェノキシ］−５−ニトロピリジンの製造
２−（４−エチルフェノキシ）−５−ニトロピリジン（７．３３ｇ，３０ｍｍｏｌ）を四塩化炭素（１００ｍｌ）に溶解し、Ｎ−ブロモスクシイミド（５．３４ｇ，３０ｍｍｏｌ）及びベンゾイルパーオキサイド（０．７３ｇ，３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、窒素気流下一晩加熱還流した。反応液を放冷後、不溶物を濾過し、濾液を飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１０：１）で精製して１．３４ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．０８（３Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝６．９Ｈｚ），５．２６（１Ｈ，ｑ，Ｊ＝６．９Ｈｚ），７．０５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），７．１５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．５３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），８．４９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），９．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 955
Preparation of 2- [4- (1-bromoethyl) phenoxy] -5-nitropyridine 2- (4-Ethylphenoxy) -5-nitropyridine (7.33 g, 30 mmol) was dissolved in carbon tetrachloride (100 ml), N-bromosuccinimide (5.34 g, 30 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (0.73 g, 3 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight under a nitrogen stream. The reaction solution was allowed to cool, insoluble matter was filtered off, and the filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to obtain 1.34 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.08 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 5.26 (1H, q, J = 6.9 Hz), 7.05 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.15 (2H , D, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 8.49 (1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 9.04 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

Reference Example 956
Preparation of N- [6- (4-chloromethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide N- [6- (4-hydroxymethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoro Thionyl chloride (1.7 ml, 23.3 mmol) was added to a solution of methylbenzamide (3.06 g, 7.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (90 ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was washed with diethyl ether to obtain 2.95 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
4.61 (2H, s), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.11-7.14 (2H, m), 7.41-7.44 (2H, m), 7.77 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.89 (1H, brs), 8.00 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 8.22-8.28 (2H, m ).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 956.

Reference Example 957
3,4-Dichloro-N- [4- (4-chloromethylphenoxy) -3-fluorophenyl] benzamide
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
4.58 (2H, s), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.10 (1H, t, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (1H, m ), 7.30-7.40 (3H, m), 7.59 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.65-7.78 (2H, m), 7.96 (1H, d) , J = 2.1 Hz).

参考例９６３
３，４−ジクロロ−Ｎ−｛６−［４−（５−クロロペンチル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝ベンズアミド塩酸塩の製造
３，４−ジクロロ−Ｎ−｛６−［４−（５−ヒドロキシペンチル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝ベンズアミド（６．８３ｇ，１５．３４ｍｍｏｌ）に、チオニルクロリド（３５ｍｌ）を加え、室温にて２０分間攪拌した後、５０℃にて１時間攪拌した。過剰のチオニルクロリドを留去した後、酢酸エチル（１００ｍｌ）を加え、得られた白色粉末を、濾過、酢酸エチルにて洗浄することにより、６．９８ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
１．３３−１．５０（２Ｈ，ｍ），１．５０−１．６８（２Ｈ，ｍ），１．６８−１．８５（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．５９（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．６Ｈｚ），３．６４（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝６．６Ｈｚ），７．０２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），７．０３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），７．２３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），７．８３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），７．９７（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），８．２０（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ，２．５Ｈｚ），８．２５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．５０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．５Ｈｚ），１０．６３（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Reference Example 963
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (5-chloropentyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide hydrochloride 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (5- Hydroxypentyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide (6.83 g, 15.34 mmol) was added with thionyl chloride (35 ml), stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes, and then stirred at 50 ° C. for 1 hour. Excess thionyl chloride was distilled off, ethyl acetate (100 ml) was added, and the resulting white powder was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate to obtain 6.98 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.33-1.50 (2H, m), 1.50-1.68 (2H, m), 1.68-1.85 (2H, m), 2.59 (2H, t, J = 7) .6 Hz), 3.64 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 7.02 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.03 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7 .23 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.83 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.97 (1H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8. 20 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.25 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.50 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 10.63 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 963.

参考例９６８
Ｎ−｛６−［４−（２−ブロモアセチル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミドの製造
Ｎ−［６−（４−アセチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド（４．０ｇ，１０ｍｍｏｌ）をクロロホルム（２００ｍｌ）に溶解し、臭化銅（５．７６ｇ，２５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、一晩加熱還流した。反応液を濾過し、濾液を飽和チオ硫酸ナトリウム水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去した。先程の濾過物に酢酸エチルを加え、飽和チオ硫酸ナトリウム水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去した。残渣を合わせシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝３：１）で精製して１．８６ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
４．４３（２Ｈ，ｓ），７．０６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．２１（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．５７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．７２（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），７．９９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．０３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），８．０９（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），８．２７（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），８．３２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．２Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 968
Preparation of N- {6- [4- (2-bromoacetyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -3,4-dichlorobenzamide N- [6- (4-acetylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3 , 4-dichlorobenzamide (4.0 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (200 ml), copper bromide (5.76 g, 25 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. Ethyl acetate was added to the previous filtrate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residues were combined and purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) to give 1.86 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
4.43 (2H, s), 7.06 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.21 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8) .4 Hz), 7.72 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.99 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.03 (2H, d, J = 8. 9 Hz), 8.09 (1 H, brs), 8.27 (1 H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.32 (1 H, d, J = 2.2 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 968.

Reference Example 969
N- {4- [4- (2-Bromoacetyl) phenoxy] -3-fluorophenyl} -3,4-dichlorobenzamide
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
4.88 (2H, s), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.30-7.50 (1H, m), 7.60-7.70 (1H, m), 7.80-8.20 (5H, m), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 10.67 (1H, brs).

Reference Example 970
Preparation of 4 ′-[4- (3-bromopropyl) phenoxy] -3,4-dichloro-3′-fluorobenzanilide 3,4-Dichloro-3′-fluoro-4 ′-[4- (3-hydroxy Propyl) phenoxy] benzanilide (2.32 g, 5.34 mmol) in dichloromethane (46 ml), carbon tetrabromide (2.13 g, 6.41 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.54 g, 5.88 mmol). And stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to obtain 2.41 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.08-2.11 (2H, m), 2.73 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 3.38 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz), 6.88 (2H, d , J = 8.5 Hz), 7.02 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 8.0 Hz), 7.13 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.17-7.28 ( 1H, m), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.60-7.74 (2H, m), 7.85 (1H, brs), 7.93 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 970.

参考例９７３
４−［４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）ベンジル］ピペラジン−１−カルボン酸 ｔ−ブチルの製造
２−（４−クロロメチルフェノキシ）−５−ニトロピリジン（１２．３２ｇ，４７ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（１２０ｍｌ）溶液にトリエチルアミン（１９．４ｍｌ，１４０ｍｍｏＬ）及びピペラジン−１−カルボン酸ｔ−ブチル（１１．２７ｇ，６１ｍｍｏｌ）を加え５０℃で３時間攪拌した。残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を水及び飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１：１）で精製して１１．２６ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．４６（９Ｈ，ｓ），２．４０−２．４４（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．４３−３．４６（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．５４（２Ｈ，ｓ），７．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．０９−７．１４（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．３８−７．４４（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．４８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），９．０５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ）。

Reference Example 973
Preparation of t-butyl 4- [4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) benzyl] piperazine-1-carboxylate of 2- (4-chloromethylphenoxy) -5-nitropyridine (12.32 g, 47 mmol) Triethylamine (19.4 ml, 140 mmol) and t-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (11.27 g, 61 mmol) were added to the DMF (120 ml) solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 3 hours. Water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 1) to give 11.26 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.46 (9H, s), 2.40-2.44 (4H, m), 3.43-3.46 (4H, m), 3.54 (2H, s), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.09-7.14 (2H, m), 7.38-7.44 (2H, m), 8.48 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2 .8 Hz), 9.05 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 973.

Reference Example 974
4- {1- [4- (5-Nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] ethyl} morpholine
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.38 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.36-2.54 (4H, m), 3.37 (1H, q, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.69-3.72 (4H, m), 7.02 (1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 0.5 Hz), 7.11 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.40 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.47 (1H, dd, J = 9.1 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 9.06 (1H, dd, J = 2.8 Hz, 0.5 Hz).

Reference Example 975
Preparation of methanesulfonic acid 6- (4-nitro-phenoxy) pyridin-3-ylmethyl ester [6- (4-nitrophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] methanol (6.1 g, 24.8 mmol) was added to dichloromethane (150 ml). ), Triethylamine (4.15 ml, 29.8 mmol) was added under ice cooling, methanesulfonic acid chloride (2.11 ml, 27.3 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 30 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere. . The reaction solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, a mixed solvent (50 ml) of n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 1 was added to the residue, and the precipitated crystals were subjected to suction filtration to obtain 7.9 g of the title compound. Got.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
3.04 (3H, s), 5.23 (2H, s), 7.09 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.29 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7. 88 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.23 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 8.28 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 975.

参考例９７８
２−（４−ニトロフェノキシ）−５−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェノキシメチル）ピリジンの製造
メタンスルホン酸 ６−（４−ニトロフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イルメチルエステル（４．８６ｇ，１５ｍｍｏｌ）をＤＭＦ（２５０ｍｌ）に溶解し、４−ヒドロキシベンゾトリフルオロライド（２．９２ｇ，１８ｍｍｏｌ）及び炭酸カリウム（３．１１ｇ，２２．５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、窒素雰囲気下５０℃にて１時間加熱攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝８０：１）で精製して５．８ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
５．０９（２Ｈ，ｓ），７．０２−７．１０（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．２６−７．３１（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．５６−７．５９（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．８８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．５Ｈｚ），８．２５−８．３１（３Ｈ，ｍ）。

Reference Example 978
Preparation of 2- (4-nitrophenoxy) -5- (4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridine Methanesulfonic acid 6- (4-nitrophenoxy) pyridin-3-ylmethyl ester (4.86 g, 15 mmol) was added to DMF. (250 ml), 4-hydroxybenzotrifluoride (2.92 g, 18 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.11 g, 22.5 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 50 ° C. for 1 hour in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 80: 1) to obtain 5.8 g of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
5.09 (2H, s), 7.02-7.10 (3H, m), 7.26-7.31 (2H, m), 7.56-7.59 (2H, m), 7. 88 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.25-8.31 (3H, m).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 978.

Reference Example 979
2- (2-Methyl-4-nitrophenoxy) -5- (4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridine
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.31 (3H, s), 5.07 (2H, s), 7.03 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7. 17 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.87 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.10 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.18 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.21 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

Example 1
Preparation of N- {6- [4- (4-benzylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide 4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoylamino) pyridine 2-Iyloxy] benzoic acid (1.19 g, 2.3 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) under ice-cooling, 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (530 mg, 2.8 mmol) , 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (370 mg, 2.7 mmol) and benzylpiperazine (0.475 ml, 2.7 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred for one day while gradually warming to room temperature. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol: chloroform = 1: 19) to obtain 800 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White needle crystal
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.46 (4H, brs), 3.55 (2H, s), 3.72 (4H, brs), 6.96 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.10-7.13 ( 2H, m), 7.28-7.40 (7H, m), 7.74 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 8.02 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 8. 16-8.21 (1H, m), 8.32 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.53 (1H, brs).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 1.

参考例９１８と同様にして以下の化合物を製造した。

The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 918.

実施例９５０
３，４−ジクロロ−Ｎ−｛６−［４−（４−フェネチルピペラジン−１−カルボニル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝ベンズアミドの製造
４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）安息香酸エチル（６９０ｍｇ，２．７ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（１０ｍｌ）溶液にトリエチルアミン（０．７３ｍｌ，５．３ｍｍｏｌ）及び３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルクロリド（５７０ｍｇ，２．７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、氷冷下１時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え水、１Ｎ塩酸、飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、残渣を熱時ｎ−へキサン：ジクロロメタン＝１：２で洗浄した。これをＴＨＦ（２０ｍｌ）に溶解し、１Ｎ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（２．９ｍｌ，２．９ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、１００℃で５時間攪拌した。ＴＨＦを留去し、水層を１Ｎ塩酸でｐＨ３とした。析出物を濾取し乾燥した。これをＤＭＦ（１０ｍｌ）に溶解し、１−フェネチルピペラジン（２００ｍｇ，１．１ｍｍｏｌ）、１−エチル−３−（３−ジメチルアミノプロピル）カルボジイミド塩酸塩（２４０ｍｇ，１．３ｍｍｏｌ）、１−ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール・一水和物（１７０ｍｇ，１．３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下１日攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮し、残渣にクロロホルムを加え水洗後、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（メタノール：クロロホルム＝１：９９）で精製して３１０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．５４（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），２．６２−２．６８（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．７９−２．８５（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．６０−３．７３（４Ｈ，ｍ），６．９５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．０９−７．２３（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．２７−７．３３（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．３７−７．４１（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．５５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ），７．７４−７．７８（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．１１−８．１５（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．３１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ），８．５７（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ）。

Example 950
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (4-phenethylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide ethyl 4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) benzoate Triethylamine (0.73 ml, 5.3 mmol) and 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (570 mg, 2.7 mmol) were added to a THF (10 ml) solution of (690 mg, 2.7 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour under ice cooling. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, washed with water, 1N hydrochloric acid and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was washed with n-hexane: dichloromethane = 1: 2 while hot. This was dissolved in THF (20 ml), 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.9 ml, 2.9 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 5 hr. THF was distilled off and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 3 with 1N hydrochloric acid. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried. This was dissolved in DMF (10 ml), 1-phenethylpiperazine (200 mg, 1.1 mmol), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (240 mg, 1.3 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzo Triazole monohydrate (170 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, chloroform was added to the residue, washed with water, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol: chloroform = 1: 99) to obtain 310 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.54 (4H, brs), 2.62-2.68 (2H, m), 2.79-2.85 (2H, m), 3.60-3.73 (4H, m), 6. 95 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.09-7.23 (5H, m), 7.27-7.33 (2H, m), 7.37-7.41 (2H, m ), 7.55 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.74-7.78 (1H, m), 8.04 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.11-8 .15 (1H, m), 8.31 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.57 (1H, brs).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 950.

実施例１０３６
２−｛３−メチル−４−［５−（４−トリフルオロメチルベンゾイル）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニルアミノ｝−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）エタノンの製造
２−クロロ−５−（４−トリフルオロメチルベンゾイル）ピリジン（１．００ｇ，３．５ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（３０ｍｌ）溶液にＮ−（４−ヒドロキシ−３−メチルフェニル）グリシンエチルエステル（０．８１ｇ，３．９ｍｍｏｌ）、炭酸セシウム（１．７１ｇ，５．２ｍｍｏｌ）及びよう化第一銅（２００ｍｇ，１．０５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、アルゴン気流下６０℃で３．５時間攪拌した。反応溶液を濾過、濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。酢酸エチル層を水洗後無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝３：１）にて精製して１．２０ｇの黄色油状物を得た。これをＴＨＦ（２３ｍｌ）に溶解し、１ Ｍ水酸化リチウム水溶液（３．９ｍｌ，３．９ｍｍｏｌ）を加え室温下３時間攪拌した。反応溶液を氷冷し、６Ｍ塩酸でｐＨ１とした。これを酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を水洗後無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を減圧下留去して１．０４ｇの黄色油状物を得た。これをＤＭＦ（２０ｍｌ）に溶解し、１−ピペロニルピペラジン（５３０ｍｇ，２．４ｍｍｏｌ）、１−エチル−３−（３−ジメチルアミノプロピル）カルボジイミド塩酸塩（５６０ｍｇ，２．９ｍｍｏｌ）及び１−ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール・一水和物（３９０ｍｇ，２．６ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下１５時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。酢酸エチル層を水洗後無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥し、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１：２→酢酸エチル）にて精製して２８０ｍｇの黄色油状物を得た。これにジエチルエーテルを加えて放置した。析出物を濾取して２２０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．１１（３Ｈ，ｓ），２．４３−２．４８（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．４５−３．４８（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．６７−３．７１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．８６（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝４．１Ｈｚ），４．９０（１Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝４．１Ｈｚ），５．９６（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．４９−６．５３（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．７１−６．７８（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．８６−６．９７（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．７５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．１Ｈｚ），７．８７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．１Ｈｚ），８．１８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ，２．５Ｈｚ），８．５８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．１Ｈｚ）。

Example 1036
Preparation of 2- {3-methyl-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylamino} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone 2-Chloro A solution of -5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl) pyridine (1.00 g, 3.5 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) was charged with N- (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) glycine ethyl ester (0.81 g, 3. 9 mmol), cesium carbonate (1.71 g, 5.2 mmol) and cuprous iodide (200 mg, 1.05 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 3.5 hours under an argon stream. The reaction solution was filtered and concentrated. Water was added to the residue and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) to obtain 1.20 g of a yellow oil. Obtained. This was dissolved in THF (23 ml), 1 M aqueous lithium hydroxide solution (3.9 ml, 3.9 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction solution was ice-cooled and adjusted to pH 1 with 6M hydrochloric acid. This was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 1.04 g of a yellow oil. This was dissolved in DMF (20 ml), 1-piperonylpiperazine (530 mg, 2.4 mmol), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (560 mg, 2.9 mmol) and 1- Hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (390 mg, 2.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hr. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 2 → ethyl acetate) to give 280 mg of a yellow oil. Got. Diethyl ether was added to this and allowed to stand. The precipitate was collected by filtration to give 220 mg of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.11 (3H, s), 2.43-2.48 (4H, m), 3.45-3.48 (4H, m), 3.67-3.71 (2H, m), 3. 86 (2H, d, J = 4.1 Hz), 4.90 (1H, t, J = 4.1 Hz), 5.96 (2H, s), 6.49-6.53 (2H, m), 6.71-6.78 (2H, m), 6.86-6.97 (3H, m), 7.75 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.87 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.18 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.58 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1036.

Example 1037
6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2,5-difluorophenoxy) -N- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) nicotinamide Hydrobromide melting point 224.5-226.0 ° C.

Example 1038
Preparation of N- (6- {2-methyl-4- [methyl (2-oxo-2-piperazin-1-ylethyl) amino] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzamide Methyl {4- To a solution of [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -pyridin-2-yloxy] -3-methylphenyl} aminoacetic acid (1.59 g, 3.5 mmol) in DMF (60 ml) was added 1-ethyl-3- After adding (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.79 g, 4.1 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (0.63 g, 4.1 mmol), 1-t-butyloxy Carbonyl piperazine (0.68 g, 3.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, the ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane). : Ethyl acetate = 2: 1 → 3: 2) To the amide obtained by purification, THF (20 ml) was added to make a solution, 10% hydrochloric acid (10 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was neutralized and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1 → 20 1) to give 0.38 g of the title compound.
Properties: colorless amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.10 (3H, s), 2.75-2.94 (4H, m), 2.99 (3H, s), 3.40-3.70 (4H, m), 4.08 (2H, s), 6.46-6.59 (2H, m), 6.79 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.89 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.55 ( 1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.1 Hz), 7.98 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 8.03-8 .14 (2H, m), 8.23 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz).

Example 1039
Preparation of N- (6- {4- [3- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide 3- [4 -(5-Aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one trihydrochloride (200 mg, 0.35 mmol) in THF (4 ml) Were added triethylamine (0.243 ml, 1.8 mmol) and 4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (0.055 ml, 0.37 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was recrystallized from diethyl ether to obtain 170 mg of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 140-141 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.32-2.40 (4H, m), 2.59-2.65 (2H, m), 2.93-2.99 (2H, m), 3.41 (4H, brs), 3. 60-3.64 (2H, m), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.71-6.77 (2H, m), 6.85 (1H, s), 6.96 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.05 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.76 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz) ), 8.01 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 8.11-8.14 (1H, m), 8.23 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 8 .28 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz)
The crude title compound (77.4 g) obtained by the same procedure as above was recrystallized from ethyl acetate (400 ml) to obtain 49.66 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 142-144 ° C.

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1039.

実施例１２１７
１Ｈ−インドール−２−カルボン酸｛６−［４−（２，４−ジオキソチアゾリジン−５−イルメチル）−２−メチルフェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝アミドの製造
５−［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）−３−メチルベンジル］チアゾリジン−２，４−ジオン（１５０ｍｇ，０．４６ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（５ｍｌ）溶液に、インドール−２−カルボン酸（７４ｍｇ，０．４６ｍｍｏｌ）、１−ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール・一水和物（７０ｍｇ，０．４６ｍｍｏｌ）及び１−エチル−３−（３−ジメチルアミノプロピル）カルボジイミド塩酸塩（１１０ｍｇ，０．５７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて、５日間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した後、酢酸エチル層を飽和重曹水及び飽和食塩水にて洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去したのち、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム：メタノール＝３０：１）にて精製した。得られた粉末状物質にエタノールを加え、濾過し、エタノールにて洗浄することにより１００ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
２．１０（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．０９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝１４．２Ｈｚ，９．７Ｈｚ），３．４０（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝１４．２Ｈｚ，４．２Ｈｚ），４．９４（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．７Ｈｚ，４．２Ｈｚ），６．９９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ），７．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．０５−７．１６（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．２０（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．２４（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝７．０Ｈｚ，１．０Ｈｚ），７．３９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝１．６Ｈｚ），７．４６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ），７．６８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），８．２１（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），８．４９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．８Ｈｚ），１０．３７（１Ｈ，ｓ），１１．８０（１Ｈ，ｓ），１２．０９（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Example 1217
Preparation of 1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid {6- [4- (2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl) -2-methylphenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} amide 5- [4- (5- Aminopyridin-2-yloxy) -3-methylbenzyl] thiazolidine-2,4-dione (150 mg, 0.46 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was mixed with indole-2-carboxylic acid (74 mg, 0.46 mmol), 1 -Hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (70 mg, 0.46 mmol) and 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (110 mg, 0.57 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 5 days. did. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 30: 1). Ethanol was added to the obtained powdery substance, filtered, and washed with ethanol to obtain 100 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.10 (3H, s), 3.09 (1H, dd, J = 14.2 Hz, 9.7 Hz), 3.40 (1H, dd, J = 14.2 Hz, 4.2 Hz), 4.94 (1H, dd, J = 9.7 Hz, 4.2 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.05- 7.16 (2H, m), 7.20 (1H, s), 7.24 (1H, dd, J = 7.0 Hz, 1.0 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J = 1.6 Hz) ), 7.46 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 8.21 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz) 8.49 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 10.37 (1 H, s), 11.80 (1 H, s), 12.09 (1 H, s).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1217.

実施例１５０３
Ｎ−［６−（４−｛［２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−オキソエチル］メチルアミノ｝−２−メチルフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミドの製造
１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−｛メチル−［３−メチル−４−（５−ニトロピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］アミノ｝エタノン（２．６５ｇ，５．１０ｍｍｏｌ）の酢酸エチル（５０ｍｌ）懸濁液に、窒素雰囲気下、５％白金−炭素（０．２０ｇ）を加えた後、水素雰囲気下１１時間攪拌した。白金−炭素をセライト濾別し、濾液の酢酸エチル溶液に氷冷下、トリエチルアミン（０．７８ｍｌ，５．６１ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた後、４−（トリフルオロメチル）ベンゾイルクロリド（０．８０ｍｌ，５．３６ｍｍｏｌ）を滴下した。反応溶液を１６時間攪拌後、飽和重曹水を加え室温下攪拌した。２０分後酢酸エチルにて抽出した。酢酸エチル層を水洗後、無水硫酸マグネシウムにて乾燥した。溶媒を留去し、残渣をアセトン−ジエチルエーテルにて結晶化して３．０３ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色粉末
融点：１５３．０−１５４．５℃
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．１２（３Ｈ，ｓ），２．３１−２．５２（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．０１（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．３８−３．７２（６Ｈ，ｍ），４．０７（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．４９−６．６１（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．６９−６．７８（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．７９−６．８８（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．９２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．７６（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ），７．８１−７．９０（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．９９（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ），８．１３（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ，２．６Ｈｚ），８．２３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ）
上記と同様の操作により得られた粗標題化合物（５．００ｇ，７．６ｍｍｏｌ）をエタノール（１５ｍｌ）から再結晶することにより３．９０ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色粉末
融点：１５６−１５８℃。

Example 1503
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethyl Preparation of benzamide 1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- {methyl- [3-methyl-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] amino} ethanone (2.65 g, After adding 5% platinum-carbon (0.20 g) to a suspension of 5.10 mmol) in ethyl acetate (50 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere, the mixture was stirred for 11 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. Platinum-carbon was filtered off through celite, triethylamine (0.78 ml, 5.61 mmol) was added to the ethyl acetate solution of the filtrate under ice-cooling, and then 4- (trifluoromethyl) benzoyl chloride (0.80 ml, 5. 36 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred for 16 hours, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 20 minutes, extraction was performed with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was crystallized from acetone-diethyl ether to obtain 3.03 g of the title compound.
Property: Pale yellow powder Melting point: 153.0-154.5 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.12 (3H, s), 2.31-2.52 (4H, m), 3.01 (3H, s), 3.38-3.72 (6H, m), 4.07 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.49-6.61 (2H, m), 6.69-6.78 (2H, m), 6.79-6.88 (2H, m) , 6.92 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.76 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.81-7.90 (1H, m), 7.99 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 8.13 (1H, dd, J = 8.8 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.23 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz)
The crude title compound (5.00 g, 7.6 mmol) obtained by the same operation as above was recrystallized from ethanol (15 ml) to obtain 3.90 g of the title compound.
Property: Pale yellow powder Melting point: 156-158 ° C.

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1503.

Example 1504
N- {6- [2-methyl-4- (2-oxo-3-piperonylimidazolidin-1-yl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide melting point: 188.0- 189.0 ° C.

実施例１６１５
３，４−ジクロロ−Ｎ−［６−（２−フルオロ−４−｛メチル［２−オキソ−２−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）エチル］アミノ｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］ベンゼンスルホンアミドの製造
２−｛［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）−３−フルオロフェニル］メチルアミノ｝−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）エタノン（１５．８５ｇ，１．９ｍｍｏｌ）のジクロロメタン（１５０ｍｌ）溶液に、３，４−ジクロロベンゼンスルホニルクロリド（１２．９２ｇ，１．９ｍｍｏｌ）及びピリジン（１１ｍｌ，１２．４ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下１時間攪拌した。反応溶液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を、水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。溶媒を減圧下留去して得られた残渣を、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル）に付して精製し、エタノールより再結晶して標題化合物５．６ｇを得た。
性状：白色粉末
融点：１８５．６−１８７．０℃
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．４５（４Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝４．６Ｈｚ），３．０１（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．４４（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．４７（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．６４（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），４．０７（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．３３−６．４４（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．７１−６．７８（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．８４−６．８７（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．９８（１Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），７．４７（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），７．５１（２Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），７．６８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．１Ｈｚ），７．８３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝１．８Ｈｚ）ＭＳ：７０１（Ｍ^＋）。

Example 1615
3,4-dichloro-N- [6- (2-fluoro-4- {methyl [2-oxo-2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] amino} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl Preparation of benzenesulfonamide 2-{[4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) -3-fluorophenyl] methylamino} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone (15. To a solution of 85 g, 1.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 ml), 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (12.92 g, 1.9 mmol) and pyridine (11 ml, 12.4 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) and recrystallized from ethanol to obtain 5.6 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder Melting point: 185.6-187.0 ° C
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.45 (4H, t, J = 4.6 Hz), 3.01 (3H, s), 3.44 (2H, s), 3.47 (2H, brs), 3.64 (2H, brs) , 4.07 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.33-6.44 (2H, m), 6.71-6.78 (2H, m), 6.84-6. .87 (2H, m), 6.98 (1H, t, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.47 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.51 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 7.83 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz) MS: 701 (M ⁺ ).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1615.

実施例２０３１
Ｎ−｛４−［４−（４−ベンゼンスルホニルピペラジン−１−イル）フェノキシ］フェニル｝−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド
融点：１９１−１９２℃。

Example 2031
N- {4- [4- (4-Benzenesulfonylpiperazin-1-yl) phenoxy] phenyl} -3,4-dichlorobenzamide melting point: 191-192 [deg.] C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 292.

実施例２０３４
４−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニルカルバモイル｝ピペリジン−１−カルボン酸ｔ−ブチルの製造
Ｎ−［６−（４−アミノフェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド・二塩酸塩（１．０ｇ，２．２４ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（１５ｍｌ）溶液に、氷冷下、ピペリジン−１，４−ジカルボン酸モノ−ｔ−ブチルエステル（５１０ｍｇ，２．２２ｍｍｏｌ）、トリエチルアミン（０．９４ｍｌ，６．７４ｍｍｏｌ）、１−ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール・一水和物（３５０ｍｇ，２．２９ｍｍｏｌ）及び１−エチル−３−（３−ジメチルアミノプロピル）カルボジイミド塩酸塩（５１４ｍｇ，２．６８ｍｍｏｌ）を順次加えたのち、氷冷下１時間、室温にて１７時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、次に酢酸エチルを加えると白色粉末が析出したので、濾過後、水、次いで酢酸エチルにて洗浄することにより、１．０４ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
１．４１（９Ｈ，ｓ），１．３５−１．５０（２Ｈ，ｍ），１．７０−１．８５（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．４０−２．６０（１Ｈ，ｍ），２．６５−２．９０（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．９０−４．１１（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．０３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．０６（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．６２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．８４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），７．９４（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），８．１７（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．６Ｈｚ），８．２２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．４６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ），９．９６（１Ｈ，ｓ），１０．５４（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Example 2034
Preparation of t-butyl 4- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylcarbamoyl} piperidine-1-carboxylate N- [6- (4-aminophenoxy) pyridine- Piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylic acid mono-t-butyl ester in a solution of 3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide dihydrochloride (1.0 g, 2.24 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) under ice-cooling (510 mg, 2.22 mmol), triethylamine (0.94 ml, 6.74 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (350 mg, 2.29 mmol) and 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) Carbodiimide hydrochloride (514 mg, 2.68 mmol) was sequentially added, and then 1 hour at room temperature under ice-cooling and 17:00 at room temperature. Stir for a while. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and then ethyl acetate was added to precipitate a white powder. After filtration, washing with water and then with ethyl acetate gave 1.04 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.41 (9H, s), 1.35-1.50 (2H, m), 1.70-1.85 (2H, m), 2.40-2.60 (1H, m), 2. 65-2.90 (2H, m), 3.90-4.11 (2H, m), 7.03 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8) .9 Hz), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.94 (1H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2. 0 Hz), 8.17 (1 H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.22 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.46 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz) ), 9.96 (1H, s), 10.54 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2034.

Example 2035
3,4-Dichloro-N- (6- {4- [2- (2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-yl) -acetylamino] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) benzamide
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.07 (1H, dd, J = 16.5 Hz, 8.9 Hz), 3.24 (1 H, dd, J = 16.5 Hz, 4.0 Hz), 4.73 (1H, dd, J = 9. 0 Hz, 4.0 Hz), 7.04 (1 H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.08 (2 H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.58 (2 H, d, J = 8.9 Hz) ), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.94 (1H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.18 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.22 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.46 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.21 (1 H, s), 10.53 (1 H, s), 12.00 (1H, s).

Example 2036
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- (6- {4- [4-piperoniloylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) benzamide 3,4-Dichloro-N- [6- (4 -Piperazin-1-ylmethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide (300 mg, 0.66 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was added piperonic acid (120 mg, 0.72 mmol), 1-ethyl-3- (3-Dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (140 mg, 0.73 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (100 mg, 0.74 mmol) were added. The reaction solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain 110 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.46 (4H, brs), 3.53 (2H, s), 3.60 (4H, brs), 5.99 (2H, s), 6.79 (1H, d, J = 7.9 Hz) 6.85-6.96 (3H, m), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.33 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.69-7.73 (1 H, m), 7.99 (1 H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 8.16-8.21 (1 H, m), 8.27-8.30 (2H, m).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2036.

実施例２０５６
Ｎ−｛６−［４−（４−クロロアセチルピペラジノ）フェノキシ］−３−ピリジル｝−４−（トリフルオロメチル）ベンズアミドの製造
Ｎ−［６−（４−ピペラジノフェノキシ）−３−ピリジル］−４−（トリフルオロメチル）ベンズアミド（８８５ｍｇ，２．００ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（２０ｍｌ）溶液にトリエチルアミン（０．４１８ｍｌ，３．００ｍｍｏｌ）及び塩化クロロアセチル（０．１９１ｍｌ，２．４０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、反応液を室温にて１０分間攪拌した。反応液に酢酸エチルを加え、水洗し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去して、１．００ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
３．１７（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），３．２２（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），３．７０（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），３．８０（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），６．９５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），６．９７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），７．０８（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），７．７７（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），７．７８（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．０Ｈｚ），７．９９（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．０Ｈｚ），８．２０（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ，２．５Ｈｚ），８．２６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．５Ｈｚ）。

Example 2056
Preparation of N- {6- [4- (4-chloroacetylpiperazino) phenoxy] -3-pyridyl} -4- (trifluoromethyl) benzamide N- [6- (4-piperazinophenoxy) -3 -Pyridyl] -4- (trifluoromethyl) benzamide (885 mg, 2.00 mmol) in DMF (20 ml) was added triethylamine (0.418 ml, 3.00 mmol) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.191 ml, 2.40 mmol). In addition, the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution, washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain 1.00 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
3.17 (2H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 3.22 (2H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 3.70 (2H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 3.80 (2H , T, J = 5.0 Hz), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.77 (1H, brs), 7.78 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.99 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 8.20 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2056.

実施例２０９５
１−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝−４−ベンゾイルオキシピペリジンの製造
１−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝−４−ヒドロキシピペリジン（２００ｍｇ，０．４４ｍｍｏｌ）のジクロロメタン（８ｍｌ）溶液に、トリエチルアミン（０．０９１ｍｌ，０．６５ｍｍｏｌ）、ベンゾイルクロリド（７４ｍｇ，０．５３ｍｍｏｌ）及び４−（ジメチルアミノ）ピリジン（３ｍｇ，０．０２５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下２．５日間攪拌した。反応液をそのままシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（メタノール：ジクロロメタン＝７：９３）で精製して、８０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末；融点：１８８−１９０℃。

Example 2095
Preparation of 1- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} -4-benzoyloxypiperidine 1- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} To a solution of -4-hydroxypiperidine (200 mg, 0.44 mmol) in dichloromethane (8 ml), triethylamine (0.091 ml, 0.65 mmol), benzoyl chloride (74 mg, 0.53 mmol) and 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine (3 mg , 0.025 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 2.5 days. The reaction solution was directly purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol: dichloromethane = 7: 93) to obtain 80 mg of the title compound.
Properties: white powder; melting point: 188-190 ° C.

Example 2096
3,4-Dichloro-N- (6- {4-[[2-oxo-2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] (2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl) amino] phenoxy } Preparation of Pyridin-3-yl) benzamide 3,4-Dichloro-N- (6- {4- [2-oxo-2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethylamino] phenoxy} pyridine- To a solution of 3-yl) benzamide (0.152 g, 0.239 mmol) in THF (5 ml) was added triethylamine (0.0500 ml, 0.359 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.0410 ml, 0.287 mmol). Stir for hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1), and the solid obtained was recrystallized from methanol to 28.8 mg. Of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 211-213 ° C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2096.

Example 2097
N- [6- (4- {Acetyl [2-oxo-2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] amino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4- Dichlorobenzamide
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.90 (3H, s), 2.28 (2H, brs), 2.38 (2H, brs), 3.37 (4H, brs), 3.49 (2H, brs), 3.67 (3H) , S), 4.43 (2H, s), 5.93 (2H, s), 6.68-6.75 (2H, m), 6.82 (1H, s), 6.91-6. 97 (2H, m), 7.07-7.10 (2H, m), 7.53 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.76 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2 0.0 Hz), 8.05 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.20 (1 H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.37 (1 H, d, J = 2. 6 Hz), 9.26 (1 H, s).

Example 2098
N- [6- (benzoyl {4- [3-oxo-3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] phenyl} amino) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide Preparation of Oxalate 3,4-Dichloro-N- (6- {4- [3-oxo-3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] phenylamino} pyridin-3-yl) benzamide Triethylamine (0.132 ml, 0.949 mmol) and benzoyl chloride (0.0550 ml, 0.474 mmol) were added to a THF (5 ml) solution of (250 mg, 0.395 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 7 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1) to obtain 0.300 g of a free form. Isopropanol (5 ml) and oxalic acid dihydrate (100 mg, 0.793 mmol) were added to the resulting free form, and after dissolution by heating, the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting solid was recrystallized from isopropanol to give 80. 0 mg of the title compound was obtained.
Property: Yellow powder Melting point: 140-143 ° C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2098.

Example 2099
N- [6- (acetyl {4- [3-oxo-3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] phenyl} amino) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide melting point: 150-165 ° C
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.98 (3H, s), 2.62-2.98 (7H, m), 3.04 (1H, t, J = 12.1 Hz), 3.26 (2H, t, J = 14.7 Hz) ), 3.35-3.50 (2H, m), 4.06 (1H, d, J = 13.8 Hz), 4.13-4.26 (2H, m), 4.44 (1H, d) , J = 13.8 Hz), 6.07 (2H, s), 6.95-7.02 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (3H, m), 7.28 (2H, d). , J = 8.3 Hz), 7.52 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.85 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.96 (1H, dd, J = 2. 0 Hz, 8.4 Hz), 8.23-8.26 (2H, m), 8.77 (1H, s), 10.77 (1H, s), 11.10 (1H, brs).

Example 2100
Preparation of 6- {4- [3- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} -N- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) nicotinamide 6- {4- [3- N, N′-carbonyldiimidazole (540 mg, 3) was added to a solution of (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} nicotinic acid (1.23 g, 2.5 mmol) in THF (35 ml). .3 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, 3,4-dichloroaniline (4.07 g, 25 mmol) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) and recrystallized from diethyl ether to obtain 510 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.33 (4H, brs), 2.59-2.65 (2H, m), 2.91-2.97 (2H, m), 3.40 (4H, brs), 3.59 (2H, s), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.70-6.76 (2H, m), 6.83 (1H, s), 6.96-7.06 (3H, m), 7.20 -7.26 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.50-7.54 (1H, m), 7.86 (1H, d, J = 1. 8Hz), 8.18-8.22 (1H, m), 8.44 (1H, brs), 8.66 (1H, brs).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2100.

実施例２１０６
（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロフェニルスルファニル）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝メタノンの製造
３，４−ジクロロベンゼンチオール（０．２４ｍｌ，１．８８ｍｍｏｌ）の２Ｎ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（２ｍｌ）を氷冷し、［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）メタノン（０．７３ｇ，１．８８ｍｍｏｌ）の濃硫酸（０．３８ｍｌ）−水（１．１ｍｌ）溶液に、氷冷下、亜硝酸ナトリウム（０．１３ｇ，１．８８ｍｍｏｌ）の水（０．６ｍｌ）溶液を滴下し、１０分間攪拌した反応溶液を加えた。反応溶液に水を加え、ジクロロメタンにて抽出し、ジクロロメタン層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで、乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝８０：１）にて精製することにより、０．１ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．４９（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．５６（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．５６（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．７８（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），６．９９（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．２０（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．２５−７．３９（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．４６（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），７．４７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．５６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．２Ｈｚ），７．７６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），７．８６（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．５Ｈｚ），８．５０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．５Ｈｚ）。

Example 2106
Preparation of (4-Benzylpiperazin-1-yl) {4- [5- (3,4-Dichlorophenylsulfanyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} methanone 3,4-Dichlorobenzenethiol (0.24 ml, 1.88 mmol ) 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2 ml) was ice-cooled and [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) methanone (0.73 g, 1.88 mmol) A solution of sodium nitrite (0.13 g, 1.88 mmol) in water (0.6 ml) was added dropwise to a concentrated sulfuric acid (0.38 ml) -water (1.1 ml) solution under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction solution was added. By adding water to the reaction solution and extracting with dichloromethane, the dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 80: 1). 0.1 g of the title compound was obtained.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.49 (4H, brs), 3.56 (2H, s), 3.56 (2H, brs), 3.78 (2H, brs), 6.99 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz) 7.20 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.25-7.39 (5H, m), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7. 47 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.56 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.76 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.86 (1H, dd) , J = 8.9 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.50 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2106.

Example 2107
2-({4- [5- (3,4-Dichlorophenylsulfanyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] -3-methoxyphenyl} ethylamino) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.20 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.43 (4H, t, J = 4.9 Hz), 3.43 (2H, s), 3.35-3.50 (2H, m ), 3.49-3.60 (2H, m), 3.60-3.70 (2H, m), 3.73 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, s), 5.95 ( 2H, s), 6.22 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 6.35 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 6.70-6.76 (2H, m ), 6.85 (1H, s), 6.90 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.98 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.55 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.75 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.78 (1H, dd, J = 9.0Hz, 2.5Hz), 8.4 9 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz).

Example 2108
Synthesis of 1- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) urea 3- [4- (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one (600 mg, 1.3 mmol) in toluene (20 ml) To the mixture, ethyldiisopropylamine (0.454 ml, 2.6 mmol) and 3,4-dichlorophenyl isocyanate (270 mg, 1.4 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 day while heating under reflux. The reaction solution was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol: chloroform = 1: 19) and recrystallized from ethyl acetate to obtain 280 mg of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.37-2.39 (4H, m), 2.61-2.67 (2H, m), 2.89-2.94 (2H, m), 3.41-3.47 (4H, m ), 3.61-3.65 (2H, m), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.69-6.83 (4H, m), 6.95 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz). ), 7.10-7.26 (4H, m), 7.49 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 7.93-7.96 (2H, m), 8.15 (1H, s) ), 8.21 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2108.

実施例２１１３
４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−カルボン酸｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝アミド塩酸塩の製造
｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝カルバミン酸フェニルエステル（３２０ｍｇ，０．６５ｍｍｏｌ）のＤＭＦ（４ｍｌ）溶液に、１−ピペロニルピペラジン（２８５ｍｇ，１．２９ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温下１７時間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで、乾燥後、溶媒を留去したのち、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝２５：１）にて精製した。得られた残渣をエタノール−酢酸エチルの混合溶媒に溶解させ、４Ｎ塩化水素の酢酸エチル溶液をｐＨ３になるまで加えた後、析出した白色粉末を濾過し、エタノールにて洗浄することにより、３３０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
２．８５−３．０９（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２０−３．５０（４Ｈ，ｍ），４．１２−４．３８（４Ｈ，ｍ），６．０８（２Ｈ，ｓ），７．０２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），６．９３−７．１２（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．２８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝１．５Ｈｚ），７．４９（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．０Ｈｚ），７．８３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ），７．９７（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．５Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），８．１９（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ，２．６Ｈｚ），８．２５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．５０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ），８．９２（１Ｈ，ｓ），１０．６３（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Example 2113
Preparation of 4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} amide hydrochloride {4- [5- (3,4- 1-piperonylpiperazine (285 mg, 1.29 mmol) was added to a solution of dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} carbamic acid phenyl ester (320 mg, 0.65 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) at room temperature. Stir for hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 25: 1). The obtained residue was dissolved in a mixed solvent of ethanol-ethyl acetate, and a 4N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution was added until pH 3, and then the precipitated white powder was filtered and washed with ethanol to obtain 330 mg of The title compound was obtained.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.85-3.09 (2H, m), 3.20-3.50 (4H, m), 4.12-4.38 (4H, m), 6.08 (2H, s), 7. 02 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.93-7.12 (3H, m), 7.28 (1H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 7.49 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.83 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.97 (1H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.19 (1H, dd, J = 8.8 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.25 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.50 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.92 (1 H, s), 10. 63 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2113.

Example 2114
4-Benzylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} amide hydrochloride
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.90-3.20 (2H, m), 3.22-3.45 (4H, m), 4.27 (2H, d, J = 13.6 Hz), 4.35 (2H, d, J = 5.0 Hz), 7.02 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.03 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.41-7.52 (3H, m), 7 .48 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.55-7.69 (2H, m), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.97 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.19 (1 H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.25 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.49 (1 H , D, J = 2.6 Hz), 8.90 (1H, s), 10.62 (1H, s).

Example 2115
Preparation of 2-[(4- {5-[(3,4-dichlorobenzylidene) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) methylamino] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone 2 -{[4- (5-Aminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] methylamino} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone (7.80 g, 16.4 mmol) in methanol (400 ml) 3,4-dichlorobenzaldehyde (2.87 g, 16.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 16 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 10.4 g of the title compound.
Properties: brown oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.44 (4H, brs), 3.03 (3H, s), 3.44-3.45 (2H, m), 3.50 (2H, brs), 3.63 (2H, brs), 4 .09 (2H, s), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.65-6.77 (4H, m), 6.84-6.88 (2H, m), 7.03 (2H, d) , J = 9.1 Hz), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.58 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 7.70 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.00 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.10 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.39 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2115.

実施例２１３３
３−（｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンジルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝メチルアミノ）−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）プロパン−１−オンの製造
３−［（４−｛５−［（３，４−ジクロロベンジリデン）アミノ］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝フェニル）メチルアミノ］−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）プロパン−１−オン（３．８８ｇ，６．０ｍｍｏｌ）をメタノール（１５０ｍｌ）及びＴＨＦ（５０ｍｌ）の混合溶媒に溶解し、水素化ほう素ナトリウム（１．１３ｇ，３０．０ｍｍｏｌ）を徐々に加え、室温にて１３時間攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝４０：１）で精製して３．６０ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．３２−２．３９（４Ｈ，ｍ），２．５２−２．５７（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．９１（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．３６−３．４０（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．５９−３．６３（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．６６−３．７１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．９７（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），４．２７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），５．９４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．６５−６．７６（５Ｈ，ｍ），６．８３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝１．０Ｈｚ），６．９４（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，３．０Ｈｚ），６．９７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．２Ｈｚ），７．１８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．３Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），７．４０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．４５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），７．５６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．５Ｈｚ）
ＭＳ：６４７（Ｍ^＋）。

Example 2133
Of 3-({4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} methylamino) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one Preparation 3-[(4- {5-[(3,4-Dichlorobenzylidene) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) methylamino] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propane-1 -On (3.88 g, 6.0 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (150 ml) and THF (50 ml), sodium borohydride (1.13 g, 30.0 mmol) was gradually added, and at room temperature. Stir for 13 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 40: 1) to give 3.60 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.32-2.39 (4H, m), 2.52-2.57 (2H, m), 2.91 (3H, s), 3.36-3.40 (4H, m), 3. 59-3.63 (2H, m), 3.66-3.71 (2H, m), 3.97 (1H, brs), 4.27 (2H, d, J = 5.0 Hz), 5. 94 (2H, s), 6.65-6.76 (5H, m), 6.83 (1H, d, J = 1.0 Hz), 6.94 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 3 0.0Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 8. 4 Hz), 7.45 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.56 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz)
MS: 647 (M ^<+> ).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2133.

実施例２１５０
１−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−３−（４−｛５−（ピペロニルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝フェニル）プロパン−１−オンの製造
３−［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−１−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）プロパン−１−オン（１．０４ｇ，２．５ｍｍｏｌ）をメタノール（２５ｍｌ）に溶解し、ピペロナール（０．３９ｇ，２．６３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、一晩加熱還流した。反応液を氷冷した後、水素化ほう素ナトリウム（０．２８ｇ，７．５０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて２時間攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え、水、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル）で精製して０．８０ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
２．２８（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），２．５７（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．９Ｈｚ），２．７６（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝７．９Ｈｚ），３．４０−３．４６（６Ｈ，ｍ），４．１５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝６．１Ｈｚ），５．９７（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．２１（１Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝６．１Ｈｚ），６．７６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），６．８２−６．８６（４Ｈ，ｍ），６．９２（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），７．０８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ，３．０Ｈｚ），７．１７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．２４−７．３２（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．５１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝３．０Ｈｚ）。

Example 2150
Preparation of 1- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -3- (4- {5- (piperonylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) propan-1-one 3- [4- (5-aminopyridine- 2-yloxy) phenyl] -1- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one (1.04 g, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (25 ml) and piperonal (0.39 g, 2.. 63 mmol) was added and heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, sodium borohydride (0.28 g, 7.50 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) to obtain 0.80 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.28 (4H, brs), 2.57 (2H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 2.76 (2H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 3.40-3.46 (6H, m ), 4.15 (2H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 5.97 (2H, s), 6.21 (1H, t, J = 6.1 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.82-6.86 (4 H, m), 6.92 (1 H, brs), 7.08 (1 H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 7.17 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.24-7.32 (5H, m), 7.51 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2150.

実施例２１７１
１−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）−３−［４−（５−ジベンジルアミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］プロパン−１−オンの製造
３−［４−（５−アミノピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−１−（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）プロパン−１−オン（１．０ｇ，２．４ｍｍｏｌ）をＤＭＦ（３０ｍｌ）に溶解し、炭酸カリウム（０．７３ｇ，５．２８ｍｍｏｌ）、よう化ナトリウム（０．７６ｇ，５．０４ｍｍｏｌ）及び臭化ベンジル（０．６０ｍｌ，５．０４ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて一晩攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣にクロロホルムを加え、水、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム：メタノール＝８０：１）で精製して０．６７ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
２．２７（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），２．５０−２．５９（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．７３−２．７８（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．３７−３．４５（６Ｈ，ｍ），４．６８（４Ｈ，ｓ），６．７８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），６．８５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．１７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．２０−７．３６（１６Ｈ，ｍ），７．５４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝３．１Ｈｚ）。

Example 2171
Preparation of 1- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -3- [4- (5-dibenzylaminopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] propan-1-one 3- [4- (5-aminopyridine- 2-yloxy) phenyl] -1- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one (1.0 g, 2.4 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (30 ml) and potassium carbonate (0.73 g, 5 .28 mmol), sodium iodide (0.76 g, 5.04 mmol) and benzyl bromide (0.60 ml, 5.04 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, chloroform was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 80: 1) to obtain 0.67 g of the title compound.
Properties: yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.27 (4H, brs), 2.50-2.59 (2H, m), 2.73-2.78 (2H, m), 3.37-3.45 (6H, m), 4. 68 (4H, s), 6.78 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.17 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz) ), 7.20-7.36 (16H, m), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 3.1 Hz).

Example 2172
Preparation of 2-[(4- {5-[(3,4-dichlorobenzyl) ethylamino] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) methylamino] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone 2-({4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} methylamino) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone (1.59 g, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane (80 ml), acetaldehyde (1.40 ml, 25.0 mmol) and sodium triacetyloxyborohydride (1.59 g, 7.5 mmol) were added under ice cooling, and acetic acid ( 0.43 ml, 7.5 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1). The resulting solid was recrystallized from ethanol to give 0.65 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.17 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.41 (4H, brs), 2.99 (3H, s), 3.36-3.44 (4H, m), 3.48 ( 2H, brs), 3.62 (2H, brs), 4.04 (2H, s), 4.35 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.67-6.77 (5H) M), 6.85 (1H, brs), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.01 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 3.1 Hz), 7.07 (1H, dd, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.37 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.63 ( 1H, d, J = 3.0Hz)
MS: 661 (M ^<+> ).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2172.

実施例２２３５
（４−｛５−［ベンジル−（３，４−ジクロロベンジル）アミノ］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）メタノンの製造
（４−ベンジルピペラジン−１−イル）｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンジルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝メタノン（１．０９ｇ，２．０ｍｍｏｌ）をＤＭＦ（３０ｍｌ）に溶解し、炭酸カリウム（０．２８ｇ，２．０ｍｍｏｌ）及びベンジルブロマイド（０．２４ｍｌ，２．０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて２時間攪拌した後、７０℃にて１時間加熱攪拌した。炭酸カリウム（０．０３ｇ，０．２ｍｍｏｌ）及びベンジルブロマイド（０．０２ｍｌ，０．２ｍｍｏｌ）を追加し、７０℃にて３時間加熱攪拌した。さらに炭酸カリウム（０．０３ｇ，０．２ｍｍｏｌ）、ベンジルブロマイド（０．０２ｍｌ，０．２ｍｍｏｌ）及びよう化ナトリウム（０．１５ｇ，１．０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、７０℃にて一晩加熱攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣にクロロホルムを加え、水、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル）で精製して０．６４ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色油状物
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．３７（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．２８−３．５０（６Ｈ，ｍ），４．７１（２Ｈ，ｓ），４．７３（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．９０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），６．９９（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．２２−７．３７（１４Ｈ，ｍ），７．５２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），７．５８−７．６１（２Ｈ，ｍ）。

Example 2235
Preparation of (4- {5- [benzyl- (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) methanone (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) {4 -[5- (3,4-Dichlorobenzylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} methanone (1.09 g, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (30 ml) and potassium carbonate (0.28 g, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved. ) And benzyl bromide (0.24 ml, 2.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then heated and stirred at 70 ° C. Potassium carbonate (0.03 g, 0.2 mmol) and benzyl bromide ( 0.02 ml, 0.2 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred with heating for 3 hours at 70 ° C. Further, potassium carbonate (0.03 g, 0.2 mmol) Benzyl bromide (0.02 ml, 0.2 mmol) and sodium iodide (0.15 g, 1.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred overnight at 70 ° C. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and chloroform was added to the residue. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) to give 0.64 g of the title compound. Obtained.
Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.37 (4H, brs), 3.28-3.50 (6H, m), 4.71 (2H, s), 4.73 (2H, s), 6.90 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.99 (2 H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.22-7.37 (14 H, m), 7.52 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7. 58-7.61 (2H, m).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2235.

実施例２２７０
１−（ｔ−ブトキシカルボニル）−４−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝−４−ヒドロキシピペリジンの製造
Ｎ−［４−（４−ブロモフェノキシ）フェニル］−３，４−ジクロロベンズアミド（４．９４ｇ，１１．３ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（１００ｍｌ）溶液を−８５℃で攪拌し、ここに２．４６Ｍ ｎ−ブチルリチウムへキサン溶液（９．６５ｍｌ，２３．７ｍｍｏｌ）を１０分かけて滴下した。同温で２０分攪拌すると結晶が析出した。この反応液に１−（ｔ−ブトキシカルボニル）−４−ピペリドン（２．４８ｇ，１２．４ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（２０ｍｌ）溶液を加え、３時間かけて−４０℃まで昇温したのち、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加えた。反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル：ｎ−へキサン＝２：３〜１：１）で精製して、２．３０ｇの白色粉末を得た。この結晶をジエチルエーテルで洗浄して１．８０ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
融点：２０８−２０９℃。

Example 2270
Preparation of 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} -4-hydroxypiperidine N- [4- (4-Bromophenoxy) phenyl] A solution of −3,4-dichlorobenzamide (4.94 g, 11.3 mmol) in THF (100 ml) was stirred at −85 ° C., and then a 2.46 M n-butyllithium hexane solution (9.65 ml, 23.7 mmol). ) Was added dropwise over 10 minutes. Crystals precipitated when stirred at the same temperature for 20 minutes. A solution of 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4-piperidone (2.48 g, 12.4 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added to the reaction solution, the temperature was raised to −40 ° C. over 3 hours, and then saturated ammonium chloride. An aqueous solution was added. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 2: 3 to 1: 1) to obtain 2.30 g of white powder. The crystals were washed with diethyl ether to obtain 1.80 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 208-209 ° C.

Example 2271
Preparation of 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4- (4- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} -1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine 1- (t -Butoxycarbonyl) -4- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} -4-hydroxypiperidine (1.56 g, 2.80 mmol) in toluene (32 ml) in p-toluene Sulfonic acid hydrate (53 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours, and the reaction mixture was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1) to give 1.35 g of the title compound. It was.
Property: White powder Melting point: 173-174 ° C.

Example 2272
Preparation of 1- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} -4-hydroxypiperidine 1- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl}- To a solution of 4- (methoxymethoxy) piperidine (5.50 g, 11.0 mmol) in ethanol (110 ml) was added 2M hydrochloric acid (55 ml, 110 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 8 hours. Potassium carbonate (16 g) was added to the reaction solution at room temperature, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Water (200 ml) was added thereto, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration to obtain 5.0 g of the title compound.
Property: Light brown powder Melting point: 178-180 ° C.

Example 2273
Preparation of 1- (3- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazine monohydrochloride 1- (t-butoxycarbonyl) -4- (3- {4- To a solution of [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazine (2.40 g, 4.01 mmol) in dichloromethane (24 ml) was added trifluoroacetic acid (12 ml) under ice cooling, and the same temperature. Stirred for 3 hours. The reaction solution was distilled off, acetone (5 ml) was added to the residue, and the mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate. The resulting solid was collected by filtration and dried to obtain 2.00 g of a free form as a white powder. Obtained. Ethanol (10 ml) and 5M hydrochloric acid (0.4 ml) were added to the resulting free form (0.500 g), the solvent was distilled off after dissolution by heating, and the resulting solid was recrystallized from isopropanol to give 0.388 g of The title compound was obtained.
Property: White powder Melting point: 127-130 ° C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2273.

実施例２２９１
［３−（４−｛５−［３−（３，４−ジクロロフェニル）ウレイド］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝−３−メチルフェニル）−２−オキソテトラヒドロピリミジン−１−イル］酢酸
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
１．８７−２．１５（５Ｈ，ｍ），３．２５−３．４７（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．５８−３．７５（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．８２−７．００（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．０１−７．１２（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．４Ｈｚ），７．２９−７．３２（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．５０（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ），７．８５（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．４Ｈｚ），７．８９−８．０２（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．１１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．７Ｈｚ），８．９５（１Ｈ，ｓ），９．１７（１Ｈ，ｓ），１２．５０（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Example 2291
[3- (4- {5- [3- (3,4-Dichlorophenyl) ureido] pyridin-2-yloxy} -3-methylphenyl) -2-oxotetrahydropyrimidin-1-yl] acetic acid
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.87-2.15 (5H, m), 3.25-3.47 (2H, m), 3.58-3.75 (2H, m), 3.95 (2H, s), 6. 82-7.00 (2H, m), 7.01-7.12 (1H, m), 7.17 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.29-7.32 (1H, m ), 7.50 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.85 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.89-8.02 (1H, m), 8.11 (1H , D, J = 2.7 Hz), 8.95 (1H, s), 9.17 (1H, s), 12.50 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 922.

実施例２２９９
１−（３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオニル）−４−ピペロニルピペラジン・一塩酸塩の製造
１−（３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオニル）ピペラジン（０．５００ｇ，１．００ｍｍｏｌ）及びジイソプロピルエチルアミン（０．２６２ｍｌ，１．５０ｍｍｏｌ）のアセトニトリル（１２ｍｌ）懸濁液に、塩化ピペロニル（０．１８８ｇ，１．１０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、１．５時間加熱還流した。反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝３０：１）で精製して、０．４８６ｇのフリー体を得た。得られたフリー体にエタノール（１０ｍｌ）及び５Ｍ塩酸（０．３ｍｌ）を加え、加熱溶解後溶媒を留去し、得られた固体を９０％エタノール（１７．５ｍｌ）から再結晶して０．３２２ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
融点：２２１−２２４℃
上記と同様の操作により得られた粗標題化合物（９．９５ｇ，１４．９ｍｍｏｌ）を８０％エタノール（３５０ｍｌ）から再結晶することにより９．３７ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
融点：２３２−２３４℃。

Example 2299
Preparation of 1- (3- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) -4-piperonylpiperazine monohydrochloride 1- (3- {4- [4- To a suspension of (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazine (0.500 g, 1.00 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.262 ml, 1.50 mmol) in acetonitrile (12 ml), piperonyl chloride ( 0.188 g, 1.10 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 1.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain 0.486 g of a free form. Ethanol (10 ml) and 5M hydrochloric acid (0.3 ml) were added to the obtained free form, and the solvent was distilled off after dissolution by heating. 322 g of the title compound were obtained.
Property: White powder Melting point: 221-224 ° C
The crude title compound (9.95 g, 14.9 mmol) obtained by the same procedure as above was recrystallized from 80% ethanol (350 ml) to obtain 9.37 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 232-234 ° C.

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2299.

実施例２３５７
３，４−ジクロロ−Ｎ−［６−（４−｛４−［（３，４−ジフルオロベンジル）メチルアミノ］ピペリジン−１−カルボニル｝フェノキシ）ピリジン−３−イル］ベンズアミド の製造
３，４−ジクロロ−Ｎ−｛６−［４−（４−メチルアミノピペリジン−１−カルボニル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝ベンズアミド・二塩酸塩（１１４ｍｇ，０．２ｍｍｏｌ）をＤＭＦ（３ｍｌ）に溶解し、４−ブロモメチル−１，２−ジフルオロベンゼン（３１ μｌ，０．２４ｍｍｏｌ）及び炭酸カリウム（１１１ｍｇ，０．８ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温にて４日間攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え、水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム：メタノール＝５０：１）で精製して６０ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．６４（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），１．８４（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），２．２０（３Ｈ，ｓ），２．６５−２．９０（３Ｈ，ｍ），３．５４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．９５−７．０８（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．１３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．３Ｈｚ），７．４１（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．２Ｈｚ），７．５７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．７５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），８．０３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．１５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），８．３０（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），８．３１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．２Ｈｚ）。

Example 2357
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- [6- (4- {4-[(3,4-difluorobenzyl) methylamino] piperidin-1-carbonyl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide Dichloro-N- {6- [4- (4-methylaminopiperidine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide dihydrochloride (114 mg, 0.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 ml), 4-Bromomethyl-1,2-difluorobenzene (31 μl, 0.24 mmol) and potassium carbonate (111 mg, 0.8 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with water and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 50: 1) to obtain 60 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.64 (4H, brs), 1.84 (2H, brs), 2.20 (3H, s), 2.65-2.90 (3H, m), 3.54 (2H, s), 6 .95-7.08 (4H, m), 7.13 (2H, d, J = 9.3 Hz), 7.41 (2H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.75 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.03 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.15 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.30 (1 H, brs), 8.31 (1 H, d, J = 2.2 Hz).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2357.

実施例２４４４
１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）−２−｛４−［５−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェノキシメチル）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニルアミノ｝エタノンの製造
４−［５−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェノキシメチル）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニルアミン（４．５０ｇ，１２．５ｍｍｏｌ）をＤＭＦ（１５０ｍｌ）に溶解し、炭酸カリウム（２．６０ｇ，１８．８ｍｍｏｌ）及びよう化ナトリウム（１．８７ｇ，１２．５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、２−クロロ−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）エタノン（４．２１ｇ，１２．５ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、窒素雰囲気下、８０℃にて１１時間加熱攪拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝８０：１）で精製して５．２ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．４４−２．４６（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．４３−３．４７（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．６９（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝５．０Ｈｚ），３．８６（２Ｈ，ｓ），４．９１（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），５．０２（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．６４（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），６．７４−６．７５（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．８５−６．８９（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．９６−７．０３（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．５５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．７２（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．５Ｈｚ），８．２２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ）。

Example 2444
Preparation of 1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- {4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylamino} ethanone 4- [5- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenylamine (4.50 g, 12.5 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (150 ml) and potassium carbonate (2.60 g, 18.8 mmol) and sodium iodide ( 1.87 g, 12.5 mmol) was added, 2-chloro-1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone (4.21 g, 12.5 mmol) was added, and at 80 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred for 11 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 80: 1) to obtain 5.2 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.44-2.46 (4H, m), 3.43-3.47 (4H, m), 3.69 (2H, t, J = 5.0 Hz), 3.86 (2H, s), 4.91 (1H, brs), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.64 (2H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.74-6.75 ( 2H, m), 6.85-6.89 (2H, m), 6.96-7.03 (4H, m), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.72 ( 1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz).

Example 2445
Preparation of N- {6- [4- (4-thiazol-2-ylmethylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide N- {6- [4- (piperazine -1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide dihydrochloride (400 mg, 0.74 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (20 ml) suspension in 2-formylthiazole (20 ml) 125 mg, 1.10 mmol) and triethylamine (0.21 ml, 1.50 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then sodium triacetyloxyborohydride (312 mg, 1.47 mmol) was added under ice cooling. . After stirring for 30 minutes at room temperature under ice cooling, acetic acid (0.085 ml, 1.48 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. Ice water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The chloroform layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the precipitated white precipitate was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate to obtain 293 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.55 (4H, brs), 3.55 (4H, brs), 3.90 (2H, s), 7.15 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.16 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.45 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.73 (1H, d, J = 3.2 Hz) ), 7.94 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.17 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.26 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.3 Hz) 8.55 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 10.68 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2445.

実施例２４８２
Ｎ−（６−｛４−［４−（（１Ｓ，２Ｓ）−２−ヒドロキシシクロヘキシル）ピペラジン−１−カルボニル］フェノキシ｝ピリジン−３−イル）−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミドの製造
Ｎ−｛６−［４−（ピペラジン−１−カルボニル）フェノキシ］−ピリジン−３−イル｝−４−トリフルオロメチルベンズアミド（４３０ｍｇ，０．９１ｍｍｏｌ）のメタノール溶液に、１，２−エポキシシクロヘキサン（１８０ｍｇ，１．８３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、加熱還流下１日間攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧下濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム：メタノール＝３５：１）にて精製した後、酢酸エチルを加えた。析出した白色粉末を濾過、酢酸エチルにて洗浄することにより、２８４ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．０３−１．３８（４Ｈ，ｍ），１．４２−１．８８（３Ｈ，ｍ），２．０６−２．３５（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．３１（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），２．７４（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．３０−４．００（６Ｈ，ｍ），７．００（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．１５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．４３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），７．７７（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．１Ｈｚ），８．０２（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．１Ｈｚ），８．２１（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），８．２２（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．７Ｈｚ），８．３３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．７Ｈｚ）。

Example 2482
Preparation of N- (6- {4- [4-((1S, 2S) -2-hydroxycyclohexyl) piperazin-1-carbonyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide N- {6 -[4- (Piperazin-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] -pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide (430 mg, 0.91 mmol) in methanol in 1,2-epoxycyclohexane (180 mg, 1. 83 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 day with heating under reflux. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 35: 1), and then ethyl acetate was added. The precipitated white powder was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate to obtain 284 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.03-1.38 (4H, m), 1.42-1.88 (3H, m), 2.06-2.35 (2H, m), 2.31 (2H, brs), 2. 74 (2H, brs), 3.30-4.00 (6H, m), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.43 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.77 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.02 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.21 (1H , Brs), 8.22 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 8.33 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz).

Example 2483
3,4-dichloro-N- [6-({4- [3-oxo-3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] phenyl} methylamino) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide Preparation of Oxalate 3,4-Dichloro-N- (6- {4- [3-oxo-3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propyl] phenylamino} pyridin-3-yl) benzamide Acetic acid (0.500 ml) and 37% formaldehyde (0.640 ml, 7.89 mmol) were added to a methanol (3 ml) solution of (250 mg, 0.395 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 30 minutes. Sodium cyanoborohydride (0.160 g, 2.55 mmol) was added to the reaction solution at room temperature, and the mixture was heated with stirring at 50 ° C. for 8 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 10: 1) to obtain a free form. Isopropanol (5 ml) and oxalic acid dihydrate (70.0 mg, 0.555 mmol) were added to the resulting free form, and after dissolution by heating, the solvent was distilled off. The resulting solid was recrystallized from isopropanol to give 0 Obtained 193 g of the title compound.
Property: Pale yellow powder Melting point: 127-129 ° C.

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2483.

Example 2484
2- (Ethyl {4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} amino) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.18 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.41-2.44 (4H, m), 3.39-3.47 (4H, m), 3.51 (2H, brs), 3.64 (2H, brs), 4.03 (2H, s), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.68 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz) , 6.73-6.74 (2H, m), 6.85-6.88 (2H, m), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.01 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 8.22 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz).

Example 2485
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- [6- (4-thiomorpholin-4-ylmethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide monohydrochloride 3,4-Dichloro-N- [6- (4- Chloromethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide (0.61 g, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 ml), triethylamine (0.84 ml, 6.0 mmol) and thiomorpholine (0.15 ml, 1.5 mmol). ) Was added and stirred at 40 ° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, and the mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 80: 1). The obtained solid (0.56 g, 1.18 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 ml), 4N hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (0.295 ml, 1.18 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The precipitated crystals were collected by suction filtration and recrystallized from methanol to obtain 0.38 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.80-2.83 (2H, m), 3.09-3.17 (4H, m), 3.61 (2H, m), 4.35 (2H, s), 7.14 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.21 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.85 (1H, d, J = 8) .6 Hz), 7.96 (1 H, dd, J = 8.3 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.23 (1 H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.24 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.53 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.45 (1H, brs), 10.62 (1H, brs).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2485.

Example 2486
3,4-Dichloro-N- (4- {4- [1- (3-imidazol-1-ylpropyl) -1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl] phenoxy} phenyl) benzamide melting point: 169-171 ° C.

実施例２５５１
１−（３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオニル）−４−［２−（モルホリノ）アセチル］ピペラジンの製造
１−クロロアセチル−４−（３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオニル）ピペラジン（０．５１５ｇ，０．８９６ｍｍｏｌ）及びジイソプロピルエチルアミン（０．２３４ｍｌ，１．３４ｍｍｏｌ）のアセトニトリル（１１ｍｌ）溶液に、モルホリン（０．１１７ｍｌ，１．３４ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、１時間加熱還流した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に飽和食塩水を加え、クロロホルムで抽出した。クロロホルム層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、得られた固体を含水アセトンから再結晶して０．４４１ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
融点：１８７−１９０℃。

Example 2551
Preparation of 1- (3- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) -4- [2- (morpholino) acetyl] piperazine 1-chloroacetyl-4- (3- To a solution of {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazine (0.515 g, 0.896 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.234 ml, 1.34 mmol) in acetonitrile (11 ml) , Morpholine (0.117 ml, 1.34 mmol) was added and heated to reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, saturated brine was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the obtained solid was recrystallized from water-containing acetone to obtain 0.441 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 187-190 ° C.

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2551.

参考例８６０と同様にして以下の化合物を製造した。

The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 860.

Example 2582
1- {4- [5- (3,4-Dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzyl} piperazine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester Properties: pale yellow oil
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.25 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.76 (2H, m), 1.77 (2H, m), 2.03 (2H, t, J = 11.5 Hz), 2. 28 (1H, m), 2.87 (2H, brd, J = 11.5 Hz), 3.48 (2H, s), 4.13 (2H, q, J = 7.0 Hz), 6.94 ( 1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.33 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.70 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 7.88 (1 H, brs), 7.97 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8 .17 (1H, dd, J = 9.0 Hz, 3.0 Hz), 8.24 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

Example 2583
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-ylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide Uracil (200 mg, 1.8 mmol) was added with hexamethyldisilazane (5 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C. for 5.5 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 ml) -THF (5 ml) to which 3,4-dichloro-N- [6- (4-chloromethylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] benzamide (500 mg, 1.2 mmol) and Tin tetrachloride (3 drops) was added, and the mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 2.5 hours. Methanol (1 ml) was added to the reaction solution and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol: chloroform = 1: 99 → 3: 97) to obtain 20 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
4.88 (2H, s), 5.61 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, 2.3 Hz), 7.07-7.13 (3H, m), 7.35 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.79-7.85 (2H, m), 7.95 (1H, dd, J = 8.6 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.18 (1H, d, J = 2. 6 Hz), 8.22 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.47 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.55 (1 H, s), 11.33 (1 H, s)
MS: m / z 482 (M ^<+> ).

Example 2584
Preparation of N- {6- [4- (4-benzyl-2-oxopiperazin-1-ylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -3,4-dichlorobenzamide dihydrochloride 4-Benzylpiperazine-2- On (0.56 g, 2.95 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 ml), 60% sodium hydride (0.12 g, 2.95 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 30 minutes, 2- (4-chloromethylphenoxy) -5-nitropyridine (0.78 g, 2.95 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Saturated brine (50 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The remaining oil was dissolved in acetic acid (5 ml), iron powder (0.33 g, 5.89 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (50 ml) was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The remaining oil was dissolved in THF (10 ml), triethylamine (0.21 ml, 1.47 mmol) and 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (0.31 ml, 1.47 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 2 hours, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (50 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 40: 1). The obtained oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (5 ml), 4N hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (1.5 ml, 6 mmol) was added, and the resulting white powder was collected by filtration to give 0.045 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
3.54 (4H, m), 3.86 (2H, brs), 4.42 (2H, s), 4.59 (2H, brs), 7.06-7.12 (3H, m), 7 .34 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.48-7.51 (3H, m), 7.57-7.60 (2H, m), 7.84 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.97 (1 H, dd, J = 2.0 Hz, 8.3 Hz), 8.18-8.24 (2 H, m), 8.49 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz) ), 10.61 (1H, s).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 656.

Example 2585
2-({4- [5- (3,4-Dichlorophenylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] -2-trifluoromethylphenyl} ethylamino) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.02 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.30-2.45 (4H, m), 3.22 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.40 (2H, s ), 3.45-3.65 (4H, m), 3.85 (2H, s), 5.57 (1H, brs), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.65-6.80 ( 3H, m), 6.85 (1H, s), 6.95 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 7.29-7. 31 (2H, m), 7.39 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 7.53 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.9 Hz), 7.64 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.9 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 658.

実施例２５９６
３−（４−｛５−［４−（３，４−ジクロロフェニル）ピペラジン−１−イル］ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝フェニル）−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）プロパン−１−オンの製造
３−［４−（５−ブロモピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）プロパン−１−オン（３５９ｍｇ，０．６９ｍｍｏｌ）及び１−（３，４−ジクロロフェニル）ピペラジン（２０６ｍｇ，０．８９ｍｍｏｌ）のトルエン（１６ｍｌ）溶液に、トリス（ジベンジリデンアセトン）ジパラジウム（以下「Ｐｄ２（ｄｂａ）３」という）（２５ｍｇ，０．０２７ｍｍｏｌ）、４，５−ビス（ジフェニルホスフィノ）−９，９−ジメチルキサンテン（以下、「Ｘａｎｔｐｈｏｓ」という）（３２ｍｇ，０．０５５ｍｍｏｌ）及びナトリウムｔ−ブトキシド（９９ｍｇ，１．０３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、アルゴン雰囲気下、３時間加熱還流した。放冷後、反応液に水を加えジクロロメタンで抽出し、有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。溶媒を減圧下留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィ−（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝３０：１）に付して精製し、２３６ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．３１−２．４０（４Ｈ，ｍ），２．５８−２．６４（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．９２−２．９８（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２３−３．３８（８Ｈ，ｍ），３．４１（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．６３（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝４．９Ｈｚ），５．９４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７２−６．７３（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．７８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．８Ｈｚ），６．８４−６．９０（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．９９−７．０６（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．１９−７．２４（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．３２（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝９．４Ｈｚ，３．１Ｈｚ），７．８８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝３．０Ｈｚ）。

Example 2596
3- (4- {5- [4- (3,4-Dichlorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propane-1 Preparation of -one 3- [4- (5-Bromopyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) propan-1-one (359 mg, 0.69 mmol) and 1 -To a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl) piperazine (206 mg, 0.89 mmol) in toluene (16 ml), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (hereinafter referred to as “Pd2 (dba) 3”) (25 mg, 0.027 mmol) 4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) -9,9-dimethylxanthene (hereinafter referred to as “Xantphos”) (32 mg,. 055 mmol) and sodium t-butoxide (99 mg, 1.03 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours under an argon atmosphere. After allowing to cool, water was added to the reaction solution, extracted with dichloromethane, and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain 236 mg of the title compound.
Properties: Pale yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.31-2.40 (4H, m), 2.58-2.64 (2H, m), 2.92-2.98 (2H, m), 3.23-3.38 (8H, m ), 3.41 (4H, brs), 3.63 (2H, t, J = 4.9 Hz), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.72-6.73 (2H, m), 6. 78 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 6.84-6.90 (2H, m), 6.99-7.06 (3H, m), 7.19-7.24 (3H, m), 7.32 (1H, dd, J = 9.4 Hz, 3.1 Hz), 7.88 (1H, d, J = 3.0 Hz).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2596.

参考例６５９と同様にして以下の化合物を製造した。

The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 659.

実施例２６０８
１−（３，４−ジメトキシベンジル）−３−｛３−メチル−４−［５−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェニルエチニル）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝テトラヒドロピリミジン−２−オンの製造
１−［４−（５−ブロモピリジン−２−イルオキシ）−３−メチルフェニル］−３−（３，４−ジメトキシベンジル）テトラヒドロピリミジン−２−オン（０．３ｇ，０．５９ｍｍｏｌ）のＮ−メチルピロリドン（１０ｍｌ）溶液に窒素雰囲気下、ビス（トリフェニルフォスフィン）パラジウムジクロリド（２０ｍｇ，０．０３ｍｍｏｌ）及びヨウ化銅（１１ｍｇ，０．０５９ｍｍｏｌ）、を加え、４−エチニル−α，α，α−トリフルオロトルエン（０．１４ｍｌ，０．８８ｍｍｏｌ）及びトリエチルアミン（０．１４ｍｌ，１０ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、１１０−１２０℃にて３時間攪拌した。放冷後、反応液に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。酢酸エチル層を水洗し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去した。残渣をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝４：１→１：１）で精製して０．２８ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡褐色無定形粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
１．９７−２．１５（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．１６（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．３１（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝６．０Ｈｚ），３．７２（２Ｈ，ｔ，Ｊ＝６．０Ｈｚ），３．８８（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．８９（３Ｈ，ｓ），４．５７（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．７２−６．９５（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．０４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．６Ｈｚ），７．１７（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ，８．６Ｈｚ），７．５５−７．６８（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．７８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．３Ｈｚ，８．６Ｈｚ），８．３６（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．３Ｈｚ）。

Example 2608
Preparation of 1- (3,4-dimethoxybenzyl) -3- {3-methyl-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenylethynyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} tetrahydropyrimidin-2-one N-methylpyrrolidone of [4- (5-bromopyridin-2-yloxy) -3-methylphenyl] -3- (3,4-dimethoxybenzyl) tetrahydropyrimidin-2-one (0.3 g, 0.59 mmol) (10 ml) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) and copper iodide (11 mg, 0.059 mmol) were added, and 4-ethynyl-α, α, α- Trifluorotoluene (0.14 ml, 0.88 mmol) and triethylamine (0.14 ml, 10 mmol) And stirred at 110-120 ° C. for 3 hours. After allowing to cool, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 4: 1 → 1: 1) to give 0.28 g of the title compound.
Properties: Light brown amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.97-2.15 (2H, m), 2.16 (3H, s), 3.31 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.72 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz) ), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 4.57 (2H, s), 6.72-6.95 (5H, m), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 8.6 Hz), 7.55-7.68 (4H, m), 7.78 (1H, dd, J = 2) .3 Hz, 8.6 Hz), 8.36 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz).

Example 2609
3- (3-Methyl-4- {5- [2-oxo-2- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethyl] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) -1-piperonyltetrahydropyrimidin-2-one odor Preparation of Hydrohalide 3- [4- (5-Bromopyridin-2-yloxy) -3-methylphenyl] -1-piperonyltetrahydropyrimidin-2-one (0.11 g, 0.22 mmol) in toluene (10 ml) In a nitrogen atmosphere, Pd2 (dba) 3 (10 mg, 0.01 mmol) and Xantphos (15 mg, 0.03 mmol) were added and stirred for 5 minutes, and then 4 ′-(trifluoromethyl) acetophenone (63 mg, 0 .33 mmol) and potassium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide (66 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added, and 3 at 70-80 ° C. Minute and the mixture was stirred. After allowing to cool, water was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 2: 1 → 1: 1) to obtain 50 mg of free form. An equal amount of hydrobromic acid was added to give 50 mg of the title compound.
Properties: colorless amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.85-2.10 (2H, m), 2.06 (3H, s), 3.14-3.47 (2H, m), 3.50-3.76 (2H, m), 4. 40 (2H, s), 4.49 (2H, s), 4.70-5.40 (1H, m), 5.98 (2H, s), 6.70-6.80 (1H, m) 6.81-6.90 (2H, m), 6.90-7.04 (2H, m), 7. 12 (1 H, d, J = 2.2 Hz, 8.6 Hz), 7.18-7.26 (1 H, m), 7.72 (1 H, dd, J = 2.2 Hz, 8.5 Hz), 7 .93 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.95-8.02 (1H, m), 8.24 (2H, d, J = 8.2 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Example 2609.

参考例１１１と同様にして以下の化合物を製造した。

The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 111.

実施例２６２３
２−［４−（３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオニル）ピペラジン−１−イル］酢酸塩酸塩の製造
２−［４−（３−｛４−［４−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）フェノキシ］フェニル｝プロピオニル）ピペラジン−１−イル］酢酸エチルエステル（０．４９３ｇ，０．８４３ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（５ｍｌ）及びエタノール（５ｍｌ）溶液に５Ｍ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（０．２５３ｍｌ，１．２７ｍｍｏｌ）及び水（１ｍｌ）を加え、１時間加熱還流した。反応液を減圧濃縮後、５０％含水エタノールに溶解し、５Ｍ塩酸（０．２５３ｍｌ，１．２７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、得られた固体を濾取した。固体にエタノール（１０ｍｌ）及び５Ｍ塩酸（０．３ｍｌ）を加え、加熱溶解後溶媒を留去し、得られた固体をエタノール−ジエチルエーテルから再結晶して０．３８１ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
融点：２１５−２１８℃。

Example 2623
Preparation of 2- [4- (3- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazin-1-yl] acetic acid hydrochloride 2- [4- (3- {4 -[4- (3,4-Dichlorobenzoylamino) phenoxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazin-1-yl] acetic acid ethyl ester (0.493 g, 0.843 mmol) in THF (5 ml) and ethanol (5 ml) in 5 M Aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.253 ml, 1.27 mmol) and water (1 ml) were added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in 50% aqueous ethanol, 5M hydrochloric acid (0.253 ml, 1.27 mmol) was added, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration. Ethanol (10 ml) and 5M hydrochloric acid (0.3 ml) were added to the solid, dissolved by heating, the solvent was distilled off, and the obtained solid was recrystallized from ethanol-diethyl ether to obtain 0.381 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 215-218 ° C.

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2623.

実施例２６６４
（４−｛５−［（４−トリフルオロメチルフェニルアミノ）メチル］−ピリジン−２−イルオキシ｝フェニル）（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）メタノンの製造
メタンスルホン酸 ６−［４−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−カルボニル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル エステル（０．４３３ｇ，０．８２４ｍｍｏｌ）及び４−トリフルオロメチルフェニルアミン（０．３１０ｍｌ，２．４７ｍｍｏｌ）を混合し、１００℃で２時間攪拌した。生成した黄色塊を飽和重曹水、酢酸エチル及びＴＨＦ（各２０ｍｌ）と共に攪拌した。有機層を採り、飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウム上で乾燥後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残留した油状物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝５０：１）に付して精製して、０．２３６ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色無定形粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．４４（４Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．４５（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．５７（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．７５（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），４．３０−４．３５（１Ｈ，ｍ），４．３６（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９５（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．６３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．７Ｈｚ），６．７４−６．７７（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．８５（１Ｈ，ｓ），６．９３（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．１５（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．３９−７．４７（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．７１（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝２．５Ｈｚ，８．４Ｈｚ），８．１８（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．３Ｈｚ）。

Example 2664
Preparation of (4- {5-[(4-trifluoromethylphenylamino) methyl] -pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) methanone Methanesulfonic acid 6- [4- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl ester (0.433 g, 0.824 mmol) and 4-trifluoromethylphenylamine (0.310 ml, 2.47 mmol) were mixed, Stir at 100 ° C. for 2 hours. The resulting yellow mass was stirred with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, ethyl acetate and THF (20 ml each). The organic layer was collected, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1) to give 0.236 g of the title compound.
Properties: Light yellow amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.44 (4H, brs), 3.45 (2H, s), 3.57 (2H, brs), 3.75 (2H, brs), 4.30-4.35 (1H, m), 4 .36 (2H, s), 5.95 (2H, s), 6.63 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.74-6.77 (2H, m), 6.85 (1H) , S), 6.93 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.39-7.47 (4H, m), 7.71 (1H, dd, J = 2.5 Hz, 8.4 Hz), 8.18 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2664.

実施例２６６８
２−（メチル−｛４−［５−（５−トリフルオロメチルピリジン−２−イルオキシメチル）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］フェニル｝アミノ）−１−（−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）エタノンの製造
２−｛［４−（５−ヒドロキシメチルピリジン−２−イルオキシ）フェニル］メチルアミノ｝−１−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イル）エタノン（０．９８ｇ，２．０ｍｍｌ）をＤＭＦ（３０ｍｌ）に溶かし、氷冷下、６０％水素化ナトリウム（６０％，８８ｍｇ，２．２ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、０℃にて３０分攪拌した。反応溶液に２−クロロ−５−（トリフルオロメチル）ピリジン（０．３６ｇ，２．０ｍｏｌ）を加え、窒素雰囲気下、６０℃にて３時間加熱攪拌した。反応溶液を減圧濃縮し、残渣に酢酸エチルを加え、水、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ｎ−ヘキサン：酢酸エチル＝１：５）で精製して０．６８ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．４１−２．４４（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．０２（３Ｈ，ｓ），３．４３（２Ｈ，ｓ），３．４８（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），３．６３（２Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），４．０８（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．３７（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９４（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．６８−６．７７（４Ｈ，ｍ），６．８１−６．８４（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．００（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝９．１Ｈｚ），７．７２−７．７９（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．２７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．３Ｈｚ），８．４４（１Ｈ，ｂｒｓ）。

Example 2668
2- (Methyl- {4- [5- (5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} amino) -1-(-(4-piperonylpiperazine-1- Yl) Preparation of Ethanone 2-{[4- (5-Hydroxymethylpyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] methylamino} -1- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethanone (0.98 g, 2. 0 ml) was dissolved in DMF (30 ml), 60% sodium hydride (60%, 88 mg, 2.2 mmol) was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 ° C. To the reaction solution was added 2-chloro-5- (Trifluoromethyl) pyridine (0.36 g, 2.0 mol) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3 hours at 60 ° C. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added to the residue, water, The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 1: 5) to give 0.68 g of the title. A compound was obtained.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.41-2.44 (4H, m), 3.02 (3H, s), 3.43 (2H, s), 3.48 (2H, brs), 3.63 (2H, brs), 4 .08 (2H, s), 5.37 (2H, s), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.68-6.77 (4H, m), 6.81-6.84 (3H, m ), 7.00 (2H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 7.72-7.79 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 8.44 (1H) , Brs).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2668.

実施例２６７２
３，４−ジクロロ−Ｎ−｛６−［４−（３，５−ジオキソイソオキサゾリジン−４−イリデンメチル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イル｝ベンズアミドの製造
ヒドロキシルアミン塩酸塩（５００ｍｇ，１．０ｍｍｏｌ）の水（０．２ｍｌ）溶液に、炭酸ナトリウム（１．０５ｇ，９．９１ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、２−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−イルオキシ］ベンジリデン｝マロン酸ジメチルエステル（５００ｍｇ，１．０ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（５ｍｌ）を加えた後、メタノール（５ｍｌ）を加え、６０℃にて８時間攪拌した。反応溶液を濃縮後残渣に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出し、酢酸エチル層を飽和重曹水及び飽和食塩水にて洗浄した。酢酸エチル層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝３０：１）にて精製した。残渣の白色析出物に酢酸エチルを加え濾過し、ジエチルエーテルで洗浄することにより１０５ｍｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：白色粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＤＭＳＯ−ｄ_６）δｐｐｍ：
７．１２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ），７．１４（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ），７．６３（２Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．８Ｈｚ），７．８４（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．９５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ，２．０Ｈｚ），８．１５（１Ｈ，ｓ），８．２２（１Ｈ，ｄｄ，Ｊ＝８．９Ｈｚ，２．６Ｈｚ），８．２２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．５１（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．６Ｈｚ），１０．５７（１Ｈ，ｓ），１１．１６（１Ｈ，ｓ）。

Example 2672
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidenemethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (500 mg, 1.0 mmol) Sodium carbonate (1.05 g, 9.91 mmol) was added to a water (0.2 ml) solution of 2- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzylidene} malon. Acid dimethyl ester (500 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF (5 ml) was added, methanol (5 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 8 hr. The reaction solution was concentrated, water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1). Ethyl acetate was added to the white precipitate of the residue, which was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to obtain 105 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
7.12 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.63 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.84 (1H , D, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.95 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.15 (1H, s), 8.22 (1H, dd, J = 8. 9 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.22 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.51 (1 H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.57 (1 H, s), 11.16 ( 1H, s).

Example 2673
Production of 3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4- (5-methyl- [1,2,4] oxadiazol-3-ylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide monohydrochloride 3 , 4-Dichloro-N- {6- [4- (N-acetoxycarbamimidoylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide (340 mg, 0.788 mmol) was added acetic acid (4 ml) and refluxed for 10 minutes. Stir. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 40: 1). The obtained residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (5 ml), 4N hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate was added until no further compound precipitated, and the resulting white powder was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate to give 154 mg. Of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.55 (3H, s), 4.05 (2H, s), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.07 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7. 33 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.83 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.96 (1H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz), 8.21 (1H, dd, J = 8.7 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 8.24 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.48 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 10.62 ( 1H, s).

Example 2674
Preparation of 1- (3- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-pyridylmethyl] phenyl} propionyl) -4-piperonylpiperazine monohydrochloride 3- (4- {5 -[Bis (3,4-dichlorobenzoyl) amino] -2-pyridylmethyl} phenyl) ethyl propionate (177 mg, 0.281 mmol) in THF (5 ml) and ethanol (5 ml) in 5M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0 0.0929 ml, 0.463 mmol) and water (1 ml) were added and heated to reflux for 1 hour. Water and 5M hydrochloric acid (0.12 ml) were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine, and the ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After the solvent was distilled off and the residue was dissolved in DMF (3 ml), 1-piperonylpiperazine (102 mg, 0.463 mmol), triethylamine (0.137 ml, 0.983 mmol) and diethyl cyanophosphonate (0.0703 ml, 463 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and then with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 70: 1 → 40: 1 → 20: 1) to give 44.1 mg of free Got the body. Ethanol (5 ml) and 5M hydrochloric acid (0.03 ml) were added to the resulting free form, dissolved under heating, the solvent was distilled off, and the resulting solid was recrystallized from hydrous isopropanol to obtain 19.6 mg of the title compound. Obtained.
Property: Pale yellow powder Melting point: 181-183 ° C.

Example 2675
N- (6- {4- [4- (5-oxo-4,5-dihydro- [1,3,4]] oxadiazol-2-ylmethyl) piperazin-1-carbonyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl ) Preparation of 4-trifluoromethylbenzamide monooxalate N- {6- [4- (4-hydrazinocarbonylmethylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethyl To a suspension of benzamide trihydrochloride (300 mg, 0.46 mmol) in THF (7 ml) was added triethylamine (0.29 ml, 2.08 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. '-Carbodiimidazole (97 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 15: 1). The obtained residue was dissolved in ethanol, oxalic acid was added, and ethanol was distilled off under reduced pressure. The solidified white substance was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to obtain 140 mg of the title compound.
Properties: White powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
2.31-2.69 (4H, m), 3.53 (2H, s), 3.53 (4H, brs), 7.16 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.17 ( 2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.45 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.94 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.17 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 8.26 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.7 Hz), 8.55 (1H, d, J = 2.7 Hz), 10.67 (1H, s), 12 .27 (1H, s).

Example 2676
Preparation of 4- (4- {4- [4- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] phenyl} -4-hydroxybutyryl) morpholine 4- (4- {4- [4- ( To a suspension of 3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-fluorophenoxy] phenyl} -4-oxobutyryl) morpholine (1.00 g, 1.83 mmol) in THF (20 ml) and methanol (5 ml), boron hydride. Sodium (0.0694 g, 1.83 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water and a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1), and the obtained solid was recrystallized from water-containing isopropanol to give a salt solution of 0.001. 850 g of the title compound was obtained.
Property: White powder Melting point: 108-111 ° C.

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2676.

実施例２６８５
｛６−［４−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−イルメチル）フェノキシ］ピリジン−３−イルメチル｝−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェニル）アミンの製造
水素化リチウムアルミニウム（０．１０６ｇ，２．８０ｍｍｏｌ）をＴＨＦ（１０ｍｌ）に懸濁し、氷冷攪拌下、６−［４−（４−ピペロニルピペラジン−１−カルボニル）フェノキシ］−Ｎ−（４−トリフルオロメチルフェニル）ニコチンアミド（０．４２３ｇ，０．７００ｍｍｏｌ）のＴＨＦ（１０ｍｌ）溶液を滴下した。全量を滴下後、徐々に昇温し、加熱還流下２時間攪拌した。放冷後、反応溶液に氷水（５０ｍｌ）を注ぎ、得られた混合物を酢酸エチルで抽出した。酢酸エチル層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウム上で乾燥後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残留した油状物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝４０：１）に付して精製して、０．１２５ｇの標題化合物を得た。
性状：淡黄色油状物
ＭＳ：５７６（Ｍ^＋）。

Example 2685
Preparation of {6- [4- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-ylmethyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl) amine Lithium aluminum hydride (0.106 g, 2.80 mmol ) Was suspended in THF (10 ml), and 6- [4- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] -N- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) nicotinamide (0. 423 g, 0.700 mmol) in THF (10 ml) was added dropwise. After the entire amount was added dropwise, the temperature was gradually raised, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours while heating under reflux. After allowing to cool, ice water (50 ml) was poured into the reaction solution, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 40: 1) to give 0.125 g of the title compound.
Property: Pale yellow oil MS: 576 (M ⁺ ).

  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2685.

Example 2686
N- [6- (2-Fluoro-4- {methyl [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] amino} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.50-2.55 (10H, m), 2.92 (3H, s), 3.41-3.45 (4H, m), 5.93 (2H, s), 6.39-6. 49 (2H, m), 6.73-6.74 (2H, m), 6.84-6.89 (2H, m), 6.99 (1H, t, J = 9.1 Hz), 7. 42-7.70 (4H, m), 7.81 (1H, brs).

Example 2687
3- (3-Methyl-4- {5- [2- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) ethyl] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) -1-piperonyltetrahydropyrimidin-2-one hydrobromide 3- (3-Methyl-4- {5-[(E) -2- (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) vinyl] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) -1-piperonyltetrahydropyrimidine-2- To a solution of ON (0.16 g, 0.27 mmol) in ethyl acetate (15 ml) was added 5% platinum-carbon (0.05 g) under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4.5 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 4 → 1: 2), and hydrobromic acid was added to give 50 mg of the title compound. It was.
Properties: colorless amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ) δ ppm:
1.85 to 2.09 (5H, m), 2.77 to 3.02 (4H, m), 3.15 to 3.33 (2H, m), 3.55 to 3.70 (2H, m) ), 3.75-4.15 (1H, m), 4.40 (2H, s), 5.99 (2H, s), 6.76 (1H, dd, J = 1.5 Hz, 7.8 Hz) ), 6.80-6.98 (4H, m), 7.10 (1H, dd, J = 2.6 Hz, 8.5 Hz), 7.19 (1H, d, J = 2.6 Hz), 7 .44 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.4 Hz), 7. 91 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz).

  The following compounds were produced in the same manner as in Reference Example 673.

実施例２６９２
１−［３−（４−｛１−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）−２−ピリジル］−１−ヒドロキシイミノ｝メチルフェニル）プロピオニル］−４−ピペロニルピペラジンの製造
１−（３−｛４−［５−（３，４−ジクロロベンゾイルアミノ）ピリジン−２−カルボニル］フェニル｝プロピオニル）−４−ピペロニルピペラジン（０．３３０ｇ，０．５１１ｍｍｏｌ）のピリジン（７ｍｌ）溶液にヒドロキシルアミン塩酸塩（５３．３ｍｇ，０．７６７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、０．５時間加熱還流した。反応液を減圧濃縮後、残渣に飽和食塩水を加え、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。ジクロロメタン層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ジクロロメタン：メタノール＝１５：１）で精製して０．２２５ｇの標題化合物をオキシムのシン体：アンチ体の１：１の混合物として得た。
性状：無色無定形粉末
^１Ｈ−ＮＭＲ（ＣＤＣｌ_３）δｐｐｍ：
２．２１−２．３９（４Ｈ，ｍ），２．４９−２．６０（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．７８−２．９０（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２９−３．４４（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．５５（２Ｈ，ｓ），５．９０（２Ｈ，ｓ），６．６２−６．７３（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．８０（１Ｈ，ｓ），７．０７（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），７．１２（１Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝７．７Ｈｚ），７．１５−７．３０（２．５Ｈ，ｍ），７．３９（０．５Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．４２（０．５Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝８．４Ｈｚ），７．４５−７．５１（０．５Ｈ，ｍ），７．６２−７．７４（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．９４（０．５Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），７．９９（０．５Ｈ，ｄ，Ｊ＝２．０Ｈｚ），８．０９−８．２８（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．６２（０．５Ｈ，ｓ），８．８５（０．５Ｈ，ｓ），９．４０（０．５Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），９．６２（０．５Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），１０．２１（０．５Ｈ，ｂｒｓ），１３．８５（０．５Ｈ，ｂｒｓ）。

Example 2692
Production of 1- [3- (4- {1- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) -2-pyridyl] -1-hydroxyimino} methylphenyl) propionyl] -4-piperonylpiperazine 1- (3- {4- [5- (3,4-Dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridine-2-carbonyl] phenyl} propionyl) -4-piperonylpiperazine (0.330 g, 0.511 mmol) in pyridine (7 ml) Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (53.3 mg, 0.767 mmol) was added to the mixture, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 0.5 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, saturated brine was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 15: 1) to give 0.225 g of the title compound as an oxime syn: anti isomer. Obtained as a 1: 1 mixture.
Properties: colorless amorphous powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
2.21-2.39 (4H, m), 2.49-2.60 (2H, m), 2.78-2.90 (2H, m), 3.29-3.44 (4H, m ), 3.55 (2H, s), 5.90 (2H, s), 6.62-6.73 (2H, m), 6.80 (1H, s), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.12 (1H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.15-7.30 (2.5 H, m), 7.39 (0.5 H, d, J = 8) .4 Hz), 7.42 (0.5 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.45-7.51 (0.5 H, m), 7.62-7.74 (1 H, m), 7 .94 (0.5 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.99 (0.5 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.09-8.28 (1 H, m), 8.62 ( 0.5H, s), 8.85 (0.5H, s), 9.40 0.5H, brs), 9.62 (0.5H, brs), 10.21 (0.5H, brs), 13.85 (0.5H, brs).

Example 2693
Preparation of 4- (2-oxo-3- {4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazine-1-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester 4- (2 Of -hydroxy-3- {4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} propionyl) piperazine-1-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester (0.58 g, 0.94 mmol) Dess-Martin reagent (0.8 g, 1.89 mmol) was added to a dichloromethane (4 ml) solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours under a nitrogen stream. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 50: 1) to give 0.31 g of the title compound.
Properties: Yellow powder
¹ H-NMR (CDCl ₃ ) δ ppm:
1.41 (9H, s), 2.99-3.22 (4H, m), 3.25-3.41 (2H, m), 3.42-3.60 (2H, m), 4. 04 (2H, s), 6.97 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz) ), 7.73 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7. 99 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 8.13 (1H, d, J = 2.8 Hz), 8.30 (1H, dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.8 Hz), 8.45 (1H, brs).

Example 2694
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {3-fluoro-4- [4- (1-hydroxy-2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) phenoxy] phenyl} benzamide 3,4-dichloro-N- {3-fluoro Recrystallization of -4- [4- (1-hydroxy-2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) phenoxy] phenyl} benzamide (37.4 g) from ethanol (700 ml) gave 34.34 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder melting point: 175-176 ° C.

Example 2695
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-di Preparation of chlorobenzenesulfonamide N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl]- 3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (8.15 g) was recrystallized from ethanol (60 ml) to obtain 7.78 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 163-166 ° C.

Example 2696
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethyl Preparation of benzamide N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4- Recrystallization of trifluoromethylbenzamide (5.1 g, 7.7 mmol) from acetone (15 ml) gave 3.7 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 128-131 ° C.

Example 2697
Preparation of N- {6- [4- (4-benzylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide N- {6- [4- (4-Benzylpiperazine-1 -Carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide (108.86 g) was recrystallized from ethanol (530 ml) to give 96.66 g of the title compound.
Property: White needle crystal melting point: 177.6-179.2 ° C.

Example 2698
N- (6- {4- [4- (2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-6-ylmethyl) piperazin-1-carbonyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoro Preparation of methylbenzamide To a solution of 4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzoic acid (4.30 g, 10.7 mmol) in DMF (150 ml) was added 1- ( 2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-6-ylmethyl) piperazine (2.6 g, 10.7 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (1.64 g, 10.7 mmol) and 1-Ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (2.46 g, 12.8 mmol) was added, and the mixture was cooled to room temperature for 1 hour under ice-cooling. And stirred for 17 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was recrystallized with ethyl acetate to give 5.24 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 250.5-252.5 ° C.

Example 2699
Preparation of N- (6- {4- [4- (4-benzylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-carbonyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzamide 1- {4- [ 1-Benzylpiperazine was added to a solution of 5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzoyl} piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (4.5 g, 8.8 mmol) in DMF (88 ml) under ice cooling. (1.83 ml, 10.5 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (1.61 g, 10.5 mmol) and 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (2.02 g) , 10.5 mmol) and stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction solution was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was recrystallized from isopropyl alcohol (700 ml) to give 3.2 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 223-225 ° C.

Example 2700
Of N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide Preparation of 1- (4-Benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- {methyl [3-methyl-4- (5-nitropyridin-2-yloxy) phenyl] amino} ethanone (2.85 g, 6.0 mmol) To a suspension of ethyl acetate (30 ml) was added 5% platinum-carbon (0.30 g) under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 3 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. Platinum-carbon was filtered off through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in THF (30 ml), triethylamine (1.26 ml, 9.1 mmol) was added under ice cooling, and then 4- (trifluoromethyl) benzoyl chloride (1.16 ml, 7.8 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred overnight, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1) and recrystallized from a diisopropyl ether-acetone mixed solvent to obtain 1.37 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 112-113 ° C.

Example 2701
Preparation of (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) (4- {5- [methyl (4-trifluoromethylbenzyl) amino] pyridin-2-yloxy} phenyl) methanone (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) { 4- [5- (4-Trifluoromethylbenzylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} methanone (5.40 g, 9.88 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (150 ml) and a 37% aqueous formaldehyde solution (2 0.8 ml), sodium cyanoborohydride (1.86 g, 29.6 mmol) and acetic acid (1.7 ml) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. Two hours later, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, water was added to the residue, neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform: methanol = 60: 1), and then 4M hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate was added to pH 1. The precipitate was recrystallized from ethanol (80 ml) to obtain 2.5 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 180-183.5 ° C.

Example 2702
Preparation of 4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid 4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzylamide hydrochloride 4-Piperonylpiperazine-1-carboxylic acid 4- To a solution of (5-aminopyridin-2-yloxy) benzylamide (2.48 g, 5.4 mmol) in THF (50 ml) under ice-cooling triethylamine (0.9 ml, 6.5 mmol) and 3,4-dichlorobenzoyl chloride ( 1.13 g, 5.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes under ice cooling. Water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with water and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 25: 1) to obtain 2.97 g of a white powder. This was dissolved in ethanol (45 ml) and 4M hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate was added until pH1 was reached. The precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallized from 83% ethanol (36 ml) to obtain 2.72 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 243.5-246.5 ° C.

Example 2703
N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl]- Preparation of 4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonamide N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2- Methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonamide (1.35 g) was recrystallized from ethanol (20 ml) to give 1.23 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 156-158 ° C.

Example 2704
Production of N- (6- {4- [4- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide N- (6- {4- [4- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (1.95 g). Recrystallization from ethanol (35 ml) gave 1.70 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 130-133 ° C.

Example 2705
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethyl Preparation of benzamide N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4- Recrystallization of trifluoromethylbenzamide (0.86 g, 1.30 mmol) from a mixed solvent of acetone (3 ml), diethyl ether (4 ml) and n-hexane (1 ml) gave 0.72 g of the title compound.
Property: Pale yellow powder Melting point: 154-155 ° C.

Example 2706
Production of N- (6- {4- [4- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonamide N- (6 -{4- [4- (4-Benzylpiperazin-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonamide (1.55 g) in ethanol (60 ml) To give 1.41 g of the title compound.
Properties: White powder melting point: 199-201 ° C.

Example 2707
N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-Benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3, Preparation of 4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (1- {4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] -3-methylphenyl} piperidin-4-yl) acetic acid (1.70 g) , 3.1 mmol), 1-benzylpiperazine (0.71 g, 4.0 mmol) in DMF (40 ml), triethylamine (1.08 ml, 7.8 mmol) and diethyl cyanophosphonate (0.76 g, 4.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour under ice cooling. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 40: 1) and recrystallized from ethanol to obtain 1.61 g of the title compound.
Property: White needle crystal melting point: 151-155 ° C.

Example 2708
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Benzothiazol-6-ylmethylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichloro Preparation of benzamide dihydrochloride ({4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} methylamino) acetic acid (1.02 g, 2.3 mmol), 1- (benzothiazole To a solution of −6-ylmethyl) piperazine (0.58 g, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (15 ml), ice-cooled triethylamine (0.95 ml, 6.9 mmol) and diethyl cyanophosphonate (0.447 ml, 2.7 mmol) And stirred for 45 minutes at room temperature under ice-cooling. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 30: 1) to obtain 1.28 g of white powder. This was dissolved in ethanol (15 ml) and 4M hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate was added until pH1 was reached. The precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallized from 85% ethanol (30 ml) to give 1.06 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 202-223 ° C.

Example 2709
3,4-dichloro-N- {6- [4-({2- [4- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [1,4] dioxin-6-ylmethyl) piperazin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl} Preparation of (methylamino) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} benzamide maleate ({4- [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} methylamino) acetic acid (2.50 g , 5.6 mmol) in DMF (55 ml) under ice-cooling, 1- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [1,4] dioxin-6-ylmethyl) piperazine (1.7 g, 7.3 mmol), 1- Hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (0.86 g, 5.6 mmol) and 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (1.29 g, 6. 7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature under ice-cooling for 17 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (30 ml), and maleic acid (0.32 g, 2.7 mmol) was added and allowed to stand. The precipitate was collected by filtration to give 1.45 g of the title compound.
Property: Pale yellow powder Melting point: 188-190 ° C.

Example 2710
Production of N- (6- {4- [4- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide N- (6 -{4- [4- (4-Benzylpiperazin-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (0.79 g) in ethanol (15 ml) To give 0.67 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 185-189 ° C.

Example 2711
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-pyrrole-1 -Preparation of ylbenzamide N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl]- 4-pyrrol-1-ylbenzamide (2.49 g) was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of acetone (20 ml) and diethyl ether (30 ml) to obtain 2.26 g of the title compound.
Property: Pale yellow powder Melting point: 163.1-166.5 ° C.

Example 2712
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethyl Preparation of benzenesulfonamide N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl]- 4-Trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonamide (8.18 g) was recrystallized from a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate (70 ml) and n-hexane (20 ml) to obtain 6.93 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 177.8-180.1 ° C.

Example 2713
6- (4- {4- [2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridine-3-sulfonic acid (4-tri Preparation of fluoromethylphenyl) amide 6- (4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridine-3 -Sulphonic acid (4-trifluoromethylphenyl) amide (1.50 g) was recrystallized from ethanol (20 ml) to give 1.40 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 156-160 ° C.

Example 2714
N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethyl Preparation of benzamide N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4- Trifluoromethylbenzamide (2.1 g, 3.2 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (5 ml) with heating, diethyl ether (10 ml) was added and recrystallized to obtain 2.0 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 113-116 ° C.

Example 2715
Preparation of 3,4-dichloro-N- {3-fluoro-4- [4- (1-hydroxy-2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) phenoxy] phenyl} benzamide 3,4-dichloro-N- {3-fluoro -4- [4- (1-Hydroxy-2-morpholin-4-ylethyl) phenoxy] phenyl} benzamide (5 g) was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-n-hexane to give 4.73 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 169-170 ° C.

Example 2716
Preparation of N- (6- {4- [4- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) piperidin-1-carbonyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzamide 1- {4 -To a solution of [5- (3,4-dichlorobenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] benzoyl} piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (7.96 g, 15.5 mmol) in DMF (160 ml) under ice-cooling, 1- Piperonyl piperazine (3.75 g, 17.6 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (2.85 g, 18.6 mmol), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (3.56 g, 18.6 mmol) was added and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the residue and stirred vigorously. The precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallized from a dichloromethane-methanol mixed solvent to obtain 7.36 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 236-238 ° C.

Example 2717
N- {6-[(4- {4- [2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenyl) methylamino] pyridin-3-yl}- Preparation of 4-trifluoromethylbenzamide [1- (4- {Methyl [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yl] amino} phenyl) piperidin-4-yl] acetic acid (0.80 g, 1.6 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) under ice-cooling, 1-piperonylpiperazine (0.41 g, 1.9 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (0.24 g, 1.6 mmol) ) And 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.39 g, 2.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the residue, extracted with dichloromethane, and the dichloromethane layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine. After the dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane: methanol = 20: 1) and recrystallized from a 95% ethanol-dichloromethane mixed solvent to obtain 1.05 g of the title compound.
Property: White powder Melting point: 210-212 ° C.

Formulation Example 1
N- [6- (4- {4- [2-oxo-2- (piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) ethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl obtained in Example 319 ] 100 g of 4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, 40 g of Avicel (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.), 30 g of corn starch and 2 g of magnesium stearate were mixed and polished, and then tableted with a sugar coated R10 mm kine. The obtained tablets were coated with a film coating agent consisting of 10 g of TC-5 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), 3 g of polyethylene glycol-6000, 40 g of castor oil and an appropriate amount of ethanol. Manufactured.

Pharmacological test 1
Anti-cancer action against cancer cells (in vitro)
Human liver cancer cells (HuH-7), human lung cancer cells (EBC-1), human colon cancer cells (HCT116), human prostate cancer cells (22Rv1), human pancreatic cancer cells (MIA PaCa-2), human gastric cancer cells (MKN45) The growth inhibitory action on human breast cancer cells (ZR-75-1) was changed to the sulferodamine B method according to the method of Skehan P et al. (J Natl Cancer Inst. 1990 Jul 4; 82 (13): 1107-12.). Measured. Take HuH-7 as an example. That is, HuH-7 was seeded in a 96-well microplate in DMEM medium (Dulbeco's modified Eagle Medium) containing 10% fetal bovine serum, and cultured at 37 ° C. for 24 hours in the presence of 5% carbon dioxide (CO ₂ ). Thereafter, the test compound was added and further cultured for 5 days. After culturing, trichloroacetic acid was added to a final concentration of 10%, and the cells were fixed by allowing to stand at 4 ° C. for 1 hour, then washed with water to remove the medium and trichloroacetic acid and air-dried. After air drying, it was stored at 4 ° C until it was stained with sulferodamine B. A 1% aqueous acetic acid solution containing 0.4% sulfododamine B was added to each well and left at room temperature for 20-30 minutes. After removing the supernatant, each well was washed with a 1% aqueous acetic acid solution, an aqueous 10 mM Tris (trishydroxyaminomethane) solution was added, and the mixture was stirred to elute the dye incorporated into the cells. Next, measure the OD value at a measurement wavelength of 492 nm and a control wavelength of 690 nm, and take the difference between them. The cell proliferation activity of the wells.

The growth inhibitory action on human chronic myeloid leukemia cells (KU812) was measured by MTT assay according to the method of Singh AK et al. (Cancer Lett. 1996 Oct 1; 107 (1): 109-15.). Specifically, KU812 was seeded in a 96-well microplate in RPMI 1640 medium containing 10% fetal calf serum, cultured at 37 ° C in the presence of 5% carbon dioxide (CO ₂ ) for 24 hours, and then the test compound was added. The culture was further continued for 5 days. After culture, 10 μL of 5 mg / mL MTT (3- (4,5-dimethyl) -2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide) was added and cultured for 4 hours. Four hours later, 0.01 N HCl containing 100 μL of 10% SDS (sodium dodecyl sulfate) was added and further cultured overnight. Next, measure the OD value at a measurement wavelength of 570 nm and a control wavelength of 690 nm, and take the difference between them. Cell proliferation activity.

  The cell growth activity when the test compound was added was compared with the cell growth activity (control) not containing the test compound, and the cell growth inhibitory activity (T / C) of the test compound was calculated. % Inhibitory concentration (IC50; concentration of test compound corresponding to T / C of 0.5) was determined.

薬理試験２
肝癌細胞HuH-7に対する制癌作用（イン・ビボ）
ヒト肝癌細胞HuH-7を用いて、これをSCIDマウス（雌性、1群6匹）に移植し、その増殖に対する本発明の抑制作用を調べた。即ち、前培養し濃度を2.5×10⁷個／mLに調整した細胞懸濁液を0.2 mL右側腋窩皮下に注射して癌細胞を移植し、担癌マウスを作製した。腫瘍径が5 mm以上になった時点で腫瘍体積に基づき群分けを行った。被験化合物は群分け翌日より5％アラビアゴム懸濁液として1日1回、9日間連日経口投与した。対照群には、5％アラビアゴムを投与した。最終投与翌日に腫瘍体積を測定した。群分け時の腫瘍体積と投与終了翌日の腫瘍体積の比率を算出し各群の相対腫瘍体積を求めた。対照群の相対腫瘍体積と薬剤投与群の相対腫瘍体積の比率（T/C%）を算出して効果の指標とした。

Pharmacological test 2
Anti-cancer effect on liver cancer cell HuH-7 (in vivo)
Using human hepatoma cell HuH-7, this was transplanted into SCID mice (female, 6 mice per group), and the inhibitory action of the present invention on its proliferation was examined. That is, a cell suspension prepared by pre-culture and adjusting the concentration to 2.5 × 10 ⁷ cells / mL was injected subcutaneously into the right axilla of 0.2 mL to transplant cancer cells, thereby preparing tumor-bearing mice. When the tumor diameter became 5 mm or more, grouping was performed based on the tumor volume. The test compound was orally administered as a 5% gum arabic suspension once a day for 9 days from the next day after grouping. The control group received 5% gum arabic. Tumor volume was measured the day after the last dose. The ratio of the tumor volume at the time of grouping and the tumor volume on the day after the end of administration was calculated to determine the relative tumor volume of each group. The ratio (T / C%) of the relative tumor volume in the control group and the relative tumor volume in the drug administration group was calculated and used as an index of the effect.

Relative tumor volume = tumor volume the day after the last administration / tumor volume at the time of grouping
T / C% = (mean value of relative tumor volume in drug administration group / mean value of relative tumor volume in control group) × 100

薬理試験3
ヒト腎癌細胞（Caki-2）に対する増殖抑制作用を、薬理試験１と同様のSkehan Pらの方法に準じてスルフォローダミンB法にて測定した。

Pharmacological test 3
The growth inhibitory effect on human renal cancer cells (Caki-2) was measured by the sulferodamine B method according to the method of Skehan P et al.

  In addition, the pharmacological test 1 shows the growth inhibitory action on human acute myeloid leukemia cells (KG-1), human Burkitt lymphoma cells (Daudi), human lymphoma cells (U937), and human multiple myeloma cells (IM-9). It was measured by MTT assay according to the method of Singh AK et al. (Cancer Lett. 1996 Oct 1; 107 (1): 109-15.).

  Table 434 shows IC50 values for human renal cancer cells (Caki-2), human acute myeloid leukemia cells (KG-1), and human multiple myeloma cells (IM-9).

  In addition, the cell proliferation activity against human Burkitt lymphoma cells (Daudi) and lymphoma cells (U937) was compared with cell proliferation activity (control) not containing the test compound. ) Was calculated and shown in Table 435.

Claims (56)

A pharmaceutical comprising a compound of the following general formula (1) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient

[Wherein X ₁ represents a nitrogen atom or a group —CH═.
R ¹ represents the group —Z—R ⁶ .
Z is a group —N (R ⁸ ) —B—, a group —BN (R ⁸ ) —, a group —B ₀ —O—, a group

, Group —CO—, group —CH (OH) —, group —N (R ^9a ) —CO—N (R ^9b ) —, group —N═CH—, group —N (R ^10a ) —SO ₂ — ( B _22a) e-, a lower alkenylene group, group _{-NHCO-B 1} -, a group _{-NHCO-B 2 - (W)} u-, group _{-Bo-O-B 19a} -, group

, Group

, Group —SO ₂ —N (R ^10b ) —, group —S—, lower alkynylene group, lower alkylene group, group —N (R ^8d ) — or group —CO—NH—B _18a —.
R ⁸ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent, a lower alkanoyl group, a lower alkylsulfonyl group or a phenyl lower alkyl group.
B represents a group —CO— or a lower alkylene group.
B ₀ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁ represents a lower alkenylene group which may have a phenyl group as a substituent.
B ₂ represents a lower alkylene group which may be substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a phenyl group.
R ^9a represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^9b represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^10a represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B _22a represents a lower alkylene group or a lower alkenylene group.
e represents 0 or 1; B _18a represents a lower alkylene group;
B _19a represents a lower alkylene group.
B _20a represents a lower alkylene group.
B _21a represents a lower alkylene group.
k represents 2 or 3.
c represents 0 or 1;
d ′ represents 0 or 1.
R ^10b represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
R ^8d represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
W represents an oxygen atom, a group —NH— or a sulfur atom.
u represents 0 or 1.
R ⁶ is a 5- to 15-membered monocyclic, binary or ternary saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group having 1 to 4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms (on the heterocyclic ring, oxo A lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent; a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom as a substituent; a halogen atom; a lower alkylsulfonyl group; a lower alkyl group having a halogen atom on the phenyl ring; A phenyl group optionally substituted by an alkyl group; a lower alkylthio group; a pyrrolyl group; a benzoyl group; a lower alkanoyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; and a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent. 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of amino groups which may have), an adamantyl group, a naphthyl group (naphth 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of amino groups, which may have a group selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and lower alkanoyl groups as substituents, are substituted on the talen ring. An alkyl group that may have a lower alkoxy group as a substituent, an amino-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group on the cycloalkyl ring, and a lower alkyl that may have a halogen atom as a substituent. A group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted cycloalkyl group, lower alkenyl group, lower alkanoyl group, benzoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent (on the phenyl ring, halogen as a substituent; 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group which may have an atom and a halogen atom May also), a halogen atom-substituted lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl-lower alkyl group or a group

Indicates.
R ⁷ represents a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenoxy group, a lower alkoxy group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, An alkylenedioxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkanoyl group, a benzoyl group and a cycloalkyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom as a substituent Lower alkanoyl group, lower alkylsulfonyl group, aminosulfonyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, lower alkanoyloxy group, lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group or 5-6 membered saturated having 1 to 4 nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms Or an unsaturated heterocyclic group (on the heterocyclic ring, So group may be substituted).
m shows the integer of 1-5. When m shows 2-5, 2-5 R < ⁷ > may be the same and may differ.
R ² represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
Y is a group —O—, a group —N (R ⁵ ) —, a group —CO—, a group —CH (OH) —, a lower alkylene group, a group —S (O) n— or a group —C (═N— OH)-.
R ⁵ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkanoyl group, a benzoyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
n represents 0, 1 or 2.
A is a group

Or group

Indicates.
p represents 1 or 2.
R ³ represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy group, a group —CONR ¹¹ R ¹² or a cyano group.
R ¹¹ and R ¹² are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a phenyl group. R ¹¹ and R ¹² together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded may be bonded to each other via or not via a nitrogen atom, sulfur atom or oxygen atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. .
R ⁴ represents an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, a 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, a 1,2,3-triazolyl lower alkyl group, a 1,2,5-triazolyl lower alkyl group, a pyrazolyl lower alkyl group, or a pyrimidine ring. A pyrimidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent, a 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidene lower alkyl group, a lower group as a substituent on the 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group which may have an alkyl group, thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring, group

, Group

Or the group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ .
R ¹³ is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkanoyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, or a lower alkylene dialkyl as a substituent on the phenyl ring. Phenyl lower alkyl group, imidazolyl lower alkyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, carboxy lower alkyl group, benzoyl group, morpholino-substituted lower alkanoyl group, lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, which may have an oxy group A phenyl lower alkyl group optionally having a piperazinylcarbonyl lower alkyl group which may be substituted on the piperazine ring, and a phenyl lower alkyl group optionally having a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring Piperazi A piperazinyl lower alkanoyl group, a morpholinocarbonyl-substituted lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group which may be substituted on the ring.
R ^13a represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group.
T represents a lower alkylene group, a group —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO—, a group —B ₁₉ —N (R ¹⁸ ) —CO—, a group —B ₄ —CO—, a group —QB ₅ —. CO—, group —B ₆ —N (R ¹⁹ ) —B ₇ —CO—, group —CO—B ₈ —, group —CH (OH) —B ₉ —, group —CO—B ₁₀ —CO—, group —CH (OH) —B ₁₁ —CO—, group —CO—, group —SO ₂ — or group —B _23a —CO—CO— is shown.
R ¹⁷ is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylcarbonyl group, a lower alkanoyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkenyl group, or an amino substituent that may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent A lower alkanoyl group or a lower alkylsulfonyl group is shown.
B ₃ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁₉ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ¹⁸ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₄ represents a lower alkenylene group or a lower alkylene group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent.
Q represents an oxygen atom or a group -S (O) n- (n is as defined above).
B ₅ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₆ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ¹⁹ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkanoyl group.
B ₇ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₈ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₉ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁₀ represents a lower alkylene group.
B ₁₁ represents a lower alkylene group.
B _23a represents a lower alkylene group.
l represents 0 or 1;
R ¹⁴ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group that may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent. R ¹⁵ represents (2) a hydroxyl group-substituted alkyl group, (3) a cycloalkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent, (4) a phenoxy lower alkyl group, (5) A lower alkyl group on the phenyl ring; a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent; a halogen atom; an amino lower alkoxy group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent; a hydroxyl group-substituted lower alkyl group; a phenyl lower alkyl A lower alkynyl group; an amino group that may have a lower alkylsulfonyl group as a substituent; a lower alkylthio group; a cycloalkyl group; a phenylthio group; an adamantyl group; an anilino that may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring A lower alkoxycarbonyl group; a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring; 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a piperazinyl group that may have an alkyl group; a pyrrolidinyl group that may have an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring; a lower alkanoylamino group; a cyano group; and a phenoxy group A group selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group, (6) a phenoxy group, (7) a halogen atom on the phenyl ring, a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a lower alkyl group. 1 to 3 optionally substituted phenyl lower alkyl groups, (8) a phenyl lower alkyl group having a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, (10) a lower alkoxycarbonyl substituted lower alkyl group, (11 ) A carboxy-substituted lower alkyl group, (12) an amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, and (13) on the tetrahydroquinoline ring. 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of oxo group, lower alkoxy group and lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent, (14) cycloalkyl lower group An alkyl group, (15) a piperazinyl lower alkanoyl group optionally substituted on the piperazine ring by a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, (16) a pyridyl lower alkyl group (17) an amino group-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, (18) a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, (19) an imidazolyl group, (20 ) Imidazolyl lower alkyl group, (21) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl substituted lower alkyl group, (22) substituted on piperidine ring A piperidinylcarbonyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group and a furyl lower alkyl group, and (23) an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring A thiazolidinyl lower alkanoyl group, (24) a piperidinyl group optionally substituted on the piperidine ring by a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group, a lower alkyl group, a benzoyl group and a furyl lower alkyl group, (25) group

Substituted carbonyl lower alkyl group, (26) group

(27) group —CO—B ₂₀ —N (R ³⁶ ) R ³⁷ , (26a) pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group, (27a) morpholino lower alkyl group, (28a) phenyl lower alkenyl group, (29a) Anilinocarbonyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the phenyl ring, (30a) Indolyl group, (31a) Substituted on the lower alkyl group and phenyl ring as a substituent on the piperazine ring A piperazinyl lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a group, (32a) an amidino lower alkyl which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent Group (33a) fluorenyl group, (34a) a carbazolyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent on the carbazole ring, (35a) An amidino group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent, (36a) a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the piperazine ring (a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkylenedioxy group and a lower alkoxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring) And a piperazinyl-substituted oxalyl group or (37a) a cyano-substituted lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of 1 to 3 groups) and a pyridyl lower alkyl group.
R ³⁴ represents an oxo group or a phenyl group.
d shows the integer of 0-3.
B ₂₀ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ³⁶ and R ³⁷ represent a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. On the heterocyclic group, 1 to 3 phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted.
R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, are bonded to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom, and are a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring;

May be formed. On the heterocyclic ring, (28) amino group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, phenyl group, halogen, which may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent and a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent on a phenyl ring. A group selected from the group consisting of an atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group; 1 to 2 phenyl groups which may be substituted, 1 to 2 phenyl substituted lower alkyl groups which may have pyridyl groups on the lower alkyl group, (29) carbamoyl group, (30) on the pyridine ring Have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group as a substituent and a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent. (31) pyrrolyl lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the pyrrole ring, (32) benzoxazolyl lower alkyl group, (33) benzothiazolyl Lower alkyl group, (34) furyl lower alkyl group, (35) cyano group on phenyl ring, amino group which may have lower alkylsulfonyl group as substituent, halogen atom, lower alkoxy group, halogen atom as substituent Lower alkyl group which may have, thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have oxo group as a substituent on thiazolidine ring, thiazolidinylidene lower alkyl group which may have oxo group as substituent on thiazolidine ring and lower A benzoyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of alkylenedioxy groups, (36) pyrimidinyl group, (37) pyrazinyl group, (38) pyridyl group, (39) lower alkoxycarbonyl group, (40) oxo group and group on thiazolidine ring

(R ^a and R ^b each represent a lower alkyl group.) A group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted thiazolidinyl lower alkanoyl groups, (41) a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. (42) a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and (43) a lower alkoxy lower alkyl group and a lower alkyl group on the phenyl ring. A carbamoyl group which may have a group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom which may have a substituent A lower alkoxy group, a benzoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, A phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the nyl ring and a hydroxyl group, (44) a substituent on the phenyl ring As a phenyl group having a lower alkylenedioxy group, (45) a naphthyl lower alkyl group, (46) a cyano group on the phenyl ring, a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom as a substituent A phenoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkoxy groups, (47) a phenoxy lower alkyl group, (48) a halogen atom on the phenyl ring, and a halogen atom as a substituent 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxy group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent, Be a phenyl lower alkoxy group, (49) group ^{_{- (B 12 CO) t-}} N (R 20) R 21, (50) group ^{_{- (CO) o-B 13}} -N (R 22) R 23, ( 51) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as substituents on the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring, (52) A cycloalkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent, (53) a piperidinyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups as a substituent on the piperidine ring, (54) a quinolyl lower alkyl group, (55 ) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group as a substituent on the tetrazole ring, (56) a substituent on the thiazole ring Having a phenyl group as A thiazolyl lower alkyl group, (57) a benzoyl lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkoxy group and a halogen atom on the phenyl ring, and (58) a piperidine ring. Piperidinyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkyl group as a substituent, (59) Imidazolyl group which may have 1 to 3 phenyl groups as a substituent on an imidazole ring, (60) A substituent on a benzimidazole ring Benzimidazolyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkyl groups, (61) pyridyl lower alkoxy group, and (62) 1,2,3,4 which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring A tetrahydroquinolyl lower alkyl group, which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the (63) 1,3,4-oxadiazole ring, 3,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group, (64) cycloalkyl lower alkyl group, (65) tetrahydropyranyl group, (66) thienyl lower alkyl group, (67) having an oxo group as a substituent on the pyrimidine ring. A certain pyrimidinylcarbonyl group, (68) hydroxyl group, (69) carboxy group, (70) lower alkoxy lower alkyl group, (71) lower alkoxy lower alkoxy group, (72) benzoyloxy group, (73) lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkoxy group (74) a carboxy lower alkoxy group, (75) a phenoxy lower alkanoyl group, (76) a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolylcarbonyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring, 77) phenylsulfonyl group, (78) imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group, (79) imidazolyl lower alkyl group, (80) pyridylcarbonyl group, (8) 1) imidazolylcarbonyl group, (82) a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group, (83) carboxy lower alkyl group, (84) group _{- (O-B 15) s} -CO-N (R 26) R 27, (85) group _{^{-N (R 28) -CO-B}} 16 -N (R 29) R 30, (86) group _{^{-N (R 31) -B 17 -CO}} -N (R 32) R 33, (87) Benzookisa From the group consisting of zolyl group, (88a) benzothienyl group, (89a) oxo group and (90a) 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the tetrahydroquinoline ring 1 to 3 selected groups may be substituted.
B ₁₂ represents a lower alkylene group.
t represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁰ and R ²¹ are the same or different and are each a hydrogen atom; an amino group which may have a lower alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent; a benzoyl which may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring; A lower alkyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent, and a halogen atom as a substituent; A lower alkyl group having 1 to 2 phenyl groups optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a certain lower alkoxy group and lower alkylthio group; having a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring A lower alkoxy group and a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent. A phenyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 selected groups; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group; a cycloalkyl lower alkyl group; a lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the pyrrolidine ring. A pyrrolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an amino group; an amino substituted lower alkyl group which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a phenyl group and a lower alkyl group as a substituent; on a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene ring; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl-substituted lower alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5 lower alkyl groups as a substituent; naphthyl lower alkyl group; pyridyl lower alkyl group; quinolyl lower alkyl group; on tetrazole ring Have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl groups and phenyl lower alkyl groups as substituents 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl lower alkyl group; 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group; tetrahydrofuryl lower alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent on the lower alkyl group; on the phenyl ring A phenoxy lower alkyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a nitro group as a substituent; a phenyl lower alkanoyl group; a lower alkanoyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent; An imidazolyl lower alkanoyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl lower alkyl group; a pyridyl group; a carboxy lower alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. R ²⁰ and R ²¹ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded may be bonded to each other via a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. . A lower alkyl group on the heterocyclic ring, a phenyl group which may have 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a lower alkyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent on the phenyl ring, and One to three groups selected from the group consisting of phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted.
o represents 0 or 1.
B ₁₃ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ²² and R ²³ are the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a benzoyl group which may have 1 to 3 lower alkoxy groups as substituents on the phenyl ring, and a lower alkyl group as substituents on the phenyl ring. A phenoxy lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or a phenyl group which may have a group. R ²² and R ²³ may be bonded together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded through a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. . 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring may be substituted on the heterocyclic ring. .
B ₁₅ represents a lower alkylene group.
s represents 0 or 1.
R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ are the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a phenyl lower alkyl group or an imidazolyl lower alkyl group. R ²⁶ and R ²⁷ may be bonded together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded via a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom to form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring. . On this heterocyclic ring, you may have 1-3 phenyl lower alkyl groups which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on a phenyl ring as a substituent.
R ²⁸ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₁₆ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ²⁹ and R ³⁰ represent a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. On the heterocyclic ring, 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a phenyl group, and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring are substituted. May be.
R ³¹ represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
B ₁₇ represents a lower alkylene group.
R ³² and R ³³ represent a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by bonding to each other through or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. On the heterocyclic ring, 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of a lower alkyl group, a phenyl group, and a phenyl lower alkyl group which may have a lower alkylenedioxy group as a substituent on the phenyl ring are substituted. May be.
However, the following requirements (i) to (v) are satisfied.
(I) When X ¹ represents a group —CH═, R ³ represents a hydrogen atom.
(Ii) when X ¹ represents a group —CH═, 1 represents 1, T represents —CO—, and R ¹⁴ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group as a substituent, ¹⁵ shows group (24).
(Iii) when X ¹ represents the group —CH═, l represents 1, and T represents —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO—, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the nitrogen to which they are attached. Together with the atom, through a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom, or bonded to each other to form a 5- to 10-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, and the group (28) is 1 on the heterocycle ~ 3 are substituted.
(Iv) when X ¹ represents a nitrogen atom and l is 0, or when X ¹ represents a nitrogen atom, l is 1 and T represents —CO— or —SO ₂ , R ¹⁵ is And not the groups (5), (7), (19) and (20).
(V) R ⁶ is substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of an amino-substituted lower alkyl group that may have a lower alkyl group on the cycloalkyl ring and a lower alkyl group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent. When referring to a good cycloalkyl group, R ⁴ shall denote the group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ . (T and l are the same as described above. R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are bonded to each other together with or without a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom together with a nitrogen atom to which they are bonded to form a 5- to 10-membered saturated complex. Ring; or group

Form. ]] The medicament according to claim 1, wherein the medicament is an antitumor agent. The medicament according to claim 2, wherein the tumor that is the target of the antitumor agent is a malignant tumor. The medicament according to claim 3, wherein the malignant tumor is a solid tumor. The medicament according to claim 3, wherein the malignant tumor is blood cancer. The medicament according to claim 3, wherein the malignant tumor is lymphoma, leukemia or myeloma. The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-1)-general formula (1-7) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-1) to General Formula (1-7), R ⁶ , B, R ⁸ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ and A are the same as above. Y ₃ represents a lower alkylene group. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-8)-general formula (1-14) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-8) to General Formula (1-14), R ⁶ , B, R ⁸ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-15)-general formula (1-21) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-15) to General Formula (1-21), R ⁶ , B ₀ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-22)-general formula (1-28) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-22) to General Formula (1-28), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-29)-general formula (1-35) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-29) to General Formula (1-35), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-36)-general formula (1-42) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-36) to General Formula (1-42), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-43)-general formula (1-49) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-43) to General Formula (1-49), R ⁶ , R ^9a , R ^9b , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-50)-general formula (1-56) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-50) to General Formula (1-56), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-57)-general formula (1-63) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-57) to General Formula (1-63), R ⁶ , R ^10a , B _22a , e, R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-64)-general formula (1-70) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-64) to General Formula (1-70), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. Z ₁ represents a lower alkenylene group. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-71)-general formula (1-77) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-71) to General Formula (1-77), R ⁶ , R ² , B ₁ , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-78)-general formula (1-84) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-78) to General Formula (1-84), R ⁶ , W, u, B ₂ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-85)-general formula (1-91) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-85) to General Formula (1-91), R ⁶ , W, u, B ₂ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-92)-general formula (1-98) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-92) to General Formula (1-98), R ⁶ , B _20a , k, d ′, R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-99)-general formula (1-105) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-99) to General Formula (1-105), R ⁶ , B _21a , c, R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-106)-general formula (1-112) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-106) to General Formula (1-112), R ⁶ , R ^10b , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-113)-general formula (1-119) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-113) to General Formula (1-119), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-120)-general formula (1-126) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-120) to General Formula (1-126), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. Z ₂ represents a lower alkynylene group. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-127)-general formula (1-133) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-127) to General Formula (1-133), R ⁶ , B _18a , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A and Y ₃ are the same as above. ] The medicine as described in any one of Claims 1-6 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by the following general formula (1-134)-general formula (1-140) as an active ingredient:

[In General Formula (1-134) to General Formula (1-140), R ⁶ , R ² , R ⁵ , n, X ₁ , A, R ^8d and Y ₃ are the same as above. Z ₃ represents a lower alkylene group or a group —N (R ^8d ) —. ] The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 6, comprising an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) wherein Y represents a group -O- or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. The aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) in which Y represents a group —N (R ⁵ ) — (R ⁵ is the same as above) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. The medicine according to one item. General formula in which Y represents a group -CO-, a group -CH (OH)-, a lower alkylene group, a group -S (O) n- (n is the same as above) or a group -C (= N-OH)- The pharmaceutical according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which comprises the aromatic compound represented by (1) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. A based

30. The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 29, which contains as an active ingredient an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein R ³ , R ⁴ and p are the same as above. . A based

(R ⁴ is as defined above) The medicament according to any of claims 1 to 29 containing an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) shown as an active ingredient. R ⁴ is an imidazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,4-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,3-triazolyl lower alkyl group, 1,2,5-triazolyl lower alkyl group, pyrazolyl lower alkyl group, on a pyrimidine ring. Pyrimidinyl lower alkyl group which may have oxo group as substituent, 3,5-dioxoisoxazolidin-4-ylidene lower alkyl group, lower alkyl as substituent on 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl lower alkyl group which may have a group, thiazolidinyl lower alkyl group which may have an oxo group as a substituent on the thiazolidine ring, group

Or group

^32. The medicament according to claim 30 or 31, comprising as an active ingredient an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein R ¹³ and R ^13a are the same as above. An aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) in which R ⁴ represents a group-(T) ₁ -N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), and 1 represents 0 Or the pharmaceutical of Claim 30 or 31 which contains the salt as an active ingredient. An aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) in which R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), and 1 represents 1. Or the pharmaceutical of Claim 30 or 31 which contains the salt as an active ingredient. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B The pharmaceutical according to claim 30 or 31, comprising as an active ingredient an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof showing _3- CO- (R ¹⁷ and B ₃ are the same as above). R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —B ₁₉ —N (R ¹⁸ ) -CO- _{(B 19} and ^{R 18} the medicament of claim 30 or 31 containing as an aromatic compound or a salt thereof as an active ingredient represented by the general formula (1) representing the same) to the. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —B ₄ —CO— (B 32. The medicament according to claim 30 or 31, comprising as an active ingredient an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein ₄ is the same as above. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —QB ₅ —CO—. 32. The medicament according to claim 30 or 31, comprising an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein Q and B ₅ are the same as described above, as an active ingredient. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —B ₆ —N (R ^{19 _{) -B 7 - (B 6,}} R 19 and _{B 7,} according to claim 30 or 31 containing as an active ingredient the aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) representing the same) to the Medicine. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —CO—B ₈ — (B 32. The medicament according to claim 30 or 31, comprising as an active ingredient an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein ₈ is the same as above. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —CH (OH) —B _9. - (B ₉ are the same as defined above) the medicament according to claim 30 or 31 containing as an aromatic compound or a salt thereof as an active ingredient represented by the general formula (1) showing the. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —CO—B ₁₀ —CO—. (B ₁₀ is as defined above) the medicament according to claim 30 or 31 containing as an aromatic compound or a salt thereof as an active ingredient represented by the general formula (1) showing the. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1 and T represents a group —CH (OH) —B _11. -CO- (B ₁₁ is as defined above) the medicament according to claim 30 or 31 containing as an aromatic compound or a salt thereof as an active ingredient represented by the general formula (1) showing the. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —CO—. The medicament according to claim 30 or 31, comprising the aromatic compound represented by 1) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —SO ₂ —. The medicament according to claim 30 or 31, comprising the aromatic compound represented by (1) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a group —B _23a —CO—CO—. _32. The medicament according to claim 30 or 31, comprising as an active ingredient an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein B _23a is the same as above. R ⁴ represents a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above), 1 represents 1, and T represents a lower alkylene group (1) The pharmaceutical of Claim 30 or 31 which contains the aromatic compound or its salt represented by this as an active ingredient. The compound of the general formula (1) is an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1-1) in claim 7 or a salt thereof, an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1-2) in claim 7 or A salt thereof, an aromatic compound represented by (1-8) in claim 8 or a salt thereof, an aromatic compound represented by formula (1-9) in claim 8 or a salt thereof, and a general one in claim 9 An aromatic compound represented by formula (1-15) or a salt thereof, an aromatic compound represented by formula (1-16) in claim 9 or a salt thereof, and a formula (1-29) in claim 11 An aromatic compound represented by general formula (1-30) in claim 11 or a salt thereof, or an aromatic represented by general formula (1-43) in claim 13. A compound or a salt thereof, according to general formula (1-44) in claim 13 An aromatic compound or a salt thereof, an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1-57) in claim 15 or a salt thereof, an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1-58) in claim 15 or The salt, the aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1-64) in claim 16 or a salt thereof, and the aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1-65) in claim 16 or a salt thereof. Where A is a group

(R ³ , R ⁴ and p are the same as above), and R ⁴ is a group — (T) ₁ —N (R ¹⁴ ) R ¹⁵ (T, 1, R ¹⁴ and R ¹⁵ are the same as above). The medicament according to claim 1. An aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof, wherein l represents 1, and T represents a group —N (R ¹⁷ ) —B ₃ —CO— (R ¹⁷ and B ₃ are the same as above). 49. The medicament according to claim 48, which is contained as an active ingredient. The aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) in which l represents 1 and T represents a group —B ₄ —CO— (B ₄ is the same as described above) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. The pharmaceutical described. 49. The medicament according to claim 48, comprising as an active ingredient an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) wherein l represents 1 and T represents a group -CO- or a salt thereof. 49. The medicament according to claim 48, comprising an aromatic compound represented by the general formula (1) wherein l is 0 or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. R ¹⁴ and R ^15, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic group formed by combining each other without or via a nitrogen atom, on the saturated heterocyclic ring, on the phenyl ring A lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, an amino group that may have a lower alkanoyl group as a substituent, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, and a lower group that may have a halogen atom as a substituent A phenyl-substituted lower alkyl group which may be substituted with a group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group having a halogen atom as a substituent, a phenyl lower alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a lower alkylenedioxy group is substituted. 53. The medicament according to any one of claims 49 to 52. The pharmaceutical according to claim 53, wherein a phenyl-substituted lower alkyl group substituted with a lower alkylenedioxy group is substituted on a piperazinyl group which is a saturated heterocyclic group. X ₁ is a nitrogen atom, and medicament according to any one of claims 49 to 54 Y is an oxygen atom. N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichloro Benzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethyl Benzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4 Trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl]- 4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl ] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridine-3 -Yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2 Methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} pyridine- 3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperazin-1-yl } Phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidine- 1-yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- {6-[(4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2- Oki Soethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenyl) methylamino] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) ) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-pi Peronylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-Piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichloroben Amido, N- {6- [4- (4-benzylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- {6- [4- (4-benzylpiperazine- 1-carbonyl) phenoxy] pyridin-3-yl} -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6-({4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] Phenyl} methylamino) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ethylamino } -2-Fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2] Oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-fluorophenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methoxyphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl] ) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, 1- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3 -Oxopropyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -1-ethylurea, N- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -3-oxopropyl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methyl Amino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] ] Piperidin-1-yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- (6- {4- [3- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1-carbonyl) piperidine-1- Yl] phenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dichlorobenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxy] Ethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- {6-[(4- {4- [2- (4-benzylpiperazin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} phenyl) methylamino] pyridin-3-yl} -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- (6- {4-[(2- {4- [4- (4- Fluorobenzoyl) phenyl] piperazin-1-yl} -2-oxoethyl) methylamino] -2-methoxyphenoxy} pyridin-3-yl) -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, 2- (4-piperonylpiperazine-1 -Yl) -N- {3-methyl-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylphenoxymethyl) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} -2-oxoa Cetamide, N- [6- (4-{[2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] methylamino} -2-methylphenoxy) pyridin-3-yl] -2-fluoro -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide, N- [6- (4- {4- [2- (4-piperonylpiperazin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] piperidin-1-yl} -2-methoxyphenoxy ) Pyridin-3-yl] -4-trifluoromethylbenzamide and 4- (3- {3-methyl-4- [5- (4-trifluoromethylbenzoylamino) pyridin-2-yloxy] phenyl} -2- The pharmaceutical according to claim 1, comprising an aromatic compound selected from the group consisting of oxohexahydropyrimidin-1-yl) benzoic acid ethyl ester or a salt thereof as an active ingredient.